HOME PLEASE USE CONTROL-F TO FIND THE MODEL YOU ARE LOOKING FOR!!
PHILIPS AUDIO service bulletins and tips
MODEL: 74MX540
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: 74MX540
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: 74MX540
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: ACC-General
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
From now on Dolby testcassette MTT-150 is available with service
codenumber 4822 397 30271.
Also the Dolby testcassette TCC-130 has become a service
ordernumber 4822 397 30269.
With one of these cassettes the Dolby adjustment can be achieved.
MODEL: ACT7580
SYMPTOM: improve the CD start-up behaviour
CURE: In order to improve the CD start-up behaviour, following parts have
been changed:
• Capacitor 2815 deleted
• Capacitor 2823, 47pF (4822 122 33761) added
• Resistor 3830 changed to 1k (4822 051 30102)
REMARKS : Modification is implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: ACT7581
SYMPTOM: improve the CD start-up behaviour
CURE: In order to improve the CD start-up behaviour, following parts have
been changed:
• Capacitor 2815 deleted
• Capacitor 2823, 47pF (4822 122 33761) added
• Resistor 3830 changed to 1k (4822 051 30102)
REMARKS : Modification is implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: ACT7582
SYMPTOM: improve the CD start-up behaviour
CURE: In order to improve the CD start-up behaviour, following parts have
been changed:
• Capacitor 2815 deleted
• Capacitor 2823, 47pF (4822 122 33761) added
• Resistor 3830 changed to 1k (4822 051 30102)
REMARKS : Modification is implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: AE1595
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 303 14019Aerial
4822 443 10344Battery Cover
4822 101 11476Volume Control
4822 267 31921Earphone Jack
4822 240 10145Speaker 2.25 8 ohm
MODEL: AE1695
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 303 14021Aerial
4822 443 10345Battery Cover
4822 101 21248Volume Control
4822 267 31921Earphone Jack
4822 240 10146Speaker 2.25 4 ohm
MODEL: AE2045
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9715 onwards, a new rotatable telescopic aerial is used.
The two different aerials are not inter-changeable.
Codenumbers:
4822 303 14018Aerial (not rotatable)
4822 303 14057Aerial (rotatable)
MODEL: AE2130
SYMPTOM: Only hum from speaker.
CURE: Receiver IC TEA5591A defective. (4822 209 60565)
MODEL: AE2130
SYMPTOM: The radio produces a very weak sound.
CURE: Check capacitor 2024.
MODEL: AE2140
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 303 14018Aerial
4822 443 10326Battery Cover
4822 101 11458Volume Control
4822 146 10505Transformer 120V
4822 146 10504Transformer 230V
4822 146 10515Transformer 120/230V
4822 498 10586Handle
4822 240 10142Speaker R102 4 ohm
4822 276 13763Push Switch (POWER)
4822 267 31468Earphone Jack
4822 209 62192IC TA7368P
4822 267 30738Mains Socket (VDE)
4822 265 20706Mains Socket (UL)
4822 277 21794Voltage Selector
MODEL: AE2140
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9715 onwards, a new rotatable telescopic aerial is used.
The two different aerials are not inter-changeable.
Codenumbers:
4822 303 14018Aerial (not rotatable)
4822 303 14057Aerial (rotatable)
MODEL: AE2145
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 303 14018Aerial
4822 443 10326Battery Cover
4822 101 11458Volume Control
4822 146 10505Transformer 120V
4822 146 10504Transformer 230V
4822 146 10515Transformer 120/230V
4822 498 10586Handle
4822 240 10142Speaker R102 4 ohm
4822 276 13763Push Switch (POWER)
4822 267 31468Earphone Jack
4822 209 62192IC TA7368P
4822 267 30738Mains Socket (VDE)
4822 265 20706Mains Socket (UL)
4822 277 21794Voltage Selector
MODEL: AE2145
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9715 onwards, a new rotatable telescopic aerial is used.
The two different aerials are not inter-changeable.
Codenumbers:
4822 303 14018Aerial (not rotatable)
4822 303 14057Aerial (rotatable)
MODEL: AE2340
SYMPTOM: A selected preset frequency is replaced by another frequency.
CURE: In case presets are used to change stations, the frequency of the
last preset station may be lost, when waking up by Radio, .
Temporarily an addendum sheet is packed by with the following content:
Protecting preset stations when using the alarm RADIO mode.
Your selected stored frequencies (presets) may be lost as a result
of using the alarm RADIO mode.In order to safeguard your
selected presets, please follow the 3 steps below :
1. Set the desired alarm time.
2. Press the POWER ON/OFF button twice.
3. Now set the alarm switch to RADIO mode.
REMARKS :
An Addendum sheet is added in the Instruction for Use of sets
produced from week 9606 onwards.
From April 1996 onwards, an updated Microprocessor IC will be mounted.
This updated Microprocessor will safeguard the last preset frequency.
MODEL: AE2340
SYMPTOM: Display dim or no segments displayed
CURE: Check/replace C1 (22nF) and C4 (100nF).
MODEL: AE2340
SYMPTOM: The set is inoperative.Only the clock is displayed.
CURE: The set does not react on operating commands because the
microprocessor gets in a hang-up situation. After pressing the reset
button in the battery compartment, the set is functioning well again.
Customer may not be aware that there is a reset switch inside the
battery compartment.
REMARKS :
From week 9545 onwards, a label is added in the battery compartment
to provide good eye-catching effect which was not given by the
engraved RESET indication.
MODEL: AE2340
SYMPTOM: Memory presets lost after some time
CURE: When the batteries are almost empty, presets and time info get lost.
MODEL: AE2340
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Newsletter 96.02.01
CURE: Additional information to Newsletter 96.02.01:
Sets produced with new uP are marked KZ0296xx onwards.
MODEL: AE2630
SYMPTOM: No reception at all.
CURE: IC TEA5713 defective.
MODEL: AE3205
SYMPTOM: Dial drum broken.
CURE: Replace the dial drum by a modified one (4822 528 90871)
REMARKS :
The modified dial drum has been built-in from productionweek 9318
onwards.
The productioncode of sets with modified dial drum starts with
KT0393.
MODEL: AE3350
SYMPTOM: Batteries run out quickly.
CURE: Remove R17 and connect a 1 kOhm resistor from the base of Q7 to the
negative (-) of C43.
REMARKS :
Modification had been implemented in production from week 9745
onwards.
MODEL: AE3350
SYMPTOM: No audio from radio
CURE: Pin 28 of IC1 is 0.7 V in stead of 1.4 V.
Check/replace IC1.
MODEL: AE3350
SYMPTOM: IC1 is defective.
CURE: IC1 is probably damaged by wrong polarity while using the AC/DC
adaptor.IC1 CXA1019S is available via service code 4822 209 15034.
Following text is added into IFU (via addendum) as a temporary
solution.
You can connect the set to the mains using a mains adaptor
- Make sure that the local voltage corresponds to the voltage of
the 3V adaptor.
Important!
- The 2.1 mm centre pin of the 5.5 mm adaptor plug must be set to
minus pole, as indicated under the 3V DC IN socket.
- Connect the mains adaptor to the 3V DC socket of the set and plug
the mains adaptor into a wall socket.The battery supply will now
be disconnected.
- Always disconnect the mains adaptor if you are not using it.
Note: Remove the batteries if you intend to operate the set
permanently on the mains supply.
For long term, protection circuitry will be added to prevent IC1
damage caused by wrong polarity supply.
REMARKS :
Addendum had been added for sets produced from week9634 onwards.
MODEL: AE3350
SYMPTOM: No sound from the radio.
CURE: Check soldering around C45.
MODEL: AE3405
SYMPTOM: Service manual, partslist
CURE: Service manual, partslist
-
The service codenumber for the volumepotentiometer item 3206, 3207 is
4822 102 10439
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: Set will come in a hang-up situation.
CURE: If the set is operated continuously, the batteries become so drain
that the CPU logic states become indeterminate.
The set will come in a hang-up position and remains this position
even if fresh batteries are replaced.
To reset the hang-up the empty batteries have to be removed,
briefly press the RESET button (20) in the battery compartment and
insert fresh alkaline batteries. After that, readjust the timer
setting and the preset radio stations. To prevent that the radio is
switched on accidently, use the LOCK-position when packing the
radio or putting it away.
REMARKS:
In sets produced after week 9336, in Instructions For Use an
addendum will be added. This publication will be followed by a
service information A93-575
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check whether wire from ferrite aerial is short-circuited on PCB.
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: The radio part does not switch off.
CURE: Check transistor 7032 (RN1410; 4822 130 63139).
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: Removing the empty ALKALINE batteries is very difficult.
CURE: Cut a 30 to 40 degrees chamfer at the edge of the hole
(near 9/10 kHz switch) of the chassis bracket.
REMARKS :
Production will be corrected from 9332 onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: Directions for use
CURE: Directions for use
For commercial reasons a new Direction For Use booklet (DFU) has
been issued.
Service codes for the new DFU are:
4822 736 21829 for /00, /18
4822 736 21831 for /17
MODEL: AE3625
SYMPTOM: Addition to electrical partslist
CURE: Addition to electrical partslist
AC/DC Adaptor
The rating specification for the AC/DC adaptor is:
Output : DC 6V / 350 mA
Plug : Positive centre pin (diameter 1.5mm)
The following AC/DC adaptor types are available and fulfilled the
specification.
SBC6608/00 4822 272 10291 (for /00 and /18)
SBC6608/17 4822 272 10293 (for /17)
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-575
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: FM sensitivity is too low.
CURE: FM IF is shifted because it might occur that is not properly aligned
in production: In some cases the input signal for IF alignemnt was too
strong.
Re-align FM IF following the procedure in the Service Manual.
Use weak input signal to avoid mis-alignment.
REMARKS :
From week 9546 onwards, alignment procedure at production is strictly
controlled by using weak input signal.
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: Very poor FM reception.
CURE: Check/replace chip capacitor C11.
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: Speaker inoperative. Left channel head- phone inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor C48.
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound from loudspeaker. Headphone output is OK.
CURE: Check C48.
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: The right hand channel produces almost no sound.
CURE: Check soldering of the volume potmeter
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: Maximum volume level is too low
CURE: Check soldering of R34
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: The radio does not receive any station.
CURE: The blue wire of the ferrite coil is partly not isolated and makes
short circuit with the copper pattern tracks.
MODEL: AE3650
SYMPTOM: Disturbs
CURE: Occurs if battery voltage is lower then 0,8V
Replace batteries
MODEL: AE3750
SYMPTOM: The display switches to radio when switching on, but no sound.
CURE: Check/replace Q41.
MODEL: AE3750
SYMPTOM: The radio does not switch off the sound off after switching off.
CURE: Check/replace Q41.
MODEL: AE3805
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The telescopic aerial (4822 303 30365) is no longer available, because
the supplier can not deliver.This aerial can be replaced by
4822 526 10618.
Although both initial length and extended length of 4822 526 10618
are shorter than 4822 303 30365 it can be mounted in AE3805 and
functions well.
MODEL: AE3805
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Rear cabinet item 28 has servicecodenumber 4822 421 20051
MODEL: AE3805
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The service codenumber for IC101 should read 4822 209 62924
MODEL: AE3905
SYMPTOM: Volume up/down does not work correct. Sometimes power switches off.
CURE: The AE3905 has an automatic LOW POWER SHUT OFF circuit. For values
see Service Manual AE3905 page 21, 22.
If this phenomenon occurs with batteries only - maybe that there is
a high voltage drop (about 0,5 - 0,7V) at the battery springs due
to oxidation.
In this case clean the contacts with an emery paper or a contact
file (or exchange it).
If this phenomenon occurs with external supply only - check if the
supply delivers at least 3V under load. The voltage drop at diode
6283 has to be less or equal than 0,3V (Schottky diode).
MODEL: AE4200
SYMPTOM: Weak sensitivity of World time rotary switch
CURE: New contact plate 4822 290 81622
REMARKS :
In order to obtain better contact result of the World Time Rotary
switch, from week 9321 onwards a new Contact Plate is used in
production. Service code for the new contact plate reads
4822 290 81622.
MODEL: AE4230
SYMPTOM: Radio part inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of volume potmeter R3107.
MODEL: AE4230
SYMPTOM: Clock is two minutes slow every day.
CURE: Check Xtal 5404 (4822 242 81016).
MODEL: AE6545
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10319Battery Cover
4822 101 11457Volume Control
4822 267 31862Headphone Jack
4822 242 10423Headphone AY3655 w/winder
MODEL: AE6550
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10321Battery Cover
4822 101 11457Volume Control
4822 267 31862Headphone Jack
4822 240 10141Speaker 40mm 7 ohm
4822 242 10423Headphone AY3655 w/winder
MODEL: AE6745
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 423 41275Battery Cover
4822 102 10472Volume control
4822 466 10677Zebra connector
4822 410 10534Rubber Keypad
4822 267 31863Headphone Jack
4822 135 00051LCD Display
4822 242 10423Headphone AY3655 w/window
MODEL: AE6775
SYMPTOM: No battery contact for some battery types only.
CURE: The ribs for fixing the battery contact wire are too close together for
batteries with large plus-pole diameter. For such battery types the
plus-pole of the upper battery will not contact the wire properly.
Service solution: Cut the inner ribs with a knife
REMARKS : Modified Cabinets are used in production from week 9947 onwards.
MODEL: AE6780
SYMPTOM: No battery contact for some battery types only.
CURE: The ribs for fixing the battery contact wire are too close together for
batteries with large plus-pole diameter. For such battery types the
plus-pole of the upper battery will not contact the wire properly.
Service solution: Cut the inner ribs with a knife
REMARKS : Modified Cabinets are used in production from week 9947 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3040
SYMPTOM: Leakage of LED display segment.
CURE: Change resistor 3004 (connected to pin 25 of IC LM8560) from 220k to
560k (4822 116 52292).
REMARKS :
Modification introduced in production from week 9523 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3040
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to shortage of IC CXA1019 in production, the radio board has been
changed. In the new radio board, IC TEA5713 (4822 209 31065) has been
used.
REMARKS :
Date of introduction (with factory change code KT02..) :
AJ3040/17, AJ3240/17 from week 9520 onwards.
AJ3040/00 from week 9527 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3080
SYMPTOM: The fuse is blown out.
CURE: The fuse will blow if the CLOCK switch is set to ALARM and the
SLUMBER button is pressed.
The problem can be soved by replacing jumper 9022 by a 1k
resistor (4822 050 11002).
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9910
onwards.
MODEL: AJ3140
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 423 41163Battery Cover
4822 101 21256Volume Control
4822 146 10451Transformer 120V
4822 146 10452Transformer 120V White
4822 146 10448Transformer 230V
4822 146 31456Transformer 120/230V
4822 146 10514Transformer 240V BS
4822 146 10679Transformer 240V SAA White
4822 410 10398Knob-Clock Function
4822 410 10417Knob-Clock Function White
4822 209 32851IC LM8562
4822 130 90817Display LTC637D1G
4822 276 13577Tact Switch
4822 240 10118Speaker 2.5 8 ohm
4822 272 10225Voltage Selector
MODEL: AJ3150
SYMPTOM: Leakage of LED display segment.
CURE: Change resistor 3004 (connected to pin 25 of IC LM8560) from 220k to
560k (4822 116 52292).
REMARKS :
Modification introduced in production from week 9523 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3150/11
SYMPTOM: Clock runs too fast or too slow.
CURE: Symptom occurs only in AJ3150/11 which runs on Quartz reference.
Erroneously the optional solder-bridge on the clock Printed Circuit
Board has been short circuited instead of being open.
This results in a deviation of the time adjustment, because the mains
frequency is now injected into the clock IC as well and affects the
Quartz reference frequency.
Solution : Open solder bridge. To do so remove the top cabinet, turn
over the Clock Printed Circuit Board and remove the solder bridge
between 3004 and 6003 (near printing 051 17734) by soldering iron.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9535 onwards with
factory change code KT02. The position of the solder bridge is also
shown on the figure in newsletter 62.
MODEL: AJ3240
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to shortage of IC CXA1019 in production, the radio board has been
changed. In the new radio board, IC TEA5713 (4822 209 31065) has been
used.
REMARKS :
Date of introduction (with factory change code KT02..) :
AJ3040/17, AJ3240/17 from week 9520 onwards.
AJ3040/00 from week 9527 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3250
SYMPTOM: The volume of the audio signal is too low.
CURE: Replace capacitor C2123.
MODEL: AJ3280
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: AJ3282
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: AJ3290
SYMPTOM: The Clock set button can get stuck inside
CURE: The Clock set button can get stuck inside when too much force is
applied on the button. A rib will be added on the top cabinet as
stopper.
REMARKS : Modification will be implemented in production from week 9948
onwards.
MODEL: AJ3630
SYMPTOM: Alarm 1 sometimes inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of switch S1012.
MODEL: AJ3630
SYMPTOM: Several display segments defect.
CURE: Check supply diode 6003
MODEL: AJ3630
SYMPTOM: The sound level is very low.
CURE: Check/replace capacitor C2014 near the endstage IC
MODEL: AJ3630
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate on 9V back up battery.
CURE: Mains supply must be connected for timer and radio function.
MODEL: AJ3720
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
The Alarm 2 does not function on Radio preset 1.
An addendum sheet with the following message is added to notify
customers:
In the radio wake-up alarm mode, the PRESET 1 station operates on
ALARM 1 only and not ALARM 2.
MODEL: AJ3740
SYMPTOM: Alarm 2 does not function on radio preset 1
CURE: In the radio wake-up alarm mode, the preset 1 station operates on
alarm 1 only and not alarm 2.
Microprocessor IC with modified software will be implemented in
production from week 9748 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3740
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
The Alarm 2 does not function on Radio preset 1.
An addendum sheet with the following message is added to notify
customers:
In the radio wake-up alarm mode, the PRESET 1 station operates on
ALARM 1 only and not ALARM 2.
MODEL: AJ3800
SYMPTOM: Change diode 7409
CURE: Change diode 7409
-
To prevent the damaging of the diode 7409 during the charging up of
cap. 2113 (1,000µF), diode 7409 has been changed from 1N4148 into
1N4001 (4822 130 31438).
MODEL: AJ3802
SYMPTOM: Change diode 7409
CURE: Change diode 7409
-
To prevent the damaging of the diode 7409 during the charging up of
cap. 2113 (1,000µF), diode 7409 has been changed from 1N4148 into
1N4001 (4822 130 31438).
MODEL: AJ3840
SYMPTOM: No sound from radio or cassette part.
CURE: Check soldewring around C34.
MODEL: AJ3840
SYMPTOM: The tape deck speed is sometimes too low
CURE: Check/replace the speed control potmeter
MODEL: AJ3840
SYMPTOM: Replacement tip
CURE: Replacement tip
-
If clock IC TMS3459BNL is not available, it is suggested to replace it
by LM8562B (4822 209 32851); also change the value of the following
parts :
R122 (pin 16 to ground) to be changed to 180k
C109 (pin 15 to pin 16) to be changed to 0.0033uF
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: No reaction on some buttons.
CURE: Check cable between CN1845 and CN1846 (wire 9). Cable replaced.
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: Noise is audible in stand-by mode.
CURE: The noise level can be reduced by following modification:
1. Change 3214 and 3216 from 10 kOhm to 1 kOhm (4822 050 21002)
2. Change 2209 and 2212 from 1 uF to 10 uF (4822 124 40248)
3. Relocate 3217.Solder it to the - pole of 2214 and the ground
pin of 3215.
REMARKS :
Modifications will be implemented in production from week 9818
onwards.
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: Noise is audible in stand-by mode.
CURE: Additional to newsletter issue PA98.01.01:
In order to improve the distortion at maximum volume, capacitors
2210 and 2213 should be changed to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714).
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: The CD part gives ER, does not find the focus point.
CURE: Check cable at CN1801 for interruption.
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: CD player gives error, does not find focus.
CURE: Pin 5 of IC7801 bad soldered. Pin 5 resoldered.
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: After some time the CD player is inoperative.
CURE: Replace IC7842 (4822 209 32852)
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AJ3920
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Item 2309 is changed from 1000uF/10V to 1000uF/16V (4822 124 40201)
to safeguard enough safety margin.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9620 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3925
SYMPTOM: Noise is audible in stand-by mode.
CURE: The noise level can be reduced by following modification:
1. Change 3214 and 3216 from 10 kOhm to 1 kOhm (4822 050 21002)
2. Change 2209 and 2212 from 1 uF to 10 uF (4822 124 40248)
3. Relocate 3217.Solder it to the - pole of 2214 and the ground
pin of 3215.
REMARKS :
Modifications will be implemented in production from week 9818
onwards.
MODEL: AJ3925
SYMPTOM: Noise is audible in stand-by mode.
CURE: Additional to newsletter issue PA98.01.01:
In order to improve the distortion at maximum volume, capacitors
2210 and 2213 should be changed to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714).
MODEL: AJ3925
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From May 1998 onwards, new CD boards 'CD97 MK2' and CDM 'CD94V5' are
used.A new Service Manual 4822 725 26193 is published for the
new generation.
REMARKS :
The production code of the new generation is 'KT02'.
MODEL: AJ3925
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve distortion and amplification range, the following parts are
changed from production start onwards
C2210 and C2213 are changed to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
R3201 and R3204 are changed to 6.8kOhm (4822 116 83961)
R3202 and R3205 are changed to 27kOhm(4822 116 52264)
R3221 and R3222 are changed to 18kOhm(4822 116 52251)
REMARKS :
Changes are applied on sets of new generation with production code
KT-02 only.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: After some time sound too weak.
CURE: Check/replace IC 7400.(TMP47C600RF)
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: No CD function.
CURE: To improve the oscillating function of the CD CPU:
Change 2402 from 100pF into 15pF.
Change 3405 from 10k into 0R (jumper).
Add resistor (item 3420) of 330k parallel to item 2403.
REMARKS :
This modification is implemented in production.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: Tuning hum noise is audible when 7400 is replaced.
CURE: 4822 209 32849 is the microprocessor IC (7400) with latest software.
When it is used to replace the IC of old version, the following 2
parts should be added.
22534822 121 5138710nF/16V 20%
62514822 130 34173Zener diode 5.6V
Please refer Service Information A93-584 (4822 725 24559) for the
location of new componenets
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: The LED display is missing some segments.
CURE: This fault is caused by diodes item 6454, 6455 which are defective.
Solution:
Change 6454 and 6455 from 1N4148 into 1N4001 (4822 130 31438).
Add 6444 (1N4001) in series with 6454, and 6445 (1N4001) in series
with 6455.
REMARKS :
This modification is implemented in production.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: DRAM noisy, playability of CD poor.
CURE: To reduce DRAM noise and to improve the playability of CD discs,
replace jumper 9051 with resistor 10 Ohm (4822 050 21009).
REMARKS :
This modification is implemented in production.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: Several segments of the time display are inoperative.
CURE: Diode 6455 is defect causing the wave on pin 2 (display) to be
too low.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: Corrections Service Manual
CURE: Corrections Service Manual
The service code for the I.F.U. should read:
4822 736 21868I.F.U. for AJ3930/17
4822 736 21869I.F.U. for AJ3930/00/01/04/05 and /06
MODEL: AJ3930
SYMPTOM: Clock Alignment
CURE: Clock Alignment
-
The alignment procedure for Clock should be moved to page 9
(CS 58 937) and corrected as below.
CLOCK ALIGNMENT
__________________________________________________________________
| DC INPUT| ADJUST |O/P|FREQUENCY COUNTER|
|_____________________|________|_______|_________________________|
|Connect DC 9V at 9107|3454|[3]| Freq. = 2.4 kHz |
|(MBB battery input)|| | +5/-15 Hz |
|_____________________|________|_______|_________________________|
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed soonest by a service information
MODEL: AJ3935
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum is audible.
CURE: The hum is caused by vibration of the metal transformer bracket (item 502). For service purpose the metal bracket can be removed without substitution.
REMARKS : In production, a rubber foam of 20 x 25 x 26 mm will be placed
between top of transformer and Top Cabinet (item 427).
This will protect the printed board from being damaged during transit.
The modification has been implemented in production from week 0014 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3935
SYMPTOM: parts are changed to improve
distortion at maximum volume
CURE: following parts are changed to improve
distortion at maximum volume.
• Resistors 3201 and 3204 changed to 820R (4822 117 11454)
• Resistors 3221 and 3222 changed to 3.3k (4822 051 20332)
REMARKS : Modification is implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: AJ3940
SYMPTOM: The transformer hum is audible.
CURE: Hum is caused by the vibration of shielding plate which is mounted
on top of mains transformer. The shield plate is a construction of 3
metal layers which are sticked together by means of double-sided
adhesive tape. If the layers are not pressed together properly, the
shield plate will vibrate.
To solve the problem, we suggest to dismantle the shield plate and
hammer it against a solid surface.
REMARKS : From production week 9905 onwards, a press jig has been used to
ensure shield plates are well pressed.
MODEL: AJ3940
SYMPTOM: Disc clamper on CD Door is loose out.
CURE: The dimension of the latch on the CD Door to lock the clamper is
out of specification.Service solution is to add black glue on
the latch.
REMARKS :
Mould of CD Door is modified and implemented in production from
week 9838 onwards.
MODEL: AJ3940
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter PA99.02
CURE: The transformer hum can be further reduced by adding 2 pieces of
sponge (about 20x15x2mm) between transformer and shield plate.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9902
onwards.
MODEL: AJ3940
SYMPTOM: Correction to IFU :
CURE: Correction to IFU :
-
To set WEEKEND SLEEPER, only following steps are necesary.
1. Select the alarm you wish to deactivate by pressing the ALM 1
or 2 button.Within 5 seconds the display shows the set alarm
time. Briefly press the WEEKEND SLEEPER once.
-> If the weekend sleeper is activated, zz will appear in the
display for ALARM 1 or 2.
2. To cancel the weekend sleeper function, repeat step 1 until zz
no longer appears in the display.
REMARKS :
Errata sheet will be inserted from week 9831 onwards.
IFU will also be updated.
MODEL: AJ3940
SYMPTOM: Correction to Electrical Partslist :
CURE: Correction to Electrical Partslist :
The Service codenumber of the Voltage Selector for /01 version should
read 4822 272 10366.
MODEL: AK501
SYMPTOM: Poor tracking and groove jumping.
CURE: Where instances of poor tracking or groove jumping occur with the
above record players it is recommended that the following points
are checked.
1. Ensure the lead out wires from the pick-up arm pivot are not
restricting the movement of the arm.
2. The pick-up arm support may be defective.Either replace this
item or remove any excess flashing from the moulding as shown.
MODEL: AK501
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Please mark that there are two production centres for the AK501
record player, being identified by AK501/20 and AK501/40 although
the appearance/features are the same.
The belt however has different dimensions:
4822 358 20355 is for AK501/40
4822 358 20372 is for AK501/20
Please check type/version before deciding which code should be
used.
REMARKS :
This information is a correction of Newsletter 50.01.
Codenumbers were wrong stated.
MODEL: AK540
SYMPTOM: Set cannot be used as stand alone set.
CURE: Because of the hum problem when record player is used with Philips
Midi Systems, the ground wire WCB20 inside the set has been deleted.
This makes that the set can only operate together with Philips Midi
System.
REMARKS :
From week 9512 onwards, a label will be stuck on the display box of
AK540.
Text, printed on the label:
Remark: Recommended to use only with Philips Midi Hi-fi System :
AS440, AS450, AS540, AS550, AS640, AS650.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Faulty play when in programme mode
CURE: It has been found in some cases that the start of an unwanted track
is sometimes played during a programme of selected tracks.
This particular fault occurs only with early production players and
where the pause time between the tracks on a disc is less than two
seconds.
To overcome the problem microprocessor IC7840 should be replaced
with a later software version type INS8050-11RTZ/N.The new IC is
now supplied under the same code number as the earlier version
4822 209 62493.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Jumping on CD playback.
CURE: Replace part 122 on exploded view in service manual.The plastic
strip wears due to the ball bearing.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism: changing item 132
CURE: Loading mechanism: changing item 132
Item 132 might move sidewards. Because of this, it can be clamped on
the left side of the tray switch.
To overcome this problem the switching part from item 132
has been improved.
The modified part will be used from production week 9049
onwards. The service codenumber remains 4822 402 50281.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Manual, Partslist
CURE: Manual, Partslist
-
Please add the following items to the manual
Item : Service codenumber : Description :
5850 4822 242 72565 Resonator 8.46 MHz
5851 4822 242 72565 Resonator 8.46 MHz
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When reading a disc, the display shows an ERROR message.
The set is not able to read the T.O.C. and will not start to play.
Hint : Verify the production period on the CDM
Paper label : 9135 upto and including 9138
Inkjetmark : 9134.4A upto and including 9138.4A
During this period wrong grease is used causing too high friction of
the swing arm. In that case the CDM has to be replaced.
From 9139 or 9138.4B onwards, this error is retrieved.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism called : loading 88,
CURE: Loading mechanism called : loading 88,
-
Frame (item 502) will be changed from week 9015 onwards.
The new frame (4822 464 50822) is not compatible with the old one
(4822 464 50715). Both frames are not interchangeable without a
modification.As long as the old frame is available the old frame can
be exchanged without a modification.
If the old frame is no longer in stock, it has to be replaced by the
new one and the motor (item 131) on the frame has to be replaced too.
New frame : 4822 464 50822 + New motor : 4822 361 21408.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Service hint (Program mode)
CURE: Service hint (Program mode)
-
If a disc, of which the pause time between two tracks is < 2 seconds,
is played-back via the program mode, the right track is not always
played-back immediately. To prevent this problem IC7840 can be
replaced by a µP with software version 3. The µP is than marked
INS8050-11 RTZ and has service codenumber 4822 209 62493. The new µP
has been built-in from week 9032 onwards.
This µP has also been applied in set FW2012 too.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Changes
CURE: Changes
-
Some changes have been done in course of production :
*To improve 100 Hz hum and noise when using RC5
2901 has been changed from 15nF to 6.8nF
3600 has been changed from 10 ohm to 560 ohm
3906 has been changed from 10k ohm to 6.8k ohm
3908 has been changed from 2.7k ohm to 10k ohm
*To improve brightness of LCD
3701 has been changed from 1.5k ohm to 6.8k ohm
3702 has been changed from 820 ohm to 4.7k ohm
3709 has been changed from 1.5k ohm to 10k ohm
2700 has been changed from 220 a)
*To improve the influence of radiation some coils have
been added.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: AK601 from PCB .7 onwards
CURE: AK601 from PCB .7 onwards (see Service Info A91-123).
-
12NC for microprocessor (pos. 7840) should be read as 4822 209 31203.
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK601
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism : changing item 132
CURE: Loading mechanism : changing item 132
Item 132 might move sidewards. Because of this, it can be clamped on
the left side of the tray switch.
To overcome this problem the switching part from item 132
has been improved.
The modified part will be used from production week 9049
onwards. The service codenumber remains 4822 402 50281.
MODEL: AK630
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: AK630
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD g
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK640
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: AK691
SYMPTOM: Parts
CURE: Parts
-
The service codenumber for IC TMP47C400AF-6867 should
read 4822 209 62993.
MODEL: AK691
SYMPTOM: Part number corrections
CURE: Part number corrections
-
The part numbers of two items in the disc hold down assembly listed
on page 25 in the service manual are transposed.
The correct part numbers are:
Item 412 402 61223
Item 414 528 70575
MODEL: AK691
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
In the service manual the code numbers of items 412 and 414 have been
interchanged.
The correct code numbers are :
item 4124822 402 61223
item 4144822 528 70575
MODEL: AK696
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
In the Service Manual the codenumbers of items 412 and 414 have been
interchanged.
The correct numbers are:
item 4124822 402 61223
item 4144822 528 70575
MODEL: AK696
SYMPTOM: Parts
CURE: Parts
-
The service codenumber for IC TMP47C400AF-6867 should
read 4822 209 62993.
MODEL: AK698
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
In the Service Manual the codenumbers of items 412 and 414 have been
interchanged.
The correct codes are:
item 4124822 402 61223
item 4144822 528 70575
MODEL: AK698
SYMPTOM: Parts
CURE: Parts
-
The service codenumber for IC TMP47C400AF-6867 should
read 4822 209 62993.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: No tray out function
CURE: Checked pins 47 and 48 of IC 7580 for switching signals, these were
found to be OK. Fault was found to be caused by T7521 being open
circuit.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: No drive to the carousel motor.
CURE: Check/replace T7507 - BC327/40.Transistor uprated to a BC369.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set. Philip van der Matten
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Spindle toothwheel mounted on bottom plate broken.
CURE: replace bottom plate 4822 444 50697
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Part number changes IC7580 and IC7815
CURE: Part number changes IC7580 and IC7815
-
IC7580
The part number given in the service manual for microprocessor
IC7580 (4822 209 62578) is incorrect.The correct part number is
4822 209 63798.
IC7815
From production week 9041 microprocessor IC7815 was changed from
µP8049 to INS8049/11QWG/N part number 4822 209 63799.The later
type can be used as a replacement for the earlier version without
any additional modifications.
MODEL: AK701
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK703
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK703
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: AK703
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK703
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK729
SYMPTOM: Wrong adjustment procedure of the CD-mechanism in service manual.
CURE: Adjustment of tracking offset:
The adjustment can't be carried out as described in the adjustment
table (page 16).
The offset voltage should be measured between pin3 and pin6 of
connector 1802 and be adjusted to 0V DC (+/- 5mV).
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AK729
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: AK729
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK729
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Power-keys for AK729 resp. AK730 have different colors.
The service code number, stated in the service manual, is only
valid for AK729. Codenumber for the AK730 power-key has been
added:
Pos. 412 4822 410 60734 Power-key for AK729 (color gray)
4822 410 63165 Power-key for AK730 (color black)
MODEL: AK729
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual
CURE: Corrections to service manual
-
1. Component layout DISK BOARD (page 17-18):
- Numbering of connectors 1812 and 1813 has been reversed (circuit
diagram is OK)
- Measuring point 6 is not pin 1 of connector 1812 but pin 2
(circuit diagram OK).
2. Adjustment of tracking offset:
The adjustment can't be carried out as described in the adjustment
table (page 16).
The offset voltage should be measured between pin3 and pin6 of
connector 1802 and be adjusted to OV DC (+/- 5mV.)
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks, cannot follow tracks.
CURE: Check C2820 in track regulator part.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Wrong adjustment procedure of the CD-mechanism in service manual.
CURE: Adjustment of tracking offset:
The adjustment can't be carried out as described in the adjustment
table (page 16).
The offset voltage should be measured between pin3 and pin6 of
connector 1802 and be adjusted to 0V DC (+/- 5mV).
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks after some minutes.
CURE: Check laser current. Readjust laser current.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual
CURE: Corrections to service manual
-
1. Component layout DISK BOARD (page 17-18):
- Numbering of connectors 1812 and 1813 has been reversed (circuit
diagram is OK)
- Measuring point 6 is not pin 1 of connector 1812 but pin 2
(circuit diagram OK).
2. Adjustment of tracking offset:
The adjustment can't be carried out as described in the adjustment
table (page 16).
The offset voltage should be measured between pin3 and pin6 of
connector 1802 and be adjusted to OV DC (+/- 5mV.)
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AK730
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Power-keys for AK729 resp. AK730 have different colors.
The service code number, stated in the service manual, is only
valid for AK729. Codenumber for the AK730 power-key has been
added:
Pos. 412 4822 410 60734 Power-key for AK729 (color gray)
4822 410 63165 Power-key for AK730 (color black)
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Instability of radial drive amplifiers
CURE: In the above model it has been found that it is possible for the
radial drive operational amplifiers in IC7843 to become unstable.
The frequency of oscillation is approximately 1 kHz and in this
condition a steady tone will be heard coming from the CD deck
mechanism.
The fault may be difficult to trace because it can exist when all
relevant components are within tolerance.
Referring to the circuit diagram, instability can occur when R3853
and R3854 are lower in value by approximately 500-600 ohms compared
to R3850 and R3855.To overcome the problem select four resistors
and allocate the two higher values to positions R3853/R3854 and the
lower values to R3850/R3855.All resistors are 12 Kohms 5% types
code number 4822 116 80664.
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Does not play discs due to no radial drive.
CURE: Check service test program 6.The radial arm should move in and
out.If the radial arm isn't moving, check +5VB line.If this
voltage is at 3 volts, suspect R3802 - 4.7 Ohm.
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Does not play CDs, unit tries to find focus; turntable motor runs.
CURE: Put set into service mode. If error 3 is shown, check radial
error microprocessor. (item 7840)
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Intermittent radial arm is forced to outer of CDM.
CURE: On checking around IC 7800(TDA808AT) it was found that FElag signal
(pin 16) was incorrect. Replacing C2817 (470nf) cured the fault.
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers :
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Correction to laser current adjustment
CURE: Correction to laser current adjustment
When resetting the laser current in the above model R3810 should be
adjusted to give 50mV across R3800 and not R3501 as stated in the
manual.
MODEL: AK791
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK796
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: AK796
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AK798
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: AK798
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: AQ4010
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound from tape deck part.
CURE: Check REC/PB head connections.
MODEL: AQ4010
SYMPTOM: Cass. part does not play, wind or rewind properly
CURE: Left reel stucks due to dirt on one wheel, remove dirt.
MODEL: AQ4010
SYMPTOM: The tape deck part is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check whether the heat sink of IC201 is bent against J202 and J203.
(short-circuit). Rebent the heat sink.
MODEL: AQ4010
SYMPTOM: No FM reception.
CURE: Check the interconnection of the red wire to the tuner PCB.
MODEL: AQ4050
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
A new tape deck is used in production.
The following service codenumbers have been changed:
4822 358 10233Main belt
4822 528 70849Pinch Roller Arm
4822 528 70695Pinch Roller
4822 403 70968Eject Slider
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented from August 97 (with factory code starting
from KZ019734...) onwards.
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: This fault is caused by the thermal fuse.
Solution:
New transformer has been implemented in production;
The old transformer was marked NC-I1887TM
The new transformer is markedNC-I1887TM1 (remark: '1' is added).
The transformer is available via service code 4822 146 31476.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9550
onwards. This publication is a correction of newsletter 96.04.02
(Complete marked code has been offered instead of '1').
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: Set inoperative on battery supply.
CURE: The positive pole of the battery does not make contact with the
battery spring (+ pole) in the battery compartment.
Bending the spring towards the + pole of the battery is a practical
solution.
REMARKS :
From week 9551 onwards, tooling of battery spring has been modified.
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: Hum from speaker in radio and play mode.
CURE: Check C26.
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: Poor recordings from Tuner (FM) on normal tape
CURE: (unstable output level).
• Change R8 from 15k½ to 12k½ (4822 116 51254)
• Change R14 from 2.2M½ to 1.5M½ (4822 050 21505)
• Change R18 from 820½ to 390½ (4822 050 28201)
• Change C11 from 0.22µF to 10µF (4822 124 40248)
• Change C21 from 0.22µF to 1µF (4822 124 40746)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 0010
onwards.
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: The recordings are distorted.
CURE: Check switch (rec/play) SW4
MODEL: AQ4150
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
A new tape deck is used in production.
The following service codenumbers have been changed:
4822 358 10233Main belt
4822 528 70849Pinch Roller Arm
4822 528 70695Pinch Roller
4822 403 70968Eject Slider
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented from August 97 (with factory code starting
from KZ019734...) onwards.
MODEL: AQ4420
SYMPTOM: No audio signal after some time
CURE: Check/replace IC7101.
MODEL: AQ4420
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Mode Knob (for selecting TAPE-AM-FM) is available with service
code 4822 411 62033.
MODEL: AQ4420
SYMPTOM: Service information
CURE: Service information
-
As this set is a so-called category 1 product no service manual has
been produced and the normal replace procedure might have been
applied.
In coarse of production and for logistic reasons the audio IC U420B
(item 7301) has been changed into IC TA7368P (4822 209 62192).
Also IC TEA5591 (item 7101) has been changed into TEA5713/N2
(4822 209 31065).The Printed Circuit Board has been re-designed and
has been introduced to production from week 9515 onwards.
REMARKS :
Modified sets can be recognized by changed factory code: KT02
(serial number KT029515xxxxx).
MODEL: AQ4420
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, motor EG-530AD-6F (4822 361 21779) has been used
instead of motor MMI-6S6R on tape deck.
To replace EG-530AD-6F by MMI-6S6R, no other parts change is required.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: Motor Noise is too loud.
CURE: Add an electrolytic capacitor item 2780, with value 220uF/16V
(4822 124 40196) across the connection terminals of the DC motor.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9450
onwards.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: Tape deck reels produce a ticking sound.
CURE: The problem is caused by dirts on the pressure roller.
This can be observed by checking the tape speed variation.
By cleaning the tape path and pressure roller the complaint can be
solved.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: No recording mode. Play back O.K.
CURE: It might be that the record switch is not pushed because the record
pin is loose.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: No tape transport. The take-up reel does not turn.
CURE: Drive belt might be loose.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: No AC power. The mainstransformer is defective.
CURE: Fault is caused by the next:
One of the solder joints of the mains socket is found cracked due
to a rib (of the bottom cabinet) underneath the socket. This rib is
too high and causes stress on the Printed Circuit Board.
Service solution:
Cut away a bit of plastic (about 1mm) from the mentioned rib.
Check solderjoints of mains socket.
REMARKS:
In production from week 9412 onwards the bottom cabinet will be
modified.
MODEL: AQ5040
SYMPTOM: Cassette door hinge broken.
CURE: The mould of the door will be strengthened along the hinge area by
adding ribs and more plastic on the hinge area.
REMARKS:
Modified Cassette Door is used in production from week 9418
onwards.
MODEL: AQ5150
SYMPTOM: No sound on left channel at radio
CURE: Check C27
MODEL: AQ5150
SYMPTOM: Tuning is OK, but distorted sound with bass tone on radio
CURE: Check C16.
MODEL: AQ5310
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AQ5311
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AQ5312
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AQ5315
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AQ6340
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10279Battery Cover
4822 492 11097Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 10278cassette Door
4822 100 20868Volume Control
4822 450 10111Lens-Cassette
4822 458 10518Grille-speaker
4822 410 10456Knob-Voice Act.
4822 134 10031Knob-BNS
4822 277 11526Contact-Switch
4822 240 10151Speaker 36mm 8 ohm
4822 242 10366Mic KUB2823
4822 265 10504Phone Jack (Green)
4822 265 10505Mic Jack (Black)
4822 265 10506DC Jack
4822 276 13726Switch-Push 4P2T
4822 277 11527Switch-Slide 2P3T
4822 277 11528Switch-Slide 1P2T
4822 349 11012Counter
4822 358 10165Counter Belt
4822 691 10496Tape Deck
4822 249 10525R/P Head
4822 249 10524E. head
4822 361 10837DC Motor
MODEL: AQ6350
SYMPTOM: Hum at maximum volume.
CURE: 1. Change resistor 3029 from 390ohm to 1kOhm (4822 116 83863).
2. Change capacitor 2017 from 10uF to 1uF(4822 124 41398).
3. Twist the wires connecting the main board and the tone control
board.
REMARKS:
Production will be corrected from week 9410.
MODEL: AQ6350
SYMPTOM: Humming sound after recording.
CURE: Check capacitor C2070.
MODEL: AQ6350
SYMPTOM: No record mode.
CURE: Check the wire of the erase head.
MODEL: AQ6350
SYMPTOM: After a while the recorder produces a humming sound.
CURE: Check capacitor C2014 in endstage.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check mass track near battery spring.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: When the set is switched ON, a piece of the tape is erased.
CURE: CAUSE:
When play button is pressed, there is a pulse from IC going to the
tape head. This caused a momentary erase of tape.
SOLUTION:
1.Add resistor 5K6 (4822 116 52289) between pin 1 and 3 of
IC AN7082K.
2.Add resistor 5K6 between pin 1 and 20 of IC AN7082K.
3.Add ceramic capacitor 4.7pF (4822 122 40362) between pin 1
of IC AN7082K and ground.
4.Change capacitor C9 for 47 µF to 2.2 µF (4822 124 41013).
REMARKS :
From week 9347 onwards this change has been implemented in
production.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check solder connections on IC U1 (AN7082K).
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Sometimes tape speed variations or sometimes no tape drive at all.
CURE: Check soldering quality connection of motor wire.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Play knob does not lock.
CURE: Play bracket might be bended. Rebend the play bracket.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Motor does not turn.
CURE: Check IC U1.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Tape speed too fast. ( deviation >5%)
CURE: Check soldering quality of R14.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Volume control potentiometer
CURE: Volume control potentiometer
The volume control potentiometer used in AQ6421 is as same as in
AQ6529. Service code is 4822 105 11122.
MODEL: AQ6421
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Service code Headphone socket reads 4822 267 31639 and service code
of the Play head reads 4822 249 30207.
MODEL: AQ6422
SYMPTOM: No playback mode.
CURE: Check the solder connections of the IC (AG665).
MODEL: AQ6422
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check PCB on bad solder joints. (e.g. pins 27 & 28 of the IC)
MODEL: AQ6422
SYMPTOM: The autoreverse reverses before the end of the tape.
CURE: Check friction and auto-stop friction.
MODEL: AQ6422
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Drive belt might be loose from motor pulley or from flywheel or
the drive belt might be stuck between front and back cover.
MODEL: AQ6422
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Cassette lid spring might be loose.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check whether the connection wire at the battery springs are loose
or bad soldered.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check PCB on bad solder joints.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: Tape speed deviates between forward and reverse mode.
CURE: Change resistor 3500 from 270 Ohm into 330 Ohm.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: Motor sound audible in audio signal.
CURE: Check motor (4822 361 21613)
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Drive belt might be loose from flywheel.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Eject spring might be loose. Remount the cassette spring.
MODEL: AQ6426
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Check whether the motor is running.
If not check motor driver IC. (2200)
MODEL: AQ6443
SYMPTOM: The hinge of the Cassette Door is broken.
CURE: The tooling has been modified to strengthen the hinges of the Cassette
Door.
From this set only a few spare parts are available. This modified
cassette door is also on stock now. In case of broken hinge replace
cassette door with new 4822 443 64329.
REMARKS :
The modified Cassette Door is used in production from week 9531
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6446
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: This fault might be caused by the headphone socket: The headphone
socket mounted slanted or cold-soldered.
SOLUTION:
Re-solder headphone socket. Mounting procedure in production has been
modified to ensure that the socket is flat mounted on printed board
panel.
REMARKS:
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9534
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6463
SYMPTOM: Fast wind/or rewind button stuck
CURE: The spring near the common wheel became loose because the springholder
has broken by extreme large force applied to the button.
MODEL: AQ6463
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10383Battery Cover
4822 492 11196Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 10384Cassette Door
4822 101 11459Volume Control
4822 443 10385Door Insert
4822 450 10165Lens-cassette
4822 401 11629Belt Clip
4822 410 10601Knob-DBB
4822 265 10506DC Jack
4822 267 31861Headphone Jack
4822 277 11579Switch-Slide DBB
4822 242 10441Headphone AY3660
MODEL: AQ6485
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into the
mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to LOCK position.
The Belt Clip is available via service codenumber 4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams showing how to fix the Belt Clip
was added to the set from week 9815 onwards. The belt Clip has also
been modified (dimple added and letter PUSH engraved).
MODEL: AQ6485
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into
the mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to its
location.The Belt Clip is available via service code
4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams shows how to fix the Belt Clip was
added to the set from week 9815 onwards.The belt Clip was also
modified with a dimple added and letter PUSH engraved.
MODEL: AQ6518
SYMPTOM: Service information
CURE: Service information
-
As these sets are so-called category 1 products no service manuals
have been produced and the normal replace procedure might have been
applied.
However for servicing the cassette deck of AQ6518, AQ6527 and AQ6528
the following parts are available now:
4822 528 70671 Pinch Roller Base F
4822 528 70672 Pinch Roller Base R
4822 528 70876 Pinch Roller
4822 535 93561 Pinch Roller Shaft
4822 358 31067 Drive Belt
REMARKS :
See also service information A95-550 (4822 725 25373) for other
available spare parts.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Sound interrupts when moving headphone plug
CURE: Check solder joint mass contact headphone socket.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no tape drive. Motor sometimes inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering quality of RCD motor wire on the PCB.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Cassette part inoperative. No tape transport.
CURE: Belt might be loose from motor-pully.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check DC switch in DC-socket.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Cassette lid spring might be loose. Remount the spring.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Lid does not close properly.
CURE: Check springs of the lid.
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
During production, two types of headphone socket were used.
Because body dimension and the pins location of the sockets are
different, correct parts must be ordered.
1. 4822 267 31595 : body is rectangular (5 x 7 mm)
2. 4822 267 31861 : body is square (6 x 6 mm)
MODEL: AQ6524
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The IC BA3528FP is now available via service code 4822 209 13503.
This IC can also be added to service information A96-550 (Spare part
codenumbers for Service Category I products.)
MODEL: AQ6527
SYMPTOM: No audio signal
CURE: Check for short circuit between leg 1 and leg 2 of IC2.
MODEL: AQ6527
SYMPTOM: A crackle noise is audible during two music passages.
CURE: This crackle noise is probably caused by the static on the take-up
reel.
The solution is to stick a shield plate with double side tape on
the PCB (no copper side) underneith the IC BA3519F and this shield
plate should be shorted to ground (pin 22 of BA3519F) by means
of a connecting wire.
The service code for the shield plate is 4822 466 62518.
REMARKS :
The modification had been implemented in production from week 9410
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6527
SYMPTOM: A crackle noise is audible when a non recorded tape is playing.
CURE: This crackle noise is probably caused by the static on the take-up
reel.
The solution is to stick a shield plate with double side tape on
the PCB (no copper side) underneith the IC BA3519F and this shield
plate should be shorted to ground (pin 22 of BA3519F) by means
of a connecting wire.
The service code for the shield plate is 4822 466 62518.
REMARKS :
The modification had been implemented in production from week 9410
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6527
SYMPTOM: Service information
CURE: Service information
-
As these sets are so-called category 1 products no service manuals
have been produced and the normal replace procedure might have been
applied.
However for servicing the cassette deck of AQ6518, AQ6527 and AQ6528
the following parts are available now:
4822 528 70671 Pinch Roller Base F
4822 528 70672 Pinch Roller Base R
4822 528 70876 Pinch Roller
4822 535 93561 Pinch Roller Shaft
4822 358 31067 Drive Belt
REMARKS :
See also service information A95-550 (4822 725 25373) for other
available spare parts.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check mass contact headphone socket.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: A crackle noise is audible during two music passages.
CURE: This crackle noise is probably caused by the static on the take-up
reel.
The solution is to stick a shield plate with double side tape on
the PCB (no copper side) underneith the IC BA3519F and this shield
plate should be shorted to ground (pin 22 of BA3519F) by means
of a connecting wire.
The service code for the shield plate is 4822 466 62518.
REMARKS :
The modification had been implemented in production from week 9410
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: A crackle noise is audible when a non recorded tape is playing.
CURE: This crackle noise is probably caused by the static on the take-up
reel.
The solution is to stick a shield plate with double side tape on
the PCB (no copper side) underneith the IC BA3519F and this shield
plate should be shorted to ground (pin 22 of BA3519F) by means
of a connecting wire.
The service code for the shield plate is 4822 466 62518.
REMARKS :
The modification had been implemented in production from week 9410
onwards.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: Does not function on batteries
CURE: Check connector j400.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: No headphone output.
CURE: Check the headphone socket.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Cassette spring might be loose. Remount cassette spring.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound in play mode, sometimes no tape transport.
CURE: Check the tape transport motor.
MODEL: AQ6528
SYMPTOM: Service information
CURE: Service information
-
As these sets are so-called category 1 products no service manuals
have been produced and the normal replace procedure might have been
applied.
However for servicing the cassette deck of AQ6518, AQ6527 and AQ6528
the following parts are available now:
4822 528 70671 Pinch Roller Base F
4822 528 70672 Pinch Roller Base R
4822 528 70876 Pinch Roller
4822 535 93561 Pinch Roller Shaft
4822 358 31067 Drive Belt
REMARKS :
See also service information A95-550 (4822 725 25373) for other
available spare parts.
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: Left channel no sound.
CURE: Ceck PCB for bad solder joints (e.g. C56).
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: One chanel interrupts when moving the headphone plug.
CURE: Check the headphone socket (4822 267 31631).
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: Sometimes volume cannot be changed, stays at a high volume.
CURE: Check the volume potentiometer VR1 (4822 105 11122).
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: Radio part inoperative.
CURE: Check IC101.
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: Batteries too fast empty, tape transport continuously activated
CURE: Check whether leaf-switch is loose and sticks between pcb and deck.
Remount the leaf-switch.
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: The autoreverse reverses before the end of the tape.
CURE: Check friction and auto-stop friction.
MODEL: AQ6529
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Cassette lid spring might be loose. Remount the cassette spring.
MODEL: AQ6542
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The IC BA3528FP is now available via service code 4822 209 13503.
This IC can also be added to service information A96-550 (Spare part
codenumbers for Service Category I products.)
MODEL: AQ6546
SYMPTOM: Auto reverse cassette deck plays in one direction only.
CURE: The reverse mechanism might be interrupted by C70 (1uF/50V), which can
be replaced by a SMD capacitor (4822 126 11692).
REMARKS :
SMD capacitor is used in production from week 9708 onwards.
MODEL: AQ6546
SYMPTOM: Battery inserting is difficult.
CURE: The batteries are blocked by the flat cables, connected to the
equalizer board on the cassette door.A piece of PVC adhesive
tape (35mm x 3.8mm) can be used to cover the flat cable under the
battery compartment.
REMARKS :
Modification implemented in production from week 9708 onwards.
MODEL: AQ6547
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10378Battery Cover
4822 492 42743Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 11382Cassette Door (PHI)
4922 443 10379Cassette Door (MVX)
4822 101 11429Volume Control
4822 401 11627Belt Clip
4822 442 00445Cassette Door Cover
4822 450 10164Cassette Lens
4822 462 10769Rubber Keypad
4822 267 31862Headphone Jack
4822 265 10662DC Jack
4822 691 10516Tape Deck MCT-7
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: A squeaking sound is audible.
CURE: Pin 1 of IC LAG673 has loose contact due to the pressure from the rear
cabinet.Check and touch up the solder connection at IC LAG673.
REMARKS :
From week 9522 onwards, rear cabinet has been modified to avoid
pressing the IC.
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: No headphone output or headphone output signal is intermittent.
CURE: Fault is caused by a cracked copper-track at the headphone socket.
Check copper-track and re-connect the broken track with jumpers.
REMARKS :
Following modification had been implemented :
Main Cabinet tool from week 9516 onwards
Rear Cabinet tool from week 9531 onwards
Printed Circuit Board Copper-track from week 9538 onwards
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: Headphone interruption.
CURE: Fault might be caused by headphone wiring, which could have a dry
joint connection to speaker, because temporarily two twisted wires
have been applied with different lengths.
REMARKS:
The modified headphones have been implemented in production from week
9536 onwards.
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: Software problem memory loc in display
CURE: To solve this problem, press the reset at the backside.
Attention: this action erases the memory.
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The connectors between the main board and the control board are
available as service articles.
service code numberdescription
4822 321 63152 Sumi ribbon wire (6C)
4822 267 51486 Flexible connector (11C)
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-568.
MODEL: AQ6548
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
IC item U101 TC9308AF-053 is now available with service code
number 4822 209 12708.
MODEL: AQ6549
SYMPTOM: No headphone output or headphone output signal is intermittent.
CURE: Fault is caused by a cracked copper-track at the headphone socket.
Check copper-track and re-connect the broken track with jumpers.
REMARKS :
Following modification had been implemented :
Main Cabinet tool from week 9516 onwards
Rear Cabinet tool from week 9531 onwards
Printed Circuit Board Copper-track from week 9538 onwards
MODEL: AQ6549
SYMPTOM: A squeaking sound is audible.
CURE: Pin 1 of IC LAG673 has loose contact due to the pressure from the rear
cabinet.Check and touch up the solder connection at IC LAG673.
REMARKS :
From week 9522 onwards, rear cabinet has been modified to avoid
pressing the IC.
MODEL: AQ6549
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
IC item U101 TC9308AF-053 is now available with service code
number 4822 209 12708.
MODEL: AQ6549
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The connectors between the main board and the control board are
available as service articles.
service code numberdescription
4822 321 63152 Sumi ribbon wire (6C)
4822 267 51486 Flexible connector (11C)
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-568.
MODEL: AQ6560
SYMPTOM: Weak sound from the cassette and tuner part.
CURE: Check mass contact of the headphone socket.
MODEL: AQ6560
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10308Battery Cover
4822 492 42743Cassette door spring
4822 459 04171Front Cabinet Assy (PHI)
4822 449 80074Front Cabinet Assy (MVX)
4822 101 11429Volume Control
4822 401 11627Belt Clip
4822 492 11172Cassette Spring Plate
4822 267 31862Headphone Jack
4822 691 10516Tape deck
Following parts are for blue colour versions only :
4822 443 10452Battery Cover
4822 443 10465Cassette Door (PHI)
4822 443 10453Cassette Door (MVX)
4822 401 11649Belt Clip
4822 492 11336Cassette door Spring
MODEL: AQ6562
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10328Battery Cover
4822 492 11186Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 10327Cassette Door
4822 101 11459Volume Control
4822 401 11629Belt Clip
4822 381 11743Dial Lens
4822 410 10554Knob-DBB
4822 209 13626IC MM1104CF
4822 265 10621DC Jack
4822 267 31861Headphone Jack
4822 277 11566Switch-Slide DBB
4822 242 10441Headphone AY3660
4822 691 10528Tape Deck
MODEL: AQ6563
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10328Battery Cover
4822 492 11186Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 10381Cassette Door
4822 101 11459Volume Control
4822 401 11629Belt Clip
4822 381 11756Dial Lens
4822 458 10545Grille-Speaker
4822 410 10554Knob-DBB
4822 209 13626IC MM1104CF
4822 265 10621DC Jack
4822 267 31861Headphone Jack
4822 277 11566Switch-Slide DBB
4822 240 10151Speaker 36mm 8 ohm
4822 242 10441Headphone AY3660
4822 691 10528Tape Deck
MODEL: AQ6567
SYMPTOM: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-
CURE: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO SERVICE INFORMATION A96-550
-
4822 443 10378Battery Cover
4822 492 42743Cassette Door Spring
4822 443 11382Cassette Door (PHI)
4922 443 10379Cassette Door (MVX)
4822 101 11429Volume Control
4822 401 11627Belt Clip
4822 442 00445Cassette Door Cover
4822 450 10164Cassette Lens
4822 462 10769Rubber Keypad
4822 267 31862Headphone Jack
4822 265 10662DC Jack
4822 691 10516Tape Deck MCT-7
MODEL: AQ6581
SYMPTOM: Tape sound is distorted near strong electro-magnetic fields.
CURE: Problem can be solved by connecting two 390pF ceramic capacitors
(4822 122 32121) from pins 6 and 23 to pin 10 (ground) of
IC LAG668.
IRIS CODE 2532
MODEL: AQ6581
SYMPTOM: Tape sound is distorted near strong electro-magnetic fields.
CURE: Problem can be solved by connecting two 390pF ceramic capacitors
(4822 122 32121) from pins 6 and 23 to pin 10 (ground) of IC LAG668.
MODEL: AQ6581
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into the
mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to LOCK position.
The Belt Clip is available via service codenumber 4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams showing how to fix the Belt Clip
was added to the set from week 9815 onwards. The belt Clip has also
been modified (dimple added and letter PUSH engraved).
MODEL: AQ6581
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into
the mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to its
location.The Belt Clip is available via service code
4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams shows how to fix the Belt Clip was
added to the set from week 9815 onwards.The belt Clip was also
modified with a dimple added and letter PUSH engraved.
MODEL: AQ6585
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into the
mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to LOCK position.
The Belt Clip is available via service codenumber 4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams showing how to fix the Belt Clip
was added to the set from week 9815 onwards. The belt Clip has also
been modified (dimple added and letter PUSH engraved).
MODEL: AQ6585
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into
the mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to its
location.The Belt Clip is available via service code
4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams shows how to fix the Belt Clip was
added to the set from week 9815 onwards.The belt Clip was also
modified with a dimple added and letter PUSH engraved.
MODEL: AQ6599
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Because it is impossible to replace display LC50 in the repairshop,
this display is no longer available.
MODEL: AQ6613
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The battery holder Pos. 191 service code: 4822 256 60325 in PCS does
not come a wire soldered between the spring connection Pos.136 and one
of the contacts Pos.123.
For this reason it becomes necessary that during replacement of this
part, the technician must solder this additional piece of wire.
Material: Any Black wire of thickness AWG30 cut to length of 8cm
including the bare portion at both ends.
Steps:
1. Unscrew D1.7 x 4 and remove Pos 130 by uncatching at catch A.
2. Remove Pos 136 by uncatching at catch B.
3. Solder the wire
4. Reassemble Pos 130 and Pos 136 into the Battery holder Pos 140.
5. Dress the wire such that it does not obstruct the battery
insertion (into the small groove provided and if necessy hold
it down with a small tape).
MODEL: AQ6619
SYMPTOM: One channel headphone interrupted.
CURE: Check headphone unit 4822 242 51167.
MODEL: AQ6619
SYMPTOM: Too much flutter.
CURE: Ring pos.70 loose on capstan.
MODEL: AQ6619
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The battery holder Pos. 191 service code: 4822 256 60325 in PCS does
not come a wire soldered between the spring connection Pos.136 and one
of the contacts Pos.123.
For this reason it becomes necessary that during replacement of this
part, the technician must solder this additional piece of wire.
Material: Any Black wire of thickness AWG30 cut to length of 8cm
including the bare portion at both ends.
Steps:
1. Unscrew D1.7 x 4 and remove Pos 130 by uncatching at catch A.
2. Remove Pos 136 by uncatching at catch B.
3. Solder the wire
4. Reassemble Pos 130 and Pos 136 into the Battery holder Pos 140.
5. Dress the wire such that it does not obstruct the battery
insertion (into the small groove provided and if necessy hold
it down with a small tape).
MODEL: AQ6619
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The flex pcb cable for the playback head is available under service
codenumber 4822 321 10997.
MODEL: AQ6681
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into the
mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to LOCK position.
The Belt Clip is available via service codenumber 4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams showing how to fix the Belt Clip
was added to the set from week 9815 onwards. The belt Clip has also
been modified (dimple added and letter PUSH engraved).
MODEL: AQ6681
SYMPTOM: The Belt Clip is broken.
CURE: The belt clip will be broken if it is not properly pressed into
the mounting hole on the rear cabinet before turning to its
location.The Belt Clip is available via service code
4822 401 11734.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet with diagrams shows how to fix the Belt Clip was
added to the set from week 9815 onwards.The belt Clip was also
modified with a dimple added and letter PUSH engraved.
MODEL: AQ6688
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Manual :
CURE: Additional information to Service Manual :
4822 443 11087 is the Cassette Door Assembly which includes the
following items :
4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 15, 18, 19, 30, 31, 32, E3
MODEL: AS301
SYMPTOM: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cass
CURE: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cassette
During recording of chrome cassette it may happens that existing
information on the cassette tape is not completely erased.
The problem is due to not enough erase current.
To resolve this problem change capacitors 2783 from 3.3nF to
12nF, 2785 from 12nF to 15nF and 2786 from 220pF to 100pF.
MODEL: AS301
SYMPTOM: Correction Partslist
CURE: Correction Partslist
Top cover item 436 was coded 4822 691 20741 but the service order
number should read: 4822 426 60633.
MODEL: AS305
SYMPTOM: Sound volume of the tape deck part is fluctuating
CURE: Check switch 1707 (4822 277 20594) for interruptions.
MODEL: AS305
SYMPTOM: The sound level suddenly decreases for 2 seconds in recording mode.
CURE: The problem can be solved by replacing the record switch 1707
(4822 277 20594).
MODEL: AS305
SYMPTOM: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cass
CURE: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cassette
During recording of chrome cassette it may happens that existing
information on the cassette tape is not completely erased.
The problem is due to not enough erase current.
To resolve this problem change capacitors 2783 from 3.3nF to
12nF, 2785 from 12nF to 15nF and 2786 from 220pF to 100pF.
MODEL: AS305
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS400
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist
CURE: Correction partslist
Top cover item 436 was coded 4822 691 20741 but the service order
number should read 4822 426 40457.
MODEL: AS401
SYMPTOM: Integrated circuits 7253 and 7254 blown.
CURE: Add sufficient silicon compound between the replaced transistors
and the heatsink.
REMARKS :
From productionweek 9309 onwards the productionprocess has been
adapted to apply the silicon compound properly.
MODEL: AS401
SYMPTOM: Sound volume of the tape deck part is fluctuating.
CURE: Check switch SW1707 for interruptions.
MODEL: AS401
SYMPTOM: Humming sound from right channel.
CURE: Check endstage IC7254.
MODEL: AS401
SYMPTOM: Set switches automatically to ADD or other source.
CURE: IR reception too sensitive, reacts even on normal lamp light.
ReplaceIR pos.6420 (4822 130 81254).
MODEL: AS401
SYMPTOM: Correction Partslist
CURE: Correction Partslist
Top cover item 436 was coded 4822 691 20741 but the service order
number should read: 4822 426 60633.
MODEL: AS405
SYMPTOM: Only dim light on display.
CURE: TR7401 (BC338/40) defective, uP does not get supply voltage.
MODEL: AS405
SYMPTOM: The sound level suddenly decreases for 2 seconds in recording mode.
CURE: The problem can be solved by replacing the record switch 1707
(4822 277 20594).
MODEL: AS405
SYMPTOM: Sound volume of the tape deck part is fluctuating
CURE: Check switch 1707 (4822 277 20594) for interruptions.
MODEL: AS405
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Left channel no sound.
CURE: Check IC7313 (4822 209 73356).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no.Introduction
AS440RZ 01 ....wk 9443
AS540RZ 01 ....wk 9443
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check endstage IC7314 (4822 209 73356).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Noisy sound from CD.
CURE: Check DAC IC7102 (SAA7341; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: NO DISC indication.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD player.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication. Disc speed is incorrect.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: No back light from the display.
CURE: Check the light driver transistor T7424 (BC327).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Long recovering-time of automatic level control (Recorder Board)
CURE: Phenemenon occurs after strong Audio levels.
Change resistor 3727 into 220k (4822 116 52258) and resistor 3731
into 2k2 (4822 116 52256).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: The CD part stops playing after some time.
CURE: Check servo processor IC7700 (4822 900 10318).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD inoperative.
CURE: Check processor IC7700 (4822 900 10318).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Set does not switch on.
CURE: Check clear switch S1446 (4822 276 13114).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD inoperative. Disc does not turn.
CURE: Check whether rubber ring pos 108 is loose and stuck between
pos 87; Remove ring.
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or is humming.
CURE: This fault is caused by the voltage regulator, MCT7805CT
oscillates at its output stage. This can be seen on oscilloscope
as an oscillation (with 2V peak-to-peak, approx. 0.4 MHz)
superposed onto the 5V dc.
To solve this fault add a capacitor of 0.47uF (4822 124 41407)
across the output terminal and ground as close as possible to
the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected IC batches date between week 9402 up to 9430.
The batch week code can be identified by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication. Does not find focus.
CURE: Check focus coil. Focus coil might be interrupted.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck B, pos. 426 is 4822 410 62619
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck A, pos. 431 is 4822 410 62621
MODEL: AS440
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS440/20G
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Disc turns counter-clockwise in service test mode
CURE: Remount drawer, pay attention to wheel pos 202, pos 216.
MODEL: AS440/20G
SYMPTOM: The drawer is stuck.
CURE: Remount toothed wheels pos 202 and 204 in the right position.
MODEL: AS440/20G
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Service codenumber for mainstransformer AS440/22G should read
4822 146 31361, instead of 4822 146 31363.
MODEL: AS440/xxG
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Correction to Service Manual 4822 725 24929 and 4822 725 24936.
On page 74 the codenumbers for the button sets of the tape decks
are mixed up.
Correct is:
pos.codenumberdescription
426 4822 410 62619Button set deck B
431 4822 410 62621Button set deck A
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: CD part inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7080 (TCA0372DP2; 4822 209 72587).
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Erase oscillator interferences with AM stations.
CURE: Dependant on the required AM frequency the erase oscillator circuit,
on recorder board, has to be tuned up or down. Therefore change
capacitor (item 2783) from 12nF either to 10nF (service code number:
4822 121 41857) or 15nF (service code number: 5322 121 42975)
item:value:osc. frequency:
2783 12nF63.3 kHz (original)
2783 10nF65.6 kHz
2783 15nF61.7 kHz
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Does not start. Gives ERROR. CDM cannot find the focus point.
CURE: Check the CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Display and cassette inoperative, only CD drawer is functioning.
CURE: Check supply transistor T7252
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: The CD part is sometimes totally inoperative.
CURE: Check connection of white wire to sledge motor.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Cassette recorder gives to much flutter.
CURE: Check the motor axis and the motor pulley.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Rattling sound from CD part. The sledge is not moving.
CURE: Check whether a piece of the lineair thoothed rail is broken.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: The drawer of the CD-part does not open.
CURE: Check whether the drawer belt (pos102) is not loose.
Remount the belt.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: HELLO is shown on the display.
CURE: This phenomenon only appears when the mains cable is connected to the
set, i.e. when moving the set to another place.
The message automatically disappears after a few seconds, when the
set switches into the standby-mode.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck A, pos. 431 is 4822 410 62621
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck B, pos. 426 is 4822 410 62619
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a)Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631, item 466
b)Pen service code: 4822 535 93499, item 464
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS445
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS445/xxG
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Correction to Service Manual 4822 725 24929 and 4822 725 24936.
On page 74 the codenumbers for the button sets of the tape decks
are mixed up.
Correct is:
pos.codenumberdescription
426 4822 410 62619Button set deck B
431 4822 410 62621Button set deck A
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: CD does not function
CURE: Check/replace CDM (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: The tapedeck part does not erase.
CURE: The bias oscillator does not run. Check soldering points of transistor
T7712.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer cannot open or close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified. These actions
reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel 202 and
the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
For more information see newsletter publication issue 64.40 and 65.01
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9610
onwards.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS450
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: No disc in display, disc not correct on the drawer after opening.
CURE: Complaint caused by wrong position between pos 202 and 204.
REMARKS:
See also Newsletter 65.01
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer cannot open or close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified. These actions
reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel 202 and
the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
For more information see newsletter publication issue 64.40 and 65.01
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9610
onwards.
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: HELLO is shown on the display.
CURE: This phenomenon only appears whenever the set is disconnected (or
switched off) from the mains supply.
There is nothing wrong with the set, all you have to do is to switch
the set off and on again; the word HELLO will than disappear.
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS455
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Cassette part inoperative CD; drawer stucks sometimes
CURE: Check supply transistor T7309, and drawer switch S1813.
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Both decks total inoperative.
CURE: Check supply transistor T7309.
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Cassette decks inoperative.
CURE: Check power supply transistor T7309
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Loudspeaker output inoperative.
CURE: Check both endstage IC's. (4822 209 73356).
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
In case sets are brought-in with a defective transistor T7309 the
circuit can be adapted by adding two resistors and two diodes as
illustrated in the figure.
The circuit will be adapted in productionsets.
A = resistor 2.2 Ohm 0.5 W
B = resistor 220 Ohm 0.5 W
C = D = diode 1N4002
See figure
MODEL: AS501
SYMPTOM: Correction Partslist
CURE: Correction Partslist
Top cover item 436 was coded 4822 691 20741 but the service order
number should read: 4822 426 60633.
MODEL: AS505
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative, only volume led is on.
CURE: Check IC7313 (4822 209 73356).
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no.Introduction
AS440RZ 01 ....wk 9443
AS540RZ 01 ....wk 9443
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from CD.
CURE: Check decoder IC 7102 (temperature sensitive?) 4822 209 30388.
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: CD turns for a second and stops.
CURE: Check decoder IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Cassette speed is changing constantly.
CURE: Check connection between capacitor C2793 and jumper 9784
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or is humming.
CURE: This fault is caused by the voltage regulator, MCT7805CT
oscillates at its output stage. This can be seen on oscilloscope
as an oscillation (with 2V peak-to-peak, approx. 0.4 MHz)
superposed onto the 5V dc.
To solve this fault add a capacitor of 0.47uF (4822 124 41407)
across the output terminal and ground as close as possible to
the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected IC batches date between week 9402 up to 9430.
The batch week code can be identified by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck A, pos. 431 is 4822 410 62621
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS540
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set deck B, pos. 426 is 4822 410 62619
MODEL: AS540/20G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS540/20R
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS540/21G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS540/22G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS540/25G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS540/xxG
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Correction to Service Manual 4822 725 24929 and 4822 725 24936.
On page 74 the codenumbers for the button sets of the tape decks
are mixed up.
Correct is:
pos.codenumberdescription
426 4822 410 62619Button set deck B
431 4822 410 62621Button set deck A
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS545
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a)Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631, item 466
b)Pen service code: 4822 535 93499, item 464
MODEL: AS545/21G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS545/30G
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Service Manual AS540/21G, AS545/21G/30G (4822 725 24939)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 69
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
Service Manual AS540/20G/20R/22G/25G (4822 725 24936)
Electrical Partslist correction on page 75
Coils
itemwas published should read
58604822 543 003764822 242 81151 Quartz 16.934 MHz
MODEL: AS550
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS550
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS550
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS550
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS550
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS555
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. Only humming sound from both speaker outputs.
CURE: Check both endstages IC7313 and IC7314 (AN7161N; 4822 209 73356).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: The CD-part no sound.
CURE: Check decoder IC 7805 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Sound on right channel, noise on left channel in CD mode.
CURE: Sound ok when in tuner or tape modes.
On checking the audio output from the CD player. The sound was
traced back to IC7102(SAA 7341) pin 43 had noise present, pin 60
audio present. Replacing this IC cured the fault.
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks.
CURE: Check the CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: CD part stops playing after some time.
CURE: Check whether the laser burns weaker after some time.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound when playing CD.
CURE: It might be that the turntable motor produces a squeaking sound.
Replace RCD (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Long recovering-time of automatic level control (Recorder Board)
CURE: Phenemenon occurs after strong Audio levels.
Change resistor 3727 into 220k (4822 116 52258) and resistor 3731
into 2k2 (4822 116 52256).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Does not accept CDs. Does not recognize the amount of CDs inside.
CURE: Check optical transistor T7832 (4822 130 83031).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: When track changing, CD produces a squeaking sound.
CURE: Check CDM motor. Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer does not open complete.
CURE: It might be that arm pos.96 is out of position.
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS640
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a)Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631, item 466
b)Pen service code: 4822 535 93499, item 464
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS641
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a)Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631, item 466
b)Pen service code: 4822 535 93499, item 464
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS642
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Erase oscillator interferences with AM stations.
CURE: Dependant on the required AM frequency the erase oscillator circuit,
on recorder board, has to be tuned up or down. Therefore change
capacitor (item 2783) from 12nF either to 10nF (service code number:
4822 121 41857) or 15nF (service code number: 5322 121 42975)
item:value:osc. frequency:
2783 12nF63.3 kHz (original)
2783 10nF65.6 kHz
2783 15nF61.7 kHz
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a)Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631, item 466
b)Pen service code: 4822 535 93499, item 464
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS645
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS650
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS650
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS650
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS650
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS650
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS655
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AS655
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AS655
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AS655
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1810 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1810 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: AS655
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AS655/30
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Page 96
The service code number for the Mains cord assembly should read
4822 321 10954 instead of 4822 321 10831.
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Start playing from stand-by mode
CURE: If the play button is pressed in the stand-by mode, the tape will
move, but no sound is audible via the loudspeakers.
This problem can be solved by changing resistor 3510 on board from
4.7K to 1k.
Modification has been implemented from week 9832 onwards.
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The tape mechanism can be activated even when the set is in standby
mode.If the play button is pressed the cassette will move but no
sound will be heard via the Loudspeakers.This problem can be
prevented by changing 3510 on the Front board from 4k7 to 1k
(4822 050 11002).
REMARKS :
Implemented in all sets from production week 832 onwards.
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS660C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Start playing from stand-by mode
CURE: If the play button is pressed in the stand-by mode, the tape will
move, but no sound is audible via the loudspeakers.
This problem can be solved by changing resistor 3510 on board from
4.7K to 1k.
Modification has been implemented from week 9832 onwards.
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS665C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The tape mechanism can be activated even when the set is in standby
mode.If the play button is pressed the cassette will move but no
sound will be heard via the Loudspeakers.This problem can be
prevented by changing 3510 on the Front board from 4k7 to 1k
(4822 050 11002).
REMARKS :
Implemented in all sets from production week 832 onwards.
MODEL: AS670/34
SYMPTOM: In standby mode, the clock display is switched off after a while.
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: AS670/34
SYMPTOM: In standby mode, the clock display is switched off after a while.
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: AS670/34
SYMPTOM: After switching to standby, clock disappears after a while (IRIS 313X)
CURE: These sets come with Lower power standby feature (see Service
Manual chapter 11) that saves power consumption during standby.
In this feature the FTD display (clock display) will be off.
MODEL: AS670C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS670C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve DBB LED still lighted at OFF mode, change resistor 3525
from 33k to 10k 5% 0,5W4822 116 83864.
MODEL: AS670C
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: AS670C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS670C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: AS675/34
SYMPTOM: In standby mode, the clock display is switched off after a while.
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: AS675/34
SYMPTOM: In standby mode, the clock display is switched off after a while.
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: AS675/34
SYMPTOM: After switching to standby, clock disappears after a while (IRIS 313X)
CURE: These sets come with Lower power standby feature (see Service
Manual chapter 11) that saves power consumption during standby.
In this feature the FTD display (clock display) will be off.
MODEL: AS675C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS675C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve DBB LED still lighted at OFF mode, change resistor 3525
from 33k to 10k 5% 0,5W4822 116 83864.
MODEL: AS675C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: AS675C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Volume drops after some time.
CURE: Delete resistor 3472.
REMARKS :
This problem may occurs to sets code RZ... and produced before
week 9704.
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Start playing from stand-by mode
CURE: If the play button is pressed in the stand-by mode, the tape will
move, but no sound is audible via the loudspeakers.
This problem can be solved by changing resistor 3510 on board from
4.7K to 1k.
Modification has been implemented from week 9832 onwards.
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The tape mechanism can be activated even when the set is in standby
mode.If the play button is pressed the cassette will move but no
sound will be heard via the Loudspeakers.This problem can be
prevented by changing 3510 on the Front board from 4k7 to 1k
(4822 050 11002).
REMARKS :
Implemented in all sets from production week 832 onwards.
MODEL: AS760C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Volume drops after some time.
CURE: Delete resistor 3472.
REMARKS :
This problem may occurs to sets code RZ... and produced before
week 9704.
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Start playing from stand-by mode
CURE: If the play button is pressed in the stand-by mode, the tape will
move, but no sound is audible via the loudspeakers.
This problem can be solved by changing resistor 3510 on board from
4.7K to 1k.
Modification has been implemented from week 9832 onwards.
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS765C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The tape mechanism can be activated even when the set is in standby
mode.If the play button is pressed the cassette will move but no
sound will be heard via the Loudspeakers.This problem can be
prevented by changing 3510 on the Front board from 4k7 to 1k
(4822 050 11002).
REMARKS :
Implemented in all sets from production week 832 onwards.
MODEL: AS780C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve DBB LED still lighted at OFF mode, change resistor 3525
from 33k to 10k 5% 0,5W4822 116 83864.
MODEL: AS780C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS785C
SYMPTOM: Tweeter in loudspeaker box blown.
CURE: CAUSE:
Replace the tweeter by an improved type which is available with
ordering code is 4822 240 10257.
MODEL: AS785C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve DBB LED still lighted at OFF mode, change resistor 3525
from 33k to 10k 5% 0,5W4822 116 83864.
MODEL: AS785C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: AS785C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Informations the codenumber for the flex foil, pos
8002, is missing:
Service Code for pos. 8002:
4822 320 11974, flex foil 15 pole (length = 190mm)
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: AS785C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: AS785C/41
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9836 onwards, the Instruction For Use is changed to
4822 736 16482.
MODEL: AS9300
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9300
SYMPTOM: Service solution
CURE: Service solution
Sets produced before week 9010 might show the following phenomenon:
If the set is in the play-back mode and the power supply is
interrupted (via the power switch) or the set is switched in the
stand-by position (via the remote control) the tape can be partially
erased.
This also can happen if the cassette is recording - protected.
To solve this problem the following components should be changed:
- Capacitors 2722 and 2772 from 22 µF, 25V into 1 µF, 63V,
- Capacitor 2725 from 470 µF 10V into 1000 µF, 10V.
Above modification is implemented in the production from week
9010 onwards.
MODEL: AS9300
SYMPTOM: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome casset
CURE: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cassette
During recording of chrome cassette it may happens that existing
information on the cassette tape is not completely erased.
The problem is due to not enough erase current.
To resolve this problem change capacitors 2783 from 3.3nF to
12nF, 2785 from 12nF to 15nF and 2786 from 220pF to 100pF.
MODEL: AS9400
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9400
SYMPTOM: Service solution
CURE: Service solution
Sets produced before week 9010 might show the following phenomenon:
If the set is in the play-back mode and the power supply is
interrupted (via the power switch) or the set is switched in the
stand-by position (via the remote control) the tape can be partially
erased.
This also can happen if the cassette is recording - protected.
To solve this problem the following components should be changed:
- Capacitors 2722 and 2772 from 22 µF, 25V into 1 µF, 63V,
- Capacitor 2725 from 470 µF 10V into 1000 µF, 10V.
Above modification is implemented in the production from week
9010 onwards.
MODEL: AS9402
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9406
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9408
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9410
SYMPTOM: No sound on tape deck 1 or 2.
CURE: If pin 12 of IC7551 is disconnected, record dubbing line, the sound
comes up.Check/replace T7552 - BC548B on record control line.
Faulty transistor may read OK.
MODEL: AS9410
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9412
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9416
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9418
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9500
SYMPTOM: Service solution
CURE: Service solution
Sets produced before week 9010 might show the following phenomenon :
If the set is in the play-back mode and the power supply is
interrupted (via the power switch) or the set is switched in the
stand-by position (via the remote control) the tape can be partially
erased.
This also can happen if the cassette is recording - protected.
To solve this problem the following components should be changed :
- Capacitors 2722 and 2772 from 22 µF, 25V into 1 µF, 63V,
- Capacitor 2725 from 470 µF 10V into 1000 µF, 10V.
Above modification is implemented in the production from week
9010 onwards.
MODEL: AS9506
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9510
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9516
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: AS9600
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: AS9600
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Press POWER OFF.
MODEL: AS9600
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
PROGRAM + FREQU.UP + POWER ON.
MODEL: AS9604
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: AS9604
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
PROGRAM + FREQU.UP + POWER ON.
MODEL: AS9604
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Press POWER OFF.
MODEL: AW7010
SYMPTOM: No stereo reception.
CURE: Check capacitor 1nF of pilot oscillator.
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: No sound from set at all.
CURE: Check diode D6250 in power supply
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no recording.
CURE: Check switch S1702.
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Hum and hiss at minimum volume are too loud.
CURE: Change following components.
2250, 2255to 4822 126 115921nF
3250, 3252to 4822 116 52219330 ohm
3251, 3253to 4822 116 5220282 ohm
3501to 4822 100 11276Slide VR 50k
REMARKS :
The changes have been implemented in the production from week 9426
onwards. This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-569.
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Cassette A gives a rattling sound during play mode.
CURE: Deck A out of position by a burr around one of the mounting pins of
the front.
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Diode D6250 in power supply is shortcircuited
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
IC7101 TEA5711NT/N1 has been replaced by TEA5711/N2(4822 209 32746).
Accompanying with this change, one resistor 3113 of 180 kOhm must be
added parallel to capacitor 2120.
REMARKS :
New IC used in production from week 9329 onwards. This publication
will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Cloth Speaker Grilles 4822 458 30648 and 4822 458 30649 are no
longer available. It is suggested to replaced the cloth grills by
Metal Grilles 4822 458 40565 (for 'L') and 4822 458 40566 (for 'R').
MODEL: AW7140
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For 4822 691 20853, a cassette deck with motor EG-530-9BH will be
delivered. For circuit and components changes please refer to
service information A94-555 (4822 725 24576).
MODEL: AW7140/01
SYMPTOM: 152 kHz mis-alignment
CURE: 152 kHz mis-alignment
-
In order to solve the problem of 152 kHz mis-alignment in FM stereo
mode, the resistor 3102 has been changed to 68k ohm
(4822 116 52297).
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Cracking sound from left speaker on both tape decks.
CURE: Check R3756.
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Tape deck 1 does immediately switch off after pushing play.
CURE: Lubricate Pos 71
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Bad sound when playing back deck 1. Speed too low or too high.
CURE: Fault caused by pressure roller arm pos.10 loose on top side.
Remount pressure roller.
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For AW7150/11P and AW7250/11P only:
The tuning capacitor 2101 is replaced by 4822 125 11104.
To obtain optimum alignment, following components have to be changed
too :
21165322 122 341073.9pF ±0.5pF N470
21244822 126 142673.3pF ±0.5pF N3300
REMARKS :
Changes had been implemented in production from week 9723 onwards.
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 503) is now available via service
codenumber 4822 402 10786.
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AW7150
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In order to increase amplification reserve from +4 dB to +6 dB, the
resistors 3260 and 3261 have been changed from 47k to 22k.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from production start
onwards.
MODEL: AW7160
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 503) is now available via service
codenumber 4822 402 10786.
MODEL: AW7224
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: On checking the power supply it was found that the fuse had blown
and the suppresion capacitor across the bridge rectifier had gone
short circuit. Replacing these components and the bridge restored
operation.
MODEL: AW7224
SYMPTOM: SW reception is distorted by an oscillating signal.
CURE: To solve problem of SW oscillation, item 2753 a capacitor of 100nF/25V
has been added. Item 2753 has been connected between the cathodes of
diodes 6257 and 6259.
REMARKS :
In revised service manual AW7224/AW7324 (4822 725 24115) this
modification has been published already.
MODEL: AW7250
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AW7250
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In order to increase amplification reserve from +4 dB to +6 dB, the
resistors 3260 and 3261 have been changed from 47k to 22k.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from production start
onwards.
MODEL: AW7250
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For AW7150/11P and AW7250/11P only:
The tuning capacitor 2101 is replaced by 4822 125 11104.
To obtain optimum alignment, following components have to be changed
too :
21165322 122 341073.9pF ±0.5pF N470
21244822 126 142673.3pF ±0.5pF N3300
REMARKS :
Changes had been implemented in production from week 9723 onwards.
MODEL: AW7250
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 503) is now available via service
codenumber 4822 402 10786.
MODEL: AW7304
SYMPTOM: Intermittent loss of tuning information in memory
CURE: It has been found that loss of memory information with the above
models may be caused by an intermittent connection to one of the
memory backup batteries.On sets where this is a problem it is
advisable to check that the raised pip on the positive contact for
the lower backup battery lines up with the centre positive stud on
the battery.
If this is not the case it will be necessary to open the cabinet
and reposition the battery contact in the rear moulding.
MODEL: AW7324
SYMPTOM: SW reception is distorted by an oscillating signal.
CURE: To solve problem of SW oscillation, item 2753 a capacitor of 100nF/25V
has been added. Item 2753 has been connected between the cathodes of
diodes 6257 and 6259.
REMARKS :
In revised service manual AW7224/AW7324 (4822 725 24115) this
modification has been published already.
MODEL: AW7404
SYMPTOM: Intermittent loss of tuning information in memory
CURE: It has been found that loss of memory information with the above
models may be caused by an intermittent connection to one of the
memory backup batteries.On sets where this is a problem it is
advisable to check that the raised pip on the positive contact for
the lower backup battery lines up with the centre positive stud on
the battery.
If this is not the case it will be necessary to open the cabinet
and reposition the battery contact in the rear moulding.
MODEL: AW7490
SYMPTOM: Part number correction for cassette deck motor
CURE: Part number correction for cassette deck motor
The part number given in the service manual for the cassette deck
motor (4822 361 21171) is incorrect.
The correct part number is 4822 361 21301.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Left hand recorder does not record.
CURE: Check the connector to the R/P head.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: The right-hand tape deck does stop spontaneously.
CURE: Check whether the play bracket does operate the switch lever
correctly. Remount the play bracket.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Sometimes record does not function.
CURE: Check Record/Playback switch S3 (4822 276 13346).
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Tape damages.
CURE: Check spring pos.45.Might be loose.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Both tape decks inoperative.
CURE: Check motor belt of both decks. They might be loose at the motor
side.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: The left deck stops playing halfway the tape.
CURE: Check whether there is some plastic burr on pos 1 of deck.
It may happen that by the plastic burr pos.38 sometimes gets stuck.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close.
CURE: Check whether the eject bracket pos 62 is broken. (4822 403 53815).
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not open.
CURE: Cassette lid spring might be loose. Remount the spring.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck type TK20FX-SW is now available via service code
4822 691 10493.
MODEL: AW7520
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9448
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-1245 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARKS :
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-559 (4822 725 25401).
MODEL: AW7530
SYMPTOM: The set does sometimes produce a tickingsound from the speakers.
CURE: Check connections of resistor R3540.
MODEL: AW7550
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
For AW7550/14, the servicecode of the band switch S1 should read
4822 277 11626.
MODEL: AW7560
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Tape Deck partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Tape Deck partslist
-
The type number of the motor is changed to M9T90U20-T.
Service code is 4822 361 10958.
REMARKS :
Design changed since production start.
MODEL: AW7711
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The telescopic aerial (4822 303 30399) can no longer be supplied.
As replacement 4822 303 30448 is recommended.
MODEL: AW7720
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
If the telescopic aerial 4822 303 30423 is not available, it can
be replaced by 4822 303 14065.To mount the new aerial, a M3
hexagonal nut is needed.
MODEL: AW7730
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
If the telescopic aerial 4822 303 30423 is not available, it can
be replaced by 4822 303 14065.To mount the new aerial, a M3
hexagonal nut is needed.
MODEL: AW7730
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
On page 12, the service code of the R/P head (item 66) should read
4822 249 10494.
MODEL: AW7760
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Elecrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Elecrical partslist
-
L4 of AW7760/11 is changed to fixed inductor 0.47 uH.
Service code is 4822 157 10686.
REMARKS :
Design changed since production start.
MODEL: AW7820
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
If the telescopic aerial 4822 303 30423 is not available, it can
be replaced by 4822 303 14065.To mount the new aerial, a M3
hexagonal nut is needed.
MODEL: AW7892
SYMPTOM: Circuit diagram corrections around IC202
CURE: Circuit diagram corrections around IC202
IC202 contains record amplifiers and automatic level control (ALC)
circuitry for both left and right channels.The voltages were
measured with a DVM with the set in RECORD mode and no signal input.
MODEL: AW7990
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The auto-reverse play back head 4822 249 30154 has been replaced by
4822 249 30198.
MODEL: AW7992
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The auto-reverse play back head 4822 249 30154 has been replaced by
4822 249 30198.
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: The CD part shuts off after 2 tracks.
CURE: Check IC302 for temperature dependency.
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD player. Sometimes OK, when moving the set.
CURE: Check soldering of IC304.
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: Laser does not light up after some time.
CURE: Check connectors of RCD.
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From April 1998 onwards, with factory code starting from KZ019814..,
CDM CD94V5 (4822 691 10654) is used in production to supersede the
original CD90V1Q.For servicing please refer to Service Information
A98-560 (4822 725 26175).
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
The service codenumber of the CDM (CD94V5) in service partslist and
Service Information A98-560 is wrong.It should be 4822 691 10776.
MODEL: AZ1000
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Exploded View diagram.
CURE: Service Manual, Exploded View diagram.
The Magnet (4822 526 10659) is not drawn on the exploded view
diagram.It is located under item 23 4822 401 11641, Clamper.
MODEL: AZ1001
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From April 1998 onwards, with factory code starting from KZ019814..,
CDM CD94V5 (4822 691 10654) is used in production to supersede the
original CD90V1Q.For servicing please refer to Service Information
A98-560 (4822 725 26175).
MODEL: AZ1001
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
The service codenumber of the CDM (CD94V5) in service partslist and
Service Information A98-560 is wrong.It should be 4822 691 10776.
MODEL: AZ1002
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
The service codenumber of the CDM (CD94V5) in service partslist and
Service Information A98-560 is wrong.It should be 4822 691 10776.
MODEL: AZ1002
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From April 1998 onwards, with factory code starting from KZ019814..,
CDM CD94V5 (4822 691 10654) is used in production to supersede the
original CD90V1Q.For servicing please refer to Service Information
A98-560 (4822 725 26175).
MODEL: AZ1005
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-551 (3140 785 22310).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1005
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber for the CD Door Switch is missing.
The switch is available with codenumber 4822 278 90739.
MODEL: AZ1007
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-551 (3140 785 22310).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1009
SYMPTOM: The Bracket-Cassette is broken at the support area
CURE: The Bracket-Cassette (item 502 for AZ1009, AZ1010 resp. item 501
for AZ1015) is broken at the support area for the Cassette Door
Spring (item 404).
Tooling has been modified (increased wall thickness and added
radius at the corner).
Improved Bracket-Cassettes are available with codenumber
3103 304 64080.
REMARKS : Modified parts are used in production from week 9945 onwards.
IRIS CODE: 1613
IRIS CODE: 311D
MODEL: AZ1009
SYMPTOM: CD-drive CD94V5T1 has been replaced by the new type
CURE: CD-drive CD94V5T1 has been replaced by the new type DA114822 691 10747.
To adapt the electronic circuitry to the new CD-drive following
components have been changed on the Combi Board:
3828 changed from 18k to 68k (4822 116 52297)
3851 changed from 10k to 15k (4822 116 52244)
3853 changed from 15k to 18k (4822 116 52251)
3855 changed from 33k to 27k (4822 116 52264)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9912
onwards. Sets with the new CD-drive are marked with factory change
code KT03.
This info will be followed by Service Information A99-350 (4822 725 26032).
MODEL: AZ1010
SYMPTOM: The Bracket-Cassette is broken at the support area
CURE: The Bracket-Cassette (item 502 for AZ1009, AZ1010 resp. item 501
for AZ1015) is broken at the support area for the Cassette Door
Spring (item 404).
Tooling has been modified (increased wall thickness and added
radius at the corner).
Improved Bracket-Cassettes are available with codenumber
3103 304 64080.
REMARKS : Modified parts are used in production from week 9945 onwards.
IRIS CODE: 1613
IRIS CODE: 311D
MODEL: AZ1010
SYMPTOM: the following parts were added to the service
partslist:
CURE: pos code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
507 3103 307 96350 button set CD1 lacquered
511 3103 307 96360 button set CD2 lacquered
MODEL: AZ1010
SYMPTOM: CD-drive CD94V5T1 has been replaced by the new type
CURE: CD-drive CD94V5T1 has been replaced by the new type DA114822 691 10747.
To adapt the electronic circuitry to the new CD-drive following
components have been changed on the Combi Board:
3828 changed from 18k to 68k (4822 116 52297)
3851 changed from 10k to 15k (4822 116 52244)
3853 changed from 15k to 18k (4822 116 52251)
3855 changed from 33k to 27k (4822 116 52264)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9912
onwards. Sets with the new CD-drive are marked with factory change
code KT03.
This info will be followed by Service Information A99-350 (4822 725 26032).
MODEL: AZ1015
SYMPTOM: The Bracket-Cassette is broken at the support area
CURE: The Bracket-Cassette (item 502 for AZ1009, AZ1010 resp. item 501
for AZ1015) is broken at the support area for the Cassette Door
Spring (item 404).
Tooling has been modified (increased wall thickness and added
radius at the corner).
Improved Bracket-Cassettes are available with codenumber
3103 304 64080.
REMARKS : Modified parts are used in production from week 9945 onwards.
IRIS CODE: 1613
IRIS CODE: 311D
MODEL: AZ1015
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Electrical Partslist:
CURE: Correction to the Electrical Partslist:
-
The service codenumbers of the Mains transformers have been
mixed up. They should read:
4822 146 10877 for /00 and /14 versions
4822 146 11118 for /01 version
4822 146 10876 for /17 version
MODEL: AZ1020
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production following modifications have been implemented.
1. To prevent residual images on LCD in tape mode:
Resistor 3863 is changed to 470 ohm (4822 116 83883).
2. To improve muting function in tuner search mode:
Resistor 3400 is changed to 4.7K (4822 116 52283).
3. To improve sound quality:
Capacitors 2301 and 2302 are changed to 22nF (4822 121 70619)
Resistors 3303 and 3304 are changed to 820 ohm (4822 116 52231)
MODEL: AZ1025
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In order to increase the tuner output power, following parts have been
changed on the Audio Board:
Resistors 3307 and 3308 changed to 150 Ohm (4822 116 83868)
Resistors 3595 and 3596 changed to 27k Ohm (4822 116 52264)
Resistors 3597 and 3598 replaced by jumpers
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: Replace capacitors C801, C802, C803 and C804 by ceramic capacitors of
0.022uF/63V (4822 122 30103).
REMARKS :
Modification is introduced in production from week 9633 onwards.
When sets produced before week 9633 or the four capacitors are marked
with 'AEC' are brought in for repair, we suggest to replace the
capacitors.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
Position number 26 is listed twice. Correct is:
24 4822 410 10634 Band/Function Knob
26 4822 410 10632 Volume Knob
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-552 (3140 785 22320).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The tuning capacitor is missing.It is available via service code
4822 125 11097.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The mains cord set for /17 versions is available with service code
4822 321 10862.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
-
The type number of motor should be EG-530YD-9BH and is available
via service code 4822 361 21592.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From september 1997 onwards, the CDM97MK1 is used.
Codenumber is 4822 691 10334.
The new diagram is published in A97-589 (4822 725 25647)
Factory code KZ04
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the motor on the tape deck motor changed.
The type of the new motor is EG-530AD-2B with service codenumber
4822 361 21599.
REMARKS :
Both motors EG-530AD-2B and M9T12U24-1 are interchangeable.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: Replace capacitors C801, C802, C803 and C804 by ceramic capacitors of
0.022uF/63V (4822 122 30103).
REMARKS :
Modification is introduced in production from week 9633 onwards.
When sets produced before week 9633 or the four capacitors are marked
with 'AEC' are brought in for repair, we suggest to replace the
capacitors.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Radio and cassette part inoperative.
CURE: Check diode D604 and resistor R615.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: CD-player does not start up
CURE: Check whether the doorswitch makes mechanical contact but no
electrical contact. Quick action switch pos 59; 4822 278 90739
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Hum from speakers at all sources.
CURE: Check C614 for interruption.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound from right channel.
CURE: Check IC103 (CXD2508AQ).
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: The CD player is inoperative after some time.
CURE: The reset signal is 2.5V, but should be 5V.
Check C181.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: The CD does not find the focus point
CURE: Check connector CN101.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: The turntable motor starts rotating at maximum speed.
CURE: The voltage at IC103-68,71,72 is just 3 V, but should be 5V.
Check IC103.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: CD SEARCH has no function and replaced by SKIP function.
CURE: When we start the CD and press PLAY button before reading the TOC,
there will be possible that the CD SEARCH function will be deleted
and be replaced by SKIP function even when the SEARCH button was
keep pressing.When the CD is restart, symptom may not be reproduced.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
Position number 26 is listed twice. Correct is:
24 4822 410 10634 Band/Function Knob
26 4822 410 10632 Volume Knob
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-552 (3140 785 22320).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the motor on the tape deck motor changed.
The type of the new motor is EG-530AD-2B with service codenumber
4822 361 21599.
REMARKS :
Both motors EG-530AD-2B and M9T12U24-1 are interchangeable.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
-
The type number of motor should be EG-530YD-9BH and is available
via service code 4822 361 21592.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The tuning capacitor is missing.It is available via service code
4822 125 11097.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The mains cord set for /17 versions is available with service code
4822 321 10862.
MODEL: AZ1101
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From september 1997 onwards, the CDM97MK1 is used.
Codenumber is 4822 691 10334.
The new diagram is published in A97-589 (4822 725 25647)
Factory code KZ04
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: Replace capacitors C801, C802, C803 and C804 by ceramic capacitors of
0.022uF/63V (4822 122 30103).
REMARKS :
Modification is introduced in production from week 9633 onwards.
When sets produced before week 9633 or the four capacitors are marked
with 'AEC' are brought in for repair, we suggest to replace the
capacitors.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: CD SEARCH has no function and replaced by SKIP function.
CURE: When we start the CD and press PLAY button before reading the TOC,
there will be possible that the CD SEARCH function will be deleted
and be replaced by SKIP function even when the SEARCH button was
keep pressing.When the CD is restart, symptom may not be reproduced.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
Position number 26 is listed twice. Correct is:
24 4822 410 10634 Band/Function Knob
26 4822 410 10632 Volume Knob
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-552 (3140 785 22320).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The mains cord set for /17 versions is available with service code
4822 321 10862.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the motor on the tape deck motor changed.
The type of the new motor is EG-530AD-2B with service codenumber
4822 361 21599.
REMARKS :
Both motors EG-530AD-2B and M9T12U24-1 are interchangeable.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Tape deck:
-
The type number of motor should be EG-530YD-9BH and is available
via service code 4822 361 21592.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From september 1997 onwards, the CDM97MK1 is used.
Codenumber is 4822 691 10334.
The new diagram is published in A97-589 (4822 725 25647)
Factory code KZ04
MODEL: AZ1102
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The tuning capacitor is missing.It is available via service code
4822 125 11097.
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
Position number 26 is listed twice. Correct is:
24 4822 410 10634 Band/Function Knob
26 4822 410 10632 Volume Knob
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-552 (3140 785 22320).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the motor on the tape deck motor changed.
The type of the new motor is EG-530AD-2B with service codenumber
4822 361 21599.
REMARKS :
Both motors EG-530AD-2B and M9T12U24-1 are interchangeable.
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1103
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From september 1997 onwards, the CDM97MK1 is used.
Codenumber is 4822 691 10334.
The new diagram is published in A97-589 (4822 725 25647)
Factory code KZ04
MODEL: AZ1104
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
Position number 26 is listed twice. Correct is:
24 4822 410 10634 Band/Function Knob
26 4822 410 10632 Volume Knob
MODEL: AZ1104
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-552 (3140 785 22320).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1104
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1104
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the motor on the tape deck motor changed.
The type of the new motor is EG-530AD-2B with service codenumber
4822 361 21599.
REMARKS :
Both motors EG-530AD-2B and M9T12U24-1 are interchangeable.
MODEL: AZ1104
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1105
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1105
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1106
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, mechanical partslist
-
4822 526 10625 is the service code of item 35 which is a magnet ring.
Item 33 is not a service article.
MODEL: AZ1106
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CD main board was replaced by CD97
module.Also a new Front Board and an additional Regulation Board has
been applied.Reference is made to Service Information A97-589
(4822 725 25647).
REMARKS :
The Factory code of the sets with CD97 module was starting from
KZ049740...
MODEL: AZ1110
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-553 (3140 785 22330).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1111
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-553 (3140 785 22330).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1111
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
The service codenumber of pos. 407, the Tuning Knob should read
4822 410 11843.
MODEL: AZ1112
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-553 (3140 785 22330).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1113
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-553 (3140 785 22330).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1114
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-553 (3140 785 22330).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1116
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-555 (3140 785 22360).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1116
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ1117
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-555 (3140 785 22360).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1117
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ1118
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-555 (3140 785 22360).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1118
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ1119
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-555 (3140 785 22360).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0013 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1119
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ1120
SYMPTOM: following parts have been changed to
improve DBB performance:
CURE: Capacitor 2503 and 2504 changed to 68nF (5322 121 42465)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9921onwards.
MODEL: AZ1120
SYMPTOM: improve the ESD behaviour
CURE: to improve the ESD behaviour, coil 5100 has been changed
to 2.2mH (3198 018 12280).
REMARKS : Modification is implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: AZ1200
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1200
SYMPTOM: Tuning cord loose because one pulley is loose from its axle.
CURE: The diameter of the centre hole of pulley is 0.2 mm larger than the
specification.As a service solution, we suggest to add a fibre
washer on the top of pulley and melt the axle with a soldering
iron in order to secure the pulley.
REMARKS :
The mould of the pulley is modified and implemented in production
from week 9839 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1200
SYMPTOM: In order to reduce the distortion of CD-recordings
CURE: In order to reduce the distortion of CD-recordings, following
modifications has been implemented in production:
1. 3529 and 3530 are changed to 22K (4822 116 52257)
2. 3578 and 3579 are changed to 22K (4822 116 52257)
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: The system goes in hang-up when switched to CD from TUNER or TAPE.
CURE: On the Front board, add a capacitor 1nF/50V (4822 122 33197) from
pin 23 of 7401 to ground.
REMARKS :
Modification was implemented in production from week 9740 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: CD is not functioning
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor item 2836.
REMARKS :
Capacitor 2836 is fixed in production from week 9819 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: Tuning cord loose because one pulley is loose from its axle.
CURE: The diameter of the centre hole of pulley is 0.2 mm larger than the
specification.As a service solution, we suggest to add a fibre
washer on the top of pulley and melt the axle with a soldering
iron in order to secure the pulley.
REMARKS :
The mould of the pulley is modified and implemented in production
from week 9839 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: parts have been changed to re-adjust
the amplification
CURE: following parts have been changed to re-adjust
the amplification reserve of CD signal.
• Resistors 3302 and 3303 changed to 270R (3198 011 02710)
• Resistors 3595 and 3596 changed to 22k (3198 011 02230)
• Resistors 3597 and 3598 changed to 15k (3198 011 01530)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9915
onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: The Cassette Door Spring (pos. 407) looses out easily
CURE: To solve the problem, the shape of the spring has been changed.
The code number of the new spring is 3140 111 00620.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9915
onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Mechanical Partslist:
CURE: Correction to the Mechanical Partslist:
-
The service codenumber of the Knob-Open (item 439) for Silver
versions should read 4822 410 11392.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: In order to reduce the distortion of CD-recordings
CURE: In order to reduce the distortion of CD-recordings, following
modifications has been implemented in production:
1. 3529 and 3530 are changed to 22K (4822 116 52257)
2. 3578 and 3579 are changed to 22K (4822 116 52257)
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: Correction and modification
CURE: Correction and modification
-
The service code of the CD Drive (item 454) on the exploded view
diagram is missing.It should read 4822 691 10587.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The FFC cable (15-pins) connecting CD light-pen to CD97 board is now
available via following service codenumber:
pos 18004822 320 12178FFC/15P/65mm
MODEL: AZ1202
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1203
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1203
SYMPTOM: Correction to electrical partslist
CURE: Correction to electrical partslist
On the Front board, the service codenumber of IC 7400 was changed
to 4822 209 16811.
4822 209 15839 can still be used except for /14 versions.
MODEL: AZ1205
SYMPTOM: Volume setting is reset to level 11 when power is switched off.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing capacitor 2401 from 100 uF to
47 uF (4822 124 81286).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
IRIS CODE 2525
MODEL: AZ1205
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1205
SYMPTOM: Tuning cord loose because one pulley is loose from its axle.
CURE: The diameter of the centre hole of pulley is 0.2 mm larger than the
specification.As a service solution, we suggest to add a fibre
washer on the top of pulley and melt the axle with a soldering
iron in order to secure the pulley.
REMARKS :
The mould of the pulley is modified and implemented in production
from week 9839 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1205
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
The codenumber of item 437, the Tray-CD should read 4822 418 10352.
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: CD is not functioning
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor item 2836.
REMARKS :
Capacitor 2836 is fixed in production from week 9819 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: Volume setting is reset to level 11 when power is switched off.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing capacitor 2401 from 100 uF to
47 uF (4822 124 81286).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
IRIS CODE 2525
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: The Cassette Door Spring (pos. 407) looses out easily
CURE: To solve the problem, the shape of the spring has been changed.
The code number of the new spring is 3140 111 00620.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9915
onwards.
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: Correction electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction electrical partslist:
-
On the Audio Board:
22644822 126 135810.22µF 20% 50V
22654822 126 135810.22µF 20% 50V
25964822 121 5138710nF 20% 50V
36664822 116 52175100R5% 0.5W
36674822 116 52175100R5% 0.5W
MODEL: AZ1207
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The FFC cable (15-pins) connecting CD light-pen to CD97 board is now
available via following service codenumber:
pos 18004822 320 12178FFC/15P/65mm
MODEL: AZ1208
SYMPTOM: Remote Control does not work when battery voltage is low.
CURE: Change 3452 from 220 ohm to 33 ohm (4822 116 52191).
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9836 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1208
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1208
SYMPTOM: Correction to electrical partslist
CURE: Correction to electrical partslist
On the Front board, the service codenumber of IC 7400 was changed
to 4822 209 16811.
4822 209 15839 can still be used except for /14 versions.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: Remote Control does not work when battery voltage is low.
CURE: Change 3452 from 220 ohm to 33 ohm (4822 116 52191).
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9836 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: CD is not functioning
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor item 2836.
REMARKS :
Capacitor 2836 is fixed in production from week 9819 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: No display in CD mode at low battery voltage.
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing resistor 3251 from 470 Ohm to
390 Ohm (4822 116 83881).
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9850
onwards.
IRIS CODE C13X
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: The Cassette Door Spring (pos. 407) looses out easily
CURE: To solve the problem, the shape of the spring has been changed.
The code number of the new spring is 3140 111 00620.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9915
onwards.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: Correction and modification
CURE: Correction and modification
-
The service code of the CD Drive (item 454) on the exploded view
diagram is missing.It should read 4822 691 10587.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: Correction to electrical partslist
CURE: Correction to electrical partslist
On the Front board, the service codenumber of IC 7400 was changed
to 4822 209 16811.
4822 209 15839 can still be used except for /14 versions.
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The FFC cable (15-pins) connecting CD light-pen to CD97 board is now
available via following service codenumber:
pos 18004822 320 12178FFC/15P/65mm
MODEL: AZ1209
SYMPTOM: Correction electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction electrical partslist:
-
On the Audio Board:
22644822 126 135810.22µF 20% 50V
22654822 126 135810.22µF 20% 50V
25964822 121 5138710nF 20% 50V
36664822 116 52175100R5% 0.5W
36674822 116 52175100R5% 0.5W
MODEL: AZ1302
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1302
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1302
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1302
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2715 and 2722 are changed from 22nF to 33nF to improve ALC
distortion at strong signal.
2733 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2732 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27154822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27224822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27324822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
27334822 121 43144Cap Poly 50V22nF 10%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1307
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For AZ1308/11 only:
The tuning capacitor 2101 is replaced by 4822 125 11104.
To obtain optimum alignment, following components have to be changed
too :
21164822 126 142661 pF ±0.25pF N470
21244822 126 142673.3pF ±0.5pF N3300
REMARKS :
Changes had been implemented in production from week 9750 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1308
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2715 and 2722 are changed from 22nF to 33nF to improve ALC
distortion at strong signal.
2733 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2732 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27154822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27224822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27324822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
27334822 121 43144Cap Poly 50V22nF 10%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1402
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1402
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens spontanuously
CURE: Toothed wheels pos.202 and 204 out of position.
Remount wheels pos.202 and 204.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2715 and 2722 are changed from 22nF to 33nF to improve ALC
distortion at strong signal.
2733 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2732 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27154822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27224822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27324822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
27334822 121 43144Cap Poly 50V22nF 10%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ1407
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ1412
SYMPTOM: At switch-on,POP indicator is ON, but no POP sound effect.
CURE: The problem is caused by a software bug.
Two solutions are available:
- Short Term : Add a transistor BC557C (4822 130 42231) and a resistor
4.7k (4822 116 52283).Connect the collector (C) of
BC557B to the junction of 3512 and 3475, the emitter
(E) to +M and the base (B) via a 4.7k resistor to
junction of 3464 and 3465.
- Long term: Replace microprocessor IC 7400 by 4822 209 17228.
REMARKS :
- Short term : Modification is implemented in production from week
9830 onwards.
- Long term: New MPU IC will be used from week 9842 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens spontanuously
CURE: Toothed wheels pos.202 and 204 out of position.
Remount wheels pos.202 and 204.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
In the Exploded view diagram of tape transport, the code number of
item 74, the Eject Hook should be 4822 403 70968.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2715 and 2722 are changed from 22nF to 33nF to improve ALC
distortion at strong signal.
2733 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2732 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27154822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27224822 126 13174Cer Tub. 50V33nF 30%
27324822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
27334822 121 43144Cap Poly 50V22nF 10%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ1508
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1509
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ1509
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ1509
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1518
SYMPTOM: At switch-on,POP indicator is ON, but no POP sound effect.
CURE: The problem is caused by a software bug.
Two solutions are available:
- Short Term : Add a transistor BC557C (4822 130 42231) and a resistor
4.7k (4822 116 52283).Connect the collector (C) of
BC557B to the junction of 3512 and 3475, the emitter
(E) to +M and the base (B) via a 4.7k resistor to
junction of 3464 and 3465.
- Long term: Replace microprocessor IC 7400 by 4822 209 17228.
REMARKS :
- Short term : Modification is implemented in production from week
9830 onwards.
- Long term: New MPU IC will be used from week 9842 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1560
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Electrical Partslist
On Control board:
2400 5322 126 10223 47nF 10% X7R 63V
3422 4822 051 20332 3.3k½ 5% 0.1W
3483 4822 051 20105 1M½ 5% 0.1W
3487 4822 051 20124 120k½ 5% 0.1W
On Feature board:
2556 4822 126 14585 100nF 20% X7R 16V
2557 4822 126 14585 100nF 20% X7R 16V
2574 4822 126 13188 15nF 20% X7R 50V
2575 4822 126 13188 15nF 20% X7R 50V
3593 4822 051 20683 68k½ 5% 0.1W
3594 4822 051 20683 68k½ 5% 0.1W
3612 4822 117 12521 68½ 5% 0.1W
MODEL: AZ1565
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Electrical Partslist
On Control board:
2400 5322 126 10223 47nF 10% X7R 63V
3422 4822 051 20332 3.3k½ 5% 0.1W
3483 4822 051 20105 1M½ 5% 0.1W
3487 4822 051 20124 120k½ 5% 0.1W
On Feature board:
2556 4822 126 14585 100nF 20% X7R 16V
2557 4822 126 14585 100nF 20% X7R 16V
2574 4822 126 13188 15nF 20% X7R 50V
2575 4822 126 13188 15nF 20% X7R 50V
3593 4822 051 20683 68k½ 5% 0.1W
3594 4822 051 20683 68k½ 5% 0.1W
3612 4822 117 12521 68½ 5% 0.1W
MODEL: AZ1602
SYMPTOM: The system goes in hang-up when switched to CD from TUNER or TAPE.
CURE: On the Front board, add a capacitor 1nF/50V (4822 122 33197) from
pin 23 of 7401 to ground.
REMARKS :
Modification was implemented in production from week 9740 onwards.
MODEL: AZ1602
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ1602
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
On CD97 board, the service code of 2829 should read 4822 124 23178.
MODEL: AZ1602
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The FFC cable (15-pins) connecting CD light-pen to CD97 board is now
available via following service codenumber:
pos 18004822 320 12178FFC/15P/65mm
MODEL: AZ1602
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Sets are not working on some batteries (e.g. Energizer batteries
CURE: because the battery plate fails to contact with the batteries.
The cabinet wall holding the battery plate is too thick.
The simplest service solution is to add a washer (of 0.5 - 0.7mm thickness) behind the battery plate to compensate the tolerance.
On long term, the battery plate will be modified to increase the height
of the contact point.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9926
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when cassette buttons are pressed.
CURE: Can be solved by making the following modification:
Change 3302 from 4.7k to 5.6k (4822 116 52289)
Change 3312 from 1k to 8.2k (4822 116 52303)
Add Cap. 100uF/10V (4822 124 42446) connected from base of
7263 (+) to ground (-).
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9828 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: CD does not operated because IC 7801 (M65821) is defective
CURE: IC7801 is damaged by overheating because its location is too close
to the heatsink of the Power IC.
The problem can be solved by reducing the supply voltage of the CD
module:
• Replace jumper 9526 by a resistor 3315, 4.7R (4822 050 4708) on
Combi Board
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9913
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: ribs for holding the Battery Spring (item 459)
are broken.
CURE: On the rear cabinet, the ribs for holding the Battery Spring (item 459)
are broken. In order to strengthen the ribs their wall thickness was
increased and a radius was added.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9934
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: parts on the Combi Board have
been changed
CURE: following parts on the Combi Board have
been changed to improve sound quality:
• Capacitors 2518 and 2519 changed to 10nF (4822 121 51387)
• Jumpers 9555 & 9556 replaced by resistors 3590 and 3591, 2.2k
(4822 116 52256)
• Resistors 3559 and 3560, 10k (4822 050 21003) added across
pins 1 to 6 and 3 to 5 of volume control 3522
• Resistors 3595 and 3596 changed to 56k (4822 116 52291)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9910
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: to improve reliability, transistor 7260 has been changed
CURE: to improve reliability, transistor 7260 has been changed from
BC327-40 to BC369 (5322 130 44593).
Due to different transistor-pinning, the layout of the printed board had
to be modified.
Layout stage “3140 113 3139.2” uses BC327-40
Layout stage “3140 113 3139.3” uses BC369
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9921
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Resistor 3575 is replaced by a jumper.
REMARKS :
Implemented from production start onwards.
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partlist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partlist
-
4822 442 01499 cabinet top (not for /17)
4822 442 01689 cabinet top (for /17 only)
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Correction to Electrical partslist
CURE: Correction to Electrical partslist :
Item 2304 (22nF) on the combi board should be a polyester film
capacitor.Service code is 4822 121 70619
MODEL: AZ2000
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to the Mechanical partslist (Exploded View diagram)
The service code number of item 444 should read:
4822 442 01499Cabinet-Top(not for /17)
4822 442 01689Cabinet-Top(for /17 only)
MODEL: AZ2010
SYMPTOM: Sets are not working on some batteries (e.g. Energizer batteries
CURE: because the battery plate fails to contact with the batteries.
The cabinet wall holding the battery plate is too thick.
The simplest service solution is to add a washer (of 0.5 - 0.7mm thickness) behind the battery plate to compensate the tolerance.
On long term, the battery plate will be modified to increase the height
of the contact point.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9926
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2010
SYMPTOM: ribs for holding the Battery Spring (item 459)
are broken.
CURE: On the rear cabinet, the ribs for holding the Battery Spring (item 459)
are broken. In order to strengthen the ribs their wall thickness was
increased and a radius was added.
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9934
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Hum noise from mains-transformer is audiable.
CURE: Replace transformer (4822 146 10396).
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Right channel only a very weak signal.
CURE: Check capacitor C2260 1uF.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: The tuning pointer does not move.
CURE: The pole on the tuner bracket for holding the pulley is broken.
Replace tuning bracket (4822 464 10291).
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For sets with factory code KT02, which installs with new CD5 or CD6
CD modules, resistors 3847 and 3848 are changed from 22k to 33k
(4822 116 52271) in order to solve the start up problem for 3 skew
disc.
REMARKS :
Modification had been implemented in production from week 9742
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In order to improve the accuracy of the regulated output voltage,
following changes are introduced :
Diode 6304 is changed to BZX79-F3V3 (4822 130 32806)
Resistor 3253 is changed from 560 ohm to 470 ohm (4822 116 52224)
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9611 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for sets which are produced after
July 1997, referring to following service informations:
A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100
A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600
A97-578 (4822 725 25631) for AZ2605
A97-579 (4822 725 25632) for AZ2615
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is
changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD5 or CD6 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, electrical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, electrical partslist
-
For version /00 and /05, the service codeunmber of the Mains
transformer should read 4822 146 10768.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From July 1997 onwards, with factory code starting from
KT029 729..., new CDM and CD6 board are used.
For servicing please refer to:
Service Information A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100 and
Service Information A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600.
MODEL: AZ2100
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ2305
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
IC's PT2249A or TC9149A are pin compatible.
Codenumber is 4822 209 61529
If the set still doesn't work after changing pos. 551, check
pin 15 'osc' this has to be 38 khz +/- 5 khz.
MODEL: AZ2305
SYMPTOM: Adjustment
CURE: Adjustment
In the radio alignment section, the position of trimmer capacitors
C1, C2, C3 and C4 are not indicated on the layout diagrams in the
service manual.
Reference is made to Service Information A97-587 (4822 725 25645) for
the additional information.
MODEL: AZ2402
SYMPTOM: The Power ON/OFF switch 1496 or resistor 3594 is burst
CURE: due to high transient current.
Additional to Service Newsletter PA99.02.11, on long term the layout
of the Front board will be modified and following parts will be changed
or added:
• Resistor 3456 changed to 15k (4822 116 52244)
• Resistor 3457 changed to 5.6k (4822 116 52289)
• Resistor 3516, 47 (4822 116 52195) added
• Diode 7483 and 7484, 1N4148 (4822 130 30621) added
REMARKS : Modification will be implemented in production from week 9932
onwards.
This information will be followed by Service Information A99-573
(3140 785 22023).
MODEL: AZ2402
SYMPTOM: The Power ON/OFF switch 1496 is burst.
CURE: The transient current through the switch is too high.
To reduce the transient current we suggest the following changes:
• Replace 3594 by a 10R fusible resistor (4822 052 11109)
• Change 2567 to 100µF/25V (4822 124 40207)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9913
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2402
SYMPTOM: No FM reception at the higher end frequencies of the FM-band
CURE: when Volume is set to maximum and MODE button is pressed.
Problem can be solved by changing following parts:
• Capacitor 2322 and 2326 changed to 22µF (4822 124 81151)
• Resistor 3223 changed to 150R (4822 116 83868)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9923 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2402
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The partslist of ECO5 Tuner board is missing; It is published in
following Service Informations :
A98-5624822 725 26185for AZ2407
A98-5634822 725 26186for AZ2402
Also add following service codenumber electrical partslist :
IC 74004822 209 16661TMP87C22-AZ2402
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Preset radio memory is lost when mains is disconnected.
CURE: To extend the memory retaining time, change the zener ZD302 from 4.7V
to 6.8V (4822 130 34278).
REMARKS :
It is advised to change ZD302 in every set, brought in for repair.
Modification will be implemented in production from week 9730
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Disc starts to turn but TOC can not be read in.
CURE: Check/replace IC101.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: The tape deck part does not rewind.
CURE: Check switch pos 20.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Memory is lost when mains-supply is switched-off in stand-by position
CURE: This is according to the concept of the set.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
The service code of IC101 TA2065F should read 4822 209 15462.
The Remote Transmitter Assy is now available with service code
4822 219 10196.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, LD202 and LD203 (to light volume controls) were
changed from orange to green.Service code of green LED is
4822 130 10668.
MODEL: AZ2405
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist
-
The service codenumber of IC101 TA2065F should read 4822 209 15462.
MODEL: AZ2407
SYMPTOM: The Power ON/OFF switch 1496 or resistor 3594 is burst
CURE: due to high transient current.
Additional to Service Newsletter PA99.02.11, on long term the layout
of the Front board will be modified and following parts will be changed
or added:
• Resistor 3456 changed to 15k (4822 116 52244)
• Resistor 3457 changed to 5.6k (4822 116 52289)
• Resistor 3516, 47 (4822 116 52195) added
• Diode 7483 and 7484, 1N4148 (4822 130 30621) added
REMARKS : Modification will be implemented in production from week 9932
onwards.
This information will be followed by Service Information A99-573
(3140 785 22023).
MODEL: AZ2407
SYMPTOM: No FM reception at the higher end frequencies of the FM-band
CURE: when Volume is set to maximum and MODE button is pressed.
Problem can be solved by changing following parts:
• Capacitor 2322 and 2326 changed to 22µF (4822 124 81151)
• Resistor 3223 changed to 150R (4822 116 83868)
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9923 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2407
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, resistor 3452 is changed from 220 ohm to 33 ohm
(4822 116 52191) to improve remote control sensitivity at battery
low condition.
MODEL: AZ2407
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The partslist of ECO5 Tuner board is missing; It is published in
following Service Informations :
A98-5624822 725 26185for AZ2407
A98-5634822 725 26186for AZ2402
Also add following service codenumber electrical partslist :
IC 74004822 209 16661TMP87C22-AZ2402
MODEL: AZ2407
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve sensitivity of the Remote Control at low battery
conditions, change resistor 3452 from 220 ohm to 33 ohm.
MODEL: AZ2415
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ2415
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
The service codenumber of pos. 443, the Battery Spring should be
4822 492 11566.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Hum noise from mains-transformer is audiable.
CURE: Replace transformer (4822 146 10396).
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: The tuning pointer does not move.
CURE: The pole on the tuner bracket for holding the pulley is broken.
Replace tuning bracket (4822 464 10291).
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For sets with factory code KT02, which installs with new CD5 or CD6
CD modules, resistors 3847 and 3848 are changed from 22k to 33k
(4822 116 52271) in order to solve the start up problem for 3 skew
disc.
REMARKS :
Modification had been implemented in production from week 9742
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for sets which are produced after
July 1997, referring to following service informations:
A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100
A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600
A97-578 (4822 725 25631) for AZ2605
A97-579 (4822 725 25632) for AZ2615
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is
changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD5 or CD6 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In order to improve the accuracy of the regulated output voltage,
following changes are introduced :
Diode 6304 is changed to BZX79-F3V3 (4822 130 32806)
Resistor 3253 is changed from 560 ohm to 470 ohm (4822 116 52224)
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9611 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
2721 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2722 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27214822 121 43144Cap. Poly 22nF 10%
27224822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Following modifications have been implemented since production start.
- Cap. 2711 and 2712 have been changed from 220uF to 47uF
(4822 124 41397) to improve low frequency over-load.
- Cap. 2724 has been changed from 470pF to 680pF (5322 122 32052) for
controlling bias frequency to 73 kHz plus/minus 1 kHz.
- Resistor 3708 has been changed from 82 kOhm to 68 kOhm
(4822 116 52297) to improve Rec/Play distortion.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The motor of the cassette mechanism is changed from EG-530AD-9B to
EG-530YD-9BH (4822 361 21592) in order to improve starting torque.
Following components have been added on the cassette board to match
the change of motor.
27034822 124 41397Cap. 47uF/25V
37034822 116 52176Resistor 10 ohm
37054822 116 83863Resistor 1k ohm
37584822 100 20165Potm. trim 500 ohm
Tape speed adjustment: Adjust 3758 instead of the potmeter inside the
motor.
REMARKS :
Changes are implemented in production since production start.
MODEL: AZ2600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From July 1997 onwards, with factory code starting from
KT029 729..., new CDM and CD6 board are used.
For servicing please refer to:
Service Information A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100 and
Service Information A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600.
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Hum noise from mains-transformer is audiable.
CURE: Replace transformer (4822 146 10396).
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: The tuning pointer does not move.
CURE: The pole on the tuner bracket for holding the pulley is broken.
Replace tuning bracket (4822 464 10291).
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for sets which are produced after
July 1997, referring to following service informations:
A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100
A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600
A97-578 (4822 725 25631) for AZ2605
A97-579 (4822 725 25632) for AZ2615
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is
changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD5 or CD6 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
2721 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2722 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27214822 121 43144Cap. Poly 22nF 10%
27224822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For sets with factory code KT02, which installs with new CD5 or CD6
CD modules, resistors 3847 and 3848 are changed from 22k to 33k
(4822 116 52271) in order to solve the start up problem for 3 skew
disc.
REMARKS :
Modification had been implemented in production from week 9742
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is changed
to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive becomes
4822 691 10654.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD97 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5227133k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Item 7812, the remote control sensor TFMS5360 (4822 212 30842) is
replaced by TSOP1736 (4822 218 11745).
REMARKS :
Change had been implemented in production from week 9740 onwards.
No other components need to be changed when replacing 7812 by a
new one.
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 7812 TSOP1736 new remote control sensor is 4822 218 11745
MODEL: AZ2605
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2615
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Tape Board, Electrical partslist
2721 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2722 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27214822 121 43144Cap. Poly 22nF 10%
27224822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2615
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for sets which are produced after
July 1997, referring to following service informations:
A97-576 (4822 725 25628) for AZ2100
A97-577 (4822 725 25629) for AZ2600
A97-578 (4822 725 25631) for AZ2605
A97-579 (4822 725 25632) for AZ2615
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive is
changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the CD5 or CD6 board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ2615
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Item 7812, the remote control sensor TFMS5360 (4822 212 30842) is
replaced by TSOP1736 (4822 218 11745).
REMARKS :
Change had been implemented in production from week 9740 onwards.
No other components need to be changed when replacing 7812 by a
new one.
MODEL: AZ2615
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For sets with factory code KT02, which installs with new CD5 or CD6
CD modules, resistors 3847 and 3848 are changed from 22k to 33k
(4822 116 52271) in order to solve the start up problem for 3 skew
disc.
REMARKS :
Modification had been implemented in production from week 9742
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2615
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2700
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Two metal brackets are added to protect the hinges.
Reason: strong pressure on edges can loosen the cassette door.
For detail please see Service newsletter PA98.05.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9836 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2710
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Two metal brackets are added to protect the hinges.
Reason: strong pressure on edges can loosen the cassette door.
For detail please see Service newsletter PA98.05.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9836 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2725
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Two metal brackets are added to protect the hinges.
Reason: strong pressure on edges can loosen the cassette door.
For detail please see Service newsletter PA98.05.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9836 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2750
SYMPTOM: Abnormal noise is audible in TAPE mode.
CURE: The signal paths on the Recorder board are too close.
Solution is to cut 2 copper tracks on the printed board and to connect
resistor 3729 and capacitor 2736 with a wire (for details see diagram
below).
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9922
onwards.
This information will be followed by Service Information A99-577
(3140 785 22030).
MODEL: AZ2750
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
The codenumber for the Motor Pulley (item 116 on tape deck assy)
should read 4822 528 81493.
MODEL: AZ2750
SYMPTOM: the source selection IC TC9145 (pos. U1) has
been replaced
CURE: IC TC9145 (pos. U1) has
been replaced by the new type PT233 (9655 000 01767).
REMARKS : The new IC is used in production from week 9938 onwards with
factory change code KZ02.
MODEL: AZ2750
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-554 (3140 785 22340).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0014 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2750
SYMPTOM: codenumber of the CD Door Switch
CURE: The switch is available with codenumber 4822 276 13963
MODEL: AZ2755
SYMPTOM: Abnormal noise is audible in TAPE mode.
CURE: The signal paths on the Recorder board are too close.
Solution is to cut 2 copper tracks on the printed board and to connect
resistor 3729 and capacitor 2736 with a wire (for details see diagram
below).
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 9922
onwards.
This information will be followed by Service Information A99-577
(3140 785 22030).
MODEL: AZ2755
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Mechanical Partslist
The codenumber for the Motor Pulley (item 116 on tape deck assy)
should read 4822 528 81493.
MODEL: AZ2755
SYMPTOM: supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A
CURE: Due to supply shortfall of servo IC TDA7073A, the CD module had to
be redesigned for IC TCA0372DP1. The new modules are used in production alternatively.
For repair information on new CD modules see Service Information A00-554 (3140 785 22340).
REMARKS : Alternative CD modules are used in production from week 0014 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2755
SYMPTOM: codenumber of the CD Door Switch
CURE: The switch is available with codenumber 4822 276 13963
MODEL: AZ2804
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ2804
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ2804
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: The CD part is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check/replace D6250.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer does not open or close.
CURE: The ECO Short Loader is out of position at the rear fixing slot.
This fault might be caused when the set has been dropped.
Short term and service solution :
Add brackets to the rib at both sides of the ECO Short Loader
Chassis (item 206).
The parts are available via following service codes :
4822 402 10641Bracket
4822 502 11473Screw M3x8
4822 505 10758Nut M3
Mount the bracket with screw and nut.
Long term solution :
Ribs will be added on the rear cabinet to strengthen the bracket
for holding the ECO Short Loader.
REMARKS :
It is advised to add the brackets in every set, brought in for repair,
with production stamp before week 9642.
New Rear Cabinet will be implemented in production from week 9645
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens spontanuously
CURE: Toothed wheels pos.202 and 204 out of position.
Remount wheels pos.202 and 204.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2721 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2722 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27214822 121 43144Cap. Poly 22nF 10%
27224822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ2805
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: The Gear Wheels (pos. 202 and 204) are out of position.
CURE: It is recommended to replace the 2 gear wheels and the drawer
(pos 216).
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer does not open or close.
CURE: The ECO Short Loader is out of position at the rear fixing slot.
This fault might be caused when the set has been dropped.
Short term and service solution :
Add brackets to the rib at both sides of the ECO Short Loader
Chassis (item 206).
The parts are available via following service codes :
4822 402 10641Bracket
4822 502 11473Screw M3x8
4822 505 10758Nut M3
Mount the bracket with screw and nut.
Long term solution :
Ribs will be added on the rear cabinet to strengthen the bracket
for holding the ECO Short Loader.
REMARKS :
It is advised to add the brackets in every set, brought in for repair,
with production stamp before week 9642.
New Rear Cabinet will be implemented in production from week 9645
onwards.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partsl
CURE: Service Manual, Recorder Module, Electrical partslist
-
2721 is changed from Tubular type to Mylar capacitor to improve
high temperature characteristic of bias modulation.
2722 is changed from 3.3nF to 4.7nF to increase the bias
oscillation level.
itemservice codedesrciption
-
27214822 121 43144Cap. Poly 22nF 10%
27224822 126 11714Cer Tub. 50V 4.7nF 20%
REMARKS :
Modifications are implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ2808
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1997 onwards, the CDM (item 1800) of the CD Short Loader
was changed from CDM12.1 to VAM1201 (4822 691 10615).
When the CDM12.1 is replaced by VAM1201, the Clamper Assy (item 212)
has to be changed to 4822 401 11709.
REMARKS :
The production code of the ECO Short Loader with VAM1201 is KT02.
MODEL: AZ3705
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: AZ3705
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: AZ3705
SYMPTOM: Service Manual error
CURE: Service Manual error
Add to electrical parts list:
Add capacitor 2869 22uF 20% 50V (4822 124 41596) which is accidently
left out of the CDC-7 Module parts list.
For AZ3708/01:
Item 215 front cabinet should be 4822 459 04261 instead of
4822 459 04125.
Item 216 window display should be 4822 381 11763 instead of
4822 381 11719.
For AZ3705 and AZ3708
Item 280 door battery should be 4822 443 10397 instead of
4822 423 41277.
MODEL: AZ3705
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: AZ3705
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: AZ3708
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: AZ3708
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: AZ3708
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: AZ3708
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: AZ3708
SYMPTOM: Service Manual error
CURE: Service Manual error
Add to electrical parts list:
Add capacitor 2869 22uF 20% 50V (4822 124 41596) which is accidently
left out of the CDC-7 Module parts list.
For AZ3708/01:
Item 215 front cabinet should be 4822 459 04261 instead of
4822 459 04125.
Item 216 window display should be 4822 381 11763 instead of
4822 381 11719.
For AZ3705 and AZ3708
Item 280 door battery should be 4822 443 10397 instead of
4822 423 41277.
MODEL: AZ3708/01
SYMPTOM: Change on Tuning grid frequency
CURE: Change on Tuning grid frequency
-
The procedure on changing the Tuning grid frequency published on
page 2-4 has been changed.The new procedure is as follows:
1. Switch on the unit
2. Press and hold the BAND button for 5 seconds, the display will
shows Grid 9 or Grid 10 depending on the last grid setting.
MODEL: AZ3805
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, MTF Module, Electrical Partslist
CURE: Service Manual, MTF Module, Electrical Partslist
The recording bias oscillation level is too low.
Change the capacitor 2732 from 3.3nF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714).
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ3808
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, MTF Module, Electrical Partslist
CURE: Service Manual, MTF Module, Electrical Partslist
The recording bias oscillation level is too low.
Change the capacitor 2732 from 3.3nF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714).
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9638 onwards.
MODEL: AZ6800
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
In case of oscillating of the focus a new disc-hold-down
4822 532 52334 can be placed.
MODEL: AZ6801
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
In case of oscillating of the focus a new disc-hold-down
4822 532 52334 can be placed.
MODEL: AZ6808
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist
CURE: Electrical partslist
The uP TMP47C820AF-N817 (item 7900) is available under service
codenumber 4822 209 31281.
MODEL: AZ6813
SYMPTOM: SBC6411 (4822 138 10418) cannot be recharged to nominal voltage.
CURE: This fault is caused by the poor characteristic of this type of
battery. It can be solved by replacing this rechargeable SLA
battery into 4 NiCd rechargeable batteries.
These NiCd batteries have to be inserted into the battery holder
(4822 256 60323) delivered with the set. These batteries can (for
safety reasons) not be charged in this battery holder of the set.
That is why a separate battery charger PNC310 is made available.
Complete set of PNC310 battery charger with 4x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3
batteries included:
for /00 version (220V & Euro-connector) : 4822 218 10551
for /05 version (240V & UK-connector) : 4822 218 10552
for /17 version (USA) this PNC310-set is under investigation
for /01 (multi voltage) this PNC310-set is under investigation
Separate 2x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 batteries are available under:
4822 138 10073.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-562, A94-563, A94-564, A94-565
From June 1994 onwards this modification will be implemented in the
produced sets. From that moment onwards the battery charger PNC310
and the NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 rechargeable batteries will be added to the
set.
MODEL: AZ6813
SYMPTOM: PNC310 battery charger
CURE: PNC310 battery charger
We announced further investigations to check the availability of
PNC310 battery charger, for stroke versions /01 and /17.
Now we have to inform you that we did not succeed within the Philips
branded range to find battery chargers to be suited for AZ6813/01/17,
AZ6814/01/17, AZ6815/01/07, AZ6823/01/17, AZ6825/01/17.
However this is a common article in the market and an equivalent
battery charger is expected to be available within the regular photo
and brown/white good channels.
PNC310 for /00 (4822 218 10551) and /05 (4822 218 10552) still remains
available.
REMARKS :
This publication will not be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AZ6814
SYMPTOM: SBC6411 (4822 138 10418) cannot be recharged to nominal voltage.
CURE: This fault is caused by the poor characteristic of this type of
battery. It can be solved by replacing this rechargeable SLA
battery into 4 NiCd rechargeable batteries.
These NiCd batteries have to be inserted into the battery holder
(4822 256 60323) delivered with the set. These batteries can (for
safety reasons) not be charged in this battery holder of the set.
That is why a separate battery charger PNC310 is made available.
Complete set of PNC310 battery charger with 4x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3
batteries included:
for /00 version (220V & Euro-connector) : 4822 218 10551
for /05 version (240V & UK-connector) : 4822 218 10552
for /17 version (USA) this PNC310-set is under investigation
for /01 (multi voltage) this PNC310-set is under investigation
Separate 2x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 batteries are available under:
4822 138 10073.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-562, A94-563, A94-564, A94-565
From June 1994 onwards this modification will be implemented in the
produced sets. From that moment onwards the battery charger PNC310
and the NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 rechargeable batteries will be added to the
set.
MODEL: AZ6814
SYMPTOM: PNC310 battery charger
CURE: PNC310 battery charger
We announced further investigations to check the availability of
PNC310 battery charger, for stroke versions /01 and /17.
Now we have to inform you that we did not succeed within the Philips
branded range to find battery chargers to be suited for AZ6813/01/17,
AZ6814/01/17, AZ6815/01/07, AZ6823/01/17, AZ6825/01/17.
However this is a common article in the market and an equivalent
battery charger is expected to be available within the regular photo
and brown/white good channels.
PNC310 for /00 (4822 218 10551) and /05 (4822 218 10552) still remains
available.
REMARKS :
This publication will not be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AZ6815
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check if pin 19 of IC 7902 is low, this pin is the power on
command pin from the CPU. Check series diode 6910 (BAV 99) for open
circuit.
MODEL: AZ6815
SYMPTOM: SBC6411 (4822 138 10418) cannot be recharged to nominal voltage.
CURE: This fault is caused by the poor characteristic of this type of
battery. It can be solved by replacing this rechargeable SLA
battery into 4 NiCd rechargeable batteries.
These NiCd batteries have to be inserted into the battery holder
(4822 256 60323) delivered with the set. These batteries can (for
safety reasons) not be charged in this battery holder of the set.
That is why a separate battery charger PNC310 is made available.
Complete set of PNC310 battery charger with 4x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3
batteries included:
for /00 version (220V & Euro-connector) : 4822 218 10551
for /05 version (240V & UK-connector) : 4822 218 10552
for /17 version (USA) this PNC310-set is under investigation
for /01 (multi voltage) this PNC310-set is under investigation
Separate 2x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 batteries are available under:
4822 138 10073.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-562, A94-563, A94-564, A94-565
From June 1994 onwards this modification will be implemented in the
produced sets. From that moment onwards the battery charger PNC310
and the NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 rechargeable batteries will be added to the
set.
MODEL: AZ6815
SYMPTOM: Diode 6910 (BAV99) often damaged.
CURE: 1. Change capacitor 2912 from 1µF to 100nF(4822 122 33496).
2. Change capacitor 2914 from 100nF to 22nF (5322 122 32654).
REMARKS :
Production will be corrected from week 9410.
MODEL: AZ6815
SYMPTOM: Updating of mechanical partslist
CURE: Updating of mechanical partslist
Due to many requests the following items are available as normal
service spare parts:
5014822 526 20209magnet assembly
5034822 492 42702torsion spring (cd lid) assembly
5044822 532 61224clamping ring for magnet
5064822 410 63072button (open)
5084822 492 52388compression spring (open)
5094822 464 70635subframe
5134822 325 60393rubber sleeve
5164822 410 63071button (shuffle)
5194822 417 11213hinge assembly
5214822 532 52572bearing (hinge 2)
5224822 410 62426set of buttons prev/next
5234822 411 61961knob of slider hold
5244822 464 70636battery frame
5264822 410 62237set of buttons play/stop
5274822 411 61959knob of slider (resume)
5284822 403 30812lever (open)
5294822 411 61962knob of slider (msc)
MODEL: AZ6815
SYMPTOM: PNC310 battery charger
CURE: PNC310 battery charger
We announced further investigations to check the availability of
PNC310 battery charger, for stroke versions /01 and /17.
Now we have to inform you that we did not succeed within the Philips
branded range to find battery chargers to be suited for AZ6813/01/17,
AZ6814/01/17, AZ6815/01/07, AZ6823/01/17, AZ6825/01/17.
However this is a common article in the market and an equivalent
battery charger is expected to be available within the regular photo
and brown/white good channels.
PNC310 for /00 (4822 218 10551) and /05 (4822 218 10552) still remains
available.
REMARKS :
This publication will not be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AZ6819
SYMPTOM: Intermittent play
CURE: Intermittent play when + or - pressed, (any pressure on lid causes
the problem). This fault was found to be caused by the door switch.
MODEL: AZ6819
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
SBC3397 is Cordless headphone of AZ6819
Electrical partslist SBC3397
The volume potmeter 2x50k A (pos. 3206/3207) is available under
service codenumber 4822 102 10467.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-563.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Compact Disc drive:
In sets marked with stamp KT02 9438 another CD mechanism has been
mounted. The disc drive has been changed from CDM12.3 into CDM12.3B,
service code reads 4822 691 30335.
For discdrive CDM12.3 (= turntable with magnet clamper), the
mechanical clamper parts items are 409A, 409B and 411.
In case this CDM12.3 is replaced by CDM12.3B (= turntable with
Ballclamper), the magnet clamper parts are not assembled.
REMARKS :
Introduction from week 9438 onwards.
The only difference between CDM12.3 and CDM12.3B is a modified
turntable. While the old drive fixes the CD with the well-known
magnet-disc hold down assembly the new CDM12.3B uses a special ball
clamp mechanism.
As the new turntable influences the regulation characteristic of the
servo loop some parameters of the digital servo IC TDA1301 require a
different setting. The parameters are stored in the uP of the set and
sent to the TDA1301 during the start-up procedure. Proper function of
the new CDM12.3B is only guaranteed together with the new software
stage of the uP TMP47C820F-AZ6821.2.version 90 displayed in
service test program. (service code reads 4822 209 33691)
In case the disc drive has to be exchanged in sets equipped with the
OTP version TMP47P820F or version TMP47C820F-N904 of the uP with
service code 4822 209 32239 (production week 9415 or earlier
version 92 is displayed in service test program), only the old
discdrive CDM12.3 can be used.
For that reason discdrive CDM12.3, with service code 4822 691 20834,
will be kept on stock.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Copper pattern Layout Stage .7 has been introduced. On this printed
board connector item 1851 has been exchanged by another type with
different pin layout.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9424 onwards. For detailed
information and drawing see Service Info A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: Changes in course of production
CURE: Changes in course of production:
-
Different CD damper / springs items 419 respectively 421 are used
during production.
In case of a repair these parts may only be exchanged by the same
execution as originally built in the set.
REMARKS :
For detailed info and drawing see Service Information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6820
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7900 (4822 209 32241) and/or T7951 (4822 130 42615)
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Bad sound quality or no sound from the CD player.
CURE: Check the mass contact of the headphone socket.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from Line Out.
CURE: Check the Line Output socket 1342.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: CD produces crackling sound because of bad track following.
CURE: Check IC7850 (TDA1301T/N1; 4822 209 31064).
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks and stops after a few minutes.
CURE: Check the CDM (4822 691 20834).
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Does not accept any disc.
CURE: The focus coil does not move. Replace CDM (4822 691 20834).
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Player is totally inoperative.
CURE: The voltage converter IC is defect, this causes a defective uP
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Sometimes strange characters on display.
CURE: Check processor IC7400 (4822 209 32239).
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Gives NO DISC indication. Does not find focus.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 20834).
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Does not read in CD. Sledge gets stuck sometimes.
CURE: Check whether the flatcable in RCD is mounted correctly.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Copper pattern Layout Stage .7 has been introduced. On this printed
board connector item 1851 has been exchanged by another type with
different pin layout.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9424 onwards. For detailed
information and drawing see Service Info A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Changes in course of production
CURE: Changes in course of production:
-
Different CD damper / springs items 419 respectively 421 are used
during production.
In case of a repair these parts may only be exchanged by the same
execution as originally built in the set.
REMARKS :
For detailed info and drawing see Service Information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Compact Disc drive:
In sets marked with stamp KT02 9438 another CD mechanism has been
mounted. The disc drive has been changed from CDM12.3 into CDM12.3B,
service code reads 4822 691 30335.
For discdrive CDM12.3 (= turntable with magnet clamper), the
mechanical clamper parts items are 409A, 409B and 411.
In case this CDM12.3 is replaced by CDM12.3B (= turntable with
Ballclamper), the magnet clamper parts are not assembled.
REMARKS :
Introduction from week 9438 onwards.
The only difference between CDM12.3 and CDM12.3B is a modified
turntable. While the old drive fixes the CD with the well-known
magnet-disc hold down assembly the new CDM12.3B uses a special ball
clamp mechanism.
As the new turntable influences the regulation characteristic of the
servo loop some parameters of the digital servo IC TDA1301 require a
different setting. The parameters are stored in the uP of the set and
sent to the TDA1301 during the start-up procedure. Proper function of
the new CDM12.3B is only guaranteed together with the new software
stage of the uP TMP47C820F-AZ6821.2.version 90 displayed in
service test program. (service code reads 4822 209 33691)
In case the disc drive has to be exchanged in sets equipped with the
OTP version TMP47P820F or version TMP47C820F-N904 of the uP with
service code 4822 209 32239 (production week 9415 or earlier
version 92 is displayed in service test program), only the old
discdrive CDM12.3 can be used.
For that reason discdrive CDM12.3, with service code 4822 691 20834,
will be kept on stock.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-563.
MODEL: AZ6821
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: Changes in course of production:
CURE: Changes in course of production:
-
Different CD damper / springs items 419 respectively 421 are used
during production.
In case of a repair these parts may only be exchanged by the same
execution as originally built in the set.
REMARKS :
For detailed info and drawing see Service Information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Copper pattern Layout Stage .7 has been introduced. On this printed
board connector item 1851 has been exchanged by another type with
different pin layout.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9424 onwards. For detailed
information and drawing see Service Info A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Compact Disc drive:
In sets marked with stamp KT02 9438 another CD mechanism has been
mounted. The disc drive has been changed from CDM12.3 into CDM12.3B,
service code reads 4822 691 30335.
For discdrive CDM12.3 (= turntable with magnet clamper), the
mechanical clamper parts items are 409A, 409B and 411.
In case this CDM12.3 is replaced by CDM12.3B (= turntable with
Ballclamper), the magnet clamper parts are not assembled.
REMARKS :
Introduction from week 9438 onwards.
The only difference between CDM12.3 and CDM12.3B is a modified
turntable. While the old drive fixes the CD with the well-known
magnet-disc hold down assembly the new CDM12.3B uses a special ball
clamp mechanism.
As the new turntable influences the regulation characteristic of the
servo loop some parameters of the digital servo IC TDA1301 require a
different setting. The parameters are stored in the uP of the set and
sent to the TDA1301 during the start-up procedure. Proper function of
the new CDM12.3B is only guaranteed together with the new software
stage of the uP TMP47C820F-AZ6821.2.version 90 displayed in
service test program. (service code reads 4822 209 33691)
In case the disc drive has to be exchanged in sets equipped with the
OTP version TMP47P820F or version TMP47C820F-N904 of the uP with
service code 4822 209 32239 (production week 9415 or earlier
version 92 is displayed in service test program), only the old
discdrive CDM12.3 can be used.
For that reason discdrive CDM12.3, with service code 4822 691 20834,
will be kept on stock.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-563.
MODEL: AZ6822
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Set inoperative on battery supply.
CURE: Check whether the battery springs are bent. Replace the springs
(4822 492 71333).
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: SBC6411 (4822 138 10418) cannot be recharged to nominal voltage.
CURE: This fault is caused by the poor characteristic of this type of
battery. It can be solved by replacing this rechargeable SLA
battery into 4 NiCd rechargeable batteries.
These NiCd batteries have to be inserted into the battery holder
(4822 256 60323) delivered with the set. These batteries can (for
safety reasons) not be charged in this battery holder of the set.
That is why a separate battery charger PNC310 is made available.
Complete set of PNC310 battery charger with 4x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3
batteries included:
for /00 version (220V & Euro-connector) : 4822 218 10551
for /05 version (240V & UK-connector) : 4822 218 10552
for /17 version (USA) this PNC310-set is under investigation
for /01 (multi voltage) this PNC310-set is under investigation
Separate 2x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 batteries are available under:
4822 138 10073.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-562, A94-563, A94-564, A94-565
From June 1994 onwards this modification will be implemented in the
produced sets. From that moment onwards the battery charger PNC310
and the NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 rechargeable batteries will be added to the
set.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Does not read in well. Player gives NO DISC.
CURE: Check whether the focus coil is moving. If not: replace CDM.
(4822 691 20834).
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Inoperative on NiCd accu supply. On battery supply set OK.
CURE: Check ext. DC socket pos.1250 (4822 267 31354).
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: The CD sledge does not move.
CURE: Check the toothed braket of the CDM. Replace CDM (4822 691 20834).
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Strange echo sound from headphone.
CURE: Check mass connection of headphone socket CN1341 (4822 267 31638).
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Changes in course of production
CURE: Changes in course of production:
-
Different CD damper / springs items 419 respectively 421 are used
during production.
In case of a repair these parts may only be exchanged by the same
execution as originally built in the set.
REMARKS :
For detailed info and drawing see Service Information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Copper pattern Layout Stage .7 has been introduced. On this printed
board connector item 1851 has been exchanged by another type with
different pin layout.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9424 onwards. For detailed
information and drawing see Service Info A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Copper pattern Layout Stage .7 has been introduced. On this printed
board connector item 1851 has been exchanged by another type with
different pin layout.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9424 onwards. For detailed
information and drawing see Service Info A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Compact Disc drive:
In sets marked with stamp KT02 9438 another CD mechanism has been
mounted. The disc drive has been changed from CDM12.3 into CDM12.3B,
service code reads 4822 691 30335.
For discdrive CDM12.3 (= turntable with magnet clamper), the
mechanical clamper parts items are 409A, 409B and 411.
In case this CDM12.3 is replaced by CDM12.3B (= turntable with
Ballclamper), the magnet clamper parts are not assembled.
REMARKS :
Introduction from week 9438 onwards.
The only difference between CDM12.3 and CDM12.3B is a modified
turntable. While the old drive fixes the CD with the well-known
magnet-disc hold down assembly the new CDM12.3B uses a special ball
clamp mechanism.
As the new turntable influences the regulation characteristic of the
servo loop some parameters of the digital servo IC TDA1301 require a
different setting. The parameters are stored in the uP of the set and
sent to the TDA1301 during the start-up procedure. Proper function of
the new CDM12.3B is only guaranteed together with the new software
stage of the uP TMP47C820F-AZ6821.2.version 90 displayed in
service test program. (service code reads 4822 209 33691)
In case the disc drive has to be exchanged in sets equipped with the
OTP version TMP47P820F or version TMP47C820F-N904 of the uP with
service code 4822 209 32239 (production week 9415 or earlier
version 92 is displayed in service test program), only the old
discdrive CDM12.3 can be used.
For that reason discdrive CDM12.3, with service code 4822 691 20834,
will be kept on stock.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Changes in course of production
CURE: Changes in course of production:
-
Different CD damper / springs items 419 respectively 421 are used
during production.
In case of a repair these parts may only be exchanged by the same
execution as originally built in the set.
REMARKS :
For detailed info and drawing see Service Information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Replacement
CURE: Replacement
-
From production week 9324 onwards headphone SBC3322 has been replaced
by SBC3323V with volume control. Service code for SBC3323V is
4822 015 20623.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A94-356.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-563.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: PNC310 battery charger
CURE: PNC310 battery charger
We announced further investigations to check the availability of
PNC310 battery charger, for stroke versions /01 and /17.
Now we have to inform you that we did not succeed within the Philips
branded range to find battery chargers to be suited for AZ6813/01/17,
AZ6814/01/17, AZ6815/01/07, AZ6823/01/17, AZ6825/01/17.
However this is a common article in the market and an equivalent
battery charger is expected to be available within the regular photo
and brown/white good channels.
PNC310 for /00 (4822 218 10551) and /05 (4822 218 10552) still remains
available.
REMARKS :
This publication will not be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AZ6823
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Compact Disc drive:
In sets marked with stamp KT02 9438 another CD mechanism has been
mounted. The disc drive has been changed from CDM12.3 into CDM12.3B,
service code reads 4822 691 30335.
For discdrive CDM12.3 (= turntable with magnet clamper), the
mechanical clamper parts items are 409A, 409B and 411.
In case this CDM12.3 is replaced by CDM12.3B (= turntable with
Ballclamper), the magnet clamper parts are not assembled.
REMARKS :
Introduction from week 9438 onwards.
The only difference between CDM12.3 and CDM12.3B is a modified
turntable. While the old drive fixes the CD with the well-known
magnet-disc hold down assembly the new CDM12.3B uses a special ball
clamp mechanism.
As the new turntable influences the regulation characteristic of the
servo loop some parameters of the digital servo IC TDA1301 require a
different setting. The parameters are stored in the uP of the set and
sent to the TDA1301 during the start-up procedure. Proper function of
the new CDM12.3B is only guaranteed together with the new software
stage of the uP TMP47C820F-AZ6821.2.version 90 displayed in
service test program. (service code reads 4822 209 33691)
In case the disc drive has to be exchanged in sets equipped with the
OTP version TMP47P820F or version TMP47C820F-N904 of the uP with
service code 4822 209 32239 (production week 9415 or earlier
version 92 is displayed in service test program), only the old
discdrive CDM12.3 can be used.
For that reason discdrive CDM12.3, with service code 4822 691 20834,
will be kept on stock.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: SBC6411 (4822 138 10418) cannot be recharged to nominal voltage.
CURE: This fault is caused by the poor characteristic of this type of
battery. It can be solved by replacing this rechargeable SLA
battery into 4 NiCd rechargeable batteries.
These NiCd batteries have to be inserted into the battery holder
(4822 256 60323) delivered with the set. These batteries can (for
safety reasons) not be charged in this battery holder of the set.
That is why a separate battery charger PNC310 is made available.
Complete set of PNC310 battery charger with 4x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3
batteries included:
for /00 version (220V & Euro-connector) : 4822 218 10551
for /05 version (240V & UK-connector) : 4822 218 10552
for /17 version (USA) this PNC310-set is under investigation
for /01 (multi voltage) this PNC310-set is under investigation
Separate 2x NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 batteries are available under:
4822 138 10073.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
A94-562, A94-563, A94-564, A94-565
From June 1994 onwards this modification will be implemented in the
produced sets. From that moment onwards the battery charger PNC310
and the NiCd-R6/AA/UM3 rechargeable batteries will be added to the
set.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: Disc motor turns in STOP mode
CURE: Due to tolerance problems it may happen, that the disc motor turns
very slow in STOP mode. This is the time between pressing stop and
automatic switch off from the set. (about 10 seconds)
To avoid this phenomenon resistor 3922 has been changed to 3k9.
Service code 4822 051 20392.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: PNC310 battery charger
CURE: PNC310 battery charger
We announced further investigations to check the availability of
PNC310 battery charger, for stroke versions /01 and /17.
Now we have to inform you that we did not succeed within the Philips
branded range to find battery chargers to be suited for AZ6813/01/17,
AZ6814/01/17, AZ6815/01/07, AZ6823/01/17, AZ6825/01/17.
However this is a common article in the market and an equivalent
battery charger is expected to be available within the regular photo
and brown/white good channels.
PNC310 for /00 (4822 218 10551) and /05 (4822 218 10552) still remains
available.
REMARKS :
This publication will not be followed by a service information.
MODEL: AZ6825
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-564.
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: Bad sound CD-out and phone-out.
CURE: Check sockets.
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD player.
CURE: Check soldering pins of IC7805.
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: CD does not read the TOC. The CD does not turn.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 30295).
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: Does not accept any CD. Gives ERROR.
CURE: Check RCD. (4822 691 30295).
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks at higher tracks.
CURE: Check RCD. (4822 691 30295).
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: Inoperative. No focus finding, no rotation.
CURE: Blue wire from modification PCB might be loose.
MODEL: AZ6826
SYMPTOM: Oscillating of the focus loop at 500Hz
CURE: In focus amplifier circuit some components are added on a separate
small printed board to prevent oscillating of the focussignal. This
is connected between testpoint T311 and T312, with a splitted
signal to T275. The small printed board consists of the following
components: in series 3 resistors between T311 and T312
respectively 3882 (4k7), 3883 (4k7) and 3849 (18k). Parallel to
3882 + 3883 a capacitor 2878 (68nF) has been mounted. On the
junction of 3882 and 3883 one lead of a capacitor 2879 (220nF) is
connected. The other lead of the capacitor is connected to
testpoint T275 (or junction of 2811 and 2814 on main part).
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Remote control SBC6225 mentioned in IFU cannot be used with AZ6827.
CURE: AZ6827 was not designed to be used with remote control SBC6225.
However, if a customer has bought a SBC6225 and asks for service
assistance, the next actions will solve the problem.
* change resistor3888 from 220k to 47k (4822 051 20473)
* change capacitor 2845 from 220p to 1n5 (5322 122 31865)
REMARKS :
SBC6225 will be removed from accessories list in the new IFU issue.
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Disc motor turns in STOP mode
CURE: Due to tolerance problems it may happen, that the disc motor turns
very slow in STOP mode. This is the time between pressing stop and
automatic switch off from the set. (about 10 seconds)
To avoid this phenomenon resistor 3922 has been changed to 3k9.
Service code 4822 051 20392.
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
As the Front Panel 4822 444 30473 is no longer available, it can be
replaced by 4822 444 30472. For colour matching reason, it is
suggested to replace also the CD Door by existing CD Door
4822 444 60932.
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-564.
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Button Set-STOP 4822 410 62757 is not available.It can be
replaced by 4822 410 62754.For colour matching reason, the following
substitutions are suggested:
Button Set-PLAY, 4822 410 62758 is replaced by 4822 410 62755
Eject Button,4822 410 62752 is replaced by 4822 410 62751
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6827
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Stops, intermediate faults.
CURE: Check Vg pin 19 (MPC1715).
Replace capacitor 2908 (1 uF 4822 126 11692) and capacitor 2907
(100 nF 4822 122 33496).
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Does not start.
CURE: Laser supply. Check the bias pin 15 (MPC1715).
Replace capacitor 2905 (1 uF). 4822 126 11692
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Preventive action in case of defective laser
CURE: Preventive action in case of defective laser
Before replacing the CDM, replace capacitor 2914
(1 uF 4822 126 11692). If this capacitor starts leaking (feedback
of the laser control), the laser will be destroyed.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-561.
MODEL: AZ6830
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6831
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6831
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6831
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-561.
MODEL: AZ6831
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6831
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6832
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6832
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-561.
MODEL: AZ6832
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6832
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6832
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6833
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-561.
MODEL: AZ6833
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6833
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6833
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6833
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: The CD player is sometimes not able to read the TOC.
CURE: Check soldering points of IC7850.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-565.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
To improve and secure TOC reading capability, the resistors 3872 and
3873 are deleted.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from production
start onwards.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6834
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Desolder T7282
5. Short-circuit collector/emittor line of T7282 by use of SMD jumpers
(4822 051 20008)
Item 417 Spring-Detection Mid (4822 492 71605) is not used.
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65 and
96.04.05. However the concerned components were not indicated clearly.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: The CD player can not read the TOC.
CURE: The axle is loose at the turntablemotor side.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: The CD player does not produce any sound.
CURE: Check/replace DAC IC7835 (TDA1545AT/N2; 4822 209 33164).
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Speed turntablemotor too high. In service mode the motor always runs
CURE: Voltage at pin 37 of IC7900 too low: 1.7V.
Replace capacitor C2920.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Play knob stucks and does not release after pushing in.
CURE: Clean dirt between play knob pos.411 and front panel.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
To improve and secure TOC reading capability, the resistors 3872 and
3873 are deleted.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from production
start onwards.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-565.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6835
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: If the voltage of the first NiCd battery is lower than 0.5V, the
detection circuit will switch off the charging loop.
The solution is :
Replace diode 6252 by a SMD 0R jumper (4822 051 20008).
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9546
onwards.
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-565.
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
To improve and secure TOC reading capability, the resistors 3872 and
3873 are deleted.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from production
start onwards.
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6836
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6837
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ6837
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
To improve and secure TOC reading capability, the resistors 3872 and
3873 are deleted.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from production
start onwards.
MODEL: AZ6837
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6837
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Disc turns counter-clockwise in service test mode
CURE: Replace capacitors 2911 and 2912 by 4822 124 80483 (47uF).
The fault is caused by the capacitors which become defective because
of the high ripple current in the feedback loop of the
DC/DC-converter.
The new capacitors are specified for a higher ripple current.
REMARKS :
The modification is built-in in sets, produced from production week
9439 onwards.
Important note: Whenever sets with an earlier production date are
brought in for repair the capacitors should be
exchanged as preventive action.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-566.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Service hints:
CURE: Service hints:
In case of servo faults in these sets it is advised to check first
the functioning of the capacitors 2911 and 2912, before replacing the
IC MPC1715 (item 7900). Please exchange first items 2911 and 2912,
both electrolytic capacitors of 47uF (4822 124 80483), to check if
this causes the failure. In case these capacitors are of value 4u7,
change those into 47uF as stated in newsletter 53.01 and check again
the servo functions.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6839
SYMPTOM: Service hints
CURE: Service hints
-
Before the CDM12.3 (4822 691 20843, magnetic clamper version and
4822 691 30335, ball clamper version) should be exchanged, make sure
that the flex foil connector on the board is in a good contact with
the flex foil cable of CDM12.3. If necessary clean the connections of
the flex foil.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: CD player gives error and CD turns the wrong way around.
CURE: Replace C2911 and C2912.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Stops, intermediate faults.
CURE: Check Vg pin 19 (MPC1715).
Replace capacitor 2908 (1 uF 4822 126 11692) and capacitor 2907
(100 nF 4822 122 33496).
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Does not start.
CURE: Laser supply. Check the bias pin 15 (MPC1715).
Replace capacitor 2905 (1 uF). 4822 126 11692
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Voices are far in the background, only music in the foreground.
CURE: Coil L5340 defective
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: CD does not start up, no laser light.
CURE: Check/replace IC7900, T7904 and T7905.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Service hints:
CURE: Service hints:
In case of servo faults in these sets it is advised to check first
the functioning of the capacitors 2911 and 2912, before replacing the
IC MPC1715 (item 7900). Please exchange first items 2911 and 2912,
both electrolytic capacitors of 47uF (4822 124 80483), to check if
this causes the failure. In case these capacitors are of value 4u7,
change those into 47uF as stated in newsletter 53.01 and check again
the servo functions.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Preventive action in case of defective laser
CURE: Preventive action in case of defective laser
Before replacing the CDM, replace capacitor 2914
(1 uF 4822 126 11692). If this capacitor starts leaking (feedback
of the laser control), the laser will be destroyed.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-566.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Service hints
CURE: Service hints
-
Before the CDM12.3 (4822 691 20843, magnetic clamper version and
4822 691 30335, ball clamper version) should be exchanged, make sure
that the flex foil connector on the board is in a good contact with
the flex foil cable of CDM12.3. If necessary clean the connections of
the flex foil.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Disc turns counter-clockwise in service test mode
CURE: Replace capacitors 2911 and 2912 by 4822 124 80483 (47uF).
The fault is caused by the capacitors which become defective because
of the high ripple current in the feedback loop of the
DC/DC-converter.
The new capacitors are specified for a higher ripple current.
REMARKS :
The modification is built-in in sets, produced from production week
9439 onwards.
Important note: Whenever sets with an earlier production date are
brought in for repair the capacitors should be
exchanged as preventive action.
MODEL: AZ6840
SYMPTOM: CD player very shock sensitive.
CURE: Check if pos 411 (mounting ring of pressure plate) is mounted well
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Service hints
CURE: Service hints
-
Before the CDM12.3 (4822 691 20843, magnetic clamper version and
4822 691 30335, ball clamper version) should be exchanged, make sure
that the flex foil connector on the board is in a good contact with
the flex foil cable of CDM12.3. If necessary clean the connections of
the flex foil.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Battery Door is available with service code number 4822 444 60911.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: CDM news
CURE: CDM news
Production of CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) will stop at end of 1995.
Successor is a low power version CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).
To substitute CDM12.3BL for CDM12.3B, no other parts change is
required.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-566.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Service hints:
CURE: Service hints:
In case of servo faults in these sets it is advised to check first
the functioning of the capacitors 2911 and 2912, before replacing the
IC MPC1715 (item 7900). Please exchange first items 2911 and 2912,
both electrolytic capacitors of 47uF (4822 124 80483), to check if
this causes the failure. In case these capacitors are of value 4u7,
change those into 47uF as stated in newsletter 53.01 and check again
the servo functions.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6841
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Disc turns counter-clockwise in service test mode
CURE: Replace capacitors 2911 and 2912 by 4822 124 80483 (47uF).
The fault is caused by the capacitors which become defective because
of the high ripple current in the feedback loop of the
DC/DC-converter.
The new capacitors are specified for a higher ripple current.
REMARKS :
The modification is built-in in sets, produced from production week
9439 onwards.
Important note: Whenever sets with an earlier production date are
brought in for repair the capacitors should be
exchanged as preventive action.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace diode D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change resistors R3256 (4k7) and R3258 from (5k6) to 22k
(4822 051 20223).
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9616 onwards, 7300 CS4331-KS 'H' version (marked EYH____)
has been used in production.Following changes are also implemented
in order to improve total harmonic distortion of analogue output.
2311 and 2312 changed from 3,3nF to 1nF (4822 122 33446)
3305 and 3306 changed from 560 ohm to 2,7k ohm (4822 051 20272)
3329 and 3330 changed from 33k ohm to 100k ohm (4822 051 20104)
REMARKS :
In case the old IC is replaced by IC 4822 209 33969 (marked EYH____)
the above mentioned components have to be changed too.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Service manual, explanation terms
CURE: Service manual, explanation terms
-
Explanation of some terms, published in this manual:
Frontpage:
* Hillary platform 2 indicates the internal code name for a product
family of CD-portables. As such codenames are mentioned in
commercial circles it has been decided to add the codename also to
the frontpage of the service manual.
* ESP stands for Electronic Skip Protection. There is no difference
between ESA ( Electronic Shock Absorption) and ESP, except for the
name. The abbreviation ESP is usedonly for /17-versions.
ESA is explained on page 1-2.
Service tools:
* By error 3 inch disc is stated in this manual. This disc is not
available. With 4822 397 30184 audio signals disc SBC429 will
be delivered.
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6843
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace diode D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change resistor R3275 from 470 ohm to 2k2 (4822 051 20222)
3. Change sistors R3256 (4k7) and R3258 from (5k6) to 22k
(4822 051 20223).
4. Desolder T7280 and T7282
5. Short-circuit collector/emittor line of T7280 and T7282 by use of
SMD jumpers (4822 051 20008)
Item 434 Spring-detection Short (4822 71598) and
item 436 Spring-Detection Mid (4822 492 71605) are not used.
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Does not start up any disc, does not find a focus point.
CURE: Check soldering points of IC7800.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: The CD player cannot move the sledge.
CURE: Spring for linear toothes is gone. The CDM replaced.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9616 onwards, 7300 CS4331-KS 'H' version (marked EYH____)
has been used in production.Following changes are also implemented
in order to improve total harmonic distortion of analogue output.
2311 and 2312 changed from 3,3nF to 1nF (4822 122 33446)
3305 and 3306 changed from 560 ohm to 2,7k ohm (4822 051 20272)
3329 and 3330 changed from 33k ohm to 100k ohm (4822 051 20104)
REMARKS :
In case the old IC is replaced by IC 4822 209 33969 (marked EYH____)
the above mentioned components have to be changed too.
MODEL: AZ6844
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Gives error and does not start up disc.
CURE: Check/replace D6951.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace diode D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change resistors R3256 (4k7) and R3258 from (5k6) to 22k
(4822 051 20223).
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) is used.
This version is succeeded by a low power version CDM12.3BL,
(4822 691 30359) which fully substitutes the CDM12.3B, without
any adaption to electronic circuitry.
Use CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359) for these sets, offering higher
performance (lower power consumption) at lower price.
Above substitution IS NOT POSSIBLE for AZ6846, AZ6847, AZ6848, AZ6850.
For these sets CDM12.3B remains available (4822 691 30335).
Reason:The disc motor drive circuit of these sets consists of a
discrete transistor bridge which is supplied by
non-regulated power supply of the set. The lower impedance
of disc motor of CDM12.3BL (6 ohms, for CDM12.3B this is
11 ohms) and the floating power supply influence the
bandwidth and the gain of the disc motor control loop.
In case the sets are supplied with an external AC/DC
converter the supply voltage rises and the control loop
starts to oscillate.
In all other sets the disc motor is driven by one H-bridge
of the servo driver IC MPC1715 where the influence of the
non-regulated power supply is not critical.
REMARKS :
This publication has been distributed via following service
informations:
A95-563: AZ6820, AZ6821, AZ6822, AZ6823
A95-564: AZ6825, AZ6827
A95-561: AZ6830, AZ6831, AZ6832, AZ6833
A95-565: AZ6834, AZ6835, AZ6836
A95-566: AZ6839, AZ6840, AZ6841
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9616 onwards, 7300 CS4331-KS 'H' version (marked EYH____)
has been used in production.Following changes are also implemented
in order to improve total harmonic distortion of analogue output.
2311 and 2312 changed from 3,3nF to 1nF (4822 122 33446)
3305 and 3306 changed from 560 ohm to 2,7k ohm (4822 051 20272)
3329 and 3330 changed from 33k ohm to 100k ohm (4822 051 20104)
REMARKS :
In case the old IC is replaced by IC 4822 209 33969 (marked EYH____)
the above mentioned components have to be changed too.
MODEL: AZ6845
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change R3275 from 470 ohm to 2k2 (4822 051 20222)
3. Change R3256 (470 Ohm) and R3258 (560 Ohm) to 2k2 (4822 051 20222
4. Desolder T7280 and T7282
5. Short-circuit collector/emittor line of T7280 and T7282 by use of
SMD jumpers (4822 051 20008)
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist and list of accessories
CURE: Correction partslist and list of accessories
Service codenumber for rechargeable battery SBC6445 was published
4822 138 10073 but this should read 4822 138 10592.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Accessories
CURE: Accessories
-
Next accessories list is valid for these typenumbers
/00/01/05/06
SBC1059 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug -> cinch plugs)
4822 321 21602OOOO
SBC1085 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug at both ends)
4822 321 60546OOOO
SBC3304 EARPHONE
4822 015 20619XXXX
SBC6225-2 REMOTE CONTROL
4822 218 10571OOOO
SBC6242 REMOTE CONTROL
(LC-display)
4822 218 10559OOOO
PNC310/00 BATTERY CHARGER
+ 4 x NICAD-R6
4822 218 10551O
PNC310/05 BATTERY CHARGER
+ 4 x NICAD-R6
4822 218 10552O
CARRYING BAG SBC6250
4822 600 70781XXXX
SBC6608/01 AC/DC ADAPTOR
4822 272 10297 X
SBC6608/05 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 272 10294X
SBC6619/00 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 219 82443X
SBC6619/06 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 272 10309 X
SBC3547 Mk2CAR BASE ON
SWAN NECK 4822 015 20363OOOO
SBC6562 ADAPTOR PLATE
4822 466 93437OOO
SBC3557 CAR ADAPTOR
SET 4822 015 20423OOOO
X...supplied with the set
O...optional available
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B is used (4822691 30335).
This mechanism CAN BE replaced by CDM12.3BL, (4822 691 30359).
Add a resistor of 3,3 Ohm 1/3 W (4822 052 10338) in series to the
turntable motor.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the mechanical partslist the codenumber for the disc drive CDM12.3B
is missing.
The drive is available under service code 4822 691 30335.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6846
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change R3275 from 470 ohm to 2k2 (4822 051 20222)
3. Change R3256 (470 Ohm) and R3258 (560 Ohm) to 2k2 (4822 051 20222
4. Desolder T7280 and T7282
5. Short-circuit collector/emittor line of T7280 and T7282 by use of
SMD jumpers (4822 051 20008)
Item 433 Spring-Detection Short (4822 492 71598) and
item 434 Spring-Detection Mid (4822 492 71605) are not used.
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the mechanical partslist the codenumber for the disc drive CDM12.3B
is missing.
The drive is available under service code 4822 691 30335.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Accessories
CURE: Accessories
-
Next accessories list is valid for these typenumbers
/00/01/06
SBC1059 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug -> cinch plugs)
4822 321 21602OOO
SBC1085 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug at both ends)
4822 321 60546OOO
SBC3304S EARPHONE
4822 242 50086X
SBC3308S EARPHONE
4822 242 50085 XX
SBC6242 REMOTE CONTROL
(LC-display)
4822 218 10559XXX
SBC6445 NICAD-R6NC-P
(2 pc.) 4822 138 10592XXX
CARRYING BAG SBC6255
4822 600 70779XXX
SBC6608/01 AC/DC ADAPTOR
4822 272 10297 X
SBC6619/00 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 219 82443X
SBC6619/06 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 272 10309X
SBC3547 Mk2CAR BASE ON
SWAN NECK 4822 015 20363OOO
SBC6562 ADAPTOR PLATE
4822 466 93437OOO
SBC3557 CAR ADAPTOR
SET 4822 015 20423OOO
X...supplied with the set
O...optional available
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist and list of accessories
CURE: Correction partslist and list of accessories
Service codenumber for rechargeable battery SBC6445 was published
4822 138 10073 but this should read 4822 138 10592.
MODEL: AZ6847
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B is used (4822691 30335).
This mechanism CAN BE replaced by CDM12.3BL, (4822 691 30359).
Add a resistor of 3,3 Ohm 1/3 W (4822 052 10338) in series to the
turntable motor.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: NiCd batteries SBC6445 cannot be re-charged in the set.
CURE: Reason for malfunction can either be:
Bad contact of accu detection springs (especially spring contact via
cabinet part) or over-discharge of NiCd batteries (voltage on battery
is lower than 0.9V). In both cases the microcontroller will never
switch on charging because the accu_in line from the accu detection
circuit remains low, assuming no accus inserted.
The solution is :
1. Replace D6251 by a SMD jumper (4822 051 20008)
2. Change R3275 from 470 ohm to 2k2 (4822 051 20222)
3. Change R3256 (470 Ohm) and R3258 (560 Ohm) to 2k2 (4822 051 20222
4. Desolder T7280 and T7282
5. Short-circuit collector/emittor line of T7280 and T7282 by use of
SMD jumpers (4822 051 20008)
Item 433 Spring-Detection Short (4822 492 71598) and
item 434 Spring-Detection Mid (4822 492 71605) are not used.
WARNING
Above mentioned modification disables accu detection at two battery
positions.
As a result also normal batteries can now be charged by the circuit,
if they are inserted in those positions.
These batteries may become leak and damage the CD-electronics.
CUSTOMERS MUST THEREFORE BE INSTRUCTED NOT TO MIX-UP DIFFERENT
BATTERY TYPES!!
REMARKS :
This phenomenon has already been published in newsletter 65.
The service solution stated in this edition could not solve all
recharging complaints in the field. The new modifications will further
improve the detection behaviour.
It is possible that completely discharged accus (voltage around 0V)
cannot be recharged anymore.
For completely discharged accus an external charger can be used.
If problems remain, customers should be informed to charge accus even
if the set is not in use for a longer period of time.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
It is advised to modify all sets brought-in for repair.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Accessories
CURE: Accessories
-
Next accessories list is valid for these typenumbers
/00/01/17
SBC1059 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug -> cinch plugs)
4822 321 21602OOO
SBC1085 SIGNAL LEAD
(3.5mm plug at both ends)
4822 321 60546OOO
SBC3304 EARPHONE
4822 015 20619XX
SBC3322/MVX HEADPHONE
4822 242 50076X
SBC6225-2 REMOTE CONTROL
4822 218 10571OOO
SBC6242 REMOTE CONTROL
(LC-display)
4822 218 10559OO
SBC6445 NICAD-R6NC-P
(2 pc.) 4822 138 10592XXX
CARRYING BAG SBC6255
4822 600 70779OO
SBC6619/00 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 219 82443X
SBC6619/01 AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 272 10308 X
SBC6619/17 MVX AC/DC
ADAPTOR 4822 272 10305X
SBC3547 Mk2CAR BASE ON
SWAN NECK 4822 015 20363OO
SBC6560 SIMPLE CAR
BASE MVX (w/o electronic)
4822 466 93339O
SBC6562 ADAPTOR PLATE
4822 466 93437XX
SBC6562 ADAPTOR
PLATE MVX
4822 466 93338O
SBC3557 CAR ADAPTOR
SET 4822 015 20423XX
DC/DC CONVERTER OF
SBC3557 4822 214 52215X
CAR ADAPTOR CASS OF
SBC3557 4822 268 90516X
X...supplied with the set
O...optional available
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The accessory SBC3546 stated in IFU or service manual is not correct.
The car base SBC3546 cannot hold the CD portable models from AZ6830
until AZ6850.
To mount these CD portable sets in a car, it is suggested to order car
base SBC6560 (4822 466 93339) and car base adaptor SBC6562
(4822 466 93338 for Magnavox or 4822 466 93437 for Philips
Modelnumbers).
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Capacitor item 2300, 330uF/6.3V (4822 124 80352) is not available.
It can be replaced by 220uF/4V (4822 124 42383) without any effect on
performance.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B is used (4822691 30335).
This mechanism CAN BE replaced by CDM12.3BL, (4822 691 30359).
Add a resistor of 3,3 Ohm 1/3 W (4822 052 10338) in series to the
turntable motor.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist and list of accessories
CURE: Correction partslist and list of accessories
Service codenumber for rechargeable battery SBC6445 was published
4822 138 10073 but this should read 4822 138 10592.
MODEL: AZ6848
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the mechanical partslist the codenumber for the disc drive CDM12.3B
is missing.
The drive is available under service code 4822 691 30335.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound at high volume.
CURE: After disconnecting pin 8 and 9 of IC7311 OK.
Replace IC7311.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Capacitor item 2300, 330uF/6.3V (4822 124 80352) is not available.
It can be replaced by 220uF/4V (4822 124 42383) without any effect on
performance.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
* * * * *I M P O R T A N T * * * * * * I M P O R T A N T * * * * *
In this set CD mechanism CDM12.3B is used (4822691 30335).
This mechanism CAN BE replaced by CDM12.3BL, (4822 691 30359).
Add a resistor of 3,3 Ohm 1/3 W (4822 052 10338) in series to the
turntable motor.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / System description
CURE: Service Manual / System description
-
System description, in English language, of the Electronic Shock
Absorption (ESA) is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6
(Compact Disc) of the Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication
the functioning of shock absorption has been described. Also inserted
in this description is the explanation of the CDM12.3 mechanism and
the differences between CDM12.3B and CDM12.3BL have been shown.
At least the functioning of the applied remote controls in portable
sets (SBC6225 and SBC6242) are explained.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24941.
REMARKS :
Portable CD'94 System Description:4822 725 24941.
MODEL: AZ6850
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Rechargeable battery pack SBC6445 can be charged in AZ6850.
On the circuit diagram of SUPPLY/CONTROL PART (page 10 of service
manual), the Explanation of abbreviations should be corrected as :
X...Components only for AZ6847/AZ6848/AZ6850
MODEL: AZ6856
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6856
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6856
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6856
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9616 onwards, 7300 CS4331-KS 'H' version (marked EYH____)
has been used in production.Following changes are also implemented
in order to improve total harmonic distortion of analogue output.
2311 and 2312 changed from 3,3nF to 1nF (4822 122 33446)
3305 and 3306 changed from 560 ohm to 2,7k ohm (4822 051 20272)
3329 and 3330 changed from 33k ohm to 100k ohm (4822 051 20104)
REMARKS :
In case the old IC is replaced by IC 4822 209 33969 (marked EYH____)
the above mentioned components have to be changed too.
MODEL: AZ6858
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6858
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335)
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ6858
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9616 onwards, 7300 CS4331-KS 'H' version (marked EYH____)
has been used in production.Following changes are also implemented
in order to improve total harmonic distortion of analogue output.
2311 and 2312 changed from 3,3nF to 1nF (4822 122 33446)
3305 and 3306 changed from 560 ohm to 2,7k ohm (4822 051 20272)
3329 and 3330 changed from 33k ohm to 100k ohm (4822 051 20104)
REMARKS :
In case the old IC is replaced by IC 4822 209 33969 (marked EYH____)
the above mentioned components have to be changed too.
MODEL: AZ6858
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Above mentioned sets use CD mechanism CDM12.3B (4822 691 30335) or
CDM12.3BL (4822 691 30359).The CDM might be exchanged because
the guide block (linear toothed bar) is out of position.It has
too much play.
REMARKS :
Guide block has been modified and the new guide block has been
introduced from production week 9611 onwards.
In the beginning, the CDM with a modified guide block can only be
recognized from the week code printed on the label sticked on the
CDM.Later on, the colour of the guide block is changed from black
into white.Only CDM12.3 marked 9611 and higher should be applied.
MODEL: AZ6880
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The service code number of Q421 74HC4052 should read 5322 209 15779.
MODEL: AZ6892
SYMPTOM: No functions when remote control plug inserted
CURE: Replace remote control socket.
MODEL: AZ6892
SYMPTOM: Will not play CD unless play button is kept depressed.
CURE: When play button is released, the disk plays backwards.
3.5mm remote jack socket faulty.Replace jack socket - A501.
MODEL: AZ6892
SYMPTOM: Difficulty in selecting service mode
CURE: Difficulty in selecting service mode
Where difficulty is experienced in selecting the service test
routine on the above models the following procedure should be
adopted.
1. Hold down STORE and PREVIOUS TRACK buttons.
2. Activate the PLAY button momentarily for a very short time
(less than ½ second).
3. Keep the STORE and PREVIOUS TRACK buttons held down until a
single black line appears on the display indicating that the
player is now in service mode.
The player should now advance through service positions 0, 1 and 2
to the LCD display tests A and B each time the PLAY button is
pressed.
MODEL: AZ6897
SYMPTOM: Will not play CD unless play button is kept depressed.
CURE: When play button is released, the disk plays backwards.
3.5mm remote jack socket faulty.Replace jack socket - A501.
MODEL: AZ6897
SYMPTOM: Difficulty in selecting service mode
CURE: Difficulty in selecting service mode
Where difficulty is experienced in selecting the service test
routine on the above models the following procedure should be
adopted.
1. Hold down STORE and PREVIOUS TRACK buttons.
2. Activate the PLAY button momentarily for a very short time
(less than ½ second).
3. Keep the STORE and PREVIOUS TRACK buttons held down until a
single black line appears on the display indicating that the
player is now in service mode.
The player should now advance through service positions 0, 1 and 2
to the LCD display tests A and B each time the PLAY button is
pressed.
MODEL: AZ7161
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ7166
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ7167
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ7168
SYMPTOM: Cannot start up with 8 cm disc
CURE: Problem can be solved by changing the following parts :
1. Replace 2920 1uF by 220nF/63V (4822 122 32927).
2. Replace 3921 2k2 by 10k (4822 117 11846).
MODEL: AZ7260
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7260
SYMPTOM: Laser defective
CURE: Before replacement of the CDM12.3, replace C2902 (1uF 6V).
If this capacitor in the feedback loop interrupts or becomes
resistive, it destroys the laser. The result would be an expensive
repair.
MODEL: AZ7260
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7260
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7260
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7261
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7261
SYMPTOM: Laser defective
CURE: Before replacement of the CDM12.3, replace C2902 (1uF 6V).
If this capacitor in the feedback loop interrupts or becomes
resistive, it destroys the laser. The result would be an expensive
repair.
MODEL: AZ7261
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7261
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7261
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7262
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7262
SYMPTOM: Set totally inoperative.
CURE: Check/replace C2252 (100nF).
MODEL: AZ7262
SYMPTOM: Laser defective
CURE: Before replacement of the CDM12.3, replace C2902 (1uF 6V).
If this capacitor in the feedback loop interrupts or becomes
resistive, it destroys the laser. The result would be an expensive
repair.
MODEL: AZ7262
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7262
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7263
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7263
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7263
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7264
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7264
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7264
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7265
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7265
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7265
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7265
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7265
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7266
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7266
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7266
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7266
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7267
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7267
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7267
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7267
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7268
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7268
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7268
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7268
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7271
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7271
SYMPTOM: Sledge motor makes a rattling sound.
CURE: Turns constantly right and left. Intermittent fault.
Inner switch makes bad contact. Pin 9 IC7400 stays high.
MODEL: AZ7271
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7271
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7272
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7272
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7272
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7275
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7275
SYMPTOM: Sledgemotor makes a rattling sound.
CURE: bad contact of the inner switch. Pin 9 stays high at IC7400
MODEL: AZ7275
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7275
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7278
SYMPTOM: Charging battery does not function
CURE: The player functions well with other NICAD's but they can not be
charged. Only the AY3361 can be charged in the player.
Codenumber = 4822 138 10615
MODEL: AZ7278
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
This set cannot charge NiCd rechargeable batteries except Philips
battery pack AY3361.The set detects the exposed negative terminal of
the AY3361 and start charging.If other batteries are used (covered
negative terminal), they wil not work.
MODEL: AZ7278
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
For sets with factory code KT02
On the page of CONTROLS, the STOP button will not activate charging.
The fact is that the NiCad battery pack will be charged automatically
if the mains adaptor is connected.
Also in the TROUBLESHOOTING chapter, the expression 'no CHARGE
indicator' should be deleted because 'CHARGE' will never appear on
display.
REMARKS :
Instruction for Use will be updated from week 9731 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7283
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7360
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7360
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7361
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7362
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7362
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BLC (4822 691 10487).
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ7362
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7362
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7363
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7363
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BLC (4822 691 10487).
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ7363
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7363
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7364
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7364
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BLC (4822 691 10487).
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ7364
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7364
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7365
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7365
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BLC (4822 691 10487).
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ7365
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7365
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7366
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7366
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7366
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed).
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks or mutes in ESA-mode (double speed),
memory is not filled-up properly. In normal play-mode
with ESA off (single speed) the set operates without
problems.
Solution: Bearing of turntable motor is worn out (lifetime
problem) Replace CDM12.3BLC (4822 691 10487).
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can hardly be reproduced and even might disappear in
vertical playing position. In case of customer complaints the sets
should allways be checked in both, ESA and non-ESA-mode.
MODEL: AZ7366
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos. 414 is 4822 417 11273
If pos. 416 is orderd, also pos 414 is delivered.
MODEL: AZ7367
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7368
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7372
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7376
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7381
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7381
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7381
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7381
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7382
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7382
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7382
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7383
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7383
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7383
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7383
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7384
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7384
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7385
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7385
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7386
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7386
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7387
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7387
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7388
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7453
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7453
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7457
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7457
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7460
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7460
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7461
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7462
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7462
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7463
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7463
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced.To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7464
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7464
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7464
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced. To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7465
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7465
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7465
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced. To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7466
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7467
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
CURE: Full symptom: Set skips tracks/slide motor does not turn in PLAY-mode.
The phenomenon mainly occurs at low temperatures
(< -10°C).
Reason: Conceptual failure of the set. In PLAY-mode the gain of the
slide servo control loop is too low. The gain depends on a
software parameter of the CD7 (set by the microprocessor), the
gain of the servo driver, temperature behaviour of slide motor
and friction of gear. In worst case (low gain of servo driver/
low impedance of slide motor) the set can already be
inoperative at ambient temperature !!
During production only selected servo driver / CD-drive
combinations are in use. In addition the low pass filter of
the slide motor control loop has been redesigned.
As long term solution the software will be changed.
Microprocessors with software versions <=v70 already cover all
tolerance problems.
Note: Software version numbers are counted downwards. That means the
lower the number, the newer the software. The software version
is displayed when entering the service test program.
Cure: Because selection can not be done in the service field and
upgrading of the microprocessor is rather expensive following
service strategy has been worked out:
In case of defective servo driver or defective CD-drive and software
version >v70
- replace defective part
- solder resistor 12R in parallel to slide motor (simulates low
temperature)
- enter PLAY-mode and check slide movement (watch tooth wheel of slide
motor)
- if slide does not move or still skips tracks modify low pass filter
(if not already carried out)
pos. 3817470R(4822 051 20471)
pos. 38180R(4822 051 20008)
pos. 281747nF(4822 122 32542)
pos. 281847nF(4822 122 32542)
- repeat PLAY-test
- if set is still inoperative upgrade microprocessor (see table below)
- desolder resistor 12R
TYPENUMBERFACT. CHANGE UPGRADE MICROPROCESSOR TO
CODE
AZ7263, AZ7264KT01 onwards TMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
software version: v70
service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT01 onlyTMP47C823F-AZ7264.2 or TMP47P823VF(OTP)
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 1)service code: 4822 209 13566 1)
AZ7268 2)
AZ7260, AZ7261, KT02 onwards TMP47C422F-AZ7262.2
AZ7262, AZ7265, (printed software version: v70
AZ7266, AZ7267,board 2)service code: 4822 209 15023
AZ7268 2)
AZ7360, AZ7361, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7362, AZ7363,software version: v69
AZ7364, AZ7365,service code: 4822 209 13133
AZ7366, AZ7367
AZ7461, AZ7464, KT01 onwards TMP87CK20AF-AZ7466.3
AZ7465, AZ7466,software version: v69
AZ7467 service code: 4822 209 13133
1) Service stock of old processors has been cleared, only new version
will be delivered.
2) These typenumbers are produced with two different versions of the
printed board.
MODEL: AZ7474
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7474
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced. To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7476
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistor 3852 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm jumper
(4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 had been changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7476
SYMPTOM: Laser light-pen is dead.
CURE: The light-pen is probably damaged by the high electromagnetic
radiation especially from mobile phone transmittion.The CDM has
to be replaced. To avoid this fault to be happened again, change 2902
from 10nF to 1nF (5322 122 34123).
REMARKS :
Modification had beed implemented in production from week 9716
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7481
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7481
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7481
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7481
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7482
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7482
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7482
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7482
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7483
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7483
SYMPTOM: In course of production, the PCB Assembly was changed to PB2
CURE: (for details please refer to Service Manual 4822 725 26021).
In the PB2 assembly a smaller headphone jack was used and thus
the hole for h/p jack on the cabinet was also made smaller.
The cabinet (4822 449 80201) of the sets produced in earlier stage is
no longer available and the new cabinet (4822 449 80266) with
smaller jack hole will be delivered as substitute.
As a service solution, for repairing sets with bigger headphone jack,
we suggest to enlarge the hole by use of files.
MODEL: AZ7483
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Due to delivery problems of the 4Mbit DRAM IC, the printed board of
the above mentioned sets had to be changed from PB2 to PB2+.
The major difference between these two boards is the number and
size of the DRAMs used: While PB2 is designed to two DRAMs
(2x4Mbit max.), PB2+ can only handle one DRAM (1x16Mbit max.).
As a result the ESA buffer of sets with PB2+ will now store 45s. of
music (technical value).The commercial values of 12s for AZ738x and
25s for AZ748x remain untouched.
PB2+ is already known from Mable Platform 5A - AZ7582, AZ7583.
For servicing please refer to the following Service Manuals.
Board PCB code no.DRAMService Manual
- - -
PB2 3103 303 3394.x 7810 + 7811 4822 725 26021
PB2+3103 303 3406.x 78114822 725 26022
REMARKS :
The PCB code co. is located on the component side of the board.
MODEL: AZ7483
SYMPTOM: Chassis used in production
CURE: Chassis used in production
Two chassis have been used in these models.From production start
onwards, 'MABEL PBAS3' was used.The hole on the cabinet for the
headphone jack is 6.6 mm in diameter.Later 'MABEL PBAS2' is
implemented and the production code is changed to KT02.The hole
for headphone jack is 6.0 mm in diameter. Because only the cabinets
with smaller hole will be supplied, we suggest the service
technician to manually enlarge hole on the cabinets to match the
headphone jack of the 'MABEL PBAS3' as a service solution.
MODEL: AZ7495
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Accessories:
The code number for the External Battery Box “AY3770” should read
4822 256 10592.
MODEL: AZ7562
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 and 7852 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistors 3852 and 3853 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm
jumper (4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 and 7852 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 and 3853 are changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7565
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 and 7852 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistors 3852 and 3853 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm
jumper (4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 and 7852 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 and 3853 are changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7566
SYMPTOM: Pop noise is audible when ESA/ESP is on.
CURE: The working voltage of DRAM 7851 and 7852 is low.
Solution 1 : Change resistors 3852 and 3853 from 22 Ohm to 0 Ohm
jumper (4822 051 20008).
Solution 2 : Replace 7851 and 7852 (4822 209 12993).
REMARKS :
3852 and 3853 are changed to 0 Ohm in production from week 9730
onwards.
MODEL: AZ7582
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7583
SYMPTOM: Ni-Cad battery pack cannot be recharged.
CURE: The ACTUATING PIN-CHARGE (item 431) does not connect properly.
It has to be replaced by a modified one - 4822 535 10522.
REMARKS :
New part has been used in production from week 9809 onwards.
MODEL: AZ7595
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Accessories:
The code number for the External Battery Box “AY3770” should read
4822 256 10592.
MODEL: AZ7794
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Accessories:
The code number for the External Battery Box “AY3770” should read
4822 256 10592.
MODEL: AZ7894
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Accessories:
The code number for the External Battery Box “AY3770” should read
4822 256 10592.
MODEL: AZ7894
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the CD Door Assembly is wrong.
It should read 3140 119 02730.
MODEL: AZ8000
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected :
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8002
SYMPTOM: Service mode CD-part
CURE: Service mode CD-part
Service pos. 0 = Next + search >> + power on_ (all together)
Service pos. 1 = Service pos. 0 Then press play
Service pos. 2 = Service pos. 1 Then press next
MODEL: AZ8002
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8006
SYMPTOM: Intermittent fault of CD. Turntable does not start-up/skips tracks.
CURE: Check the copper pattern of the CD decoder board. A copper track of
the CD decoder board might be interrupted.
REMARKS :
From week 9502 onwards, the decoder board with improved copper pattern
lay-out has been used in production.
MODEL: AZ8006
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In Service Information A94-576 (4822 725 25358), the test points
were erroneously not given.
Please add on page 23 (circuit diagram) the location of test points as
described below:
TP1 = junction of RV103 and JP1
TP2 = pin 18 of U101
TP3 = junction of R111 and JP1
TP4 = pin 31 (RF) of U101
TP5 = pin 1 of U101
TP6 = junction of RV104 and JP2
MODEL: AZ8010
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8010
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8010
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: CD interrupted by high RF field strength.
CURE: Check the ground-connections of the copper foil which is already
present on the RCD mechanism.
Add a copper shield between the RCD mechanism and the tuner frame
in such a way that the two bundles of wires (6x and 8x) between the
RCD mechanism and the RCD board are covered.
Fix the shield with double sided tape to the mechanism and the
tuner frame and ground the shield with a wire to the mechanism.
REMARKS :
If not adequately shielded, the wire bundles tend to pick-up the
strong MW electro-magnetic fields.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to
RCD-1.2D due to change in the optical pick-up unit.
The following changes are necessary to match the electronics to
the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8012
SYMPTOM: Service manual partslist
CURE: Service manual partslist
Erroneously wrong codenumber has been published in partslist.
CD clamper (item 437) should read 4822 528 10711 instead of
4822 535 60096.
Because of acoustic vibration due to the speakers output the soft
version clamper (4822 535 60096) has been replaced by the stiff
version (4822 528 10711). In sets where plastic walls are created
to separate the CD unit the soft version (4822 535 60096) is in
use!!
MODEL: AZ8020
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8020/37
SYMPTOM: Electrical Partslist
CURE: Electrical Partslist
For safety reason, the capacitor 2346 has been changed from
470µF/16V to 470µF/25V (4822 124 42246) because the operating
voltage is exceeding the capacitor rating.
MODEL: AZ8022
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8022
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The tuning frame is available with 4822 464 70642.
This is item 515 in Service Manual AZ8022 and item 245 in Service
Manual AZ8030, AZ8035.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check voltage regulator IC7882 (LM2940CT-5.0; 5322 20972487).
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: CD-part totally inoperative.
CURE: Check connector 1805.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from the left-hand speaker.
CURE: Check speaker (4822 240 40202).
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: No sound from CD part. CD turns and display info is correct.
CURE: Check DAC IC7861.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: When pressing the headphone plug, one channel interrupted.
CURE: Check headphone socket pos 1251.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: CD part inoperative.
CURE: T7921 heat-sensitive, when hot CD inoperative.
Replace T7921 (BC549C).
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: Does not accept discs after some time.
CURE: Check solder joints photo-diode connector 1801 on RCD-board.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: CD inoperative. RCD does not find a focus point.
CURE: Check whether sledge axis is clipped in.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: Sometimes CD-part totally inoperative.
CURE: Check for interrupted print track at CD-PCB (near D6921).
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: Mechanical sound from the CD-player.
CURE: Check wether the CD-drive screws are sufficient screwed-in.
MODEL: AZ8022/20
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks. The player is very shock-sensitive.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 30268).
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: No synchro-start.
CURE: Check switch S1780.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: No record mode.
CURE: Check whether the recording switch operation is O.K. The PCB might
be be wrong mounted. Remount the PCB.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Hum in audio signal.
CURE: Check C2225 in output stage.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Bad sound and hum from cassette part.
CURE: Check wires from rec/play head at PCB-side and head connections.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: The RCD cannot play any higher tracks.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 20768).
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Bass boost switch does not lock.
CURE: Check the bass boost switch S1500.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Gives ERROR. CD reads-in but outputs gives digital sound.
CURE: Check capacitor 2859.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: The tape speed is too low.
CURE: Check motor (4822 361 21511).
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Does not find focus, laser is burning, focus lens is moving.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 20768).
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Sometimes only one channel has been recorded.
CURE: Check whether the tape deck PCB is mounted correctly.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Mechanical sound from the CD-player.
CURE: Check whether the CD-drive screws are screwed-in sufficiently.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: The disc touches the cabinet because the RCD is mounted too low.
CURE: The problem is due to RCD screws which are not sufficiently
tightened. Problem is solved by tightening properly.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: CD inoperative. No disc error.
CURE: Check whether the laser pickup is in correct position.
If not, remount the guiding axles of the pickup.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close sometimes.
CURE: Check whether the cassette lid spring is bended. Rebend the spring.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: CD-lid does not lock.
CURE: Check whether locking lever pos.271 is defective (4822 276 13079).
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Disc cover does not close.
CURE: Check disc cover clamper pos 271.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The tuning frame is available with 4822 464 70642.
This is item 515 in Service Manual AZ8022 and item 245 in Service
Manual AZ8030, AZ8035.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction:
-
The complete cassette mechanism which was marked on the Exploded view
drawing in the manual should read item 1730, this item number is
mentioned in the partslist with correspondent service code number
4822 691 20818.
MODEL: AZ8030
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8035
SYMPTOM: The disc touches the cabinet because the RCD is mounted too low.
CURE: The problem is due to RCD screws which are not sufficiently
tightened. Problem is solved by tightening properly.
MODEL: AZ8035
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8035
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The tuning frame is available with 4822 464 70642.
This is item 515 in Service Manual AZ8022 and item 245 in Service
Manual AZ8030, AZ8035.
MODEL: AZ8035/37
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
For safety reason, the capacitor 2346 has been changed from
470µF/16V to 470µF/25V (4822 124 42246) because the operating
voltage is exceeding the capacitor rating.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check stabiliser IC 7250
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Shuffle mode inoperative.
CURE: Shuffle switch S1916 interrupted.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: The tuner is inoperative.
CURE: The coil 5903 to the mass of the tuner board is interrupted.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: CD does not function
CURE: Check/replace CDM (4822 691 30327)
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound from one or both channels.
CURE: Check the volume potentiometer R3500 (4822 102 10417).
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Plopping sound with deck in mode play, rewind and forward wind.
CURE: IC7700 resoldered, also deck switch resoldered.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: No sound from the right hand speaker.
CURE: Check whether jumper 9703 touches the volume potmeter.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD player.
CURE: Check soldering of pins of IC1311.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD part, radio and cassette are OK.
CURE: Check soldering of pins of IC7851.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Speed in play mode much too high.
CURE: Remount pos 67/68 and paper shield.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Motor winding noise in LW mode.
CURE: Add a capacitor 2780 470uF/16V (4822 124 40198) across the motor
(+/-).
REMARKS :
Introduced in production.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Rattling sound from RCD mechanism, sledge motor keeps on turning
CURE: Check soldering points around IC7811
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: CD player gives E in display and does not start up the disc.
CURE: Check soldering at pins of IC7811.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: The CD starts to turn at the maximum speed after a few secondes.
CURE: Check soldering of J9836.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: CD part totally inoperative. Sometimes strange digits on display.
CURE: Check soldering points of micro controller IC7250.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: The reception of the radio part is not OK.
CURE: Check soldering points of IC 7103.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: The focus operation is not OK.
CURE: Check servo IC7811
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the CD player does not read the TOC.
CURE: Check connection/soldering of pin 19 of IC7811.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Motor of cassette speeds up spontaneously.
CURE: Shortcircuit of wire-end to motor housing.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Cassette buttons get jammed.
CURE: This fault is caused by the Cassette buttons which might get jammed
because the mounting screw near the record button is missing.
To solve this fault mount screw in case it is missing.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Recording distortion is too high.
CURE: Reduce the value of resistor item 3771.
For AZ8040, 3771 has been changed into 82k.
For AZ8140, 3771 has been changed into 100k.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The surface of the volume knob is so slippery that it is nearly
impossible to remove it without help of tools.
A flat-tip screw-driver must be used. Insert the screw driver into the
gap between the cabinet and the knob and remove the knob by leverage.
A cloth is suggested to protect the surface of the cabinet from
scrapping.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The separate cassette buttons will not be supplied when the stock
in Consumer Service has run out.
Cassette buttons will be delivered in a set. The service codes for
the various cassette button sets are:
4822 410 63377 for AZ8040 and AZ8240
4822 410 63378 for AZ8140
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Tools
CURE: Tools
-
To disassemble the rear cabinet use the following tools:
Universal tool holder4822 395 91019
Torx bit T10 150mm 4822 395 50456
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual 4822 725 25111 and 4822 725 25112
-
On page 12 the circuit diagram of combi board, the item no. of the
choke coil connected between the AC socket 1305 and the power
transformer is wrong. It should read 5301.
5300 should be the item no. of the power transformer.
Only in version AZ8040/21 the choke coil 5301 with service code
4822 157 70003 has been mounted.
REMARKS :
In all other versions jumpers 9312 and 9311 are applied.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for pos 201 is 4822 420 60115.
MODEL: AZ8040
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: The cassette tape is damaged by the tape deck mechanism.
CURE: On the cassette door, the plastic spring plate is deformed due to
moulding tolerance.The cassette thus may not sit properly on the
deck mechanism.The door (item 2; 4822 443 64436) has to be
replaced.
REMARKS :
Check point has been added at the parts supplier as well as in the
production.From week 9544 onwards, tooling has been modified to
strengthen the construction of the spring plate in the cassette door.
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: The CD cannot play back any disc.
CURE: Check wiring to the sledge motor.
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In service manual the CD door switch, item 90 on page 9, has been
published on page 10a, under Electrical partslist Miscellaneous:
itemservice codenumberdescription
CD sw 4822 278 90739Quick sw. LS-323-0
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: Codenumber TDA7073AT
CURE: Codenumber TDA7073AT
5322 209 32077.
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0295, new
CD Deck Mechanism and Chassis are used. More details are published in
Service Information A95-578
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-578
MODEL: AZ8048
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
Add to mechanical parts list:
The mounting screw (item 101) for new CD Mechanism KSM-2101BDM, is
available via service code 4822 502 21383.
MODEL: AZ8049
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: AZ8049
SYMPTOM: Distorted sound from right channel in position CD
CURE: Check signal processor IC102 (LC7861NE).
MODEL: AZ8049
SYMPTOM: The cassette door damper gear (item 14) moves out easily.
CURE: The cassette door (item 2; 4822 443 64542) has been modified by adding
a rib to prevent the gear from moving off.
REMARKS :
New Doors are used in production with sets marked KY02 from week 9604
onwards. Consumer Service stock has been adapted.
MODEL: AZ8049
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Deck Mechanism and Main board are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-571
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-571
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 and 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
2) Change 3266 and 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
3) Change 2258 and 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
4) Remove 2282 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 3 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3264, 3266 and 2258.
5) Remove 2275 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 14 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3265, 3267 and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: CD does not work and the CDM tilted.
CURE: CDM tilted due to CDM Holder (pos. 440), which came out of its
position.The fault can be caused by heavy dropping of the set.
The problem can be solved by fixing the Holder again carefully.
We suggest to add a metal plain washer of external diameter 9 mm on
the top of the Holder and to use a screw with a length of 8 mm to
10 mm.
REMARKS :
Washer had been added in production from week 9724 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
For sets produced before October 1995, using COMBI A03 board,
the microprocessor IC 7800 (original 4822 209 90147) is replaced
by OTP version.Service codenumber is 4822 900 11116.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8050
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for AZ805./..D, AZ8061/..D and
AZ8070.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive
is changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the Combi A4- board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 and 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
2) Change 3266 and 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
3) Change 2258 and 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
4) Remove 2282 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 3 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3264, 3266 and 2258.
5) Remove 2275 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 14 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3265, 3267 and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Hum from both loudspeakers (R&L), independent from volume setting.
CURE: Check soldering around C2261.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: CD does not work and the CDM tilted.
CURE: CDM tilted due to CDM Holder (pos. 440), which came out of its
position.The fault can be caused by heavy dropping of the set.
The problem can be solved by fixing the Holder again carefully.
We suggest to add a metal plain washer of external diameter 9 mm on
the top of the Holder and to use a screw with a length of 8 mm to
10 mm.
REMARKS :
Washer had been added in production from week 9724 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for AZ805./..D, AZ8061/..D and
AZ8070.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive
is changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the Combi A4- board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: New version AZ8051/11H
CURE: New version AZ8051/11H
For Region Hongkong the new version AZ8051/11H will be introduced.
For further repair information see Service Manual AZ8050, AZ8051,
AZ8052, AZ8150 (4822 725 24954).
Difference to AZ8051/01: mains cord 4822 321 10886
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
For sets produced before October 1995, using COMBI A03 board,
the microprocessor IC 7800 (original 4822 209 90147) is replaced
by OTP version.Service codenumber is 4822 900 11116.
MODEL: AZ8051
SYMPTOM: Correction to mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to mechanical partslist
The service codenumber of the Ornamental Foils of blue versions
have to be:
4822 466 10744FOIL ORNAMENTAL, LEFT
4822 466 10743FOIL ORNAMENTAL, RIGHT
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 and 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
2) Change 3266 and 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
3) Change 2258 and 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
4) Remove 2282 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 3 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3264, 3266 and 2258.
5) Remove 2275 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 14 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3265, 3267 and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Crackling noise (servo noise) in left speaker during CD play mode.
CURE: Add 2 wire connections on Feature/Amplifier-board 2.
1 wire between Ground of potmeter and Emitter 7261 and
1 wire between Emitter 7262 and Emitter 7260.
REMARKS :
Phenomenon occurs only in sets with layout stage .5 of
Feature/Amplifier-board 2.
From about production week 9531 onwards the 2 wires have been
implemented in production.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: No sound from tape deck
CURE: Check diode D6254
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: No laser emission, disc does not turn
CURE: Short circuit by bad soldering of black wire which makes short circuit
with CN1807.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: CD player stops playing after some time.
CURE: Check soldering of IC7801.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: The set does produce a squeaking sound at all sources
CURE: Check/replace IC7250 (AN7318S; 4822 209 32918).
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Disc touches the cabinet; CD mechanism tilted.
CURE: Remount CD mechanism holder pos.440.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound from RCD after switching on the CD part.
CURE: Sledge motor doesn't stop at inner position because end switch is
bended.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: CD does not work and the CDM tilted.
CURE: CDM tilted due to CDM Holder (pos. 440), which came out of its
position.The fault can be caused by heavy dropping of the set.
The problem can be solved by fixing the Holder again carefully.
We suggest to add a metal plain washer of external diameter 9 mm on
the top of the Holder and to use a screw with a length of 8 mm to
10 mm.
REMARKS :
Washer had been added in production from week 9724 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: CD player does read in, but does not playback.
CURE: Remount CD mechanism pos.440.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for AZ805./..D, AZ8061/..D and
AZ8070.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive
is changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the Combi A4- board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
For sets produced before October 1995, using COMBI A03 board,
the microprocessor IC 7800 (original 4822 209 90147) is replaced
by OTP version.Service codenumber is 4822 900 11116.
MODEL: AZ8052
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical part is now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 7)
will be implemented in production from week 9641.
MODEL: AZ8055
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical part is now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 7)
will be implemented in production from week 9641.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8056
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Remote receiver inoperative.
CURE: Capacitor C2901 (C470pF) short circuited.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Hum audible in audio signal when using mains supply
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor C2292.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: The end switch does not detect the sledge
CURE: The end switch SW1004 is bent. Replace the end switch
(4822 276 12163).
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Does not play the last tracks of a disc.
CURE: Check spring for the linear toothed bar; might be loose.
If so, remount spring.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Laser does not burn.
CURE: Check connectors to optical unit.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 7)
will be implemented in production from week 9641.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical part is now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8057
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 and 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
2) Change 3266 and 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
3) Change 2258 and 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
4) Remove 2282 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 3 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3264, 3266 and 2258.
5) Remove 2275 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 14 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3265, 3267 and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: CD does not work and the CDM tilted.
CURE: CDM tilted due to CDM Holder (pos. 440), which came out of its
position.The fault can be caused by heavy dropping of the set.
The problem can be solved by fixing the Holder again carefully.
We suggest to add a metal plain washer of external diameter 9 mm on
the top of the Holder and to use a screw with a length of 8 mm to
10 mm.
REMARKS :
Washer had been added in production from week 9724 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, electrical partslist
The service ordernumber for item 444 BUTTON SET CD 482241063658 as
already published in the Service Manual concerns a standardized black
coloured part.
On special request the original green metallic lacquered button set
has been taken on stock. This part can be ordered with service code
number 4822 410 10802 button set CD green metallic
MODEL: AZ8061
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for AZ805./..D, AZ8061/..D and
AZ8070.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive
is changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the Combi A4- board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 7)
will be implemented in production from week 9641.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, electrical partslist
The service ordernumber for item 444 BUTTON SET CD 482241063658 as
already published in the Service Manual concerns a standardized black
coloured part.
On special request the original green metallic lacquered button set
has been taken on stock. This part can be ordered with service code
number 4822 410 10802 button set CD green metallic
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical part is now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8068
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: Turntable motor runs continuously when CD is selected.
CURE: Check/replace IC7805.
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: CD does not work and the CDM tilted.
CURE: CDM tilted due to CDM Holder (pos. 440), which came out of its
position.The fault can be caused by heavy dropping of the set.
The problem can be solved by fixing the Holder again carefully.
We suggest to add a metal plain washer of external diameter 9 mm on
the top of the Holder and to use a screw with a length of 8 mm to
10 mm.
REMARKS :
Washer had been added in production from week 9724 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
This information is only valid for AZ805./..D, AZ8061/..D and
AZ8070.
To improve the CD playability, the motor on the CD Drive
is changed to type RF-310T.The service codenumber of the CD Drive
becomes 4822 691 10656.To match with this modification, following
components on the Combi A4- board should be changed.
28204822 121 5139947nF 10% 50V
38554822 116 5228447k 5% 0.16W
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9741 onwards
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8070
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8075
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8075
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Pinch Roller Arm Assembly (items 10 + 11 +12) on the cassette
mechanism is now available under service code 4822 528 11189.
MODEL: AZ8075
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8075
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical part is now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8084
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ8085
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ8086
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ8087
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: The codenumber of the DBB Knob (item 409) is wrong.
It should read 4822 410 12536.
MODEL: AZ8100
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8101
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8102
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8110
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8110
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8110
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8110
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8114
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8114
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
page 13
The wire connection 8010 should be read as 8053.This wire 8053
is acting as Ground counter balance to improve FM reception,
therefore it is not connected on the other end.
MODEL: AZ8114
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8114
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8114
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: The track button is inoperative.
CURE: The track to the next button is broken near the island.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Very loud humming sound from cass. part
CURE: Check soldering points of IC7700
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD part, radio and cassette are OK.
CURE: Check soldering points around IC7851
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: CD player sometimes gives error.
CURE: Check soldering of pin 67-71 of IC7851 and C2580.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Motor winding noise in LW mode.
CURE: Add a capacitor 2780 470uF/16V (4822 124 40198) across the motor
(+/-).
REMARKS :
Introduced in production.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: The CD part is humming and the laser does not burn.
CURE: Check IC7250 (apply sufficient heat sink compound).
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: The CD part does not produce any audio signal for most of the time.
CURE: Check soldering points of decoder IC (7851).
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: The CD part stops playing after some time.
CURE: Check soldering points of IC 7851.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the CD part does not start playing.
CURE: Check capacitor C2889 for internal interruption.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: The CD part is sometimes inoperative.
CURE: Check if connector 1801 is mounted correctly.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: CD player sometimes gives error.
CURE: Check soldering of pin 67-71 of IC7851 and C2580.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Cassette buttons get jammed.
CURE: This fault is caused by the Cassette buttons which might get jammed
because the mounting screw near the record button is missing.
To solve this fault mount screw in case it is missing.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Recording distortion is too high.
CURE: Reduce the value of resistor item 3771.
For AZ8040, 3771 has been changed into 82k.
For AZ8140, 3771 has been changed into 100k.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The separate cassette buttons will not be supplied when the stock
in Consumer Service has run out.
Cassette buttons will be delivered in a set. The service codes for
the various cassette button sets are:
4822 410 63377 for AZ8040 and AZ8240
4822 410 63378 for AZ8140
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual 4822 725 25111 and 4822 725 25112
-
On page 12 the circuit diagram of combi board, the item no. of the
choke coil connected between the AC socket 1305 and the power
transformer is wrong. It should read 5301.
5300 should be the item no. of the power transformer.
Only in version AZ8040/21 the choke coil 5301 with service code
4822 157 70003 has been mounted.
REMARKS :
In all other versions jumpers 9312 and 9311 are applied.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Tools
CURE: Tools
-
To disassemble the rear cabinet use the following tools:
Universal tool holder4822 395 91019
Torx bit T10 150mm 4822 395 50456
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8140
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The surface of the volume knob is so slippery that it is nearly
impossible to remove it without help of tools.
A flat-tip screw-driver must be used. Insert the screw driver into the
gap between the cabinet and the knob and remove the knob by leverage.
A cloth is suggested to protect the surface of the cabinet from
scrapping.
MODEL: AZ8150
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 and 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
2) Change 3266 and 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
3) Change 2258 and 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
4) Remove 2282 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 3 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3264, 3266 and 2258.
5) Remove 2275 (4822 126 11585) and connect it from pin 14 of IC 7250
to the nodal point of 3265, 3267 and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8150
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8150
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8150
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8150
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8210
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AZ8210
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8210
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8210
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8210
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8214
SYMPTOM: RR RECII deck tape transports have a Ticking noise in playback.
CURE: In some production batches it occurred that there is grease on the
stop lever, item 69, mounted in deck A.
This grease causes a movement of slide item 90. This slide snaps
back after being moved a little and causes a ticking noise.
This can be solved by removing the grease from stop lever item 69
of deck A.
MODEL: AZ8214
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 443 and 441.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8214
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8214
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8214
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the RCD board layout the alignment point 2 and 9 are
interchanged.The correct information should be:
- point 2 must be point 9 and
- point 9 must be point 2.
REMARKS: Please update your service documents.
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: CD does not function
CURE: Check/replace CDM (4822 691 30327)
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: The CD part gives Error
CURE: Check soldering of R3805 and IC7801.
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: The CD part gives Error
CURE: Check for interruption pin 28 of IC7811.
Check C2825
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Motor winding noise in LW mode.
CURE: Add a capacitor 2780 470uF/16V (4822 124 40198) across the motor
(+/-).
REMARKS :
Introduced in production.
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Play back sound of taperecorder is OK, but no CD either radio sound.
CURE: Dry joints in regulator-IC7250 (LM2940CT) pins .
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: After 2 hours, the CD stops and givesERR
CURE: Check/replace IC 7851 and C2843.
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The surface of the volume knob is so slippery that it is nearly
impossible to remove it without help of tools.
A flat-tip screw-driver must be used. Insert the screw driver into the
gap between the cabinet and the knob and remove the knob by leverage.
A cloth is suggested to protect the surface of the cabinet from
scrapping.
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The separate cassette buttons will not be supplied when the stock
in Consumer Service has run out.
Cassette buttons will be delivered in a set. The service codes for
the various cassette button sets are:
4822 410 63377 for AZ8040 and AZ8240
4822 410 63378 for AZ8140
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Tools
CURE: Tools
-
To disassemble the rear cabinet use the following tools:
Universal tool holder4822 395 91019
Torx bit T10 150mm 4822 395 50456
MODEL: AZ8240
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25113
CURE: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25113
On page 8 the circuit diagram of combi board, the item no. of the
power transformer should read 5300.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: The hanging state may be caused by a high voltage spike to the IC
TC9153AP. To solve the problem, add a resistor of 470 Ohm (service
code number: 4822 116 52224) from pin 8 of TC9153AP to ground.
Description of the phenomenon:
Once the volume control is inoperative this state will be maintained
by the set for about 48 hours because of a backup capacitor on the
integrated circuit. A hanging set can be reset as follows:
-switch the set to off mode and do not operate tapedeck.
-press the volume-up button for 4 minutes. This will discharge the
backup capacitor and the set will return to normal operation once
it is switched on again.
REMARKS :
As sets AZ8245, AZ8250 is out of production, this modification is not
applied in production, but it should be applied in each set offered
for repair.
Sets AZ8345, AZ8350 from production week 9443 onwards this resistor
has been built-in.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: No CD or radio function. Only cass. motor is functioning. No sound.
CURE: Capacitor C2459 bended and makes contact with R3899.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: Right channel no sound, only hum.
CURE: Track island of C2538 broken of, connection of C2538 repaired.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: CD player inoperative when you turn the set upside down.
CURE: Press plug 1704 (+9V. power supply) completely into connector.
MODEL: AZ8245
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the CD2 electrical partslist, the service code of the IC 7403
ST24C01CB1 should read 4822 209 31508.
MODEL: AZ8250
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8250
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: The hanging state may be caused by a high voltage spike to the IC
TC9153AP. To solve the problem, add a resistor of 470 Ohm (service
code number: 4822 116 52224) from pin 8 of TC9153AP to ground.
Description of the phenomenon:
Once the volume control is inoperative this state will be maintained
by the set for about 48 hours because of a backup capacitor on the
integrated circuit. A hanging set can be reset as follows:
-switch the set to off mode and do not operate tapedeck.
-press the volume-up button for 4 minutes. This will discharge the
backup capacitor and the set will return to normal operation once
it is switched on again.
REMARKS :
As sets AZ8245, AZ8250 is out of production, this modification is not
applied in production, but it should be applied in each set offered
for repair.
Sets AZ8345, AZ8350 from production week 9443 onwards this resistor
has been built-in.
MODEL: AZ8250
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the CD2 electrical partslist, the service code of the IC 7403
ST24C01CB1 should read 4822 209 31508.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: No display or radio when lifting the set by its carrying handle.
CURE: Check for short circuit between leads of C2843.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Set inoperative, no sound, only hum.
CURE: Sometimes the mass shield of the display is making short circuit with
jumper 9811.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Correction to Newsletter PA97.05.06
CURE: Correction to Newsletter PA97.05.06 :
-
4822 459 04783 is not the Front Cabinet of AZ8262 and AZ8267.
There is no Front Cabinet available for AZ8262 and AZ8267.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 8) will
be implemented in production from week 9642.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8262
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical parts are now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
Pos. 5234822 410 11913Tuning Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Set totally inoperative. No sound, no display. No +up at pin 58
CURE: Check for short circuit between jumper 9811 and copper foil from
display.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: No reaction from remote control.
CURE: Check/replace C2901, 470pF, on IR-eye board.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: CD optical pick-up sledge moves to wrong side and rattles. No display.
CURE: Short circuit from foil (display) to components on mainboard.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical parts are now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
Pos. 5234822 410 11913Tuning Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Correction to Newsletter PA97.05.06
CURE: Correction to Newsletter PA97.05.06 :
-
4822 459 04783 is not the Front Cabinet of AZ8262 and AZ8267.
There is no Front Cabinet available for AZ8262 and AZ8267.
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Front Cabinet (item 504) is now available via following service
codenumbers :
4822 459 04782Front cabinet (Silver)
4822 459 04783Front Cabinet (Dark Grey)
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction EXPLODED VIEW / drawing 1 page 8-1:
Description and position numbers 448 (knob slide MODE) and 449 (knob
slide BAND) are interchanged in the Exploded View/drawing 1 of the
service manuals.
The drawn position of item number 448 should read Knob slide Band and
item number 449 should read knob slide MODE.
In the partslist the service code numbers and descriptions are
correct.
Ordering 4822 411 61999 will deliver knob slide MODE
Ordering 4822 411 62001 or 4822 411 62003 will deliver the desired
knob slide BAND
MODEL: AZ8267
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 8) will
be implemented in production from week 9642.
MODEL: AZ8268
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Recording Lever (pos. 506) is now available with service code
number 4822 402 10651.
MODEL: AZ8289
SYMPTOM: Recording is unstable.
CURE: Problem is caused by high notes appearing in the music after the
ALC-elco has been almost fully charged.The recording amplifier has
high amplification for high notes and will thus intensify the problem.
Following steps give a service solution.
1) Change 3264 from 150k to 330k (4822 051 20334)
2) Change 3265 from 150k to 330k (4822 116 52272)
3) Change 3266 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 051 20682)
4) Change 3267 from 180k to 6.8k (4822 116 52296)
5) Change 2258 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 11714)
6) Change 2259 from 390pF to 4.7nF (4822 126 10223)
7) Remove 2282 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 3 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3264, 3266
and 2258.
8) Remove 2275 and replace it by tubular cap. (4822 126 11585)
connected from pin 14 of IC 7250 to the nodal point of 3265, 3267
and 2259.
REMARKS :
Above modification will be implemented in production from week 9626
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8289
SYMPTOM: The set give a whistling sound when playing a disc
CURE: It sounds like a mechanical oscillation.
Fault is caused by a peak in the gain response curve of the track
servo amplifier at about 15 kHz. This is far above the bandwidth of
1.5 kHz. This does not influence the behaviour of the track servo
itself, but causes mechanical noise produced by the pick-up.
The lay-out of combi-board has been modified.
With the modified board C2859 and C2858 have been added and the
mechanical noise has been reduced by 5 dB.
AZ8055,AZ8056, AZ8057:
The modified board is marked .4 and has been introduced in week 9552.
AZ8262, AZ8267, AZ8289:
The modified board is marked .5 and has been introduced in week 9601.
Service solution for sets without modified boards:
Add a capacitor of 2n7 in parallel to R3826 (4822 126 12148).
MODEL: AZ8289
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For solving recording unstable problem, new Combi PCB (issue 8) will
be implemented in production from week 9642.
MODEL: AZ8289
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following mechanical parts are now available.
Pos. 5224822 410 11912Volume Up/Dn Button
Pos. 5234822 410 11913Tuning Up/Dn Button
MODEL: AZ8289
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, the Clamper Disc Assembly is changed.
Followings are the service codes of the two Clamper Disc assemblies.
Original Clamper Disc Assembly (Soft disc) :
Item 4074822 532 51871Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 535 60096Disc
New Clamper Disc Assembly (hard disc) :
Item 4074822 532 12412Pressure Ring Assy
Item 4114822 466 93464Disc
REMARKS :
Both Clamper Disc Assemblies will be used in production.
MODEL: AZ8294
SYMPTOM: Failure to record from CD after approximately 10 minutes.
CURE: It has been found that when recording from CD on the above model
the recording may cease after approximately 10 minutes.This fault
is caused by a lack of supply voltage to the microprocessor Q150
and will occur if the memory backup batteries are missing or
defective.
There are two solutions to the problem:
1. Fit two new R6 batteries in the memory backup position and
switch the set to RADIO mode for approximately 2 seconds.
2. Connect a diode (1N4148) in parallel with R294 (330K).The
anode of the diode is connected to pins 3 and 4 of the mode
selector switch A286.
The part number of a 1N4148 diode is 4822 130 30621.
MODEL: AZ8294
SYMPTOM: Improved type of compact disc hold down
CURE: Improved type of compact disc hold down
-
In the above models the CD is clamped to the deck turntable by
means of a magnetic hold down contained in the lid to the CD deck
mechanism.
Some sets were produced with a disc hold down which contacted the
disc with a hard plastic ring.It has been found that this type of
material can cause damage to the disc.To overcome the problem a
ring manufactured from soft foam rubber is now available under code
no. 4822 529 10258.
The original ring can be replaced as follows:
1) Remove the complete lid assembly containing the hold down as
shown in the diagram.Start by gently levering the left hand
support inwards and upwards.
2) Carefully peel off the plastic ring with a sharp knife.
3) Fit a new self-adhesive foam ring.
4) Replace the lid back in the set.
MODEL: AZ8294
SYMPTOM: Memory back up batteries damaged and leaking
CURE: Memory back up batteries damaged and leaking
It has been found in a few instances that diode D280 (ISS106) in
series with the memory back up battery supply has become short
circuit.This will result in a current being passed through both
batteries leading to overheating and damage.
Resistor R294 (330K) has been replaced in production by a 1N4148
diode. This diode, together with fuse A605 (1.6AT) may also have
failed if D280 has become short circuit.It is therefore
recommended that D280 is changed to a 1N4002 in sets received for
service fitted with a 1SS106 in this position.The part number of
a 1N4002 diode is 4822 130 30684.
Later sets have the following changes.From production week 8943
D280 was changed to a 1N4148.From production week 8944 onwards a
4K7 resistor has been added in series with the back up batteries
and a capacitor of 4.7uF 63 volts connected across the DC output of
the bridge rectifier D605.
MODEL: AZ8297
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
-
The correct Service code number for mains socket IEC reads
4822 265 20318.
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51059
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone and CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and rear
cabinet (item 494) may need some adaptation before it can be used for
replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1514, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622.
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8300
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51059
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone and CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and
rear cabinet (item 494) may need some adaptation before it can be
used for replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1514, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622.
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8301
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Very loud buzzing and whistling, more severe on left hand channel.
CURE: If speakers disconnected and unit listened to through headphones,
fault clears.One of the speakers might be short-circuited.
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Excessive mechanical noise and distortion on CD
CURE: It has been found that some sets have excessive mechanical noise,
and distortion when playing a CD.The fault symptoms may clear if
extra pressure is applied to the CD lid.
To overcome the problem an additional self adhesive felt ring
should be placed over the existing ring on the disc hold down (item
469 in the service manual diagram).
The additional ring is supplied under part number 4822 532 52514.
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone and CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and
rear cabinet (item 494) may need some adaptation before it can be
used for replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1514, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622.
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51059
MODEL: AZ8304
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Occassionally crackling sound in deck A on play back mode.
CURE: Check connector CNS-109. Solder the wires directly to PCB.
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 75 in exploded view diagram on
page 18) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9510 onwards, a new CD chassis (decoder board and control
board) is used because the old CD chassis is no longer supplied.
The copper track of the CD board has been thickened to improve solder
quality. At the same time the power amplifier IC (IC7) is changed from
LA4597 to TA8238K
Service information A95-555 (4822 725 25386) is published to introduce
new circuit diagram, Printed Circuit Board layout diagram, alignment
and partslist.
REMARKS :
Modified sets can be recognized by changed factory code: KZ02
(serial number KZ029510xxxxx). This publication will be followed by
Service Information A95-555.
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The CD cushion (4822 466 93447) is replaced by the following two
codenumbers :
4822 466 93498Cushion (hard)
4822 466 93499Cushion (soft)
The two cushions near the motors are harder.
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the potentiometers VR1, VR4, VR5 and VR6
have been changed. The new potentiometers are available via
following service codenumbers:
VR1 : 4822 101 11373
VR4 to VR6 : 4822 105 11133
REMARKS :
The potentiometers can be distinguished by their pin layout:
Old potentiometers : 4 pins in 1 row
New potentiometers : 4 pins in 2 rows
MODEL: AZ8310
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Handle Bracket Left (4822 498 10501) is no longer available.
We suggest to use Handle Bracket Right (pos.36; 4822 498 10502) as a
substitute.The stopper end has to be cut.
REMARKS :
See also service newsletter issue PA98.05.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Incomplete erase on chrome tape during recording.
CURE: The problem is due to erasing with permanent magnet (ie. inherent in
the design). Therefore, chrome tapes are not recommended to be used
with these sets.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Humming sound from the deck
CURE: Check whether the deck switch wire stucks between the cabinet and
the chassis.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Gives ERROR sometimes.
CURE: Check RCD and adjust CD part, focus-gain and focus-offset.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: In CD-mode the CD stops after some time.
CURE: Check processor IC7901 (4822 209 31144).
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Sometimes scratching sound from the CD
CURE: Check whether the RCD suspension has been mounted correctly.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Set does not erase chrome and metal tapes.
CURE: Set only suitable to erase ferro tapes (concept of the set).
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: No sound Deck A
CURE: Check the position of record/playback lever.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Humming sound from both decks.
CURE: Deck switch wire stuck between casing and deck. Remount wire.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Codenumber modification
CURE: Codenumber modification
-
The service codenumber for coil 5108 (AM oscillator) has been
changed to 4822 157 70696
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
IC 7861 should be 4822 209 32421 (TDA1311A/N2) instead of
4822 209 31147 (AZ8320/00/05) or 4822 209 32196 (AZ8320/01/10).
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
The service code for switch 1550 should be 4822 277 21773 instead
of 4822 277 21595.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for switch 1550 should be 4822 277 21773 instead of
4822 277 21595.
MODEL: AZ8320
SYMPTOM: Cabinet Partslist
CURE: Cabinet Partslist
-
Items 286, 287 and 288 for both sets are from now on delivered as
an assembly. That means that delivered front has mounted grills
(left and right). Service codenumber reads: 4822 423 51166.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: IC HEF4952, item 7716 on combi board, has been burnt.
CURE: The voltage at pin 10 of this IC (item 7716, 4822 209 32919) is too
high.
To protect this component, add a diode, item 6728, of type 1N4148
(4822 130 30621) in series with resistor 3751 and supply A.
Anode of this diode connected to supply A, cathode connected with
resistor 3751.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A94-583
(4822 725 25371) for AZ8340 and A94-584 (4822 725 25372) for AZ8440.
This modification has been implemented in production too.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: CD starts automatically without pressing record button.
CURE: 3747 changed from 2k7 into 1k (4822 116 83863).
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9434 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Outputstage IC 7250 (TA8227P; 4822 209 31544) is defective
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Oscillation in MW mode.
CURE: Add resistor 3256 3R3 (5322 116 53564) in series with 2258 and 3257
3R3 (5322 116 53564) in series with 2259.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: CD does not start up the disk,door in display.
CURE: Door switch S1920 bent. Rebend the switch.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: FOCUS searching failure.
CURE: Delete 3818.
Change 3816 from82k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3819 from3k3 into10k (4822 116 83864)
Change 3820 from 100k into 270k (4822 116 83878)
Change 3824 from 680k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3825 from 47kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
Change 3924 from 22kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
REMARKS :
Modification implemented in production from week 9518 onwards.
See Service Information A95-557.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Sound sometimes interrupts on both channels
CURE: Spot of R3738 broken from copper track
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: The CD part sometimes only gives door .
CURE: Check doorswitch
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid is blocked.
CURE: 1. Insufficient lubricant applied on the door release lever of the
cassette mechanism. Please apply lubricant EM30L (4822 390 20139).
2. Brackets for the cassette buttons might be deformed, because they
are too weak.
The construction of buttoms, item 426 (4822 410 63181) and 431
(4822 410 63182), have been redesigned and the assembling procedure
in production have been reviewed.
REMARKS :
Modification of the construction and lubricating of the lever has
been implemented in production.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: The CD part sometimes only gives door .
CURE: Check doorswitch
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Scratching sound from CD-part.
CURE: Check RAM IC7852
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: S/N ratio and distortion of the tape R/P signal are too high.
CURE: Change 3744 from 150k to 100k (4822 116 52234) and add a zener diode
6703 BZX79-C5V6 (4822 130 34173) parallel to capacitor 2764.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 2.5kOhm
Microphone input sensitivity: 0.1mV.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck assembly is available with service code
4822 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
The cassette deck assembly is now available.
For AZ8340 and AZ8345 service code is 4822 691 20984.
For AZ8440, AZ8445 and AZ8540 service code is 4844 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8340
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From June of 1995 onwards, the front cabinet was modified by
adding 4 round poles so that the cassette buttons can be mounted on
the front cabinet instead of mounted on the tape deck.
The new Cabinet-Front Assembly is available via service code
4822 459 04552.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: The hanging state may be caused by a high voltage spike to the IC
TC9153AP. To solve the problem, add a resistor of 470 Ohm (service
code number: 4822 116 52224) from pin 8 of TC9153AP to ground.
Description of the phenomenon:
Once the volume control is inoperative this state will be maintained
by the set for about 48 hours because of a backup capacitor on the
integrated circuit. A hanging set can be reset as follows:
-switch the set to off mode and do not operate tapedeck.
-press the volume-up button for 4 minutes. This will discharge the
backup capacitor and the set will return to normal operation once
it is switched on again.
REMARKS :
As sets AZ8245, AZ8250 is out of production, this modification is not
applied in production, but it should be applied in each set offered
for repair.
Sets AZ8345, AZ8350 from production week 9443 onwards this resistor
has been built-in.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: S/N ratio and distortion of the tape R/P signal are too high.
CURE: Change 3744 from 150k to 100k (4822 116 52234) and add a zener diode
6703 BZX79-C5V6 (4822 130 34173) parallel to capacitor 2764.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck assembly is available with service code
4822 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From June of 1995 onwards, the front cabinet was modified by
adding 4 round poles so that the cassette buttons can be mounted on
the front cabinet instead of mounted on the tape deck.
The new Cabinet-Front Assembly is available via service code
4822 459 04552.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 2.5kOhm
Microphone input sensitivity: 0.1mV.
MODEL: AZ8345
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
The cassette deck assembly is now available.
For AZ8340 and AZ8345 service code is 4822 691 20984.
For AZ8440, AZ8445 and AZ8540 service code is 4844 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8348
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: AZ8348
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From October 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0295, new
CD Deck Mechanism and Chassis are used. More details are published in
Service Information A95-579
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-579
MODEL: AZ8348
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
Add to mechanical parts list:
The mounting screw (item 101) for new CD Mechanism KSM-2101BDM, is
available via service code 4822 502 21383.
MODEL: AZ8349
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: AZ8349
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
The Cassette Door is assembled of two parts :
Item 4Cassette Door Assy (R) :
4822 256 10318Cassette Door Holder (R)
4822 443 64604Cassette Door Cover (R)
Item 5Cassette Door Assy (L) :
4822 256 10317Cassette Door Holder (L)
4822 443 64603Cassette Door Cover (L)
MODEL: AZ8349
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 115 in exploded view diagram on
page 15-3) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: AZ8349
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Deck Mechanism and Main board are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-569
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-569
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: The hanging state may be caused by a high voltage spike to the IC
TC9153AP. To solve the problem, add a resistor of 470 Ohm (service
code number: 4822 116 52224) from pin 8 of TC9153AP to ground.
Description of the phenomenon:
Once the volume control is inoperative this state will be maintained
by the set for about 48 hours because of a backup capacitor on the
integrated circuit. A hanging set can be reset as follows:
-switch the set to off mode and do not operate tapedeck.
-press the volume-up button for 4 minutes. This will discharge the
backup capacitor and the set will return to normal operation once
it is switched on again.
REMARKS :
As sets AZ8245, AZ8250 is out of production, this modification is not
applied in production, but it should be applied in each set offered
for repair.
Sets AZ8345, AZ8350 from production week 9443 onwards this resistor
has been built-in.
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: FOCUS searching failure.
CURE: Delete 3818.
Change 3816 from82k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3819 from3k3 into10k (4822 116 83864)
Change 3820 from 100k into 270k (4822 116 83878)
Change 3824 from 680k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3825 from 47kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
Change 3924 from 22kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
REMARKS :
Modification implemented in production from week 9518 onwards.
See Service Information A95-557.
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 2.5kOhm
Microphone input sensitivity: 0.1mV.
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
Item 419 is4822 410 63178Power/Mode Knob
Item 423 is not used in this model.
MODEL: AZ8350
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ8351
SYMPTOM: FOCUS searching failure.
CURE: Delete 3818.
Change 3816 from82k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3819 from3k3 into10k (4822 116 83864)
Change 3820 from 100k into 270k (4822 116 83878)
Change 3824 from 680k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3825 from 47kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
Change 3924 from 22kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
REMARKS :
Modification implemented in production from week 9518 onwards.
See Service Information A95-557.
MODEL: AZ8351
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ8351
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
Item 419 is4822 410 63178Power/Mode Knob
Item 423 is not used in this model.
MODEL: AZ8351
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8352
SYMPTOM: CD does not function; focus not found
CURE: Check/replace D6800(1N4148; 4822 130 30621).
MODEL: AZ8352
SYMPTOM: FOCUS searching failure.
CURE: Delete 3818.
Change 3816 from82k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3819 from3k3 into10k (4822 116 83864)
Change 3820 from 100k into 270k (4822 116 83878)
Change 3824 from 680k into68k (4822 116 52297)
Change 3825 from 47kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
Change 3924 from 22kinto4k7 (4822 116 52283)
REMARKS :
Modification implemented in production from week 9518 onwards.
See Service Information A95-557.
MODEL: AZ8352
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ8352
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
Item 419 is4822 410 63178Power/Mode Knob
Item 423 is not used in this model.
MODEL: AZ8352
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8357
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 2.5kOhm
Microphone input sensitivity: 0.1mV.
MODEL: AZ8357
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ8357
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
Item 419 is4822 410 63178Power/Mode Knob
Item 423 is4822 411 61975Spatial Knob
MODEL: AZ8390
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8391
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8394
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8394
SYMPTOM: Service mode CD-part
CURE: Service mode CD-part
Service pos. 0 = Next + search >> + power on_ (all together)
Service pos. 1 = Service pos. 0 Then press play
Service pos. 2 = Service pos. 1 Then press next
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Bad performance of erase head with Metal tape
CURE: Erase performance can be improved by changing:
2783 to 12nF
2785 to 15nF and
2786 to 100pF
REMARKS :
Basically, the erase head is not designed for handling of Metal
tape but after introduction of above mentioned changes the
performance is improved.
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51058
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone an CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and
rear cabinet (pos 494) may need some adaptation before it can be
used for replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1541, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8400
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8400/13R
SYMPTOM: Correction of mechanical parts list
CURE: Correction of mechanical parts list
-
Pos 419 should read 4822 423 51058 (Front cabinet assembly) instead
of 4822 432 51145.
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: Bad performance of erase head with Metal tape
CURE: Erase performance can be improved by changing:
2783 to 12nF
2785 to 15nF and
2786 to 100pF
REMARKS :
Basically, the erase head is not designed for handling of Metal
tape but after introduction of above mentioned changes the
performance is improved.
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51058
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8401
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone an CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and
rear cabinet (pos 494) may need some adaptation before it can be
used for replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1541, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: Bad performance of erase head with Metal tape
CURE: Erase performance can be improved by changing:
2783 to 12nF
2785 to 15nF and
2786 to 100pF
REMARKS :
Basically, the erase head is not designed for handling of Metal
tape but after introduction of above mentioned changes the
performance is improved.
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor 3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC7861 is M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From productionmark RZ04 onwards the printing process of the graphics
has been modified and the External Microphone an CD output features
have been deleted.
No additional service codes will be created for all the parts
affected, therefore the replacement parts may have slight colour
deviation from the old set brought in by the customer.
Due to the feature deletion, the new top cabinet (item 401) and
rear cabinet (pos 494) may need some adaptation before it can be
used for replacement in an old set.
The components deleted on the front board are:
Sockets:1541, 1542 and 1592
Capacitors: 2521-2525, 2532 and 2571-2575
Resistors:3520-3524, 3526, 3539, 3570-3574, 3576,
3589 and 3622
Transistors:7505 and 7555
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Front with grills will be delivered as an assembly with service
codenumber 4822 423 51058
MODEL: AZ8404
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: The high speed dubbing led keeps on burning.
CURE: Check D6524 (1N4148; 4822 130 30621).
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: Incomplete erase on chrome tape during recording.
CURE: The problem is due to erasing with permanent magnet (ie. inherent in
the design). Therefore, chrome tapes are not recommended to be used
with these sets.
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: The CD part can not read the CD.
CURE: Remount spring for the sledge axles.
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: Cabinet Partslist
CURE: Cabinet Partslist
-
Items 286, 287 and 288 for both sets are from now on delivered as
an assembly. That means that delivered front has mounted grills
(left and right). Service codenumber reads: 4822 423 51166.
MODEL: AZ8420
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
The service code for switch 1550 should be 4822 277 21773 instead
of 4822 277 21595.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: IC HEF4952, item 7716 on combi board, has been burnt.
CURE: The voltage at pin 10 of this IC (item 7716, 4822 209 32919) is too
high.
To protect this component, add a diode, item 6728, of type 1N4148
(4822 130 30621) in series with resistor 3751 and supply A.
Anode of this diode connected to supply A, cathode connected with
resistor 3751.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A94-583
(4822 725 25371) for AZ8340 and A94-584 (4822 725 25372) for AZ8440.
This modification has been implemented in production too.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: CD starts automatically without pressing record button.
CURE: 3747 changed from 2k7 into 1k (4822 116 83863).
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9434 onwards.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Oscillation in MW mode.
CURE: Add resistor 3256 3R3 (5322 116 53564) in series with 2258 and 3257
3R3 (5322 116 53564) in series with 2259.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid is blocked.
CURE: 1. Insufficient lubricant applied on the door release lever of the
cassette mechanism. Please apply lubricant EM30L (4822 390 20139).
2. Brackets for the cassette buttons might be deformed, because they
are too weak.
The construction of buttoms, item 426 (4822 410 63181) and 431
(4822 410 63182), have been redesigned and the assembling procedure
in production have been reviewed.
REMARKS :
Modification of the construction and lubricating of the lever has
been implemented in production.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: S/N ratio and distortion of the tape R/P signal are too high.
CURE: Change 3744 from 150k to 100k (4822 116 52234) and add a zener diode
6703 BZX79-C5V6 (4822 130 34173) parallel to capacitor 2764.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
The cassette deck assembly is now available.
For AZ8340 and AZ8345 service code is 4822 691 20984.
For AZ8440, AZ8445 and AZ8540 service code is 4844 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From June of 1995 onwards, the front cabinet was modified by
adding 4 round poles so that the cassette buttons can be mounted on
the front cabinet instead of mounted on the tape deck.
The new Cabinet-Front Assembly is available via service code
4822 459 04552.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8440
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck assembly is available with service code
4822 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8445
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8445
SYMPTOM: S/N ratio and distortion of the tape R/P signal are too high.
CURE: Change 3744 from 150k to 100k (4822 116 52234) and add a zener diode
6703 BZX79-C5V6 (4822 130 34173) parallel to capacitor 2764.
MODEL: AZ8445
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck assembly is available with service code
4822 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8445
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From June of 1995 onwards, the front cabinet was modified by
adding 4 round poles so that the cassette buttons can be mounted on
the front cabinet instead of mounted on the tape deck.
The new Cabinet-Front Assembly is available via service code
4822 459 04552.
MODEL: AZ8445
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
The cassette deck assembly is now available.
For AZ8340 and AZ8345 service code is 4822 691 20984.
For AZ8440, AZ8445 and AZ8540 service code is 4844 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8450
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8490
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8492
SYMPTOM: Service mode CD-part
CURE: Service mode CD-part
Service pos. 0 = Next + search >> + power on_ (all together)
Service pos. 1 = Service pos. 0 Then press play
Service pos. 2 = Service pos. 1 Then press next
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: The CD part gives NO DISC.
CURE: Check connector CN1842.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid is blocked.
CURE: 1. Insufficient lubricant applied on the door release lever of the
cassette mechanism. Please apply lubricant EM30L (4822 390 20139).
2. Brackets for the cassette buttons might be deformed, because they
are too weak.
The construction of buttoms, item 426 (4822 410 63181) and 431
(4822 410 63182), have been redesigned and the assembling procedure
in production have been reviewed.
REMARKS :
Modification of the construction and lubricating of the lever has
been implemented in production.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: S/N ratio and distortion of the tape R/P signal are too high.
CURE: Change 3744 from 150k to 100k (4822 116 52234) and add a zener diode
6703 BZX79-C5V6 (4822 130 34173) parallel to capacitor 2764.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The cassette deck assembly is available with service code
4822 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter 52.14.
The cassette deck assembly is now available.
For AZ8340 and AZ8345 service code is 4822 691 20984.
For AZ8440, AZ8445 and AZ8540 service code is 4844 691 20983.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From June of 1995 onwards, the front cabinet was modified by
adding 4 round poles so that the cassette buttons can be mounted on
the front cabinet instead of mounted on the tape deck.
The new Cabinet-Front Assembly is available via service code
4822 459 04552.
MODEL: AZ8540
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the CD2 electrical partslist, the service code of the IC 7403
ST24C01CB1 should read 4822 209 31508.
MODEL: AZ8545
SYMPTOM: No sound.
CURE: No sound because IC7510 (TC9153AP) comes in a hang up situation.
Normally the IC7510 will be initialized (reset) by switching the power
off/on.
However the supply voltage +7 of the IC supply is hold by the back-up
capacitor item 2525. This voltage prevents a proper initialization
when power is switched off and shortly later switched on again.
To have a proper initialization, this volume back-up capacitor has to
be discharged first. The back-up capacitor, item 2525 with a value of
470uF requires however, DAYS to be discharged! By changing this value
into 1uF (4822 124 40242), the time taken for discharging is decreased
to 2 minutes.
After this modification, the set will be initialized when the time
between power off and on is 2 minutes.
REMARKS :
This modification has been implemented in production from week 9511
onwards.
MODEL: AZ8562
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the CD2 electrical partslist, the service code of the IC 7403
ST24C01CB1 should read 4822 209 31508.
MODEL: AZ8562
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 2.5kOhm
Microphone input sensitivity: 0.1mV.
MODEL: AZ8562
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
The service codes of item 429 and 453 are interchanged.
Correction : item 4294822 529 10278
item 4534822 529 10257
MODEL: AZ8567
SYMPTOM: Disc starts rotating. After some seconds error in display.
CURE: Check/replace IC7851 (M50427AFP; 4822 209 62371) on CD board.
MODEL: AZ8567
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the CD2 electrical partslist, the service code of the IC 7403
ST24C01CB1 should read 4822 209 31508.
MODEL: AZ8567
SYMPTOM: Correction service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
The service codenumber of item 401 Front Cover should read
4822 423 51202.
MODEL: AZ8567
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
The service codes of item 429 and 453 are interchanged.
Correction : item 4294822 529 10278
item 4534822 529 10257
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: CD does play but without sound.
CURE: Check soldering of transistor T7872.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Plopping sound sometimes.
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor C2763.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Set does not show the time and does not start up.
CURE: Check transistor T7403.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: CD player gives No disc.
CURE: Check soldering of R3821 and C2858.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Zooming sound (oscillation of focus-servo)
CURE: Exchange disc clamper assy item 212 with new one 4822 691 30358.
REMARKS :
Realized in CD modules with factory change code 4WT01.
This publication will be followed by Service Information A94-362.
(4822 725 24948)
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production week 9444 onwards LF-Mains board with layout stage .5
has been implemented in the sets.
REMARKS :
Reason: Implementation of the rework (on stage .4) in the layout.
For details see Service Information A94-362 (4822 725 24948).
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
CD board changed to layout stage .8
REMARKS :
Reason: Improved susceptibility to ESD. For details see Service
Information A94-362 (4822 725 24948).
MODEL: AZ8640
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: AZ8700
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ8700
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8700
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8700
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 401 and 436.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8704
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.Adjustment
must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8704
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8704
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 401 and 436.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8704
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ8705
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8705
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ8705
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8705
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 401 and 436.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8705
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 401 and 436.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8900
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ8900
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 451 and 452.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8900
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.Adjustment
must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8904
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 451 and 452.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ8904
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ8904
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ9020
SYMPTOM: No CD-operation, door in display when CD-door is closed.
CURE: Check soldering quality of the wire on the doorswitch.
MODEL: AZ9020
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9022
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9025
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9040
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check jumper 9312 on main PCB
MODEL: AZ9040
SYMPTOM: Poor recording causing distortion when playing back on the set.
CURE: Recording distortion can be reduced by increasing the bias level
in changing resistor 3773 from 150 ohm into 120 ohm 5% 0.5W
(4822 116 52206).
REMARKS :
This solution has been implemented in production from week 9525
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9040
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: After about 40 minutes the set does not react on RC
CURE: Check IC551
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: Almost no sound from the right channel.
CURE: Check capacitor C303.
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: A plop noise is recorded at the beginning and ending of a recording
CURE: The noise is caused by the time difference between activation of the
motor switch and the record switch.The record switch is adjusted to
shorten the time difference so that problem is minimised.
Situation becomes worse because the record switch can be located
afterwards.For service solution, adjust the position of the record
switch so that the switch can be activated earlier.
Add glue to protect record switch getting loose.
REMARKS :
Glue for fitting the switch has been added in production sets from
week 9542 onwards.
For long term, the location of the record switch has been changed.
It will be mounted near the middle of the record lever so that the
time difference can been further shortened.Modified mechanism has
been introduced in production from week 9621 onwards.
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: It takes a very long time before the TOC is read.
CURE: Check IC105
REMARKS:
See also Newsletter 96.02.03
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: The CD produces a distorted sound after some time.
CURE: Check decoder IC102.
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or uses too long time to start-up (8-10 sec.)
CURE: Fault is caused by the cross-talk between track and focus servo.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Replace J112, where temporarily a 1 ohm resistor was mounted, by
a jumper wire. J112 can be found on CD Main Board (layout
diagram), near IC104 pin2. With this jumper pin2 of IC104 is
connected to ground.
2. Change R106 from 39k to 33k (4822 050 23303). One side of R106 is
connected to IC101 pin72 (HF SUM).
3. Change C108 from 330pF to 220pF (5322 122 32346). One side of C108
is connected to IC101 pin69 (BH).
After this modification:
Check the E/F balance for a value within range: 40mV plus/minus 20mV.
REMARKS :
1.This modifaction has been implemented in production from week 9546
onwards.
2.CHANGING THE COMPLETE CD-DRIVE WILL NOT SOLVE THE PROBLEM
SATISFACTORILY
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The pinning of connector CNS851 does not correspond with the circuit
diagram.
CNS851 ¦ 1 2 3 4 5 ¦ ¦ 2 3 4 5 1 ¦
should read
CNH851 ¦ 1 2 3 4 5 ¦ ¦ 1 2 3 4 5 ¦
MODEL: AZ9055
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist - Cabinet
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist - Cabinet
Following parts are added to the service partslist :
Item 2 4822 454 13181Badge (Philips)
2 4822 454 13179Badge (Magnavox)
8 4822 442 00306EQ Cover
224822 529 10317Damper for Cass. Door
224822 466 93504Damper for CD Door (for all versions)
344822 410 10429EQ Knob (A) - 100 Hz
344822 410 10431EQ Knob (B) - 1 kHz
344822 410 10432EQ Knob (C) - 10 kHz
Electrical partslist :
IC551 PT2249A can be replaced by TC9149P (4822 209 61529).
MODEL: AZ9210
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9210
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9210
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9213
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9213
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9213
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9214
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9214
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9214
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9214
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9310
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9310
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9310
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9310
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9310
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9338
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9340
SYMPTOM: Display shows DOOR even when the CD door is closed.
CURE: The problem is due to heavy oxidation of the leaf switch 1920 causing
poor contact (permanent or intermittent).
REMARKS :
Switch of improved quality has been applied and the mechanical door
activation has been re-designed.
Both improvements have been implemented from week 9529 onwards.
MODEL: AZ9340
SYMPTOM: Poor recording causing distortion when playing back on the set.
CURE: Recording distortion can be reduced by increasing the bias level
in changing resistor 3773 from 150 ohm into 120 ohm 5% 0.5W
(4822 116 52206).
REMARKS :
This solution has been implemented in production from week 9525
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9340
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9350
SYMPTOM: Distorted sound from tape playback after making a CD recording.
CURE: The cause of the distortion is a poor recording quality due to a too
low bias current (below 0.3mA).A correct bias current in about
0.36mA. The correct bias can be achieved by changing the oscillator
transistor 7770 from BC548B to BC548C (4822 130 44196).
MODEL: AZ9350
SYMPTOM: CD shows Door open or CD loaded but does not function.
CURE: The problem is due to heavy oxidation of the leaf switch 1920
causing poor contact (permanent or intermittent).
REMARKS :
Switch of improved quality has been applied and the mechanical
door activation has been re-designed.
Both improvements have been implemented from week 9529 onwards.
MODEL: AZ9350
SYMPTOM: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
CURE: Service hint RCD drive mechanism
An analyse of exchanged RCD drives in service workshops showed that a
reasonable quantity of these drives has no fault and is according to
specifications.
For sets equipped with CD1-D module (produced from week 9452 onwards)
the following faults may occur:
* COLD or BROKEN SOLDER JOINTS in the areas of connectors 1801 and
1802 and bridge wires connecting the vertical bended board with the
tact switches.
Due to the handling during exchanging the disc drive, a bad solder
joint may be temporarily reconnected. So it seems that the exchange
was successful but after some time the set may fail again.
* MARGINAL FOCUS SEARCH TRIANGLE AMPLITUDE
In case the set does not start-up due to FOCUS-error the following
actions have to be done:
Check whether the amplitude of the electrical triangle signal during
FOCUS SEARCH is too low.
Use for this service testprogram, measuring point 3 in
schematic diagram.
If FOCUS cannot be found in normal position of the set, then turn
set upside down and try again (gravity influences focus coil).
If FOCUS will now be found the electronic circuit has to be
changed to increase the amplitude of the triangle signal.
Change 3816to68k 4822 116 52297
3819to3,3k4822 116 83864
3820to100k4822 116 83878
3924to2,7k4822 116 52263
Delete 3818
REMARKS :
These changes were implemented in production from approx. June 1995
onwards.
MODEL: AZ9350
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 10kOhm.
Applied microphones may have output impedance of 30 till 600 Ohm.
MODEL: AZ9350
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ9355
SYMPTOM: Distorted sound from tape playback after making a CD recording.
CURE: The cause of the distortion is a poor recording quality due to a too
low bias current (below 0.3mA).A correct bias current in about
0.36mA. The correct bias can be achieved by changing the oscillator
transistor 7770 from BC548B to BC548C (4822 130 44196).
MODEL: AZ9355
SYMPTOM: CD shows Door open or CD loaded but does not function.
CURE: The problem is due to heavy oxidation of the leaf switch 1920
causing poor contact (permanent or intermittent).
REMARKS :
Switch of improved quality has been applied and the mechanical
door activation has been re-designed.
Both improvements have been implemented from week 9529 onwards.
MODEL: AZ9355
SYMPTOM: Service Information
CURE: Service Information
-
The output pins LED and BIAS of item 8110 are not used. From week 9621
onwards, a 4-pins socket is used in the position of 8110.
Consequently resistors 3103 and 3105 are also deleted.
MODEL: AZ9401
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 406 and 407.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9430
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9435
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9450
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 10kOhm.
Applied microphones may have output impedance of 30 till 600 Ohm.
MODEL: AZ9491
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ9492
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Due to an error in the partlist and schematic/layout diagram
the following must be corrected:
Capacitor 2862 is 390pF instead of 2.2nF
2863 is 330nF instead of 150nF
Resistor3862 is 3.9kÛ instead of 1kÛ
3864 is 120kÛ instead of 56kÛ
3895 3.3MÛ is added across 2862
IC 7861 M50422P 4822 209 72813 instead of M50427FP
MODEL: AZ9510
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9510
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9510
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9510
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9513
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9513
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9513
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9513
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9514
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9514
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9514
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9514
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9555
SYMPTOM: Distorted sound from tape playback after making a CD recording.
CURE: The cause of the distortion is a poor recording quality due to a too
low bias current (below 0.3mA).A correct bias current in about
0.36mA. The correct bias can be achieved by changing the oscillator
transistor 7770 from BC548B to BC548C (4822 130 44196).
MODEL: AZ9555
SYMPTOM: CD shows Door open or CD loaded but does not function.
CURE: The problem is due to heavy oxidation of the leaf switch 1920
causing poor contact (permanent or intermittent).
REMARKS :
Switch of improved quality has been applied and the mechanical
door activation has been re-designed.
Both improvements have been implemented from week 9529 onwards.
MODEL: AZ9555
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Addition to specifications:
Microphone input impedance: approximately 10kOhm.
Applied microphones may have output impedance of 30 till 600 Ohm.
MODEL: AZ9610
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9610
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9610
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9610
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9613
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9613
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism:
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code: 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9613
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9613
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9614
SYMPTOM: Very intermittent operation of autoreverse or autostop function.
CURE: After carrying out some visual checks, replacing the tape mechanism
cured the fault. Codenr. 4822 691 10294.
MODEL: AZ9614
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Two items of the shock-absorber of the CD-mechanism (spring support
and suspension grommet) have been interchanged: item 409 and 411.
CORRECTION MECHANICAL PARTSLIST
INTERCHANGE OF 4822 404 60471 (spring support) AND 4822 325 20138
(suspension grommet)
REMARKS :
The shock-absorber consists of 3 parts of which above mentioned items
are interchanged. Usually the 3 parts are ordered all together, that's
why no service information will be prepared.
MODEL: AZ9614
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the RCD mechanism is changed from RCD-1D to RCD-1.2D
due to change in the optical pick-up unit.The following changes are
necessary to match the electronics to the new RCD mechanism :
Item FromTo Serv code
/Pos
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ801...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ811...
4234822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ821...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ830...
4474822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ840...
4044822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ870...
4014822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ890...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ921...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ931...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ951...
4124822 691 20596 4822 691 20768 - AZ961...
2807 10pF 15pF4822 122 31823
2808 330pF180pF 4822 122 10171
2812 1µF0.47µF4822 124 42243?
2814 22µF 10µF4822 124 40248
2813 47nF 100nF 5322 126 10181
2816 270pF220pF 4822 122 10172
2819 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2821 18nF 33nF4822 121 43145
2824 560pF270pF 4822 122 31465
2827 4.7nF10nF4822 122 10177
2836 100nF22nF4822 121 43144
2837 10nF 18nF4822 121 51306
2838 1.5nF2.2nF 4822 122 10175
3804 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 050 28202
3805 15kÛ 8.2kÛ 4822 020 28202
3806 18kÛ 12kÛ4822 050 21203
3815 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3822 68kÛ 220kÛ 4822 116 81849
3825 3.9kÛ2.2kÛ 4822 050 22202
3827 390Û 220Û4822 116 52215
3828 22kÛ 10kÛ4822 050 21003
3829 18kÛ 68kÛ4822 050 26803
3830 39kÛ 4.7kÛ 4822 050 24702
3836 2.2kÛ5.6kÛ 4822 116 52289
3849 2.2kÛ3.3kÛ 4822 050 23302
3871 6.8kÛ10kÛ4822 050 21003
3872 100kÛ47kÛ4822 050 24703
3875 220Û 390Û4822 050 13901
The new RCD mechanism can be recognised by the the coils on
either side of the focusing lens.
The changes mentioned are introduced during the production, but this
does not affect sets with the old mechanism because RCD-1D is still
available in stocks under service code : 4822 691 20596.
Adjustment must be done as laid out in the Service Manual.
In situation where the set under repair is using the new mechanism,
RCD-1.2D (4822 691 20768) the change info must apply and if adjustment
needs to be done the new adjustment table must be used.
MODEL: AZ9614
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9614
SYMPTOM: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint
CURE: RCD1.2D DISC DRIVE - service hint to detect a bad disc drive
SYMPTOM
One of the following complaint descriptions:
- no function, does not start
- plays badly
- skips tracks
- very shock sensitive
General observation by investigation:
HF-signal too small (compared to value: 800 mVpp)
CAUSE: Possible caused by mechanical x/y-fixation of the diode
array on the optical pick-up unit has drifted.
Attention: The laser control of the RCD1.2D disc drive is located
on the optical pick-up unit. The laser current has been
adjusted in the production line and isn o tintended
to be varied for service purposes.
If the HF-signal is detected considerably smaller than 800 mVpp,
check first as follows:
Play a disc.
Turn the FOCUS OFFSET potmeter and observe the HF-signal:
- If the HF-signal decreases in both directions, the x/y-adjustment
of the diode array can be considered to be o.k.
- If the HF-signal increases in one direction, adjust to max. HF
and check the FOCUS OFFSET voltage:
FOCUS OFFSET <+/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array is within tolerance.
Conclusion:
If above described results are detected, the reason for too
small HF-signal might be a dying laser diode or any other
fault in the electronic circuit. In case of dying laser
diode the optical pick-up unit (4822 691 30327) has to be
exchanged.
FOCUS OFFSET > +/-100mV this means:
x/y-adjustment of diode array has drifted and is out of
tolerance.
Conclusion:
In this case the optical pick-up unit has to be exchanged
by a new one (4822 691 30327).
REMARKS :
On the service information of concerning typenumber the drawing
with the mechanical instruction how to exchange the optical pick-up
unit has been shown.
After replacement of the optical pick-up unit the mentioned
electrical adjustments in the service manual have to be carried
out.
This publication will be followed by a service information of each
model/typenumber.
MODEL: AZ9710
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Optocoupler, mounted on tape transports is available with Service
Code 4822 209 31115.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: AZ9712
SYMPTOM: During a couple of seconds a whistling tone is audible.
CURE: The whistling tone is caused by an oscillation of the stablized +B
supply. This will only occur in sets produced in production weeks
9140-9151.
Solution is:
Change 5403 from 4.7uH to 0.47uH 4822 157 53138.
Change 2441 from 100nF to 330nF4822 122 33064
(both components are located on the control board).
This modification can easily be done on the coppertrack side of the
control board. Push one lead of coil 5403 through the hole and
mount new coil on copperside.
C2441 is a chip component mounted already on coppertrack side.
This solution has been built-in from production week 9151 onwards.
(PCB marked-5).
This information has already been published in service information
A92-125.
REMARKS:
This publication is a correction on newsletter 44.13 and 45.08
MODEL: AZ9712
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Optocoupler, mounted on tape transports is available with Service
Code 4822 209 31115.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: AZ9800
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9804
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
To avoid motor-boating problem change capacitors 2722/2772
from 1µF 63V to 1µF 50V codenumber 4822 124 22466.
To improve reliability change capacitors 2732/2782 from 1nF to
2.2nF codenumber 4822 122 10175.
Resistor 3777 has been changed from 120Û to 150Û codenumber
4822 050 21501.
To solve recording distortion change resistor 3798 from 2.2kÛ
to 2.7kÛ codenumber 4822 130 82552.
Zener diode 6713 has been changed from BZX75-C2V1 to HZ2B2
codenumber 4822 130 82552.
MODEL: AZ9855
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Two types of cassette tape deck are used.Production will use
different factory code to identify the deck:
KZ00xxxx for CDS-83FBF-27
KZ01xxxx for TK20FX-S
For details of TK20FX-S, we refer to service information A95-560
(Available via service codenumber 4822 725 25403).
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-560)
MODEL: AZ9898
SYMPTOM: Short Battery Life (less than 40 min. with some Alkalite batteries)
CURE: Short battery lifetime is caused by high internal impedance of some
Alkalite batteries.It can be improved by the following
modifications:
1. Replace LD09 by a 10 ohm resistor (4822 051 30109).
2. Replace MPU IC QM03 by the updated version (4822 209 17367).
3. Remove filter LP21.
4. Add two SMD jumpers (4822 051 10008) to position LP21.
REMARKS :
Above modification is implemented in production since production
LOT number 21, production code MZ01 xxxx21xxxx onwards.
MODEL: AZ9899
SYMPTOM: During Video CD playback the picture is frozen or skipping
CURE: Upgrade IC QD01 SAA7327H from version†.M?. to version†.M2B?.
MODEL: BF1280
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Leverknob 505 (503 for FCD185) has servicecodenumber 4822 404 21069.
MODEL: CCD061
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks after some time
CURE: Replace disc clamper pos.108 by a new weight disc.
MODEL: CCD061
SYMPTOM: Cassette stuck in deck A
CURE: Re-adjust spring pos.408
MODEL: CCD310
SYMPTOM: Faulty recording when using auto-reverse
CURE: The following fault may be found on early production cassette decks
when making a continuous recording on both sides of a cassette
using the auto-reverse feature.
After recording side A the recording does not continue on side B
although the front panel display indicates that arecording is
taking place.
The problem may be solved by replacing µP IC7402 with a later
version with updated software.Early version microprocessors are
labelled CAS-LEU-90-A.Later production and replacement types are
labelled CASS-C3-90-B.
The part number 4822 209 63802 is unchanged.
MODEL: CCD310
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
CURE: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
Pos 107 should read 4822 361 21431 (Pb deck - single direction,
marked EG530KD-2B) instead of 4822 361 21429.
Pos 118 reads 4822 361 21429 (Rec deck - autoreverse, marked
EG530YD-2B) as it has been published.
MODEL: CCD310
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve ESD problems, the capacitor network 2912 8x100pF
(4822 122 90099) has been added. This modification is introduced
with lay-out .2 with label A.See figure.
MODEL: CCD310
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To prevent turning of the turntable motor during stand-by, the
following modifications have been introduced:
Item 2896 elcap 1uF changed to 6,8uF 50V (4822 124 41578)
Item 3955 resistor 1 Ohm changed to 1 kOhm (4822 050 21002)
Item 6830 diode 1N4148 added (4822 130 30621)
See figure.
MODEL: CCD310
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Optocoupler, mounted on tape transports is available with Service
Code 4822 209 31115.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: No wind or play function right-hand deck.
CURE: Check motordriver transistor T7410.
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: No sound at all, CD part keeps on reading and gives LOADED.
CURE: Check decoder IC7805 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: Deck A stops after a few seconds.
CURE: Check connection of flatcable deck A with connector 1705
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: Left-hand tape deck inoperative.
CURE: Check solenoid spring of deck A; Remount the solenoid spring.
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: From Deck A (left deck), in play mode, mechanical noise is audible.
CURE: Temporary applied in production:
Additional grease on the axle applied
(From June 1992 till December 1992)
Final solution:
Grease application at manufacturing quarantees a more stable
quality. (From December 1992 onwards)
CAUSE :
Too much clearance between the pinch roller and the axle.
This causes the pinch roller rattling.
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: Right-hand tape deck inoperative.
CURE: Check transistor T7410 (BC338-40; 5322 130 44779).
MODEL: CCD340
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
CURE: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
Pos 107 should read 4822 361 21431 (Pb deck - single direction,
marked EG530KD-2B) instead of 4822 361 21429.
Pos 118 reads 4822 361 21429 (Rec deck - autoreverse, marked
EG530YD-2B) as it has been published.
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: CD-part totally inoperative.
CURE: The power supply of the CD part is not switched on.
Replace uP IC7890.
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: CD open/close button inoperative.
CURE: Check flatcable.
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer opens but does not close.
CURE: The -12V. power supply fails. Check R3400.
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: CD drawer comes out always.
CURE: Check safety resistor R3400
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: The CD part gives a digital noise after some time.
CURE: Check soldering of IC7101
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: The audio signal from the CD part is distorted, digital noise.
CURE: Replace decoder/DAC (IC7102).
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: The CCD part is inoperative, set gives no CCD and switches off.
CURE: Check resistor R3404 in the CCD part
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: CDM is oscillating
CURE: Replace disc clamper assy. pos.212 by a heavier one.
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The cassette window can be replaced in an easy way by following the
next instructions:
Put carefully a screwdriver under the bottom side of the window, and
break out the window, item 244 and the ornamental strips, item 246.
Note:To protect the front door part put a cloth between screwdriver
and front door. From the 2 broken ornamental strips might
remain small particles behind in the front door. If these
particles later on fall in the set they may destroy other parts
e.g. the tape deck. Do not forget to remove these particles via
the opened cassette front door.
The new window (4822 450 62262) can be mounted by putting first a
little bit of glue on the left and right side of the window opening,
insert the window and finally position the 2 ornamental strips (item
246; 4822 460 11015)
MODEL: CCD66
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
System con. cable is 4822 321 62498
MODEL: CCD66/00S
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The ornamental tray front of the short loader (CCD66/00S) item 248
is available. Service code number is 4822 444 61009. This part is only
valid for /xxS versions.
The ornamental tray front for the CD brick version, item 248,
remains 4822 454 12937. This part is only valid for /xxB versions.
MODEL: CD060
SYMPTOM: Bad recordings from CD player. Sound distortion after recording.
CURE: Check capacitor C2657 (47uF) in delay time circuit.
(4822 124 40433).
MODEL: CD060
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks after some time. (After warming up monitor diodes).
CURE: Replace CDM. (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: CD060
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks after some time. Gives ERROR.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD060
SYMPTOM: Eject deck B inoperative.
CURE: Fuse F1661 might be defective. Replace the fuse by a PTC.
(4822 116 40227).
MODEL: CD070
SYMPTOM: The CD player produces a noisy sound.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD070
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks after some time. (After warming up monitor diodes).
CURE: Replace CDM. (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: CD080
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: Sledge motor does not turn? Replace CDM.
MODEL: CD091
SYMPTOM: CD does not read disc.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD115
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When reading a disc, the display shows an ERROR message. The
set is not able to read the T.O.C. and will not start to play.
Hint: Verify the production period on the CDM
Paper label: 9135 upto and including 9138
Inkjetmark: 9134.4A upto and including 9138.4A
During this period wrong grease is used causing too high friction
of the swing arm. In that case the CDM has to be replaced.
From 9139 or 9138.4B onwards, this error is retrieved.
MODEL: CD130
SYMPTOM: WARNING:Possible damage to laser
CURE: WARNING:Possible damage to laser caused by switching of SK3
In the above model where the deck mechanism is integrated with the
loading tray the laser can be damaged or its lifetime reduced if
the laser safety switch SK3 is operated when the laser is active.
SK3 is situated on the photodiode signal control panel.
No problems are caused by operating the push buttons on the front
control panel but SK3 must remain closed and not be toggled when
the set is in PLAY mode or the service test routine.
MODEL: CD1380
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
CURE: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
-
Frame (item 502) will be changed from week 9015 onwards.
The new frame (4822 464 50822) is not compatible with the old one
(4822 464 50715). Both frames are not interchangeable without a
modification.As long as the old frame is available the old frame
can be exchanged without a modification.
If the old frame is no longer in stock, it has to be replaced by the
new one and the motor (item 131) on the frame has to be replaced too.
New frame: 4822 464 50822 + New motor: 4822 361 21408.
MODEL: CD1482
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD150
SYMPTOM: No audio signal
CURE: Check/resolder connections to secondary winding of mains transformer.
MODEL: CD1552
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CD1552
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CD1552
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CD1552
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD160
SYMPTOM: Set will not go into PLAY mode with replacement CDM4 deck
CURE: It is possible that some early production versions of the above
models which have a MAB8441P T012 microprocessor mounted on a
sub-panel will not operate correctly when fitted with a replacement
CDM4 deck (4822 691 30211).
If the player is unable to find the first track and go into PLAY
mode the servo microprocessor should be replaced with type MAB8441P
T082, code number 4822 209 11416.
This is carried out as follows:
(i) Remove the decoder PCB from the cabinet.
(ii)Remove the sub-panel and connector from the decoder.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from pins 6 and 7 of IC6304.
(iv)Carefully transfer the crystal 1451 from the sub-panel to
position 1301 on the decoder.
(v) Check that surface mounted capacitors 2301 and 2302 are
fitted on the decoder.
(vi)Fit replacement IC MAB8441P T082 on the decoder and
replace the panel in the cabinet.
MODEL: CD160
SYMPTOM: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
CURE: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
In case CDM2 has to be replaced by CDM4 (4822 691 30211) and only
than as subassy with a)/T012 has been mounted, this subassy has to
be replaced too by MAB8441/T02 (4822 209 11416).
Otherwise the set does not function.
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: The drawer does sometimes automaticaly opens after closing.
CURE: Check the drawer-end switch S1813 (4822 276 13066).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Drawer inoperative.
CURE: Check Pos 104 (loose from drawer).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Player totally inoperative. Drawer does not open.
CURE: Check voltage regulator IC7600 (4822 209 72487).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Digit of display inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7701 (4822 209 62111).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Does not read in TOC.
CURE: Check radial part.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30209)
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound and does not play.
CURE: Check IC7840 (4822 209 31307).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check decoder IC7031 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Sometimes CDM does not focus. Indication no disc.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30209).
MODEL: CD162
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no display, set is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of L5703 loose.
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: CDM is oscillating
CURE: Replace disc clamper assy. pos.108 by a modified (heavier) one
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD163
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD164
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD164
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD165
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound during opening and closing the tray.
CURE: Pos.87 greased.
MODEL: CD165
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD165
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD165
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD165
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Flickering LCD Display Backlight
CURE: The above fault is seen when the load on the power supply changes
e.g. during opening or closing of the loading tray.The cause is
usually R3783 (1 ohm) going high in value.This resistor is shown
in square C4 on the component layout drawing on page 4-4a of the
manual but has been omitted from the circuit diagram on page 4-2a.
The part number of R3783 is 4822 052 10108.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Partslist, Manual
CURE: Partslist, Manual
-
In the partslist, page 5-2A, the codenumber of the mains transformer
is wrong. It should read 4822 146 30781 instead of 4822 146 30701.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
On page 2-3a item 223 should read 4822 402 61207 instead of
4822 401 61207. Item 233 should read 4822 492 52123 instead of
4822 492 51935.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Microprocessor
CURE: Microprocessor
The software of microprocessor MC68HC05C8P/ZC99684 (with mark
MONO P108 and servicecodenumber 4822 209 6011) has been improved.
It was possible that the music did not start exactly at the
beginning, but one track ahead. So, if the set was switched from
pause-mode into play-mode the lightpen could jump one track further.
This has been solved with the new microprocessor MC68HC05C8P/ZC99698
with mark MONO P113 and servicecodenumber 4822 209 61894.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
To change CD210/00R/05R/60R/65R to 110 V, the following
actions should be taken :
*Replace the transformer by type 4822 146 30883
*Remove jumper wire 202 for /00R,/60R
*Remove jumper wire 203 for /05R,/65R
*Connect an insulated wire between points A and 2
*Replace the fuse by a 315mA-t fuse. 4822 30014.
With above actions it is possible to make CD210 suitable for 110V.
However it is recommended to replace the transformer and to mount a
voltage selector. In this case both the jumper wires 202 and 203
should not be present. The voltage selector 4822 277 21366 can be
mounted in the rear of the cabinet
(after removing a prepared piece of the cabinet).
The service codenumber for the fuse-carrier is 4822 255 41023.
MODEL: CD210
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Microprocessor item 6530 service codenumber 4822 209 61894.
When ordering 4822 209 61894, an OTP 4822 900 10837 loaded with
software MONO P113 for CD210 will be delivered.
MODEL: CD230
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD230
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
To prevent plops by switching on the emphasis, resistor 3653 is
modified from 10 kOhm into 100 kOhm.
MODEL: CD230
SYMPTOM: Partslist, manual
CURE: Partslist, manual
-
IC 7590 (4822 209 62367) might have two different stamps:
MC68HCO5C9P/ZC409026 or
MC68HC05D9P/ZC400002.
Both ICs are identical.
MODEL: CD230
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is 4822 535 71262.
MODEL: CD260
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD262
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD310
SYMPTOM: Turntable motor running when tray is opened
CURE: It may be found with the above model that the turntable motor is
running when the disc loading tray is opened.To overcome this
problem the following modification should be carried out.
Remove transistor 7831 and fit a wire link between the collector
and emitter connections on the PCB.The +5B line to IC7805 will
now be permanently connected to the +5 volt supply.
MODEL: CD320
SYMPTOM: Turntable motor running when tray is opened
CURE: It may be found with the above model that the turntable motor is
running when the disc loading tray is opened.To overcome this
problem the following modification should be carried out.
Remove transistor 7831 and fit a wire link between the collector
and emitter connections on the PCB.The +5B line to IC7805 will
now be permanently connected to the +5 volt supply.
MODEL: CD320
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When reading a disc, the display shows an ERROR message. The set is
not able to read the T.O.C. and will not start to play.
Hint: Verify the production period on the CDM
Paper label: 9135 upto and including 9138
Inkjetmark: 9134.4A upto and including 9138.4A
During this period wrong grease is used causing too high friction of
the swing arm. In that case the CDM has to be replaced. From 9139 or
9138.4B onwards, this error is retrieved.
MODEL: CD335
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When reading a disc, the display shows an ERROR message. The
set is not able to read the T.O.C. and will not start to play.
Hint: Verify the production period on the CDM
Paper label: 9135 upto and including 9138
Inkjetmark: 9134.4A upto and including 9138.4A
During this period wrong grease is used causing too high friction of
the swing arm. In that case the CDM has to be replaced. From 9139 or
9138.4B onwards, this error is retrieved.
MODEL: CD340
SYMPTOM: Clicks in DCC recording at CD-sync mode with DCC380.
CURE: Complaint description.
When DCC380 is used in combination with CD340, in CD-sync mode it
happens that at the moment, on the DCC tape the marker is written,
a tick is audible and the sound drops for a while.
During play back of the DCC tape this tick and sound drop is
audible too.
The phenomenon is very well audible when recording CDs with very
short or no pause between two tracks.
Cause description.
This complaint is caused by the intentionally inserted pause.
(When the CD-player is started with CD-dubbing command, it produces
approximately 3 seconds pause between the tracks by itself to
enable track search function of the cassette players).
No corrective action can be taken:
It is impossible to switch-off the pause.
If the customer wants to copy the CD in its original format one has
to do it manually by use of APPEND REC function on DCC and title
programming on CD player.
MODEL: CD340
SYMPTOM: Display totally inoperative. Other functions O.K.
CURE: Check display processor IC7970 (4822 209 72226).
MODEL: CD340
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound after some time.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30209).
MODEL: CD340
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound from player.
CURE: Check whether ring pos 108 stucks against pos 104.
Remount ring pos. 108 and spring 106.
MODEL: CD350
SYMPTOM: Correction to the service manual
CURE: Correction to the service manual
In Service Manual 4822 725 20649, page 6-7-2, the published service
codenumber and type of microprocessor 6052 is wrong.
The service code and type should read:
itemServicecodeDescription
60524822 209 11445 MC6805L38/ZC89506
The supplied uP will be marked XC89506, a embedded programmed uP.
MODEL: CD360
SYMPTOM: Set will not go into PLAY mode with replacement CDM4 deck
CURE: It is possible that some early production versions of the above
models which have a MAB8441P T012 microprocessor mounted on a
sub-panel will not operate correctly when fitted with a replacement
CDM4 deck (4822 691 30211).
If the player is unable to find the first track and go into PLAY
mode the servo microprocessor should be replaced with type MAB8441P
T082, code number 4822 209 11416.
This is carried out as follows:
(i) Remove the decoder PCB from the cabinet.
(ii)Remove the sub-panel and connector from the decoder.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from pins 6 and 7 of IC6304.
(iv)Carefully transfer the crystal 1451 from the sub-panel to
position 1301 on the decoder.
(v) Check that surface mounted capacitors 2301 and 2302 are
fitted on the decoder.
(vi)Fit replacement IC MAB8441P T082 on the decoder and
replace the panel in the cabinet.
MODEL: CD371
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD373
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD373
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
CURE: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
To prevent loss of data in the FTS memory a circuit has been added
as shown in the diagram.The circuit suppresses clock pulses for
approximately 200mS during the switch-on procedure of the set.
MODEL: CD380
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CD380
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD380
SYMPTOM: Ammended instructions for entering service test
CURE: Ammended instructions for entering service test routine.
SERVICE TEST PROGRAMME
The method of entering the service test routine will depend on the
version of microprocessor used in the set.To enter the service
routine the player should be switched on with the following push
buttons depressed.
Version P104:PREVIOUS TRACK + NEXT TRACK + STOP
Version P105:PAUSE + SEARCH FORWARD + REPEAT
MODEL: CD380
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism called: loading 88
CURE: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
-
Frame (item 502) will be changed from week 9015 onwards.
The new frame (4822 464 50822) is not compatible with the old one
(4822 464 50715). Both frames are not interchangeable without a
modification.As long as the old frame is available the old frame can
be exchanged without a modification.
If the old frame is no longer in stock, it has to be replaced by the
new one and the motor (item 131) on the frame has to be replaced too.
New frame: 4822 464 50822 + New motor: 4822 361 21408.
MODEL: CD380
SYMPTOM: Change of servo microprocessor.
CURE: Change of servo microprocessor.
-
During production of the above models the servo microprocessor
MC68HC05C8 has been changed from version P104 to P105.Version
P105 is the only type available for replacement purposes.The part
number is 4822 209 73232.
Some sets produced with version P104 microprocessors have a mute
delay PCB fitted as shown in the diagram.When a version P105 is
used as a replacement for the earlier type it will be necessary to
carry out the following:
(i) Remove the mute delay PCB.
(ii)Interconnect points A and B.
(iii) Connect the lead from pin 11 of the decoder IC6522 to pin
16 of the servo microprocessor (point D.)
MODEL: CD385
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD400
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: Tray does not open in cold condition.
CURE: The set only functions if the temperature is above 16 centigrade.
To improve this behaviour bridge wire B174, on CD410 main board, has
been replaced by resistor 4Ohm7.
REMARKS :
From set serial number 8050070 onwards this modification has been
implemented in production.
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: CD410
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD450
SYMPTOM: Set will not go into PLAY mode with replacement CDM4 deck
CURE: It is possible that some early production versions of the above
models which have a MAB8441P T012 microprocessor mounted on a
sub-panel will not operate correctly when fitted with a replacement
CDM4 deck (4822 691 30211).
If the player is unable to find the first track and go into PLAY
mode the servo microprocessor should be replaced with type MAB8441P
T082, code number 4822 209 11416.
This is carried out as follows:
(i) Remove the decoder PCB from the cabinet.
(ii)Remove the sub-panel and connector from the decoder.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from pins 6 and 7 of IC6304.
(iv)Carefully transfer the crystal 1451 from the sub-panel to
position 1301 on the decoder.
(v) Check that surface mounted capacitors 2301 and 2302 are
fitted on the decoder.
(vi)Fit replacement IC MAB8441P T082 on the decoder and
replace the panel in the cabinet.
MODEL: CD450
SYMPTOM: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
CURE: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
In case CDM2 has to be replaced by CDM4 (4822 691 30211) and only than
as subassy with a)/T012 has been mounted, this subassy has to be
replaced too by MAB8441/T02 (4822 209 11416).
Otherwise the set does not function.
MODEL: CD460
SYMPTOM: Set will not go into PLAY mode with replacement CDM4 deck
CURE: It is possible that some early production versions of the above
models which have a MAB8441P T012 microprocessor mounted on a
sub-panel will not operate correctly when fitted with a replacement
CDM4 deck (4822 691 30211).
If the player is unable to find the first track and go into PLAY
mode the servo microprocessor should be replaced with type MAB8441P
T082, code number 4822 209 11416.
This is carried out as follows:
(i) Remove the decoder PCB from the cabinet.
(ii)Remove the sub-panel and connector from the decoder.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from pins 6 and 7 of IC6304.
(iv)Carefully transfer the crystal 1451 from the sub-panel to
position 1301 on the decoder.
(v) Check that surface mounted capacitors 2301 and 2302 are
fitted on the decoder.
(vi)Fit replacement IC MAB8441P T082 on the decoder and
replace the panel in the cabinet.
MODEL: CD471
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD472
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD473
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD473
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD473
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
CURE: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
To prevent loss of data in the FTS memory a circuit has been added
as shown in the diagram.The circuit suppresses clock pulses for
approximately 200mS during the switch-on procedure of the set.
MODEL: CD480
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD480
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CD480
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD480
SYMPTOM: Ammended instructions for entering service test
CURE: Ammended instructions for entering service test routine.
SERVICE TEST PROGRAMME
The method of entering the service test routine will depend on the
version of microprocessor used in the set.To enter the service
routine the player should be switched on with the following push
buttons depressed.
Version P104:PREVIOUS TRACK + NEXT TRACK + STOP
Version P105:PAUSE + SEARCH FORWARD + REPEAT
MODEL: CD480
SYMPTOM: Change of servo microprocessor.
CURE: Change of servo microprocessor.
-
During production of the above models the servo microprocessor
MC68HC05C8 has been changed from version P104 to P105.Version
P105 is the only type available for replacement purposes.The part
number is 4822 209 73232.
Some sets produced with version P104 microprocessors have a mute
delay PCB fitted as shown in the diagram.When a version P105 is
used as a replacement for the earlier type it will be necessary to
carry out the following:
(i) Remove the mute delay PCB.
(ii)Interconnect points A and B.
(iii) Connect the lead from pin 11 of the decoder IC6522 to pin
16 of the servo microprocessor (point D.)
MODEL: CD482
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD490
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD492
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD582
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD582
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CD582
SYMPTOM: Change of servo microprocessor.
CURE: Change of servo microprocessor.
-
During production of the above models the servo microprocessor
MC68HC05C8 has been changed from version P104 to P105.Version
P105 is the only type available for replacement purposes.The part
number is 4822 209 73232.
Some sets produced with version P104 microprocessors have a mute
delay PCB fitted as shown in the diagram.When a version P105 is
used as a replacement for the earlier type it will be necessary to
carry out the following:
(i) Remove the mute delay PCB.
(ii)Interconnect points A and B.
(iii) Connect the lead from pin 11 of the decoder IC6522 to pin
16 of the servo microprocessor (point D.)
MODEL: CD582
SYMPTOM: Ammended instructions for entering service test
CURE: Ammended instructions for entering service test routine.
SERVICE TEST PROGRAMME
The method of entering the service test routine will depend on the
version of microprocessor used in the set.To enter the service
routine the player should be switched on with the following push
buttons depressed.
Version P104:PREVIOUS TRACK + NEXT TRACK + STOP
Version P105:PAUSE + SEARCH FORWARD + REPEAT
MODEL: CD582
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD583
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD584
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD593
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD60
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD60
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD60
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD60
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD600
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD600
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD600
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD604
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD604
SYMPTOM: Partslist, manual
CURE: Partslist, manual
-
IC 7590 (4822 209 62367) might have two different stamps:
MC68HCO5C9P/ZC409026 or
MC68HC05D9P/ZC400002.
Both ICs are identical.
MODEL: CD604
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD604
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD604
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
To prevent plops by switching on the emphasis, resistor 3653 is
modified from 10 kOhm into 100 kOhm.
MODEL: CD605
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD608
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD610
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD610
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD610
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD610
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD610
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD610/45B
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
To prevent plops by switching on the emphasis, resistor 3653 is
modified from 10 kOhm into 100 kOhm.
MODEL: CD614
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD614
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD614
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD614
SYMPTOM: Partslist, manual
CURE: Partslist, manual
-
IC 7590 (4822 209 62367) might have two different stamps:
MC68HCO5C9P/ZC409026 or
MC68HC05D9P/ZC400002.
Both ICs are identical.
MODEL: CD614
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
To prevent plops by switching on the emphasis, resistor 3653 is
modified from 10 kOhm into 100 kOhm.
MODEL: CD615
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD618
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD618
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD618
SYMPTOM: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
CURE: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
-
More than one version of the `Bitstream' D to A convertor IC6541
has been used in the above CD players.The following table shows
the IC type numbers together with part numbers and relevant
component changes.
Components
SAA7321/M3B SAA7323/M5A SAA7321/M5B
4822 209 617084822 209 639974822 209 30706
C2666/C2667
330pF 560pF 560pF
C2654/C2655
1nF 270pF 1nF
C2658
- 100nF 100nF
C2758
180pF/56pF- -
C2658 has been added in parallel with C2668 and C2669.
MODEL: CD620
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD620
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD620
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD620
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD620
SYMPTOM: Part number correction IC6530
CURE: Part number correction IC6530
-
The part number given in the service manual for the servo
microprocessor IC6530 (4822 209 60801) is incorrect.
The correct part number is 4822 209 61876.
MODEL: CD624
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD624
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD624
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD624
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD624
SYMPTOM: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
CURE: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
-
More than one version of the `Bitstream' D to A convertor IC6541
has been used in the above CD players.The following table shows
the IC type numbers together with part numbers and relevant
component changes.
Components
SAA7321/M3B SAA7323/M5A SAA7321/M5B
4822 209 617084822 209 639974822 209 30706
C2666/C2667
330pF 560pF 560pF
C2654/C2655
1nF 270pF 1nF
C2658
- 100nF 100nF
C2758
180pF/56pF- -
C2658 has been added in parallel with C2668 and C2669.
MODEL: CD630
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD630
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD630
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD630
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD634
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD634
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD634
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD634
SYMPTOM: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
CURE: Different versions of D to A convertor IC6541
-
More than one version of the `Bitstream' D to A convertor IC6541
has been used in the above CD players.The following table shows
the IC type numbers together with part numbers and relevant
component changes.
Components
SAA7321/M3B SAA7323/M5A SAA7321/M5B
4822 209 617084822 209 639974822 209 30706
C2666/C2667
330pF 560pF 560pF
C2654/C2655
1nF 270pF 1nF
C2658
- 100nF 100nF
C2758
180pF/56pF- -
C2658 has been added in parallel with C2668 and C2669.
MODEL: CD640
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD650
SYMPTOM: Set will not go into PLAY mode with replacement CDM4 deck
CURE: It is possible that some early production versions of the above
models which have a MAB8441P T012 microprocessor mounted on a
sub-panel will not operate correctly when fitted with a replacement
CDM4 deck (4822 691 30211).
If the player is unable to find the first track and go into PLAY
mode the servo microprocessor should be replaced with type MAB8441P
T082, code number 4822 209 11416.
This is carried out as follows:
(i) Remove the decoder PCB from the cabinet.
(ii)Remove the sub-panel and connector from the decoder.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from pins 6 and 7 of IC6304.
(iv)Carefully transfer the crystal 1451 from the sub-panel to
position 1301 on the decoder.
(v) Check that surface mounted capacitors 2301 and 2302 are
fitted on the decoder.
(vi)Fit replacement IC MAB8441P T082 on the decoder and
replace the panel in the cabinet.
MODEL: CD650
SYMPTOM: Alternative control and display microprocessor
CURE: Alternative control and display microprocessor
The control and display microprocessor MAB 8461P/W029 (IC6064) is
now no longer available and is replaced by an alternative type MAB
8461P/W079.
The MAB 8461P/W079 was fitted in later production sets at the
factory.
When using a MAB 8461P/W079 as a replacement for the earlier
version the crystal 1052 must also be changed to alter the
frequency from 6.00MHz to 5.76MHz.
Part numbers are as follows:
IC6064 MAB 8461P/W079 4822 209 72047
X-tal 1052 5.76MHz4822 242 71849
MODEL: CD650
SYMPTOM: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
CURE: Replace CDM2 by CDM4
In case CDM2 has to be replaced by CDM4 (4822 691 30211) and only than
as subassy with a)/T012 has been mounted, this subassy has to be
replaced too by MAB8441/T02 (4822 209 11416).
Otherwise the set does not function.
MODEL: CD660
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD6660
SYMPTOM: impedance of the loudspeakers 1000 and 1001
CURE: The impedance of the loudspeakers 1000 and 1001 has been
changed from 4E to 6E in order to reduce click noise at low
frequency.
The codenumbers of the new loudspeakers are:
1000 2422 264 00382 Woofer 6.5“
1001 2422 264 00383 Tweeter 2.5“
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 0004
onwards.
The output power remains unchanged at AC supply mode.
MODEL: CD6660
SYMPTOM: Correction to Mechanical partslist:
CURE: Correction to Mechanical partslist:
-
The service codenumber of item 74, Eject Hook on the Tape Deck
should be 4822 403 30792.
MODEL: CD670
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD690
SYMPTOM: Play/stop/fast forward buttons are inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7400 (4822 209 30249) and diode D6506 (4822 130 34167).
MODEL: CD690
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD690/20
SYMPTOM: Does not read-in disc because no focus is found.
CURE: Check focus coil for interruptions and if so, replace CDM.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: When the monitor diodes get warm, the CDM does not read in.
CURE: Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Noise and crackling sound in audio output
CURE: Check C2121 in power supply of DAC IC. Replace C2121.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Indication no disc. No focus operation.
CURE: DSIC X-tal sometimes inoperative by missing resistor R3009.
Mount R3009.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: The disc does not start-up.
CURE: One pin of x-tal 1570 loose from the PCB.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: No laser output? Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Does not read in properly in the middle of the disc
CURE: Track following problems at higher tracks? Replace CDM.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: No disc indication. CD starts to run at full speed.
CURE: Check X-tal 1570 (4822 242 81151).
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens for only 10%.
CURE: Sledge motor might be out of position.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Sometimes tray inoperative.
CURE: Check tray switch pos. 89, replace switch 4822 276 13222.
MODEL: CD690/20B
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens for only 10%.
CURE: One edge CDM chassis pos.109 loose from pos.110.
MODEL: CD690/2x
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD690/2x
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD690/2x
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD690/2x
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD690/2x
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD690/2XB
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD692
SYMPTOM: Does not accept discs
CURE: The sledge is slowly moving outwards.
Check C2016.
MODEL: CD692
SYMPTOM: Gives error. CD runs too fast.
CURE: Check IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD692
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD692/20
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open and the sledge motor is out of position.
CURE: Check CDM.
MODEL: CD692/20
SYMPTOM: The disc starts turning at full speed.
CURE: Check C2108 (at decoder IC).
MODEL: CD692/20
SYMPTOM: The disc turns but does not give any sound.
CURE: Check RAM IC and decoder IC.
MODEL: CD692/20
SYMPTOM: Gives error. CD runs too fast.
CURE: Check C2141 (4822 122 32542).
MODEL: CD692/20
SYMPTOM: Sound distortion.
CURE: Check decoder IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Inoperative. The player does not give any sound.
CURE: Check solder connections on IC7101 (RAM).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: CD gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: Fuse 1504 defective. Check also C2082; Replace 1504 and C2082.
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Gives error.
CURE: Check decoder IC7102; Replace IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: After warming up the player stops.
CURE: Check capacitor C2016 (defective when warm)
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: CD gives error (ERR) after some time
CURE: After some time, when set is warm, no laser output visible?
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Gives error.
CURE: R3066 and 3067 defective.
Check sledge motor (short-circuit?). Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. The sledge is out of position.
CURE: Replace CDM. (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Drawer inoperative.
CURE: Check drawer motor 4822 361 21492 and resistors R3615 and R3616
(4822 052 10108).
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: Gives error.
CURE: Check solder connections of C2111.
MODEL: CD692/20B
SYMPTOM: ERROR. Motor does not turn, focus OK, radial sound.
CURE: Check IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD692/21B
SYMPTOM: Service manual information
CURE: Service manual information
In version CD692/21B, the Servo & Decoder panel of CD732 has been
built in from serial number SV03 75568281 onwards.
For repairing please make use of service manual CD732, available
with service ordernumber 4822 725 24043.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information.
MODEL: CD692/2x
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD692/2x
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD692/2x
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD692/2x
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD692/2x
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD692/2XB
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD70
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD70
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD70
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD70
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens only halfway.
CURE: Remount suspension rubber pos 104.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
5k6 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added in an updated lay-out of main panel -
servo/decoder board from week 9510 onwards.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 22pF (4822 122 33191) added.
3. Ceramic resonator 1101 replaced by an other type of 16.93MHz
(4822 242 81865). The internal capacity from the latter is
different.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, diode pos.6540 (power supply circuit
diagram page 25) has been changed from 1N4002 into 1N4004
(4822 130 83362) to prevent a too high reverse voltage when
disconnecting mainsplug.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production week 9425 onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram page 27) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD710
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD711
SYMPTOM: The CD player is totally inoperative.
CURE: Both fuses (4822 071 51002) are blown because of a defective IC7600
(4822 209 72587).
MODEL: CD711
SYMPTOM: The drawer part is noisy when opening and closing.
CURE: Lubricate axle of thoothed wheels 86 and 87.
MODEL: CD711
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks sometimes. Once a minute.
CURE: Clean focus lens.
MODEL: CD711
SYMPTOM: Sub-chassis (item 109) is found to be loose on the right front side.
CURE: A rib has been added onto the frame, item 110.
MODEL: CD713
SYMPTOM: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs
CURE: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs with extremely high
jitter value (i.e. high-speed recordings from computer-CD-Writers).
The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
CD-SL Mk3 Board:
• Remove resistor 3806
• Remove capacitor 2810
MODEL: CD713
SYMPTOM: How to activate service test program
CURE: Hold play and stop depressed.
(In the manual was mentioned hold play and pause depressed)
MODEL: CD713
SYMPTOM: Above mentioned sets use CD-Short Loader MK3.
CURE: This module is equipped with CD-drive VAM1201†. 4822 691 10615.
Based on repair feedback it has been found that sometimes the
VAM1201 is replaced by CDM12.1 – 4822 691 30278.
Although drives seem to be identical, it is not allowed to replace
VAM1201 by CDM12.1. The higher clamping force of the CDM12.1
might cause problems during open/close.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check capacitor C2011
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: After half an hour playing the set cannot be controlled anymore.
CURE: Check IC7700
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: The CD player sometimes does not playback
CURE: Check connection of the green wire of the turntable motor
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: The laser of the CDM does not burn at all
CURE: Check capacitor C2025 for internal short circuit; this can cause a
burned R3022.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
5k6 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added in an updated lay-out of main panel -
servo/decoder board from week 9510 onwards.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production week 9425 onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram page 27) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of µP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 22pF (4822 122 33191) added.
3. Ceramic resonator 1101 replaced by an other type of 16.93MHz
(4822 242 81865). The internal capacity from the latter is
different.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, diode pos.6540 (power supply circuit
diagram page 25) has been changed from 1N4002 into 1N4004
(4822 130 83362) to prevent a too high reverse voltage when
disconnecting mainsplug.
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD720
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD721
SYMPTOM: Doesn t find focus.
CURE: Clean focus lens.
MODEL: CD721
SYMPTOM: The drawer opens only a little bit
CURE: Check switch pos 89.
MODEL: CD723
SYMPTOM: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs
CURE: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs with extremely high
jitter value (i.e. high-speed recordings from computer-CD-Writers).
The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
CD-SL Mk3 Board:
• Remove resistor 3806
• Remove capacitor 2810
MODEL: CD723
SYMPTOM: How to activate service test program
CURE: Hold play and stop depressed.
(In the manual was mentioned hold play and pause depressed)
MODEL: CD723
SYMPTOM: Above mentioned sets use CD-Short Loader MK3.
CURE: This module is equipped with CD-drive VAM1201†. 4822 691 10615.
Based on repair feedback it has been found that sometimes the
VAM1201 is replaced by CDM12.1 – 4822 691 30278.
Although drives seem to be identical, it is not allowed to replace
VAM1201 by CDM12.1. The higher clamping force of the CDM12.1
might cause problems during open/close.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: After some time the player produces a tikking sound
CURE: DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388) is defective
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check the DRAM of the decoder/DAC IC, IC7101 (4822 209 32036).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: The player gives ERROR after some time
CURE: Check the CDIC IC7000 (4822 209 31064).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Humming sound from right channel.
CURE: It might be a short-circuit between wire bridge pos.9370 on
the headphone PCB and switch S1439.
Remove the short-circuit.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from CD.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: The CD starts turning at full speed.
CURE: Check T7140.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Drawer inoperative.
CURE: Check belt pos.102 (4822 358 31168).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise because the sledge motor keeps on running.
CURE: If end switch is O.K. check capacitor 2064 in the sledge endstage.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CD keeps on running at a low speed in counter clock direction.
CURE: Check capacitor 2141.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Does not start up discs. Gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: Focus inoperative? Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: The CD player gives error .
CURE: Check decoder/DAC IC
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens automatically and does not close.
CURE: Check safety resistor R3616
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: The CD starts turning at full speed.
CURE: Check Decoder/DAC IC7102 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CD player does not read the TOC.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CD player gives ERROR and LOADED.
CURE: Check whether one track to the monitor diodes is interrupted.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: No sound and no display after some time.
CURE: Check connection of plug and connector CN1403.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Top cover incorrectly mounted.
CURE: During transport, the centre lug of the cover is coming out of the
front. From production week 9347 onwards, an extra buffer piece has
been implemented in the packing to prevent this failure.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD730
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Humming sound from set.
CURE: Mains trafo pos 5500 humming. Replace trafo (4822 146 31045).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check mains transformer L5500. (4822 146 31045).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Does not find a focus point? Check the CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Rattling sound audible when connected to DCC-player.
CURE: CAUSE:
When the CD player is used in combination with a DCC-player (DCC300,
DCC600 or DCC900) the following phenomenon might occur, when a digital
recording is made.
If the CD player is switched to STOP, the signal disappears in
a rattling way. If the CD player is switched to PAUSE, no disturbances
are audible. When playing-back the signal, the disturbance is not
audible.
SOLUTION:
This problem can be solved by adding a resistor of 470 ohm (service
code 4822 116 52224) parallel over resistor 3362 (4k7) in the kill
circuit of the digital out. Demounting of decoder board is not
necessary.
An alternative solution is to replace transistor 7362 (BC848)
by another type BC818/25 (service code 4822 130 42696).
However this solution requires a demounting of the decoder board.
Both solutions are adequate.
REMARKS :
Because of production stop, this modification has not been applied in
production.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: The CD player produces a noisy audio signal after some time.
CURE: Check decoder/DAC IC
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from CD.
CURE: Check decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: CD player produces a plopping sound.
CURE: Check operational amplifier IC7300 (LM833N; 4822 209 83163).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Distortion left channel.
CURE: Check T7364 (BC818/25; 4822 130 42696).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Player produces a cracking sound when set is warm.
CURE: IC7102 (SAA7341) might be heat sensitive. Replace IC7102
(4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: When set is warm, CD turns at too high speed. Gives ERROR and stops
CURE: Check decoder IC7102 (SAA7341 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: CD player does not read in the TOC.
CURE: Check uP IC7700 (4822 900 10353).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound. CD starts turning at full speed.
CURE: Check the X-tal 1570 (4822 242 81151).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks.
CURE: Check CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Does not read-in any disc.
CURE: Check connector 1070
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Does not start. The sledge moves to the outer position.
CURE: Check C2016.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Gives ERROR. The turntable motor does not run.
CURE: Check the decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: The sledge motor continuously moves the sledge inwards.
CURE: Check C2064 (33nF; 4822 122 33342).
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer does not open.
CURE: Check whether the mounting chassis for the CDM is mounted
correctly.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: The CD does not turn
CURE: The turntable of the CDM touches chassis. Replace CDM.
(4822 691 30278)
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Disc does not turn.
CURE: Rubber ring (like pos 112) stuck between the pressure ring pos 108
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Gives error. Does not read-in disc.
CURE: Check whether the sledge motor is in correct position.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD732
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD733
SYMPTOM: Wrong track selection with remote control.
CURE: When selecting a track with 2 digits by pushing 2 buttons of remote
control very quickly after each other, the track with the number of
the last pressed digit will be selected. When pressing the 2 digits at
a normal speed, the correct track will be selected.
This problem is caused by a software bug in software version P159-07
and will be solved by software version P159-08.
The microprocessor loaded with version P159-08 can be ordered with
service code number 4822 209 33249 and will be delivered from week
9523 onwards.
REMARKS :
Software version P159.08 will be implemented in production from week
9523 onwards.
MODEL: CD733
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD733
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD733
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD733
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Closing tray with open/close button gives 2 possible reactions.
CURE: Closing the tray by means of the open/close button gives two possible
reactions.
Reaction 1: reads T.O.C. and starts playing the disc.
Reaction 2: reads T.O.C. and stops.
This problem is caused by a software bug in software version
P158.06.01 and has been solved in version P158.08.01.
This new version can be ordered with code 4822 900 10666.
REMARKS :
From beginning of 1995 onwards, microprocessors with software version
P158.08.01 have been built-in.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: The disc does not turn, ratling noise.
CURE: Check X-tal X1101.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or is humming.
CURE: This fault is caused by the voltage regulator, MCT7805CT
oscillates at its output stage. This can be seen on oscilloscope
as an oscillation (with 2V peak-to-peak, approx. 0.4 MHz)
superposed onto the 5V dc.
To solve this fault add a capacitor of 0.47uF (4822 124 41407)
across the output terminal and ground as close as possible to
the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected IC batches date between week 9402 up to 9430.
The batch week code can be identified by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9509 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board :
from week 9515 onwards for CD740
from week 9521 onwards for CD750
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram page 27) has been changed from 560 Ohm to 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C. See also figure on item 52.16.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 changed from 47pF to 22pF (4822 122 33191)
3. C2113 changed from 47pF to 10pF(4822 122 33847)
In the circuit diagram C2112 and C2113 have been interchanged. This
is correct, the positionnumbers in the Service Manual are wrong.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Factory change code indication
CURE: Factory change code indication
Due to modification of CDM12.1 drive for improved zooming sound
behaviour, the factory change code has been adapted accordingly for
better traceability.
4WT 01, up to week 9511: CDM12.1/05 (not improved) with heavy clamper.
4WT 02, from 9511 onwards: CDM12.1/15A (improved) with normal clamper.
REMARKS :
From week 9515 to 9519 version WT01 will temporarily be produced
again.
MODEL: CD740
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, diode pos.6540 (power supply circuit
diagram page 25) has been changed from 1N4002 into 1N4004
(4822 130 83362) to prevent a too high reverse voltage when
disconnecting mainsplug.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: The CD player is totally inoperative.
CURE: Replace opamp IC7600 and both fuses F1510 and F1511
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Closing tray with open/close button gives 2 possible reactions.
CURE: Closing the tray by means of the open/close button gives two
possible reactions.
Reaction 1: reads T.O.C. and starts playing the disc.
Reaction 2: reads T.O.C. and stops.
This problem is caused by a software bug in software version
P157.11.01 and has been solved in version P157.15.01.
This new version can be ordered with code 4822 900 10665.
REMARKS :
From beginning of 1995 onwards, microprocessors with software version
P157.15.01 have been built-in.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or is humming.
CURE: This fault is caused by the voltage regulator, MCT7805CT
oscillates at its output stage. This can be seen on oscilloscope
as an oscillation (with 2V peak-to-peak, approx. 0.4 MHz)
superposed onto the 5V dc.
To solve this fault add a capacitor of 0.47uF (4822 124 41407)
across the output terminal and ground as close as possible to
the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected IC batches date between week 9402 up to 9430.
The batch week code can be identified by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9509 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board :
from week 9515 onwards for CD740
from week 9521 onwards for CD750
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks during the first tracks of a disc. CDM is oscillating.
CURE: Disc clamper pos. 108 replaced by a new weight disc.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Factory change code indication
CURE: Factory change code indication
Due to modification of CDM12.1 drive for improved zooming sound
behaviour, the factory change code has been adapted accordingly for
better traceability.
4WT 01, up to week 9511: CDM12.1/05 (not improved) with heavy clamper.
4WT 02, from 9511 onwards: CDM12.1/15A (improved) with normal clamper.
REMARKS :
From week 9515 to 9519 version WT01 will temporarily be produced
again.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 changed from 47pF to 22pF (4822 122 33191)
3. C2113 changed from 47pF to 10pF(4822 122 33847)
In the circuit diagram C2112 and C2113 have been interchanged. This
is correct, the positionnumbers in the Service Manual are wrong.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram page 27) has been changed from 560 Ohm to 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C. See also figure on item 52.16.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, diode pos.6540 (power supply circuit
diagram page 25) has been changed from 1N4002 into 1N4004
(4822 130 83362) to prevent a too high reverse voltage when
disconnecting mainsplug.
MODEL: CD750
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD751
SYMPTOM: Does not read-in sometimes. Disc rotates in wrong direction
CURE: Check soldering around CN1052.
MODEL: CD753
SYMPTOM: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs
CURE: The set does not recognize CD-R/CD-RW discs with extremely high
jitter value (i.e. high-speed recordings from computer-CD-Writers).
The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
CD-SL Mk3 Board:
• Remove resistor 3806
• Remove capacitor 2810
MODEL: CD753
SYMPTOM: How to activate service test program
CURE: Hold play and stop depressed.
(In the manual was mentioned hold play and pause depressed)
MODEL: CD753
SYMPTOM: Above mentioned sets use CD-Short Loader MK3.
CURE: This module is equipped with CD-drive VAM1201†. 4822 691 10615.
Based on repair feedback it has been found that sometimes the
VAM1201 is replaced by CDM12.1 – 4822 691 30278.
Although drives seem to be identical, it is not allowed to replace
VAM1201 by CDM12.1. The higher clamping force of the CDM12.1
might cause problems during open/close.
MODEL: CD770
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD771
SYMPTOM: Mechanical noise and vibration of the deck mechanism during play
CURE: It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
wear at the centre bearing point on the top hold down cover, shown
as item 113 in the mechanical parts diagram in the service manual.
To reduce wear and mechanical noise replacement hold down discs,
item 118, and discs fitted to later production players now have a
highly polished top bearing surface.
It is recommended therefore that when replacing a worn top cover
the disc is replaced at the same time.
The three centering legs of the disc carrier, item 117, should be
carefully checked for wear or distortion, if there is any doubt
this item should also be replaced.
A small amount of silicone grease should be applied to the bearing
surfaces during reassembly.
Part numbers are as follows :
Hold down cover item 113 4822 444 60467
Hold down discitem 118 4822 462 50383
Disc carrieritem 117 4822 532 11547
Silicone grease4822 390 20011
MODEL: CD780
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD780
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CD780
SYMPTOM: Ammended instructions for entering service test
CURE: Ammended instructions for entering service test routine.
SERVICE TEST PROGRAMME
The method of entering the service test routine will depend on the
version of microprocessor used in the set.To enter the service
routine the player should be switched on with the following push
buttons depressed.
Version P104:PREVIOUS TRACK + NEXT TRACK + STOP
Version P105:PAUSE + SEARCH FORWARD + REPEAT
MODEL: CD780
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
CURE: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
-
Frame (item 502) will be changed from week 9015 onwards.
The new frame (4822 464 50822) is not compatible with the old one
(4822 464 50715). Both frames are not interchangeable without a
modification.As long as the old frame is available the old frame can
be exchanged without a modification.
If the old frame is no longer in stock, it has to be replaced by the
new one and the motor (item 131) on the frame has to be replaced too.
New frame: 4822 464 50822 + New motor: 4822 361 21408.
MODEL: CD780
SYMPTOM: Change of servo microprocessor.
CURE: Change of servo microprocessor.
-
During production of the above models the servo microprocessor
MC68HC05C8 has been changed from version P104 to P105.Version
P105 is the only type available for replacement purposes.The part
number is 4822 209 73232.
Some sets produced with version P104 microprocessors have a mute
delay PCB fitted as shown in the diagram.When a version P105 is
used as a replacement for the earlier type it will be necessary to
carry out the following:
(i) Remove the mute delay PCB.
(ii)Interconnect points A and B.
(iii) Connect the lead from pin 11 of the decoder IC6522 to pin
16 of the servo microprocessor (point D.)
MODEL: CD781
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD782
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD782
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
CURE: Additional circuit to prevent loss of FTS memory
To prevent loss of data in the FTS memory a circuit has been added
as shown in the diagram.The circuit suppresses clock pulses for
approximately 200mS during the switch-on procedure of the set.
MODEL: CD782
SYMPTOM: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
CURE: Loading mechanism called: loading 88,
-
Frame (item 502) will be changed from week 9015 onwards.
The new frame (4822 464 50822) is not compatible with the old one
(4822 464 50715). Both frames are not interchangeable without a
modification.As long as the old frame is available the old frame can
be exchanged without a modification.
If the old frame is no longer in stock, it has to be replaced by the
new one and the motor (item 131) on the frame has to be replaced too.
New frame: 4822 464 50822 + New motor: 4822 361 21408.
MODEL: CD80
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD80
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD80
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD80
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD80
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD820
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD820
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD824
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD824
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD824
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 502 is available with 4822 462 41397.
MODEL: CD830
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD830
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD834
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD834
SYMPTOM: Transportkeys
CURE: Transportkeys
-
Transporttests in the factory have resulted in the decision to delete
the transport screws (keys).
This has been published in Service Newsletter 16.06.
For this reason the bottom plate and the main PCB are no longer
manufactured with holes. Because of the need of the keys in the
service measuring position, the holes in the main PCB can be cut off.
Hereafter the keys can be positioned to keep the CDM in the right
position. The service codenumber for the keys is: 4822 535 80806.
MODEL: CD840
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD840
SYMPTOM: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down asse
CURE: Lubrication of ball bearing in disc hold down assembly
Whenever any of the above or similar models are brought in for
repair it is recommended that a small amount of grease is applied
to the ball bearing in the disc hold down assembly.
A suitable lubricant is Molykote PG65 which may be ordered under
part number 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD840
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD85
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD850
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD850
SYMPTOM: Summary of component changes to servo and decoder
CURE: Summary of component changes to servo and decoder panel
-
During production several component changes were made to the servo
and decoder panel.
From the start of production until production week 9019
microprocessor IC6530 had program code ZC99771.
1. From week 9019 to week 9035 the panel was marked with the
letter A and the following changes apply.
WAS BECOMES
C2648100nF deleted
R37283K6 5K6
IC6530 ZC99771 ZC99702 S02
(4822 209 62556)(4822 209 61957)
Reason:To reduce the time taken for the disc loading tray to
operate.
2. During week 9035 the PCB was marked with the letter B and
D6505 and D6506 were changed from BZX55-5V6 (4822 130 34173)
to BZX79-7V5 (4822 130 30861).
Reason:To alter the range of the radial drive voltage.
3. From week 9036 onwards the PCB was marked with the letter C
and the following changes were made.
WAS BECOMES
C2648- 100nF (4822 122 33104)
R3727620 ohmsjumper link 3822
R37285k6 3k3 (4822 051 10362)
IC6530 ZC99702 S02 ZC99827 S04
(4822 209 61957)(4822 209 63362)
Reason:Updated microprocessor software.
The later microprocessor 4822 209 63362 may be used as a
replacement for the earlier versions provided the changes outlined
in (2) and (3) above are also carried out.
MODEL: CD850-II
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: CD850MKII
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD880
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD880
SYMPTOM: Partslist information
CURE: Partslist information
-
Items 1501 and 1502 (lamp) are available with service codenumber:
4822 134 40909.
MODEL: CD887V
SYMPTOM: Correction parts list:
CURE: Correction parts list:
-
Servo Board:
Cap 2843 should be 4822 122 33848 47pF 5% 50V instead of 22pF
Cap 2845 4822 122 33195 100pF 10% 50V is added (missing)
Cap 2856 and 2857 are deleted (not required)
MPEG Board:
The service code for complete MPEG Board is 4822 214 12851.
MODEL: CD900/00G
SYMPTOM: Correction newsletter 44.14 and newsletter 45.10
CURE: Correction newsletter 44.14 and newsletter 45.10
Partslist
For both itemnumbers IC7001 and IC7600 the same codenumber has been
stated in the service manual: 4822 209 72587
However these are two different types.
Item IC7001 = TCA 0372 DP2 is a 16-pin IC available under service
codenumber 4822 209 72587.
Item IC7600 = TCA 0372 DP1 is a 8-pin IC available under service
codenumber 4822 209 62059.
MODEL: CD90V1Q
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the Objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the Objective lens
Cover a padstick with a piece of lens cleaning paper, i.e.
KODAK CAT 154 2067 or DUSTER TK-3.
Put 2 to 3 drops of alcohol (99% or above) to the padstick.
Rotate it slowly and gently on the surface of the lens.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc...
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning solvent.
Suck up the solvent with the edge of a piece of absorbing paper until
the fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol!
MODEL: CD90V1Q
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be the dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Dow Corning PG-671 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge (optical pick-up) guidance plane.
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the toothed bar and idler wheels.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the toothed bar and the idler
wheels.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
MODEL: CD91
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD91
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD91
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD91
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Hang-up after pressing the stop button.
CURE: The set functions normally until the the STOP button is actuated.
After pressing the PLAY button, the display will be froozen and no
other function can be controlled.
Replace æP item 7700 with software version P145 by an OTP with
software version MONO P149(service code number: 4822 900 10285).
In case, after replacement of the æP, the set will not start playing
when pressing the PLAY button, replace transistors 7740, 7741
and 7742 in the ESI input circuit (see decoder circuit diagram on
page 29, 30, 31 of the service manual).
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual
CURE: Corrections to service manual
-
The following corrections should be noted in the service manual for
the above models.
Page 18:Power supply diagram
The value of R3567 should read 22K instead of 4K7.
Page 19:Headphone circuit diagram
Circuit reference number R3376 should read R3386
Page 22:Servo circuit diagram
The value of R3008 should read 4R7 instead of 180R.
Capacitors C2013 and C2014 should be deleted.
MODEL: CD910
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: CD player in hang-up, when system is switched to stand-by mode
CURE: If the set, connected to FR931 or FA930 via ESI, is switched to
standby, the track-time information disappears and the set comes
in hang-up situation.
The problem is caused by software version P160.07 and can be solved by
replacing the uP 7700 by a new one loaded with software version
P160.10 (service code 4822 900 10668).
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: CD does not function correctly
CURE: Check/replace CDM (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (Item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9501 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board from
week 9508 onwards.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: The drawer opens only 2 cm and than gets stuck.
CURE: Remount pos 109.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 changed from 47pF to 22pF (4822 122 33191)
3. C2113 changed from 47pF to 10pF(4822 122 33847)
In the circuit diagram C2112 and C2113 have been interchanged. This
is correct, the positionnumbers in the Service Manual are wrong.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
Capacitor 2750 has temporary been added (handmounted) until
reliability of final design of uP 7700 has been proven.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD911
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Hang-up after pressing the stop button.
CURE: The set functions normally until the the STOP button is actuated.
After pressing the PLAY button, the display will be froozen and no
other function can be controlled.
Replace æP item 7700 with software version P145 by an OTP with
software version MONO P149(service code number: 4822 900 10285).
In case, after replacement of the æP, the set will not start playing
when pressing the PLAY button, replace transistors 7740, 7741
and 7742 in the ESI input circuit (see decoder circuit diagram on
page 29, 30, 31 of the service manual).
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check IC SAA7341.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual
CURE: Corrections to service manual
-
The following corrections should be noted in the service manual for
the above models.
Page 18:Power supply diagram
The value of R3567 should read 22K instead of 4K7.
Page 19:Headphone circuit diagram
Circuit reference number R3376 should read R3386
Page 22:Servo circuit diagram
The value of R3008 should read 4R7 instead of 180R.
Capacitors C2013 and C2014 should be deleted.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the quality of the HF-signal and to avoid ESD damage,
the HF-panel of loader 1210/02 has been changed.
The changed HF-panel is tooth-edged and its factory number reads
3104 113 3042.
It can be ordered with service code 4822 214 52103.
It is not compatible with the former HF-panel(4822 214 51946) but
can be used after implementation of the following modifications on
the main panel:
DeleteC2015 (G13) and R3047 (G14).
ChangeC2040 (G14) 390pF into 330pF (5322 122 31863)
C2041 (G14) 150pF into 180pF (4822 126 10326)
R3043 (G13) 2k7 into 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
These modifications have been introduced from production date
9332.3 onwards. For CD730/00B, the production code has been
increased from 2SV00 to 2SV01, starting from serial number 007751
onwards.
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD920
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: CD player in hang-up, when system is switched to stand-by mode
CURE: If the set, connected to FR931 or FA930 via ESI, is switched to
standby, the track-time information disappears and the set comes
in hang-up situation.
The problem is caused by software version P160.07 and can be solved by
replacing the uP 7700 by a new one loaded with software version
P160.10 (service code 4822 900 10668).
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: In worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (Item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3117) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3117 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9501 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board from
week 9508 onwards.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Introduction of decoder SAA7345GP/M5.
From productionweek 9420 onwards, decoder IC 7100 SAA7345GP/M2A has
been replaced by SAA7345GP/M5.
It is recognizable by the indication M5 instead of M2A on the
housing. /M5 is not compatible with /M2A.
Together with the introduction of /M5, the following modifications
have been implemented in the oscillator circuit:
1. R3117 replaced by wire bridge 9315.
2. C2112 changed from 47pF to 22pF (4822 122 33191)
3. C2113 changed from 47pF to 10pF(4822 122 33847)
In the circuit diagram C2112 and C2113 have been interchanged. This
is correct, the positionnumbers in the Service Manual are wrong.
REMARKS :
When replacing decoder IC 7100, pay attention to the used type.
Each type is available.
SAA7345GP/M2A: 4822 209 33166
SAA7345GP/M5 : 4822 209 33339
Using a different type implies a modification of the oscillator
circuit.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
Capacitor 2750 has temporary been added (handmounted) until
reliability of final design of uP 7700 has been proven.
MODEL: CD921
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards, capacitor pos.2050 (Servo circuit
diagram page 26) has been changed from 330pF into 220pF
(4822 122 10466) to improve playability.
MODEL: CD930
SYMPTOM: Hang-up after pressing the stop button.
CURE: When the IR sensor is switched off to use the system control via the
ESI bus, the set will get into a microprocessor hang-up after pressing
the STOP button. After pressing the PLAY button, the display will be
froozen and any function can be controlled.
Replace æP item 7731 with software version P136 by an OTP with
software version USER P163.01
(service code number 4822 900 10355).
In case, after replacement of the æP, the set will not start playing
when pressing the PLAY button, replace transistors 7761, 7762
and 7763 in the ESI input circuit (see audio circuit diagram on
page 24, 25, 26 of the service manual).
MODEL: CD930
SYMPTOM: Mutes between tracks after CD sync recording
CURE: Replace microprocessor item 7731 MC68HC05D9P/ZC400014 with program
USER P136by an OTP with programUSER P163.01 .
This OTP can be ordered with service codenumber 4822 900 10355.
CAUSE:
Mutes audible between tracks after recording music of CD's with
continuous playing mucic(live, medleys) to DCC via CD SYNC. No mute
occurs when normal recording via REC PAUSE/ REC is made.
MODEL: CD930
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
In Service Information A93-252 and A93-253, page 53a and page 53b,
the service code and type of microprocessor 7731 have been
interchanged.
The service code and type should read as follows:
CD930: 4822 900 10355 MC68HC05D9P-P136
CD940: 4822 209 31249 MC68HC05D24P/ZC410915
In Service Information A93-252, page 24-1, type of microprocessor
7731 should also read MC68HC05D9 instead of MC68HC05D24.
MODEL: CD930
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD931
SYMPTOM: Mutes between tracks after CD sync recording
CURE: Replace microprocessor item 7731 MC68HC05D9P/ZC400014 with program
USER P136by an OTP with programUSER P163.01 .
This OTP can be ordered with service codenumber 4822 900 10355.
CAUSE:
Mutes audible between tracks after recording music of CD's with
continuous playing mucic(live, medleys) to DCC via CD SYNC. No mute
occurs when normal recording via REC PAUSE/ REC is made.
MODEL: CD931
SYMPTOM: The CD player gives error.
CURE: The CD player has a bad HF signal because of a defective capacitor,
C2008 (4822 122 32542).
MODEL: CD931
SYMPTOM: CD player gives sometimes no disc after inserting disc.
CURE: Check track under IC7001.
MODEL: CD931
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
In the circuit diagram AUDIO on page 24, 25, 26 C2201, C2205 and R3202
have been drawn twice.
MODEL: CD931
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
In the circuit diagram AUDIO on page 24, 25, 26 a 15 pins connector
1702 to display circuit has been drawn instead of 12.
MODEL: CD93V4
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the Objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the Objective lens
Cover a padstick with a piece of lens cleaning paper, i.e.
KODAK CAT 154 2067 or DUSTER TK-3.
Put 2 to 3 drops of alcohol (99% or above) to the padstick.
Rotate it slowly and gently on the surface of the lens.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc...
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning solvent.
Suck up the solvent with the edge of a piece of absorbing paper until
the fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol!
MODEL: CD93V4
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be the dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Dow Corning PG-671 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge (optical pick-up) guidance plane.
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the toothed bar and idler wheels.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the toothed bar and the idler
wheels.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: Low volume output
CURE: This unit has the facility to adjust the Audio output level from the
Remote Control.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: Disc motor spins continuously
CURE: The fault was caused by the X SYS 1 clock being missing; replacement
of IC 7300 service code number 4822 209 31086 cured the fault.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Actuate DEMO button.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Actuate DEMO button.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD940
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
In Service Information A93-252 and A93-253, page 53a and page 53b,
the service code and type of microprocessor 7731 have been
interchanged.
The service code and type should read as follows:
CD930: 4822 900 10355 MC68HC05D9P-P136
CD940: 4822 209 31249 MC68HC05D24P/ZC410915
In Service Information A93-252, page 24-1, type of microprocessor
7731 should also read MC68HC05D9 instead of MC68HC05D24.
MODEL: CD94V5T1
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the Objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the Objective lens
Cover a padstick with a piece of lens cleaning paper, i.e.
KODAK CAT 154 2067 or DUSTER TK-3.
Put 2 to 3 drops of alcohol (99% or above) to the padstick.
Rotate it slowly and gently on the surface of the lens.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc...
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning solvent.
Suck up the solvent with the edge of a piece of absorbing paper until
the fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol!
MODEL: CD94V5T1
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be the dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Dow Corning PG-671 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge (optical pick-up) guidance plane.
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the toothed bar and idler wheels.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the toothed bar and the idler
wheels.
4822 691 30319 CD90V1Q
4822 691 10535 CD93V4
4822 691 10654 CD94V5T1
MODEL: CD950
SYMPTOM: Parts of display is not sufficiently extinguished.
CURE: This fault is caused by a reverse voltage of 6.8V on the filament
takes care for the complete extinction of the display. This reverse
voltage comes from zenerdiode 6544 (BZX79-C6V8).
This voltage is applied to one side of the filament (ACF2). Due to
a voltage drop over the filament, the reverse voltage at the other
side(ACF1) might be insufficient to extinguish the display.
To solve this fault:
1. Control the reverse voltage of 6.8V on the filament. In course
of production (December 1992), D6544 has been changed from 5.6V
to 6.8V to avoid flickering of the display.
2. When the reverse is correct and there are still problems, it is
recommended to change the zenerdiode from 6.8V to 7.5V.
MODEL: CD950
SYMPTOM: REM and TRACK on display remain slightly visible in stop mode.
CURE: Display panel: change resistors 3410 and 3412 from 100k to 10k.
(4822 116 52233).
MODEL: CD950
SYMPTOM: Player stops sometimes
CURE: Felt pos.139 is scratching the disc. Remove top piece of felt.
MODEL: CD950
SYMPTOM: Does not start-up discs, scratching sound from CD.
CURE: Check clamper pos.88 (4822 402 61406).
MODEL: CD950
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: CD960
SYMPTOM: Display corrupted and very faintly light.
CURE: On investigating supplies to the display it was found that the -20V
rail was incorrect. This was traced to DF51RD5.6 being open
circuit. (5.6V zener)
MODEL: CDC215
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC250
SYMPTOM: Recording on DCC via digital output is not possible.
CURE: Replace the ceramic oscillator item 5850 (digital board) by a
crystal oscillator (4822 242 71855) and add two start-up capacitors
of 33pF (5322 122 32659). One capacitor between pin 70 of IC7816
and ground and one capacitor between pin 71 of IC7816 and ground.
REMARKS :
When recording from an external digital source, the system clock
has to be reconstructed from the EBU-signal. The accuracy of this
frequency depends on the timing reference of the CD-player.
The mentioned sets use a ceramic resonator with a tolerance of
±0.5%.
The DCC-system can only compensate deviations of ±0.2% (lenght of
the InterFrameGap IFG), the DCC-set will not start the recording.
The message CHECK DIGITAL IN is shown on the display.
MODEL: CDC250
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC250
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g. placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC250
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC250
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC263
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC265
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC345
SYMPTOM: No digital recording possible in combination with DCC900.
CURE: Replace resonator of IC7816 by X-tal.(code number 4822 242 71855)
MODEL: CDC345
SYMPTOM: Recording on DCC via digital output is not possible.
CURE: Replace the ceramic oscillator item 5850 (digital board) by a
crystal oscillator (4822 242 71855) and add two start-up capacitors
of 33pF (5322 122 32659). One capacitor between pin 70 of IC7816
and ground and one capacitor between pin 71 of IC7816 and ground.
REMARKS :
When recording from an external digital source, the system clock
has to be reconstructed from the EBU-signal. The accuracy of this
frequency depends on the timing reference of the CD-player.
The mentioned sets use a ceramic resonator with a tolerance of
±0.5%.
The DCC-system can only compensate deviations of ±0.2% (lenght of
the InterFrameGap IFG), the DCC-set will not start the recording.
The message CHECK DIGITAL IN is shown on the display.
MODEL: CDC345
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC345
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC345
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC484
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC486
SYMPTOM: Intermittent loss of sound
CURE: It has been found that short interruptions of sound during play may
be caused by excessive friction in the disc hold down assembly.To
overcome this problem the hold down clamp shown as item 138 in the
manual diagram should be replaced.An improved version of this
component is now available.
A small amount of silicone grease should be used as a lubricant on
the pivot bearing during reassembly.
The part number of item 138 is 4822 532 61112.
MODEL: CDC486
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CDC486
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The servicecodenumber for item 101 should be 4822 528 10714
instead of 4822 528 10741.
MODEL: CDC486
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
In the partslist on page 3-3 the item numbers are incorrect.
Item 145 should be item 1464822 520 10665
Item 146 should be item 1474822 361 20998
Item 147 should be deleted from the partslist.
MODEL: CDC486
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC494
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC496
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC550
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC550
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC550
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC552
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC552
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC552
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC581
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC583
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC586
SYMPTOM: Radial arm driven hard outwards at switch on.
CURE: Pin 2 of IC 6504 should be +10V, this was found to be wrong at -10V
The cause was found to be R3544 (1 Ohm) supply feed being open.
MODEL: CDC586
SYMPTOM: Intermittent loss of sound
CURE: It has been found that short interruptions of sound during play may
be caused by excessive friction in the disc hold down assembly.To
overcome this problem the hold down clamp shown as item 138 in the
manual diagram should be replaced.An improved version of this
component is now available.
A small amount of silicone grease should be used as a lubricant on
the pivot bearing during reassembly.
The part number of item 138 is 4822 532 61112.
MODEL: CDC586
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CDC586
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC615
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded
view) by an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
REMARKS :
From production week 9442 onwards, the improved clamper has been
implemented in the production.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Set indicates NO DISC, disc will not be recognized
CURE: Due to a temporary fault in the production process around week 9404
the resistor 3814 (10k; 4822 116 52233) on the servo printed
circuit board may be broken and there remains an intermittent
connection and/or open circuit.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC745
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC748
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum
CURE: Add a metal plate (item 190, service code number 4822 466 93516)
between transformer and bottom plate of the set.
The transformer can be fixed with the same screws as before.
REMARKS :
Metal plate has been introduced in production from wk 9525.5 onwards.
MODEL: CDC748
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum
CURE: Add a metal plate (item 190, service code number 4822 466 93516)
between transformer and bottom plate of the set.
The transformer can be fixed with the same screws as before.
REMARKS :
Metal plate has been introduced in production from wk 9525.5 onwards.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out
CURE: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out of
the groove on the Tray (pos 108).
From production wk9835 onwards, the Tray and Crank have been
modified.The groove on the tray is now deeper and likewise the pin
on the Crank is 3mm longer.
Due to this change the new Crank does not fit into the old Tray
anymore.But it is still possible to use the old Crank on the new Tray.
The service code numbers for the Cranks are as follows:
4822 535 40105 Old Crank
4822 402 11241 New Crank
The new Tray can be recognized by its 10mm deep groove.
Because of limited stock of old Cranks, new Cranks have to be
reworked for sets with an old Tray. This is done by cutting the pin by
3mm with a sharp NT-cutter (give it a clean cut & do not deform its
circular cross-section) as shown below.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: During transportation the pin on the Crank
CURE: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out of
the groove on the Tray (pos 108).
-
From production wk9835 onwards, the Tray and Crank have been modified.
The groove on the tray is now deeper and likewise the pin on the Crank
is 3mm longer.
Due to this change the new Crank does not fit into the old Tray
anymore. But it is still possible to use the old Crank on the new
Tray.
The service code numbers for the Cranks are as follows:
4822 535 40105 Old Crank
4822 402 11241 New Crank
The new Tray can be recognized by its 10mm deep groove.
Because of limited stock of old Cranks, new Cranks have to be reworked
for sets with an old Tray. This is done by cutting the pin by 3mm with
a sharp NT-cutter (give it a clean cut & do not deform its circular
cross-section).
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC751
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC751/17B
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10849
to 4822 321 11464 due to new UL requirement for USA/Canada
effective from December 1998.
MODEL: CDC752
SYMPTOM: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out
CURE: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out of
the groove on the Tray (pos 108).
From production wk9835 onwards, the Tray and Crank have been
modified.The groove on the tray is now deeper and likewise the pin
on the Crank is 3mm longer.
Due to this change the new Crank does not fit into the old Tray
anymore.But it is still possible to use the old Crank on the new Tray.
The service code numbers for the Cranks are as follows:
4822 535 40105 Old Crank
4822 402 11241 New Crank
The new Tray can be recognized by its 10mm deep groove.
Because of limited stock of old Cranks, new Cranks have to be
reworked for sets with an old Tray. This is done by cutting the pin by
3mm with a sharp NT-cutter (give it a clean cut & do not deform its
circular cross-section) as shown below.
MODEL: CDC752
SYMPTOM: Correction Instruction For Use
CURE: Correction Instruction For Use
1. The set is not equipped with RC5 cinch sockets!
2. Prog button on the remote control is not functional for this
set. Serial numbers of the sets affected from VE02 9724 001001
to VE02 9724 001796
MODEL: CDC752
SYMPTOM: During transportation the pin on the Crank
CURE: During transportation the pin on the Crank (pos 96) might jump out of
the groove on the Tray (pos 108).
-
From production wk9835 onwards, the Tray and Crank have been modified.
The groove on the tray is now deeper and likewise the pin on the Crank
is 3mm longer.
Due to this change the new Crank does not fit into the old Tray
anymore. But it is still possible to use the old Crank on the new
Tray.
The service code numbers for the Cranks are as follows:
4822 535 40105 Old Crank
4822 402 11241 New Crank
The new Tray can be recognized by its 10mm deep groove.
Because of limited stock of old Cranks, new Cranks have to be reworked
for sets with an old Tray. This is done by cutting the pin by 3mm with
a sharp NT-cutter (give it a clean cut & do not deform its circular
cross-section).
MODEL: CDC752/00
SYMPTOM: Correction INSTRUCTION FOR USE
CURE: Correction INSTRUCTION FOR USE
1. RC5 Cinch sockets are not available on the rear of the set.
2. The PROG button on the Remote control is not functional for
this set.
An addendum sheet will be included into IFUs of production sets
until new IFUs are available.
REMARKS :
The serial nos. of sets affected (already released into market)
are from VE029724 001001 to VE029724 001796.
MODEL: CDC771V
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
The published service codenumber of the flat cable (WS03) is not
correct. The service codenumber should read 4822 320 11791.
MODEL: CDC775
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: Corrections to the Service Manual
On page 1-2, CDC775/01 a 2-position voltage selector is shown
instead of a 4-position type.
The 4 positions are: 110V/127V/220-230V/240V.
On page 8-4, capacitor 2863 and resistor 3885 are drawn as
provision. Both components will be assembled from production start
onwards to improve playability of “Thin Disc”.
2863 4822 126 13689 18pF 1% 63V
3885 4822 051 20153 15kE 5% 0,1W
MODEL: CDC775
SYMPTOM: a new microprocessor (mask 2) has been introduced:
CURE: From production week 9930 onwards
pos. service code article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
7401 3139 110 51260 TMP87CP71F with marking
775S52161”
The new µP solves CD-Recorder related problems and reduces the
FTD brightness to the level of other products from the Home Cinema
range.
The introduction of the new microprocessor is accompanied by some
hardware changes on the DAC/AF-board.
The following components have been added:
pos. service code article description
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3963 4822 051 20479 47E 5% 0.1W
3975 4822 116 52176 10E 5% 1/6W
9919 Bare Wire
REMARKS : For location of components see circuit diagram and component
layout. New components have already been foreseen in these
drawings, but were not used, yet.
MODEL: CDC775
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: Corrections to the Service Manual
-
On page 1-2, CDC775/01 a 2-position voltage selector is shown
instead of a 4-position type.
The 4 positions are: 110V/127V/220-230V/240V.
On page 8-4, capacitor 2863 and resistor 3885 are drawn as
provision. Both components will be assembled from production start
onwards to improve playability of Thin Disc.
2863 4822 126 13689 18pF 1% 63V
3885 4822 051 20153 15kOhm 5% 0,1W
MODEL: CDC775
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production week 9930 onwards a new uProcessor (mask 2) was
introduced to reduce FTD brightness to match other Home Cinema
range and solve CD-Recorder related problems.The new uProcessor
change must be accompanied by hardware changes on the DAC/AF
board. The new service codes are:
Front Board
74013139 110 51260TMP87CP71F with marking 775S52161
DAC/AF Board
Add39634822 051 2047947R 5% 0,1W
39754822 116 5217610R 5% 1/6W
9919Bare Wire
Note: Components provided for in the circuit/layout drawings but
currently not in use.
MODEL: CDC790
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC790
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC790
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC792
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC792
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC792
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC794
SYMPTOM: Set indicates NO DISC, disc will not be recognized
CURE: Due to a temporary fault in the production process around week 9404
the resistor 3814 (10k; 4822 116 52233) on the servo printed
circuit board may be broken and there remains an intermittent
connection and/or open circuit.
MODEL: CDC794
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC794
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC794
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC794
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC796
SYMPTOM: Set indicates NO DISC, disc will not be recognized
CURE: Due to a temporary fault in the production process around week 9404
the resistor 3814 (10k; 4822 116 52233) on the servo printed
circuit board may be broken and there remains an intermittent
connection and/or open circuit.
MODEL: CDC796
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC796
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC796
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC796
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC875
SYMPTOM: Intermittent loss of sound
CURE: It has been found that short interruptions of sound during play may
be caused by excessive friction in the disc hold down assembly.To
overcome this problem the hold down clamp shown as item 138 in the
manual diagram should be replaced.An improved version of this
component is now available.
A small amount of silicone grease should be used as a lubricant on
the pivot bearing during reassembly.
The part number of item 138 is 4822 532 61112.
MODEL: CDC875
SYMPTOM: Intermittent failure to read table of contents
CURE: Intermittent operation during PLAY.
It has been found that the above fault symptoms may be caused by
dry joints on surface mounted devices IC6501 (TDA8808) and IC6503
(TDA8809).
The PCB connections should be inspected and carefully resoldered as
necessary if this type of fault occurs.
MODEL: CDC875
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
In the partslist on page 3-3 the item numbers are incorrect.
Item 145 should be item 1464822 520 10665
Item 146 should be item 1474822 361 20998
Item 147 should be deleted from the partslist.
MODEL: CDC875
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC915
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: The CD player produces a humming sound at the first tracks.
CURE: Replace the clamper
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded
view) by an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
REMARKS :
From production week 9442 onwards, the improved clamper has been
implemented in the production.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: The CD does not turn at all.
CURE: Check the X-tal (X1101).
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Sets comes in hang up situation in shuffle mode.
CURE: This fault is caused by a software bug in program P161.14.01.
Replace microprocessor item 7700 on decoder panel by an OTP loaded
with program P161.15.01. Service codenumber is 4822 209 33642.
REMARKS :
This modification is not yet implemented in production, complaints
have to be solved with this OTP version.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3120) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3120 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9504 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board from
week 9514 onwards.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: The CDM is oscillating at many discs.
CURE: Replace the disc clamper assy. pos.91
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
Capacitor 2750 has temporary been added (handmounted) until
reliability of final design of uP 7700 has been proven.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC916
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Error on display.
CURE: Crystal X1570 defective.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Very weak sound.
CURE: Check D6565 in the kill circuit.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open.
CURE: Drawer arm pos.96 is out of position.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Set indicates NO DISC, disc will not be recognized
CURE: Due to a temporary fault in the production process around week 9404
the resistor 3814 (10k; 4822 116 52233) on the servo printed
circuit board may be broken and there remains an intermittent
connection and/or open circuit.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens only for 70%.
CURE: Check transport gear pos. 96.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC925
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded
view) by an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
REMARKS :
From production week 9442 onwards, the improved clamper has been
implemented in the production.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum
CURE: Add a metal plate (item 190, service code number 4822 466 93516)
between transformer and bottom plate of the set.
The transformer can be fixed with the same screws as before.
REMARKS :
Metal plate has been introduced in production from wk 9525.5 onwards.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Sets comes in hang up situation in shuffle mode.
CURE: This fault is caused by a software bug in program P161.14.01.
Replace microprocessor item 7700 on decoder panel by an OTP loaded
with program P161.15.01. Service codenumber is 4822 209 33642.
REMARKS :
This modification is not yet implemented in production, complaints
have to be solved with this OTP version.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Set does not operate
CURE: Cause: Oscillator circuit of decoder IC SAA7345/M5 (item 7100) does
not start up. This can be solved by adding a resistor (item 3120) of
2k2 from pin14 (CROUT) to the ground.
REMARKS :
Resistor 3120 will be added by manual touch-up from week 9504 onwards
and with an updated lay-out of main panel - servo/decoder board from
week 9514 onwards.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Jamming CD turntable motor
CURE: Jamming CD turntable motor
As interim solution to avoid the turntable to be pressed down by the
clamper during transport of the packed set, the CDM locking bracket,
item 99 in exploded view of loader, has been modified. This modified
bracket can be ordered with service code 4822 403 70598. (Only
necessary in case of public transport!)
REMARKS :
Modified bracket has been introduced in production from wk 9441.3
onwards.
Final solution: the procedure for fixing turntable to motor will be
improved.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production start onwards resistor 3500 (Decoder circuit
diagram) has been changed from 560 Ohm into 150 Ohm
(4822 116 52211) to improve reset circuit. Reset level has been
changed from 4V to 4.5V to prevent hang-up of uP 7700 at an ambient
temperature higher than 40° C.
Capacitor 2750 has temporary been added (handmounted) until
reliability of final design of uP 7700 has been proven.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC926
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Some segments of the display are too weak.
CURE: Check display 1402 (4822 130 91117).
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during play
CURE: The whistling sound (zooming sound) of +/- 500Hz is audible during
play. In worst case, skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted. This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing a thin disc.
This fault is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1.
Replace the existing disc clamper assy (item 91 in exploded view) by
an improved one (service code number : 4822 532 52655).
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Set indicates NO DISC, disc will not be recognized
CURE: Due to a temporary fault in the production process around week 9404
the resistor 3814 (10k; 4822 116 52233) on the servo printed
circuit board may be broken and there remains an intermittent
connection and/or open circuit.
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC935
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: The CD starts turning at full speed.
CURE: Check capacitor C2012 and C2182.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: The CD changer is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering around IC7502.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum
CURE: Add a metal plate (item 190, service code number 4822 466 93516)
between transformer and bottom plate of the set.
The transformer can be fixed with the same screws as before.
REMARKS :
Metal plate has been introduced in production from wk 9525.5 onwards.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: The CD changer cannot detect the quantity of inserted discs
CURE: Replace uP IC7700 (disc detector) is defective. 4822 209 33709
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: The tray of the CD changer does sometimes open spontaneously.
CURE: The tray switch SW1602 is mounted too high. Remount the switch.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 18P flex foil connection cable between connectors 1010 and 1811
(1811 on servo board and 1010 on decoder board) is available with
service code number 4822 323 50157.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CDC936
SYMPTOM: Short explanation of the FTS MEMORY CDC936
CURE: Short explanation of the FTS MEMORY CDC936
The FTS memory may contain a number of discs. This number depends on
the data(programme and/or title) of the discs stored in the memory.
The header blocks can contain maximum 80 discs.
The data blocks can contain maximum 185 datablocks.
Resume:
Total memory capacity 2048 bytes
Reserved for preset blocks:8 bytes
1 headerblock= 7bytes
80 headerblocks available: 80 x 7 =560 bytes
1 datablock = 8 bytes
185 datablocks available: 185 x 8 = 1480 bytes
2048 bytes
Contents of Headerblock (7 bytes):
5 disc IDs (5 bytes)
+ 1 byte for program indication
+ 1 byte for datablock indication
Contents of datablock (8 bytes)
7 databytes
+ 1 byte refering to next datablock
Maximum titlelength = 14 bytes
maximum programlength = 20 tracks
Example:
If the title is longer than 7 characters, 2 datablocks are needed.
If the programme contains 20 tracks, 3 datablocks are needed.
In total 5 datablocks are needed.
If one repeats this for each disc, 185/5 = 37
So only 37 discs can be stored.
REMARKS :
In newsletter 65 this explanation is also shown with graphics
MODEL: CDC972
SYMPTOM: Bad playability with scratched CDs (Drop-outs, skips tracks)
CURE: Customer complaint: Other sets are able to play the same disc
without any problem.
CAUSE:
Complaint set fulfils the specification, but tracking balance
adjustment is not optimized for scratched CDs.
SOLUTION:
A more accurate adjustment of the TRACKING BALANCE will improve the
playability of the set.
Apply at measuring point 4 and 5 a low pass RC-filter with a time
constant of approx. 3.5 seconds. The measured DC-level on the
oscilloscope follows the TE-signal delayed.
Adjust with potentiometer 3806 the measured value on the
oscilloscope to 0V DC +/- 5 mV.
In more detail explained in service information A93-368.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by service information A93-368.
MODEL: CDC972
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function (CDs damaged)
CURE: Check the set-up at the customer's place.
REMARKS :
If the set is placed on an uneven surface or if pressure is applied
from the underside of the set (e.g.placed on cables or other
parts) the tray will not open/ close correctly: The CD is not
centered above the turntable - the upcomming RCD-lift (item 439)
will clamp the disc somewhere between table and magnet bracket
(item507).
After STOP/OPEN the CD might fall into the housing where a closing
tray can damage it.
MODEL: CDC972
SYMPTOM: Tray motor (item 1004) overheated; Melted bottom around tray motor
CURE: CAUSE:
Due to mechanical tolerances of the tray inner switch (item 1006),
this switch is actuated too late.
That is why the tray moves too far inside and causes a tension at
the gear which lets the gear wheel (item 421) and the worm wheel
(item 418) stuck together. Than the tray motor blocks and
overheats.
SOLUTION:
Adjust gap between contacts of the inner tray switch and the middle
contact. The distance should read 0.2 till 0.3 mm by bending
contact spring of inner tray position. (In service information
A93-368 this tray and adjust dimensions have been drawn.)
Check each set brought in for repair on:
Transistors 7520 till 7525 of motor bridge circuit and NFR resistor
3521 are OK.
Gear wheel (item 421) and worm wheel (item 418) on mechanical
damage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information A93-368.
MODEL: CD-Changers
SYMPTOM: X-tal
CURE: X-tal
-
From feedback from various NSO's it appears that µP PCF84Cxx
is often exchanged. Measurements on returned µP's show that
the µP is not always defective.
It is therefore advisable, in case of problems with the µP, to
carry out the following measurements :
* Check the supply voltage of the µP,
* Measure the oscillator signal at the output of the X-tal
with a 10 :1 probe. The amplitude should be =2V pp.
The signal should be present almost immediately after the
mains voltage is switched on.
In case of doubt, first replace the X-tal, then the µP.
MODEL: CDD882
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: CD-DRIVE
SYMPTOM: CD-DRIVE VAM2201 - 4822 691 10772
CURE: CD-DRIVE VAM2201 - 4822 691 10772
-
The laser diode of the VAM2201 is protected against ESD by a solder
joint which shortcircuits the laser diode to ground.
For proper functionality of the CD drive this solder joint must be
removed after connecting the flex foil to the drive.
REMARKS :
An addendum sheet will be packed to the CD drive, pointing out the
above modification.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: Parts, Service hint
CURE: Parts, Service hint
-
TDA 8808, service codenumber 4822 209 73234, with batchnumber 17943
might be defective. The HF-signal (eye pattern) can strongly be
distorted causing insufficient playability and/or error correction.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
If CD-players with a ball in the disc-hold-down are brought-in for
repair, it is advisable to grease the ball and the bearing with
Molykote PG65. The service codenumber is 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: Interrupting music
In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace
the bearing for the disc-holddown (item 119 ). After replacement
the bearing and the ball should be greased with molycote PG65.
Service codenumber 4822 423 41057.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: TDA1541
CURE: TDA1541
-
The servicecodenumber for TDA1541 A/N2/S1 which is a selected
DAC is 4822 209 72969.
The not selected DAC TDA1541 A/N2 has service codenumber
4822 209 72544.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: DRAM
CURE: DRAM
When the DRAM-IC has to be replaced, it is advisable to check
the solder joints of the stabilizers.
MODEL: CD-General
SYMPTOM: SAA7310
CURE: SAA7310
-
If SAA7310 GP/05 with servicecodenumber 4822 209 60775 is used, a
resistor of 1MÛ has been added between pin 29 (PD/OC) and ground.
In SAA7310 GP/S5 the phase-detector offset has been reduced to
almost 0. For this reason, if SAA7310 GP/S5 with servicecodenumber
4822 209 61759 is used, above mentioned resistor can be deleted.
MODEL: CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Tribol 9890-2 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge guidance plane (optical pick-up).
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the worm gear, idler wheel and clamping
spring.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the worm gear and the clamping
spring.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
MODEL: CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the objective lens
-
Before touching the lens it is advised to clean the surface of the
lens by blowing clean air over it in order to avoid that little
particles make scratches on the lens.
Because the material of the lens is synthetic and coated with a
special anti-reflectivity layer, cleaning must be done with a
non-aggressive cleaning fluid. It is advised to use lens cleaner
KODAK LENS CLEANER CAT 176 71 36, available in normal photo shops.
The actuator is a very precise mechanical component and may not be
damaged in order to guarantee its full function. It is advised to
clean the lens gently (don't press too hard) with a soft and clean
cotton swab moistened with the special lens cleaner.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : See also newsletter issues 58.01 and 96.09.01.
MODEL: CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS-
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDM12.3
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CDM12.3BL
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the objective lens
-
Before touching the lens it is advised to clean the surface of the
lens by blowing clean air over it in order to avoid that little
particles make scratches on the lens.
Because the material of the lens is synthetic and coated with a
special anti-reflectivity layer, cleaning must be done with a
non-aggressive cleaning fluid. It is advised to use lens cleaner
KODAK LENS CLEANER CAT 176 71 36, available in normal photo shops.
The actuator is a very precise mechanical component and may not be
damaged in order to guarantee its full function. It is advised to
clean the lens gently (don't press too hard) with a soft and clean
cotton swab moistened with the special lens cleaner.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : See also newsletter issues 58.01 and 96.09.01.
MODEL: CDM12.3BL
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Tribol 9890-2 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge guidance plane (optical pick-up).
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the worm gear, idler wheel and clamping
spring.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the worm gear and the clamping
spring.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
MODEL: CDM12.3BLC
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the objective lens
-
Before touching the lens it is advised to clean the surface of the
lens by blowing clean air over it in order to avoid that little
particles make scratches on the lens.
Because the material of the lens is synthetic and coated with a
special anti-reflectivity layer, cleaning must be done with a
non-aggressive cleaning fluid. It is advised to use lens cleaner
KODAK LENS CLEANER CAT 176 71 36, available in normal photo shops.
The actuator is a very precise mechanical component and may not be
damaged in order to guarantee its full function. It is advised to
clean the lens gently (don't press too hard) with a soft and clean
cotton swab moistened with the special lens cleaner.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : See also newsletter issues 58.01 and 96.09.01.
MODEL: CDM12.3BLC
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Tribol 9890-2 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge guidance plane (optical pick-up).
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the worm gear, idler wheel and clamping
spring.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the worm gear and the clamping
spring.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
MODEL: CDR
SYMPTOM: OPERATING
CURE: 3.1. Finalizing takes approx. 5 minutes
u Normally finalizing takes approx. 2 minutes.
u Due to the fact that finalizing is done at speed N=2.
u In case something goes wrong finalizing is automatically switched over to speed N=1
and procedure will restart. (4 minutes)
u Now in IFU is stated: “ Finalizing takes at least 2 minutes”
3.2. CD-sync activated and in first track 1 second deviation upon original disc.
u Via CD-sync, the recorder is brought in record standby position at the last recorded
position on the program area.
u When CD-player is started the digital signal is brought to digital in. When this signal
arrives immediately the linking procedure starts. After reading the last recorded 14
frames the recording of the digital input signal starts. As no buffer is used the first
frames are not stored. (Max. about 400 msec. are lost)
3.3. How to erase one track between other tracks on CD-RW disc?
u It is not possible to erase tracks between other tracks. Only the last recorded track can
be erased. In case of an erasure between tracks make first a copy of the to be safed
tracks to another disc and then erase track after track to the desired position and add
stored recording again.
3.4. Can a copy of another copy be made?
u For Philips Digital Audio CDR recorders SCMS protocol is valid
u This applies even to devices without a digital output
u SCMS allows any number of digital copies of original sound carriers, but prevents
further digital copies of this created master.
u copies of this created master can only be made via D/A -> A/D conversion.
u According to audio interface standard IEC958, via channel status bit (timeslot30), the
channel status word consists out of 384 bits per blok,each bit repeated twice so 192
channel status bits per blok are available. In channel status word every digital source is
identified by an 8-bit “category code” Category code is formed by bit 8-15 of the channel
status word.
u bit 15 of timeslot 30 or the last bit of the category code is called L-bit. This bit
indicates an original source, commercially released pre-recorded software (L=“1”) or a
personal recording or “home copy” (L=“0”) No indication.
u Control code gives the transmission mode and the copy protection status of the signal
that is transmitted.
u the transmission mode is given by the bits 0 and 1 of the channel status word.
u Bit 2 contains the copy status (C-bit).
u C-bit = “0” for protected and “1” for unprotected material ”alt” for “home copy of copyright
protected original”
u On recorded disc the copy bit defines the copy status:
u Q-control bit 1 (copy bit) copy protection status:
u Q-control bit 1 = “1” for protected,
u Q-control bit 1 = “0” for unprotected material
u Q-control bit 1 = alternating between “0” and “1” (alt) for “home copy of copyright
protected original”
On recorded disc the copy bit defines the copy status summarised in one table:
3.5. Can CD-i disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
u Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc
u CD-i disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs.
u Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
3.6. Can VCD disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
u Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc
u VCD disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs
u Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
3.7. Can CD-ROM disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
u Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc.
u CD-ROM disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs
u Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
3.8. Can more than one digital connection be made from one source?
u Only one digital connection per output can be made. Using more digital recorders which
are digitally connected via Input and Output sockets behind each other is very limited
because the IEC958 clockbit will deviate too much, resulting in a non proper recording.
3.9. Display indicates: No Audio
u Professional Recording Disc has been inserted in loader
u use Digital Audio CD-R or Digital Audio CD-RW discs.
MODEL: CDR
SYMPTOM: RECORDING
CURE: 2.1. Analogue input signal recorded is distorted at Playback.
u When recording analogue signals via tape or cassetterecording customer is used to
overpower the input signal. This brings more dynamic in recorded signal.
u For digital recording there is enough dynamic space between 0 dB till about -95 dB, so
overpowering is not necessary, the opposite is true; by digitalizing an overpowered
signal ‘mutes’ are converted, resulting in the distorted stored signal
2.2. Digital connected, tracks are not incremented
u Is Auto track increment function switched on. If not switch on Automatic track increment
u Digital source is using another digital output than IEC958 format (consumer part). This
is due to the transmitted subcode information which contains other data than the sub-code
information in the CD-format. To have the advantage of digital recording, the
Digital Audio Data is recorded without any problem. However the track-increment bit is
not transferred.
2.3. Disc full after some or a few tracks.
Disc full message can be the result after a misrecording.
u Misrecordings due to customer actions are:
• bumps against recorder: prevent bumps onto the set during recording process.
• dust on disc: prevent dust particles on disc
• scratches on disc: prevent scratches on disc
• set is suddenly powered off: prevent switching off!!
u Misrecording due to improper working of CD Recording Module:
• In case the error occurs always at the same time indication then Optical Pick-up Unit
is not exactly following the Pregroove track on that position: replace CD-Recording
Module (CDR765, CDR760, CDR560, CDR538; 4822 691 10737) or the CDRLoader
module part CDR870, CDR880: 4822 218 12745)
u In case a CD-R disc is used, each misrecording will automatically activate the finalizing
process of the recorder, because after a misrecording it is not possible to add further
recordings onto that CD-R disc. To have all proper recordings stored, the TOC of the
disc is filled.
u In case a CD-RW disc is used, the last recorded track will be overwritten when making
further new recordings. Here the disc is not finalized automatically, but PMA (program
memory area) is filled with the number of proper recorded tracks.
2.4. Analog input is so low that tracknumber is incremented and recording stops.
u If analog input signal starts very low (-35 dB) and automatic track increment is switched
on then track nummer x will be followed by next number (x+1) after 4 seconds. If this
low signal still continues the recording will be switched off after some seconds.
u By applying Manually track increment this signal can be recorded.
u Automatic switch off has been modified by adapting µP software program in CDR765,
CDR760, CDR560, CDR538.
2.5. Loud noise on CD-RW disc
u CD-RW erasings are only done in PMA. The original signal will be overwritten later on. It
might occur that the overwriting does not start at exactly the beginning of the frame of
the track to be overwritten. In case overwritten signal consisted out of loud signal, then
this short remaining signal can give this suddenly loud noise.
u For this phenomenon no better solution is possible.
MODEL: CDR
SYMPTOM: Playback behaviour
CURE: 1.1. Display indicates: No disc
u Indeed no disc inserted
u Inserted disc is not recognised by Loader CDR mechanism
(defective disc or damaged disc)
u Does the set work properly with another CDDA disc (pre-recorded Audio disc)?
o If Yes then disc is indeed defective
o If No then check the functioning of the set.
u Disc is not positioned correctly on tray at inserting and therefore not recognised by
Loader CDR mechanism, reposition disc on tray.
1.2. CD-RW disc is not recognised
u Is it a CD-RW Digital Audio disc?
o If Yes and if the set is working properly on other recording discs, this particular disc
should be “DC-Erased” (Power off, ERASE + RECORD simultaneously and switch
Power on) This operation takes about 37 minutes and returns that CD-RW disc to its
virginal status again.
MODEL: CDR
SYMPTOM: The CDM 12.1 mechanism recoded to kit VAM1201
CURE: 4822 691 30278 is recoded into kit 4822 310 11263.
Also the disc clamp has to be replaced.
MODEL: CDR200
SYMPTOM: Power supply is defective
CURE: It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR200
SYMPTOM: Short interruptions in recordings
CURE: The problem is most probably caused by unstable operation of the
power supply. It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR200
SYMPTOM: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
CURE: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit containing the
mosts sensitive components has been created.
It can be ordered with service codenumber 3122 785 90130.
The service kit contains the following parts:
1120, 3109, 3113, 3126, 3127, 3128, 6113, 6210, 7110, 7125, 7200
MODEL: CDR200
SYMPTOM: power supply service kit 3122 785 90130
CURE: the power supply service kit 3122 785 90130,
mentioned in Service Newsletter AS2000.02, will not be delivered.
Please order defective parts separately.
IRIS CODE: A532
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Power supply is defective.
CURE: It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: To solve “No copy“ problem in FW538 systems
CURE: To solve†.No cop?. problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for recording
within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will go to
Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: To solve “No copy“ problem in FW538 systems
CURE: To solve†.No cop?. problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for recording
within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will go to
Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS : SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Short interruptions in recordings.
CURE: The problem is most probably caused by unstable operation of the
power supply. It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Howling occurs during analog recording from FW538
CURE: The problem is caused by a closed loop witch is formed via
CDR line-out FW538 AUX-in FW538 line out CDR line -in.
There is no other solution available as to advise the customer not to
select the AUX mode on the FW538 during analog recording.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Stops recording when connected to CD713,CD723,CD753
CURE: During manual recording the digital output signal of the CD player is
muted for a short time during start up. The mute causes a stop of the
CDR recorder. The problem can only be solved by a software upgrade of
IC7322. (4822 900 11306).
The problem does not occur when using the CD sync function.
Software has been implemented from week 9841 onwards.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
CURE: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit containing the
mosts sensitive components has been created.
It can be ordered with service codenumber 3122 785 90130.
The service kit contains the following parts:
1120, 3109, 3113, 3126, 3127, 3128, 6113, 6210, 7110, 7125, 7200
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement
CURE: the flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is
accompanied by a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of
all available information which will help to make a diagnosis about the
returned defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the
restitution will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: power supply service kit 3122 785 90130
CURE: the power supply service kit 3122 785 90130,
mentioned in Service Newsletter AS2000.02, will not be delivered.
Please order defective parts separately.
IRIS CODE: A532
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Attention for shipment
CURE: Attention for shipment
Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement, the
flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Typenumber information
CURE: Typenumber information
The loader of these types is delivered separately from the PCB.
The code number of the loader of these types is 4822 691 10737.
Each type number has his own PCB codenumber.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
CURE: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
-
Customer is advised to apply the following instructions:
TO DUPLICATE A CD VIA [CD SYNCRO] OR [CD SYNC] FUNCTION:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed. Using the
CD SYNCRO button on the CD Recorder it will allow to make a duplicate
of the desired CD.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load the blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system FW538.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press CD SYNCRO on the CD Recorder.
- CD SYNC, SYNC appears on the display.
- RECORD starts flashing.
- If now DIG starts flashing, the digital connection is incorrect.
If DIG remains flashing check if there is an input signal or STOP
the CDR-recorder and press OPEN/CLOSE on the CD-changer
and start again at step 3.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system to start recording.
- RECORD stops flashing.
!! Do not change source on the CD Recorder or mini system
during CD Synchro recording.
!! Do not press PAUSE, PREVIOUS, NEXT or SEARCH button
during CD Synchro recording.
When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
Customer needs to finalise the recorded disc before he can play it on
a regular (no recording) CD player.
TO RECORD CD TRACKS ONE BY ONE:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load a blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press AUTO/MANUAL on the CD Recorder to select AUTO.
- The track numbers are increased automatically.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system FW538.
- This is to verify whether the disc and track are correct.
6 Press PREVIOUS on the mini system FW538.
- It will jump to the beginning of the current track.
7 Press PAUSE on the mini system FW538.
- Playing of the track is temporary interrupted.
8 Press RECORD on the CD Recorder
- WAIT appears on the display
- RECORD starts flashing.
9 Press PLAY on the CD Recorder and the mini system simultaneously to
start recording
- RECORD stops flashing.
10 Press STOP on the CD Recorder and the mini system to
stop recording.
- When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
11 Repeat steps 5 to 10 for new tracks.
You need to finalise the recorded disc before you can play it on a
regular (no recording) CD player.
!! Customer can program the track sequence he desires from a
particular disc. Programming of tracks from more than one disc is
not advisable.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve No copy problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for
recording within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will
go to Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer
systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS :
SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR538
SYMPTOM: Preventing faulty recording
CURE: Preventing faulty recording
-
When an external CD player or CD changer is in PAUSE function and
NEXT or PREVIOUS keys are pressed the CDR recorder can get in a
recording function which records many tracks on a disc with a muted
signal and all tracks are about 3 or 4 seconds long.
In case of recording from CD-changers:
To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the
CD-recorders CDR765, CDR760, CDR560 and CDR538 have a 3
seconds auto stop mode built in. As CD changers most often need
more than 3 seconds to start or switch over from one disc to another
the muted input signal is recorded and automatically stopped.
To prevent this fault condition the recording has to be executed in
the following way:
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with the CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more than one disc:
Select the analog input with SOURCE and start recording manually
by pushing RECORD & PLAY sequential on the CD-recorder. After
that Start playing the CD-changer.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Power supply is defective.
CURE: It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: To solve “No copy“ problem in FW538 systems
CURE: To solve†.No cop?. problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for recording
within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will go to
Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS : SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Short interruptions in recordings
CURE: The problem is most probably caused by unstable operation of the
power supply. It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Howling occurs during analog recording from FW538
CURE: The problem is caused by a closed loop witch is formed via
CDR line-out FW538 AUX-in FW538 line out CDR line -in.
There is no other solution available as to advise the customer not to
select the AUX mode on the FW538 during analog recording.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: From pause, CD changer starts again recording with mute
CURE: To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the CD
recorders have a 3 seconds auto stop mode built in. To prevent this
fault condition the recording has to be executed in the following way.
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more then one disc:
First start the recording manually on the cd recorder. After that
start playing the cd-changer.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Stops recording when connected to CD713,CD723,CD753
CURE: During manual recording the digital output signal of the CD player is
muted for a short time during start up. The mute causes a stop of the
CDR recorder. The problem can only be solved by a software upgrade of
IC7322. (4822 900 11306).
The problem does not occur when using the CD sync function.
Software has been implemented from week 9841 onwards.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
CURE: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit containing the
mosts sensitive components has been created.
It can be ordered with service codenumber 3122 785 90130.
The service kit contains the following parts:
1120, 3109, 3113, 3126, 3127, 3128, 6113, 6210, 7110, 7125, 7200
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement,
CURE: the flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is
accompanied by a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of
all available information which will help to make a diagnosis about the
returned defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the
restitution will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: power supply service kit 3122 785 90130
CURE: the power supply service kit 3122 785 90130,
mentioned in Service Newsletter AS2000.02, will not be delivered.
Please order defective parts separately.
IRIS CODE: A532
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Attention for shipment
CURE: Attention for shipment
Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement, the
flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve No copy problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for
recording within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will
go to Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer
systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS :
SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Preventing faulty recording
CURE: Preventing faulty recording
-
When an external CD player or CD changer is in PAUSE function and
NEXT or PREVIOUS keys are pressed the CDR recorder can get in a
recording function which records many tracks on a disc with a muted
signal and all tracks are about 3 or 4 seconds long.
In case of recording from CD-changers:
To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the
CD-recorders CDR765, CDR760, CDR560 and CDR538 have a 3
seconds auto stop mode built in. As CD changers most often need
more than 3 seconds to start or switch over from one disc to another
the muted input signal is recorded and automatically stopped.
To prevent this fault condition the recording has to be executed in
the following way:
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with the CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more than one disc:
Select the analog input with SOURCE and start recording manually
by pushing RECORD & PLAY sequential on the CD-recorder. After
that Start playing the CD-changer.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
CURE: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
-
Customer is advised to apply the following instructions:
TO DUPLICATE A CD VIA [CD SYNCRO] OR [CD SYNC] FUNCTION:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed. Using the
CD SYNCRO button on the CD Recorder it will allow to make a duplicate
of the desired CD.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load the blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system FW538.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press CD SYNCRO on the CD Recorder.
- CD SYNC, SYNC appears on the display.
- RECORD starts flashing.
- If now DIG starts flashing, the digital connection is incorrect.
If DIG remains flashing check if there is an input signal or STOP
the CDR-recorder and press OPEN/CLOSE on the CD-changer
and start again at step 3.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system to start recording.
- RECORD stops flashing.
!! Do not change source on the CD Recorder or mini system
during CD Synchro recording.
!! Do not press PAUSE, PREVIOUS, NEXT or SEARCH button
during CD Synchro recording.
When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
Customer needs to finalise the recorded disc before he can play it on
a regular (no recording) CD player.
TO RECORD CD TRACKS ONE BY ONE:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load a blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press AUTO/MANUAL on the CD Recorder to select AUTO.
- The track numbers are increased automatically.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system FW538.
- This is to verify whether the disc and track are correct.
6 Press PREVIOUS on the mini system FW538.
- It will jump to the beginning of the current track.
7 Press PAUSE on the mini system FW538.
- Playing of the track is temporary interrupted.
8 Press RECORD on the CD Recorder
- WAIT appears on the display
- RECORD starts flashing.
9 Press PLAY on the CD Recorder and the mini system simultaneously to
start recording
- RECORD stops flashing.
10 Press STOP on the CD Recorder and the mini system to
stop recording.
- When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
11 Repeat steps 5 to 10 for new tracks.
You need to finalise the recorded disc before you can play it on a
regular (no recording) CD player.
!! Customer can program the track sequence he desires from a
particular disc. Programming of tracks from more than one disc is
not advisable.
MODEL: CDR560
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR570
SYMPTOM: Stops during recording
Motor noise while recording CDR/W disc
CURE: Above problems can be solved by a hardware (1) and a software (2)
modification. Note that both changes must be implemented at the
same time.
1. Hardware modification at the topside of the main board
• Change item 2335 from 10nF to 47nF (3198 017 34730)
• Change item 3337 from 68k½ to 56k½ (4822 051 30563)
Portion of Main Board (top side) for location of 2335 / 3337
2. Software modification
• The software version of item 7208 at the topside (in socket) has to
be changed to version 91.80 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version 91.80 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 94850.
• The software version of item 7703 at the top side (soldered) has to
be changed to version R-1.34 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version R-1.34 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 85760.
Portion of Main board for location of flash memories 7208 / 7703
REMARKS : The status of the main-board can be identified by the board label.
For board label F and lower : change 2335/3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label G : change 3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label H : replace 7208/7703
For board label I : no changes necessary
MODEL: CDR570
SYMPTOM: Dealer Diagnostics
Figure 6.1 is wrong
CURE: The correct buttons for entering the test are
“REWIND” + “FFWD” (instead of “PLAY” + “STOP”).
MODEL: CDR570
SYMPTOM: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CURE: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CDR770, CDR775, CDR930, CDR950 (3104 125 40110).
CDR Main Board, Circuit Diagram 6:
In course of production, fuse resistors 3411 and 3439 (4R7) have
been replaced by coils.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3411 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
3439 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
REMARKS : The modification will improve the temperature behaviour.
IRIS CODE:415C
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Power supply is defective.
CURE: It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: To solve “No copy“ problem in FW538 systems
CURE: To solve†.No cop?. problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for recording
within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will go to
Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS : SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Short interruptions in recordings
CURE: The problem is most probably caused by unstable operation of the
power supply. It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Volume various when switching off the CDR and switch on another source
CURE: CDR760 in combination with FR731.
Wrong cable connection between CDR and receiver. The plug REC out of the receiver must be connected with the plug IN on thr CDR. The plug IN of the receiver must be connected to the plug OUT of the CDR.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Howling occurs during analog recording from FW538
CURE: The problem is caused by a closed loop witch is formed via
CDR line-out FW538 AUX-in FW538 line out CDR line -in.
There is no other solution available as to advise the customer not to
select the AUX mode on the FW538 during analog recording.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: From pause, CD changer starts again recording with mute
CURE: To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the CD
recorders have a 3 seconds auto stop mode built in. To prevent this
fault condition the recording has to be executed in the following way.
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more then one disc:
First start the recording manually on the cd recorder. After that
start playing the cd-changer.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Stops recording when connected to CD713,CD723,CD753
CURE: During manual recording the digital output signal of the CD player is
muted for a short time during start up. The mute causes a stop of the
CDR recorder. The problem can only be solved by a software upgrade of
IC7322. (4822 900 11306).
The problem does not occur when using the CD sync function.
Software has been implemented from week 9841 onwards.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement
CURE: the flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is
accompanied by a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of
all available information which will help to make a diagnosis about the
returned defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the
restitution will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
CURE: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit containing the
mosts sensitive components has been created.
It can be ordered with service codenumber 3122 785 90130.
The service kit contains the following parts:
1120, 3109, 3113, 3126, 3127, 3128, 6113, 6210, 7110, 7125, 7200
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: power supply service kit 3122 785 90130
CURE: the power supply service kit 3122 785 90130,
mentioned in Service Newsletter AS2000.02, will not be delivered.
Please order defective parts separately.
IRIS CODE: A532
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Attention for shipment
CURE: Attention for shipment
Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement, the
flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve No copy problem in FW538 systems when recording
digitally new software version V2.4. has been introduced.
With SW V2.4 the unit will go into Record Standby after recording
instead of Stop. If no further audio signals are presented for
recording within 1 minute after going into Standby mode, the unit will
go to Stop. This solves the problem of recording with CD Changer
systems.
The new SW V2.4 has to be implemented for IC 7322 on the CDR
Main Board and is available under service codenumber
4822 900 11306.
REMARKS :
SW V2.4 has been introduced in production:
for CDR538/00S, CDR560/00S and CDR560/06S in week 9849
marked with AH-no. 03.
for CDR560/11S in week 9902 with AH-no. 02.
for CDR560/17 in week 9902 with AH-no. 01.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
CURE: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
-
Customer is advised to apply the following instructions:
TO DUPLICATE A CD VIA [CD SYNCRO] OR [CD SYNC] FUNCTION:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed. Using the
CD SYNCRO button on the CD Recorder it will allow to make a duplicate
of the desired CD.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load the blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system FW538.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press CD SYNCRO on the CD Recorder.
- CD SYNC, SYNC appears on the display.
- RECORD starts flashing.
- If now DIG starts flashing, the digital connection is incorrect.
If DIG remains flashing check if there is an input signal or STOP
the CDR-recorder and press OPEN/CLOSE on the CD-changer
and start again at step 3.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system to start recording.
- RECORD stops flashing.
!! Do not change source on the CD Recorder or mini system
during CD Synchro recording.
!! Do not press PAUSE, PREVIOUS, NEXT or SEARCH button
during CD Synchro recording.
When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
Customer needs to finalise the recorded disc before he can play it on
a regular (no recording) CD player.
TO RECORD CD TRACKS ONE BY ONE:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load a blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press AUTO/MANUAL on the CD Recorder to select AUTO.
- The track numbers are increased automatically.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system FW538.
- This is to verify whether the disc and track are correct.
6 Press PREVIOUS on the mini system FW538.
- It will jump to the beginning of the current track.
7 Press PAUSE on the mini system FW538.
- Playing of the track is temporary interrupted.
8 Press RECORD on the CD Recorder
- WAIT appears on the display
- RECORD starts flashing.
9 Press PLAY on the CD Recorder and the mini system simultaneously to
start recording
- RECORD stops flashing.
10 Press STOP on the CD Recorder and the mini system to
stop recording.
- When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
11 Repeat steps 5 to 10 for new tracks.
You need to finalise the recorded disc before you can play it on a
regular (no recording) CD player.
!! Customer can program the track sequence he desires from a
particular disc. Programming of tracks from more than one disc is
not advisable.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Preventing faulty recording
CURE: Preventing faulty recording
-
When an external CD player or CD changer is in PAUSE function and
NEXT or PREVIOUS keys are pressed the CDR recorder can get in a
recording function which records many tracks on a disc with a muted
signal and all tracks are about 3 or 4 seconds long.
In case of recording from CD-changers:
To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the
CD-recorders CDR765, CDR760, CDR560 and CDR538 have a 3
seconds auto stop mode built in. As CD changers most often need
more than 3 seconds to start or switch over from one disc to another
the muted input signal is recorded and automatically stopped.
To prevent this fault condition the recording has to be executed in
the following way:
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with the CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more than one disc:
Select the analog input with SOURCE and start recording manually
by pushing RECORD & PLAY sequential on the CD-recorder. After
that Start playing the CD-changer.
MODEL: CDR760
SYMPTOM: Typenumber information
CURE: Typenumber information
The loader of these types is delivered separately from the PCB.
The code number of the loader of these types is 4822 691 10737.
Each type number has his own PCB codenumber.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Power supply is defective.
CURE: It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Short interruptions in recordings
CURE: The problem is most probably caused by unstable operation of the
power supply. It is advised to repleace the following items:
• pos. 7125 (STP4 or STP3) by STP5
• pos. 6210 (PBYR745) by PBYR10100
REMARKS : For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
3122 785 90130 is available (see 02.01 for details).
Items 6210 and 7125 can also be ordered separately:
Pos Codenumber Article description
—————————————————–————-
6210 9340 205 70127 PBYR10100
7125 9322 126 65687 STP5
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Howling occurs during analog recording from FW538
CURE: The problem is caused by a closed loop witch is formed via
CDR line-out FW538 AUX-in FW538 line out CDR line -in.
There is no other solution available as to advise the customer not to
select the AUX mode on the FW538 during analog recording.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: From pause, CD changer starts again recording with mute
CURE: To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the CD
recorders have a 3 seconds auto stop mode built in. To prevent this
fault condition the recording has to be executed in the following way.
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more then one disc:
First start the recording manually on the cd recorder. After that
start playing the cd-changer.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Shock sensitivity CD-Player, audio-mutes on recorded CD after dubbing
CURE: The CD-Player module is very sensitive to shocks. Also during dubbing
of an audio-CD, mutes can be heard on the recorded CD.
These mutes are mostly located in track 1. Both of these problems can
be solved by a software upgrade to V1.6 for IC 7220 on the CD Main
Board. Service code number reads 4822 900 11309.
The shock sensitivity problem had already been addressed in item
08.06 of issue AS98.08 (98-10-30) of the Service Newsletter. The cure
for the above problem(s), as mentioned in that Service Newsletter,
needs to be changed as follows:
Upgrading IC 7220 on the CD Main Board to SW V1.6, solves the problems
of shock sensitivity and audio mutes, regardless of the suspension
grommets used in the CD-Player module.
REMARKS :
Together with the new software V1.6, the original black suspension
grommets will be reintroduced into production from week 9903 onwards.
The CD-Loader unit with modified software has been marked VN03.
The set with built-in modified software has been marked VN04.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: audio-mutes on recorded CD after
dubbing
CURE: The CD-Player module is very sensitive to shocks. Also during
dubbing of an audio-CD, mutes can be heard on the recorded CD.
These mutes are mostly located in track 1. Both of these problems
can be solved by a software upgrade to V1.6 for IC 7220 on the CD
Main Board. Service code number reads 4822 900 11309.
The shock sensitivity problem had already been addressed in item
08.06 of issue AS98.08 (98-10-30) of the Service Newsletter. The
cure for the above problem(s), as mentioned in that Service
Newsletter, needs to be changed as follows:
Upgrading IC 7220 on the CD Main Board to SW V1.6, solves the
problems of shock sensitivity and audio mutes, regardless of the
suspension grommets used in the CD-Player module.
REMARKS : Together with the new software V1.6, the original black suspension
grommets will be reintroduced into production from week 9903
onwards.
The CD-Loader unit with modified software has been marked VN03.
The set with built-in modified software has been marked VN04.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit
CURE: For repair of the power supply unit a special service kit containing the
mosts sensitive components has been created.
It can be ordered with service codenumber 3122 785 90130.
The service kit contains the following parts:
1120, 3109, 3113, 3126, 3127, 3128, 6113, 6210, 7110, 7125, 7200
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement,
CURE: the flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is
accompanied by a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of
all available information which will help to make a diagnosis about the
returned defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the
restitution will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: power supply service kit 3122 785 90130
CURE: the power supply service kit 3122 785 90130,
mentioned in Service Newsletter AS2000.02, will not be delivered.
Please order defective parts separately.
IRIS CODE: A532
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
CURE: Recording from FW538 (CD-Changer)
-
Customer is advised to apply the following instructions:
TO DUPLICATE A CD VIA [CD SYNCRO] OR [CD SYNC] FUNCTION:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed. Using the
CD SYNCRO button on the CD Recorder it will allow to make a duplicate
of the desired CD.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load the blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system FW538.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press CD SYNCRO on the CD Recorder.
- CD SYNC, SYNC appears on the display.
- RECORD starts flashing.
- If now DIG starts flashing, the digital connection is incorrect.
If DIG remains flashing check if there is an input signal or STOP
the CDR-recorder and press OPEN/CLOSE on the CD-changer
and start again at step 3.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system to start recording.
- RECORD stops flashing.
!! Do not change source on the CD Recorder or mini system
during CD Synchro recording.
!! Do not press PAUSE, PREVIOUS, NEXT or SEARCH button
during CD Synchro recording.
When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
Customer needs to finalise the recorded disc before he can play it on
a regular (no recording) CD player.
TO RECORD CD TRACKS ONE BY ONE:
Make sure that the digital connection has been completed.
1 Make sure the CDR- or CDRW-disc is absolutely free of scratches
and dust particles.
2 Load a blank CD Recordable (Digital Audio) disc into the
CD Recorder and the original CD into the mini system.
3 Press SOURCE on the CD Recorder to select DIG OPTICAL mode.
4 Press AUTO/MANUAL on the CD Recorder to select AUTO.
- The track numbers are increased automatically.
5 Press PLAY on the mini system FW538.
- This is to verify whether the disc and track are correct.
6 Press PREVIOUS on the mini system FW538.
- It will jump to the beginning of the current track.
7 Press PAUSE on the mini system FW538.
- Playing of the track is temporary interrupted.
8 Press RECORD on the CD Recorder
- WAIT appears on the display
- RECORD starts flashing.
9 Press PLAY on the CD Recorder and the mini system simultaneously to
start recording
- RECORD stops flashing.
10 Press STOP on the CD Recorder and the mini system to
stop recording.
- When recording is completed, the display will show UPDATE.
11 Repeat steps 5 to 10 for new tracks.
You need to finalise the recorded disc before you can play it on a
regular (no recording) CD player.
!! Customer can program the track sequence he desires from a
particular disc. Programming of tracks from more than one disc is
not advisable.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Attention for shipment
CURE: Attention for shipment
Whenever the CDR Loader Module is removed for replacement, the
flex foil cables connecting the CDM-board and the CDR Main Board
should be included in the shipment because they are part of the
Loader Module.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Typenumber information
CURE: Typenumber information
The loader of these types is delivered separately from the PCB.
The code number of the loader of these types is 4822 691 10737.
Each type number has his own PCB codenumber.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Preventing faulty recording
CURE: Preventing faulty recording
-
When an external CD player or CD changer is in PAUSE function and
NEXT or PREVIOUS keys are pressed the CDR recorder can get in a
recording function which records many tracks on a disc with a muted
signal and all tracks are about 3 or 4 seconds long.
In case of recording from CD-changers:
To avoid long pauses or a full recorded disc with silence the
CD-recorders CDR765, CDR760, CDR560 and CDR538 have a 3
seconds auto stop mode built in. As CD changers most often need
more than 3 seconds to start or switch over from one disc to another
the muted input signal is recorded and automatically stopped.
To prevent this fault condition the recording has to be executed in
the following way:
Recording one disc:
-
Start recording with the CD-sync function, digitally connected.
Recording a program over more than one disc:
Select the analog input with SOURCE and start recording manually
by pushing RECORD & PLAY sequential on the CD-recorder. After
that Start playing the CD-changer.
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
Shock-sensitivity CD player part
Under certain conditions the CD-player module is very sensitive to
shocks.
By using several separates in a tower configuration, it is advised to
place the recorder on top of it. If this is not solving the problem,
the damping grommets of the CDM121.4 (Items 42,43,44,45) have to be
replaced by 4822 404 10987.
This has been implemented from week 9842
MODEL: CDR765
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10737) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10737.
MODEL: CDR770
SYMPTOM: Stops during recording
Motor noise while recording CDR/W disc
CURE: Above problems can be solved by a hardware (1) and a software (2)
modification. Note that both changes must be implemented at the
same time.
1. Hardware modification at the topside of the main board
• Change item 2335 from 10nF to 47nF (3198 017 34730)
• Change item 3337 from 68k½ to 56k½ (4822 051 30563)
Portion of Main Board (top side) for location of 2335 / 3337
2. Software modification
• The software version of item 7208 at the topside (in socket) has to
be changed to version 91.80 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version 91.80 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 94850.
• The software version of item 7703 at the top side (soldered) has to
be changed to version R-1.34 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version R-1.34 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 85760.
Portion of Main board for location of flash memories 7208 / 7703
REMARKS : The status of the main-board can be identified by the board label.
For board label F and lower : change 2335/3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label G : change 3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label H : replace 7208/7703
For board label I : no changes necessary
MODEL: CDR770
SYMPTOM: Dealer Diagnostics
Figure 6.1 is wrong
CURE: The correct buttons for entering the test are
“REWIND” + “FFWD” (instead of “PLAY” + “STOP”).
MODEL: CDR770
SYMPTOM: codenumber for the complete (and adjusted)
CDR-Module
CURE: The correct codenumber for the complete (and adjusted)
CDR-Module reads 3104 129 52521.
For this module a central repair procedure has been initiated.
The loader assembly, pos. 81 in the partslist (9305 043 20901),
cannot be used for repair because the CDL4009 needs an extra
adjustment on the mainboard which cannot be carried out on first
level. Please do not order these loaders, as they are reserved for the
central repairshop only.
MODEL: CDR770
SYMPTOM: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CURE: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CDR770, CDR775, CDR930, CDR950 (3104 125 40110).
CDR Main Board, Circuit Diagram 6:
In course of production, fuse resistors 3411 and 3439 (4R7) have
been replaced by coils.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3411 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
3439 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
REMARKS : The modification will improve the temperature behaviour.
IRIS CODE:415C
MODEL: CDR775
SYMPTOM: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CURE: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CDR770, CDR775, CDR930, CDR950 (3104 125 40110).
CDR Main Board, Circuit Diagram 6:
In course of production, fuse resistors 3411 and 3439 (4R7) have
been replaced by coils.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3411 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
3439 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
REMARKS : The modification will improve the temperature behaviour.
IRIS CODE:415C
MODEL: CDR785/17
SYMPTOM: The Standby-LED is inoperative.
CURE: The power consumption in standby is higher than specified an close to the power consumption is STOP-mode.
The problem is caused by the fishplate holding the Power Supply
Unit. In some cases the fishplate can touch a copper track of the
Power Board close to resistor R204.
This will short-circuit parts of the power supply circuitry to the ground potential of the bottom frame.
As a result, the display will switch off, but the LED does not light.
Solution: Place an insulating layer (i.e. friction tape or piece of Fuller board) between printed board and holder.
REMARKS : The green protection lacquer on the printed board normally ensures proper insulation of copper tracks. However, due to transportation or
rough handling, the critical area can get exposed.
In production, the bottom frame has been modified.
The modified parts are used from week 0020.4 onwards.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Discs, recorded and finalised via a computer, cannot be played.
CURE: CDR870 is not able to play CD R/W discs, . The CDR870 display shows
No Audio.
Explanation:
The audio bit, standing in the ATIP pregrove, is checked before
starting up. In case of a final finalised CDR disc, the ATIP (Engine)
is switched off. So the application can not reach this information
anymore.
In case of CD R/W, ATIP must always be active (to allow Erase DISC).
So the audio bit will be detected by the application when starting up
this disc.
Because the audio bit is not detected in this case, the display shows
the message NO AUDIO.
This is not an error but a too strong implementation of the law.
In fact you may not record audio on a general purpose disc with a
CDR870.
REMARKS :
In the future reading audio from a general purpose disc will be
allowed. (CDR760 ....)
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 2/5
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Bad recording when using optical input of set
CURE: This problem is caused by the optical input device PLR102 (item 1520
on the connector PCB). In case the risetime specification is worse
than 50ns, the optical input signal may result in a bad recording.
There are 2 solutions possible:
1. Replace PLR102 by TORX174 (Toshiba) with service codenumber
4822 130 91224. C2508 has to be replaced by a short circuit to
ground. The risetime specifications of this device are <30ns.
2. Use one of the free inverter ports of device 74HCU04N (item 7500)
to improve the optical in signal. This can be done as follows:
- Connect output 4 of optical device to pin 9 of IC7500.
This pin must be lifted from the PCB.
- Connect pin 8 of IC7500 to pin 14 of connector 1500.
- Interrupt copper track between pin 14 of connector 1500 to pin 4
of switch 1522 (not mounted).
With this solution, steep flanks will be created on the signal.
Note that inverting is no problem for a biphase signal.
REMARKS :
An improved connector PCB will be introduced in course of production.
See Service Information A98-250 (4822 725 25244).
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: A DA CD-RW disc is not recognised
CURE: Execute a DC-erase action on that particular disc:
(power off, press erase + record simultaneously and switch power on)
DC-erase will take about 37 minutes (double speed)
Normal erase procedures remove information in PMA but not the actual
info.
In case of unclearance in the PMA the internal up does not recognise
the written information and does not accept current disc.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Finalizing takes 4 minutes.
CURE: Under optimal conditions finalizing of the disc will be at 2x speed
and take approx. 2 minutes. If this does not work, the player will
switch to 1x speed, which takes approx. 4 minutes.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: A printing error has occurred on the front page
CURE: A printing error has occurred on the front page of the CDR870
Service Information Issue A98-250. The service codenumber of part
1520 should read 4822 218 11487 instead of 4822 218 11987.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: The Recording Test disc
CURE: The Recording Test disc
-
Problems concerning the recording facilities of the CDR870 can be
checked by using a blank Digital Audio CD-ReWritable disc.
This disc can be re-used afterwards and the CD-RW recording strategy
does not deviate strong from the CD-R writing process. To define
whether the set is working proper this disc can be read after
recording and even after finalising.
To ERASE complete disc use the service test program and actuate
simultaneously and keys together with .
This will take about 37 minutes because erasing is done at double disc
speed.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
A printing error has occurred on the front page of the CDR870
Service Information Issue A98-250. The service codenumber of part
1520 should read 4822 218 11487 instead of 4822 218 11987.
REMARKS :
3 5 5 7 IRIS CODE
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 691 10644) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 691 10644.
REMARKS :
Instead of 4822 691 10644 can be delivered 4822 214 12745
(CDR880 version of the module). This loader module is backwards
compatible for CDR870.
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Analogue input sensitivity has been changed to 500mV.
The following parts have been changed on the level board:
R3350 changed from 15kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3351 changed from 15kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3352 changed from 5,6kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3353 changed from 5,6kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
MODEL: CDR870
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Service tools
CURE: Correction to the Service Manual, Service tools page 10.
-
The service codenumber for the maximum diameter disc (58.0mm) should
read 4822 397 60141 instead of 4822 397 30144.
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Discs, recorded and finalised via a computer, cannot be played.
CURE: CDR870 is not able to play CD R/W discs, . The CDR870 display shows
No Audio.
Explanation:
The audio bit, standing in the ATIP pregrove, is checked before
starting up. In case of a final finalised CDR disc, the ATIP (Engine)
is switched off. So the application can not reach this information
anymore.
In case of CD R/W, ATIP must always be active (to allow Erase DISC).
So the audio bit will be detected by the application when starting up
this disc.
Because the audio bit is not detected in this case, the display shows
the message NO AUDIO.
This is not an error but a too strong implementation of the law.
In fact you may not record audio on a general purpose disc with a
CDR870.
REMARKS :
In the future reading audio from a general purpose disc will be
allowed. (CDR760 ....)
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 2/5
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: A DA CD-RW disc is not recognised
CURE: Execute a DC-erase action on that particular disc:
(power off, press erase + record simultaneously and switch power on)
DC-erase will take about 37 minutes (double speed)
Normal erase procedures remove information in PMA but not the actual
info.
In case of unclearance in the PMA the internal up does not recognise
the written information and does not accept current disc.
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Possibility to erase TOC when unfinalizing CD-RW
CURE: Upgrading of software V1.4 to V1.7 for EPROM 7322 (service
codenumber 4822 900 11271) will make it possible to erase the Table
Of Contents (TOC) when unfinalizing a CD-RW disc.
This software upgrade will also automatically stop a recording session
after the source has stopped or after disconnection of the source
(Autostop).
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: A new Tray Locking Device has been released
CURE: to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Upgrading
CURE: Upgrading
-
Upgrading of software V1.4 to V1.7 for EPROM 7322 (service codenumber
4822 900 11271) will make it possible to erase the Table Of Contents
(TOC) when unfinalizing a CD-RW disc.
This software upgrade will also automatically stop a recording session
after the source has stopped or after disconnection of the source
(Autostop).
REMARKS :
SW V1.7 will be introduced from week 9904 onwards with AH-no. 02
for CDR880/00, CDR880/00S, CDR880/06S and CDR880/17.
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 8/10
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Safety during transportation
CURE: Safety during transportation
A new Tray Locking Device has been released to increase the safety
of the units during transportation. It is strongly recommended to use
this new device whenever the unit needs to be transported. The new
locking device can be ordered using the service codenumber
4822 466 12204.
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Central repair
CURE: Central repair
In the central repair which is organized for the CDR-loader module of
above mentioned sets, the new part (4822 214 12745) is accompanied by
a fill in form. Please take care for actual inserting of all available
information which will help to make a diagnosis about the returned
defective loader, in case this form is not filled in the restitution
will not be activated. Find on one of the next pages the fill-in
form for repair 4822 214 12745.
MODEL: CDR880
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Analogue input sensitivity has been changed to 500mV.
The following parts have been changed on the level board:
R3350 changed from 15kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3351 changed from 15kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3352 changed from 5,6kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
R3353 changed from 5,6kOhm into 10kOhm (4822 117 10833)
MODEL: CDR930
SYMPTOM: Stops during recording
Motor noise while recording CDR/W disc
CURE: Above problems can be solved by a hardware (1) and a software (2)
modification. Note that both changes must be implemented at the
same time.
1. Hardware modification at the topside of the main board
• Change item 2335 from 10nF to 47nF (3198 017 34730)
• Change item 3337 from 68k½ to 56k½ (4822 051 30563)
Portion of Main Board (top side) for location of 2335 / 3337
2. Software modification
• The software version of item 7208 at the topside (in socket) has to
be changed to version 91.80 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version 91.80 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 94850.
• The software version of item 7703 at the top side (soldered) has to
be changed to version R-1.34 or higher.
Programmed flash memory with version R-1.34 can be ordered with
codenumber 3104 123 85760.
Portion of Main board for location of flash memories 7208 / 7703
REMARKS : The status of the main-board can be identified by the board label.
For board label F and lower : change 2335/3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label G : change 3337, replace 7208/7703
For board label H : replace 7208/7703
For board label I : no changes necessary
MODEL: CDR930
SYMPTOM: Dealer Diagnostics
Figure 6.1 is wrong.
CURE: The correct buttons for entering the test are
“REWIND” + “FFWD” (instead of “PLAY” + “STOP”).
MODEL: CDR930
SYMPTOM: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CURE: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CDR770, CDR775, CDR930, CDR950 (3104 125 40110).
CDR Main Board, Circuit Diagram 6:
In course of production, fuse resistors 3411 and 3439 (4R7) have
been replaced by coils.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3411 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
3439 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
REMARKS : The modification will improve the temperature behaviour.
IRIS CODE:415C
MODEL: CDR950
SYMPTOM: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CURE: Additional information to the 2nd line Service Manual CDR570,
CDR770, CDR775, CDR930, CDR950 (3104 125 40110).
CDR Main Board, Circuit Diagram 6:
In course of production, fuse resistors 3411 and 3439 (4R7) have
been replaced by coils.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3411 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
3439 4822 157 11717 COIL 50µH
REMARKS : The modification will improve the temperature behaviour.
IRIS CODE:415C
MODEL: CDR-GENERAL
SYMPTOM: User problems with recording behaviour
CURE: User problems with recording behaviour
1. Analogue input signal recorded is distorted at Playback.
When recording analogue signals via tape or cassetterecording
customer is used to overpower the input signal. This brings more
dynamic in recorded signal.
For digital recording there is enough dynamic space between 0 dB
till about -95 dB, so overpowering is not necessary, the opposite
is true; by digitalizing an overpowered signal 'mutes' are
converted, resulting in the distorted stored signal
2. Digital connected, tracks are not incremented
Is Auto track increment function switched on. If not switch on
Automatic track increment
Digital source is using another digital output than IEC958 format
(consumer part). This is due to the transmitted subcode
information which contains other data than the sub-code
information in the CD-format. To have the advantage of digital
recording, the Digital Audio Data is recorded without any
problem. However the track-increment bit is not transferred.
3. Disc full after some or a few tracks.
Disc full message can be the result after a misrecording.
Misrecordings due to customer actions are:
- bumps against recorder: prevent bumps onto the set during
recording process.
- dust on disc: prevent dust particles on disc
- scratches on disc: prevent scratches on disc
- set is suddenly powered off: prevent switching off!!
Misrecording due to improper working of CD Recording Module:
In case the error occurs always at the same time indication
then Optical Pick-up Unit is not exactly following the
Pregroove track on that position: replace CD-Recording
Module (CDR765, CDR760, CDR560, CDR538; 4822 691 10737) or the
CDRLoader module part CDR870, CDR880: 4822 218 12745)
In case a CD-R disc is used, each misrecording will automatically
activate the finalizing process of the recorder, because after a
misrecording it is not possible to add further recordings onto
that CD-R disc. To have all proper recordings stored, the TOC of
the disc is filled.
In case a CD-RW disc is used, the last recorded track will be
overwritten when making further new recordings. Here the disc is
not finalized automatically, but PMA (program memory area) is
filled with the number of proper recorded tracks.
4. Analog input is so low that tracknumber is incremented and
recording stops.
If analog input signal starts very low (-35 dB) and automatic
track increment is switched on then track nummer x will be
followed by next number (x+1) after 4 seconds. If this low signal
still continues the recording will be switched off after some
seconds.
By applying Manually track increment this signal can be recorded.
Automatic switch off has been modified by adapting uP software
program in CDR765, CDR760, CDR560, CDR538.
5. Loud noise on CD-RW disc
CD-RW erasings are only done in PMA. The original signal will be
overwritten later on. It might occur that the overwriting does
not start at exactly the beginning of the frame of the track to
be overwritten. In case overwritten signal consisted out of loud
signal, then this short remaining signal can give this suddenly
loud noise.
For this phenomenon no better solution is possible.
MODEL: CDR-GENERAL
SYMPTOM: User problems with operating behaviour
CURE: User problems with operating behaviour
1. Finalizing takes approx. 5 minutes
Normally finalizing takes approx. 2 minutes.
Due to the fact that finalizing is done at speed N=2.
In case something goes wrong finalizing is automatically switched
over to speed N=1 and procedure will restart. (4 minutes)
Now in IFU is stated:Finalizing takes at least 2 minutes
2. CD-sync activated and in first track 1 second deviation upon
original disc.
Via CD-sync, the recorder is brought in record standby position
at the last recorded position on the program area.
When CD-player is started the digital signal is brought to
digital in. When this signal arrives immediately the linking
procedure starts. After reading the last recorded 14 frames the
recording of the digital input signal starts. As no buffer is
used the first frames are not stored. (Max. about 400 msec. are
lost)
3. How to erase one track between other tracks on CD-RW disc?
It is not possible to erase tracks between other tracks. Only the
last recorded track can be erased. In case of an erasure between
tracks make first a copy of the to be safed tracks to another
disc and then erase track after track to the desired position and
add stored recording again.
4. Can a copy of another copy be made?
For Philips Digital Audio CDR recorders SCMS protocol is valid
This applies even to devices without a digital output
SCMS allows any number of digital copies of original sound
carriers, but prevents further digital copies of this created
master.
Copies of this created master can only be made via D/A -> A/D
conversion.
According to audio interface standard IEC958, via channel status
bit (timeslot30), the channel status word consists out of 384
bits per blok,each bit repeated twice so 192 channel status bits
per blok are available. In channel status word every digital
source is identified by an 8-bit category code Category code is
formed by bit 8-15 of the channel status word.
Bbit 15 of timeslot 30 or the last bit of the category code is
called L-bit. This bit indicates an original source, commercially
released pre-recorded software (L=1) or a personal recording or
home copy (L=0) No indication.
Control code gives the transmission mode and the copy protection
status of the signal that is transmitted.
The transmission mode is given by the bits 0 and 1 of the channel
status word.
Bit 2 contains the copy status (C-bit).
C-bit = 0 for protected and 1 for unprotected material alt
for home copy of copyright protected original
On recorded disc the copy bit defines the copy status:
Q-control bit 1 (copy bit) copy protection status:
Q-control bit 1 = 1 for protected,
Q-control bit 1 = 0 for unprotected material
Q-control bit 1 = alternating between 0 and 1 (alt) for home
copy of copyright protected original
5. Can CD-i disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc
CD-i disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs.
Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
6. Can VCD disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc
VCD disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs
Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
7. Can CD-ROM disc be copied to Audio CDRrecorder?
Digitally connected only the CD DA tracks on that disc.
CD-ROM disc complete is not possible, only CD DA discs
Only via analogue connection the Audio signal can be copied
8. Can more than one digital connection be made from one source?
Only one digital connection per output can be made. Using more
digital recorders which are digitally connected via Input and
Output sockets behind each other is very limited because the
IEC958 clockbit will deviate too much, resulting in a non proper
recording.
9. Display indicates: No Audio
Professional Recording Disc has been inserted in loader
Use Digital Audio CD-R or Digital Audio CD-RW discs.
MODEL: CDR-GENERAL
SYMPTOM: User problems with playback behaviour
CURE: User problems with playback behaviour
-
1. Display indicates: No disc
Indeed no disc inserted
Inserted disc is not recognised by Loader CDR mechanism
(defective disc or damaged disc)
Does the set work properly with another CDDA disc (pre-recorded
Audio disc)?
If Yes then disc is indeed defective
If No then check the functioning of the set.
Disc is not positioned correctly on tray at inserting and
therefore not recognised by Loader CDR mechanism, reposition disc
on tray.
2. CD-RW disc is not recognised
Is it a CD-RW Digital Audio disc?
If Yes and if the set is working properly on other recording
discs, this particular disc should be DC-Erased (Power off,
ERASE + RECORD simultaneously and switch Power on).
This operation takes about 37 minutes and returns that CD-RW disc
to its virginal status again.
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The service code of the tape deck transport is 4822 691 10453.
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: Correction electrical partslist
CURE: Correction electrical partslist
-
The service codenumber of the Volume Control VR204 should be
4822 101 11905.
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CS1600
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CS2500
SYMPTOM: Noise from Communal Aerial System (cable network) FM signal.
CURE: Noise caused by the FM signal from the Communal Aerial System
(cable network) which is too strong. The set has been designed to
withstand signal up to 90dBuV.
As the service solution, a resistor of 220 ohm can be added in series
with the antenna socket.After this modification the signal to the
set will be reduced by about 10dB.
MODEL: CS2500
SYMPTOM: No recording
CURE: No recording because the recording spring (item 38 on service
manual page 22) is bent to a sharp angle.
The spring can be re-bent to 90-95 degrees or replaced.
The recording spring is now available with service code
4822 492 42648.
MODEL: CS2500
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
The service code for Digital Push Knob item 12O of the Exploded View
has not been given.It should read 4822 410 62945.
MODEL: CS2500
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Erroneously, the tape deck (4822 691 20744) on stock is without the
key assembly.It is recommended to re-use the key assembly of the to
be replaced tape deck.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: The thermal fuse of the mains transformer is blown.It is caused by
short circuit of capacitor AC31 that connects across the secondary of
transformer to ground. The problem may happen depending on the quality
of the capacitor.
After the defective transformer is replaced and whenever a set is sent
to workshop for repair, remove both captors AC31, AC32 and AC33 that
are not necessary in circuit.
REMARKS :
It is advised to remove the capacitors AC31, AC32 and AC33 in every
set brought-in for repair. From week 9540 onwards capacitors have been
deleted in production.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: No source is selected when the set is switched on from standby mode.
CURE: Symptom is found only when the set is used for the first time.
After selecting a source the set is OK until capacitor C401 is
discharged. This defect is caused due to tolerance of C405.
Circuit has been modified by changing diode ZD401 into resistor
100 kOhm.
REMARKS :
Modification introduced in production from week 9528 onwards.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Add to Specifications survey:
AUX input impedance: 47kOhm
HEADPHONES output impedancd 220 Ohm
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The service code of the tape deck transport is 4822 691 10453.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: CS2600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Mains-transformer item 84 is available with service codenumber
4822 146 31455.
MODEL: CS2700
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Add to Specifications survey:
AUX input impedance: 47kOhm
HEADPHONES output impedancd 220 Ohm
MODEL: CST329
SYMPTOM: Service manual correction:
CURE: Service manual correction:
-
The service code of item IC953 is incorrect.
Mentioned was 5322 209 12185.
The correct type and code should read MC14013BCP (5322 209 14299).
MODEL: CST329
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Remote control unit available with 4822 218 10423
MODEL: CST329
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Power transformer for CST329 is now available in PCS warehouse.
Service code reads 4822 146 31315.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: CD-part totally inoperative.
CURE: Check whether plug to CN204 is loose.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check the mains switch S801 (4822 276 13377).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: No radio source selection mode.
CURE: Check S401 (4822 276 13254).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Sometimes heavy crackling sound when switching on the set.
CURE: Check the mains switch S801 (4822 276 13377).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Bad and noisy reception on FM.
CURE: Check the PCB solder quality e.g. wire bridge pos.T219.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Tape transports inoperative, motor does not turn.
CURE: Check motor (4822 361 21513) and the motor PCB.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: CD-drawer inoperative.
CURE: Check Feed-motor pos.9 (4822 361 21553).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: 500Hz equalizer potmeter slide hinders.
CURE: Check whether capacitor C312 stucks against the slide.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: CD stops during the first 10 minutes.
CURE: Bad focus finding. Replace pick-up unit (4822 218 10501).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks at higher tracks.
CURE: Check pick-up unit (4822 218 10501).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: The player stops playing after a few tracks.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 30311).
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the tape deck part stops playing.
CURE: Check whether there is a short circuit between resistor R414 and
transistor Q401.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: No recording
CURE: No recording because the recording spring (item 38 on service
manual page 22) is bent to a sharp angle.
The spring can be re-bent to 90-95 degrees or replaced.
The recording spring is now available with service code
4822 492 42648.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Cassette deck does not record.
CURE: It might be that the record spring pos.38 is loose from record
switch. Remount the spring.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Record button deck A cannot be pushed.
CURE: Check whether the record lever is bent. Rebend the lever in an
angle of 90 degrees.
MODEL: CST339
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Erroneously, the tape deck (4822 691 20744) on stock is without the
key assembly.It is recommended to re-use the key assembly of the to
be replaced tape deck.
MODEL: D2999/05
SYMPTOM: Only hiss on sound on AM or F.M. Display shows correct frequency.
CURE: On checking around it was found that there was no AM VT or FM VT
(Tuning voltage). Replacing IC7176 (MN6147) restored operation.
MODEL: D3110
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3160
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3260
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3262
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3530
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3540
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3630
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3632
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3650
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3652
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3670
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D3672
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D4112
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D4540
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D4632
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D4652
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service
information.
MODEL: D6560
SYMPTOM: impedance of the loudspeakers 1000 and 1001
CURE: The impedance of the loudspeakers 1000 and 1001 has been
changed from 4E to 6E in order to reduce click noise at low
frequency.
The codenumbers of the new loudspeakers are:
1000 2422 264 00382 Woofer 6.5“
1001 2422 264 00383 Tweeter 2.5“
REMARKS : Modification has been implemented in production from week 0004
onwards.
The output power remains unchanged at AC supply mode.
MODEL: D6560
SYMPTOM: Correction to Mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction to Mechanical partslist:
-
The service codenumber of item 74, Eject Hook on the Tape Deck
should be 4822 403 30792.
MODEL: D6650/30
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Next service spare parts are added to the partslist.
item description service code number
1002 woofer4822 240 60153
1003 tweeter 4822 240 30262
5001 transformer 4822 145 30293
MODEL: D6800
SYMPTOM: Correction to service manuals
CURE: Correction to service manuals
-
It should be noted that on the circuit diagrams of the above models
test points TP1 and TP2 are transposed.TP1 should be on pin 8 of
IC812 and TP2 on the positive supply to pin 7.
MODEL: D6800
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit to switch off battery supply
CURE: Additional circuit to switch off battery supply
-
In later production sets a circuit has been added to switch off the
battery supply when the voltage falls below approximately 4.5
volts.
This is to prevent possible leakage from batteries that have been
allowed to become completely run down.The extra components have
been mounted on a small additional PCB or in some sets on the main
PCB adjacent to on-off switch SK110.
Part numbers:
Q501BC8694822 130 60142
Q502BC848B 4822 130 41982.
MODEL: D8534
SYMPTOM: Cassette deck control knobs available separately
CURE: Cassette deck control knobs available separately
The control knobs for the cassette deck in the above models are now
available separately.The knobs are shown as a complete set in the
service manual as item 403 for D8534 and item 414 for D8644 under
code number 4822 410 23275.
The code numbers for the individual control knobs are as follows:
FUNCTIONCODE NUMBER
WIND4822 410 60295
PLAY4822 410 60296
EJECT 4822 410 60297
RECORD4822 410 60298
STOP4822 410 60299
REWIND4822 410 60301
PAUSE 4822 410 60302
MODEL: D8644
SYMPTOM: Cassette deck control knobs available separately
CURE: Cassette deck control knobs available separately
The control knobs for the cassette deck in the above models are now
available separately.The knobs are shown as a complete set in the
service manual as item 403 for D8534 and item 414 for D8644 under
code number 4822 410 23275.
The code numbers for the individual control knobs are as follows:
FUNCTIONCODE NUMBER
WIND4822 410 60295
PLAY4822 410 60296
EJECT 4822 410 60297
RECORD4822 410 60298
STOP4822 410 60299
REWIND4822 410 60301
PAUSE 4822 410 60302
MODEL: D8854
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8856
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8870
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8873
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8874
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8878
SYMPTOM: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
CURE: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
The above midi system and later production versions of the CD radio
recorders incorporate circuitry employing decoder IC M50421P
(4822 209 72099).
This IC is now no longer available and is replaced by an
alternative type M50422P (4822 209 72813).To enable the
replacement IC to function correctly the following components
connected to pin 16 (I REF) and pin 18 (PLL loop filter) should
also be changed.
Old valueNew valuePart number
R390868K120K 4822 116 52496
R390410K3K94822 116 52422
C2906100pF390pF4822 122 31426
C2905220nF330nF4822 121 40434
A 3M3 resistor (4822 053 20335) is added between pin 18 and chassis.
MODEL: D8880
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8881
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4
resistor R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8883
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8884
SYMPTOM: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
CURE: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
The above midi system and later production versions of the CD radio
recorders incorporate circuitry employing decoder IC M50421P
(4822 209 72099).
This IC is now no longer available and is replaced by an
alternative type M50422P (4822 209 72813).To enable the
replacement IC to function correctly the following components
connected to pin 16 (I REF) and pin 18 (PLL loop filter) should
also be changed.
Old valueNew valuePart number
R390868K120K 4822 116 52496
R390410K3K94822 116 52422
C2906100pF390pF4822 122 31426
C2905220nF330nF4822 121 40434
A 3M3 resistor (4822 053 20335) is added between pin 18 and chassis.
MODEL: D8884
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: D8892
SYMPTOM: No sound on FM. No noise just no sound at all.
CURE: Check winding on AM aerial for open circuit.Replace L122 -
AM antenna.
MODEL: D8892
SYMPTOM: Correction to service manuals
CURE: Correction to service manuals
-
It should be noted that on the circuit diagrams of the above models
test points TP1 and TP2 are transposed.TP1 should be on pin 8 of
IC812 and TP2 on the positive supply to pin 7.
MODEL: D8892
SYMPTOM: Improved type of compact disc hold down
CURE: Improved type of compact disc hold down
-
In the above models the CD is clamped to the deck turntable by
means of a magnetic hold down contained in the lid to the CD deck
mechanism.
Some sets were produced with a disc hold down which contacted the
disc with a hard plastic ring.It has been found that this type of
material can cause damage to the disc.To overcome the problem a
ring manufactured from soft foam rubber is now available under code
no. 4822 529 10258.
The original ring can be replaced as follows:
1) Remove the complete lid assembly containing the hold down as
shown in the diagram.Start by gently levering the left hand
support inwards and upwards.
2) Carefully peel off the plastic ring with a sharp knife.
3) Fit a new self-adhesive foam ring.
4) Replace the lid back in the set.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Does not play DCC or CC tapes.
CURE: Check connector CN1327.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Random uP error
CURE: In case of random uP error one of the following phenomenons occur:
- Display segments are activated in a random order
(lightshow on the display)
- No reaction on pressed buttons, hang-up of the software
- Self-reset of the front-OTP
Replace than the built-in front-OTP (pos.7401) by the mask-version:
7401 4822 209 33151TMP47CM71AF-6146
REMARKS:
Concerns set produced between production weeks 9340-9342
The phenomenon is only reproducible at operation temperatures
> 40 degrees centrigrade (celsius). At an ambient temp. of 20
degrees the warm-up takes between 1 and 2 hours.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open.
CURE: Check the front processor IC7401 (TMP87CM71AF; 4822 209 33151).
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: In some cases DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 does not work properly.
CURE: This problem is caused by a too long capstan (marginal difference
compared with DCC900) which carries the cleaning cassette from the
inside. In this case the DCC sensor switches are not activated and
cassette is not accepted.
Either fix a piece of adhesive tape at the bottom side of the cassette
housing or drill a hole of 4.5 mm through the housing.
REMARKS :
Existing stock of Philips Service Warehouse is being reworked by
drilling the hole. New stock will arrive with a thinner housing at the
position the capstan is touching the housing.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the use-again marker not found on customer recorded DCC.
CURE: (Endless loops during append)
Cut off minus lead of Electrolytic Capacitor 2711 on read/write
board. Solder wire from minus lead of 2711 to pin 11 of IC 7703
(Read amplifier TDA1317).
REMARKS :
This phenomenon occurs only on Printed Circuit Boards with
production stage .4 and is caused by crosstalk from WDATA to INAUX
signal line.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Noisy tray, squeaking sound during open/close
CURE: Grease guiding parts of drawer pos. 209 resp. catch lever assembly
pos. 216. with Molykote, service code 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Cassette gets stuck behind the front when lifted at left side
CURE: This occurs when cassette is lifted at left side in order to remove
it from the opened tray.
The switch is opened/closed by a ridge, located at the back
righthand corner of the drawer.
To delay the switch actuation cut off some plastic of the ridge.
Attention: This modification also takes an influence on the feature
touch to close. If too much plastic is removed the
tray might already close while a cassette is inserted !
Try to find an optimal compromise.
CAUSE:
The drawer (pos. 209) does not open far enough, because the
tray-out switch (pos. 1437) is actuated too early.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Noisy fan
CURE: Noisy fan
-
Customer complains that the built-in fan is too noisy (fan runs
continuously). For that reason a modification of the fan-control
circuit has been implemented. Now fan is only switched on when the
temperature in the set exceeds a defined limit.
In practice the fan will be switched on after approx. 1.5 hours of
operation. For adapted circuit diagram and location of NTC-sensor
board see the prepared service information.
A modification-kit can be ordered on special request.
REMARKS :
Temperature dependent fan-control is already built-in in sets with
factory change code WT01 onwards.
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
CURE: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
Capstan motor item 1023 was 4822 361 21506 should read 4822 361 21646.
4822 361 21506 is capstan motor of REN and RER tape decks.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Correction Partslist
CURE: Correction Partslist
Front-uP item 7401 was 4822 209 32528 should read 4822 209 33151.
Main-uPitem 7335 was 4822 816 50056 should read 4822 209 33152.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist dig
CURE: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist digital board
Codenumber for A/D-converter AK5339 (pos. 7514) was 4822 209 31622,
should read 4822 209 33849.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the power supply circuitry of the read/write
board has been changed:
* Double-diode pos. 6703 (BAV99 - 5322 130 34337) has been built-in
in series to the voltage stabilizers 7701 and 7702.
The double-diode reduces the input voltage of the stabilizers
and thus the power dissipation of these ICs.
* Voltage stabilizer pos. 7708 has been changed to a type with low
voltage drop (LM2931Z-5.0 - 5322 209 60749), capacitor pos. 2764
is changed from 10nF to 10æF (4822 124 23179). Both actions
improve the plop-behaviour when the set is powered-off during a
recording session from an analog source.
REMARKS:
Modifications have been taken place in read/write boards from
production stage .5 onwards. Production stage can be identified by the
last digit of the twelve-figure number, located at the lower right
corner of the printed circuit board.
MODEL: DCC091
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Bouncing of the Forward or Reverse Mode detection switch (S104).
CURE: The mechanism detection circuit has been modified. Change R104 and
R105 from 10k into 100k 5% 1/6W (4822 051 30104).
Add C801 and C802 0.1uF (4822 126 11558).
C801 must be mounted between node R104, S104 (forward) and Mass.
C802 must be mounted between node R105, S104 (reverse) and Mass.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: The cassette guiding pin is broken.
CURE: If the cassette is not fully inserted the guiding pin might be
damaged. From serial number MZ00 9336 130648 onwards the production
has been adapted and mounted guiding pin is shorter.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Replacement of head
CURE: Replacement of head
-
In service manual DCC130 the replace method of head block assembly
(item 108, 4822 403 70978, page 78) has been described and shown on
page 8.
Instead of the complete head block assembly also the loose DCC head
with Flexible Printed Connector (FPC; 'flex foil') is available
with service codenumber 4822 249 10504. In the next the modified
instruction how to remove the head block assembly and pinch roller
arm (L).(R) as stated on page 8 has been published and also how to
replace this head.
1. Follow the procedures in Ref. No. 1-8 in the Disassembly
instructions. (Refer to pages 3 and 4.)
2. Remove connector CN102.
3. Loosen the 2 screws ( 1 , 2 ) to remove the head block
assembly.
Note: The head block assembly is taken out of the hinges with
the mentioned screws still staying fixed at the
assembly. This is an easy method to mount afterwards the
head block assembly again.
4. Demount the defective head. Mark the position of the head, and
recognize the left and right head screw and left head spring.
5. Mount the new head (4822 249 10504) with the guiding slots in
the fixing plate over the guiding studs in the head support
block.
Note: During the fixation of the head the FPC has to be bent
away carefully against the inside of the head support
behind the right screw. With double sided glued tape the
position of the FPC can be fixed.
6. Fix with left screw and spring the fixing plate of the head on
one side and with the right screw the other side.
7. Position with right screw the head visual on a horizontal
position.
8. Now the complete head block assembly can be mounted in the
hinges again. First click in the right hinge and there is no
need to demount the pinch rollers if one takes care of the two
positioning pins of the pinch rollers are before and the short
head position pin is behind the guidings on the head block
assembly.
9. The loosened left hinge offers the opportunity to click in the
head support in the other hinge. Fix immediately both hinges
with the 2 loosened screws. Take care that all position pins
are operating well after that fixation.
10.Now head position adjustment as shown on page 15 and further
can be carried out.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 is not suitable for cleaning portable
DCC. Because of smaller dimensions of capstan and pressure roller and
less head penetration (compared with table top sets) the brush and
pieces of felt of the cleaning cassette are not touching the parts to
be cleaned for portable DCC.
To clean portable DCC it is recommended to clean the head, capstans
and pressure rollers traditionally by using a cotton bud slightly
moistened with alcohol or a special head cleaning fluid.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Mechanical partslist
CURE: Mechanical partslist
Item 26 of the cabinet exploded view (Knob VR) is available with
4822 413 31808.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Car-adaptor set
CURE: Car-adaptor set
-
For car-use SBC3557 car-adaptor set has been tested succesfully.
MODEL: DCC130
SYMPTOM: Service Manual Partslist jigs and tools
CURE: Service Manual Partslist jigs and tools (page 14 & 15)
RFKZ0043,extension cable 4822 321 62284
Testcassette SBC420, ACC cassette4822 397 30071
Mirror cassette SBC438 4822 395 30288
RZZ0296, head alignment screwdriver4822 395 50452
Hozan D-281 No. 0 & 1.7 ceramic screwdriver4822 395 50451
QZZ0207, head adjusting jig4822 395 80411
DCC-head shorting clip (page 2) is not taken on stock, a paperclip
can be used for it.Of course one has to take care that this
paperclip is de-magnetized.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-762.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: No display illumination
CURE: Although mentioned in the IFU, display illumination is not available.
IFU for both DCC134 and DCC170 has been modified (as running change).
REMARKS :
From December 1994 onwards the IFU has been corrected.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: The DCC player is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check X-tal XU01.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: No display illumination.
CURE: No display illumination available. User manual incorrect.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: Set produces drop outs in sound after resting for a day
CURE: Check motor of DCC player.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: Car-adaptor set
CURE: Car-adaptor set
-
For car-use SBC3557 car-adaptor set has been tested succesfully.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 is not suitable for cleaning portable
DCC. Because of smaller dimensions of capstan and pressure roller and
less head penetration (compared with table top sets) the brush and
pieces of felt of the cleaning cassette are not touching the parts to
be cleaned for portable DCC.
To clean portable DCC it is recommended to clean the head, capstans
and pressure rollers traditionally by using a cotton bud slightly
moistened with alcohol or a special head cleaning fluid.
MODEL: DCC134
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production code MZ03 onwards the DCC-head block unit (item 009M)
has been changed. A new DCC-head has been mounted.
Together with this new head also a few components have been changed.
See next survey:
itemservice code number description
009M4822 691 21067DCC-head unit (new)
R1154822 117 1183118 Ohm 1/16W resistor
R1164822 117 1183118 Ohm 1/16W resistor
R1174822 117 11318390 kOhm 1/16W resistor
R1184822 117 11318390 kOhm 1/16W resistor
R1194822 117 11326560 kOhm 1/16W resistor
R1204822 117 11326560 kOhm 1/16W resistor
REMARKS :
As long as old DCC-head unit is on stock (4822 403 70978), this unit
will be delivered. It has to be applied in sets with production code
MZ00, MZ01 and MZ02 only. In case in these sets new head unit will be
mounted the 6 resistors have to be replaced too, withabove mentioned
values.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: No display illumination
CURE: Although mentioned in the IFU, display illumination is not available.
IFU for both DCC134 and DCC170 has been modified (as running change).
REMARKS :
From December 1994 onwards the IFU has been corrected.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Autoreverse does not function.
CURE: To solve autoreverse problems at start production, temporarily a small
extended printed board (PU03) has been added.
Together with this board microprocessor QU01 with first version
software has to be used.
Sets equipped in this way have been marked MZ00.
Later on the software of QU01 has been modified and the extended board
has been deleted. Sets produced in this way are marked MZ01, lotnumber
04 and higher.
In case the microprocessor QU01 of a set marked MZ00 should be
replaced, use the modified microprocessor stamped (HU024DN03F) and
remove the extended small printed board (PU03) and reconnect the cut
copper pattern on the bottom side of the main PC board, between QU01
pin 61 and connector JU01 pin 10, with a wire. (See figure on service
information A95-100). With service code number 4822 209 90104 the
modified uP QU01 will be delivered.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-100
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Several seconds after play, set gives power off and switches off
CURE: Check white wire from modification PCB to printspotis.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Noise on a recording with a mono microphone input.
CURE: To make a recording on a DCC170, using one mono microphone, an adapter
jack 4822 263 50232 should be used to prevent noise to be recorded on
the not used channel (R).
The specification of this jack adapter:
input 1 x 3.5 mm jack female mono,
output 1 x 3.5 mm jack male stereo.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-100
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Weak digital noise in audio signal at the right channel.
CURE: Replace Q551.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Microphone recordings with high noise level
CURE: Microphone pre-amplifier does not meet high user expectations.
Live recordings with microphone input can be made on expected high
quality recording level when an audio mixing unit connected to
LINE IN (Analog) has been used.
In case microphone input will be applied it is advised to use a
microphone with the following specification:
Output impedance <= 1 kOhm{600 Ohm (as standard)}
Unbalanced type
Sensitivity: Approx.-50dB
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Customer ask to explain Winding procedure.
CURE: Via help desk often the support is asked to explain the strange
Winding procedure.
If the set is in the play mode and:
* one wants to go to the next track, the set first rewinds,
* one wants to go to the previous track, the set first winds.
This behaviour has been designed in:
The set starts (re)winding for about 1 second when going to the (next)
previous track in order to check the position of the tape. The purpose
is to read the marker etc., recorded on the tape, correctly.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: After pressing the play button, the solenoid clicks and shuts off
CURE: Check/replace deck pos.004m.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: The customer tries to use digital out using a electrical coax cable
CURE: Only optical digital output available on this type of set.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Set totally inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of X-tal XU01.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Does not play back digital tapes, analog tapes are very weak.
CURE: Head is dirty, clean head.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Interruptions in recorded tape.
CURE: DCC cassette defective, piece of plastic guiding missing.
Set is OK.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Accessories added.
CURE: Microphone adapters (Accessories):
To make a stereo recording on DCC170, a special adapter cable
4822 321 62899 for connecting two mono microphones can be ordered.
The specification of this cable is:
Length 0.15m;
Input 2 x 3.5 mm female jack mono (1 input for left and 1 input for
right);
Output 1 x 3.5 mm male jack stereo.
To make a recording on a DCC170, using one mono microphone, an adapter
jack 4822 263 50232 should be used to prevent noise to be recorded on
the not used channel (R).
The specification of this jack adapter:
input 1 x 3.5 mm jack female mono,
output 1 x 3.5 mm jack male stereo.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-100
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: In ACC play-back mode, Wow and Flutter is seriously audible.
CURE: In case there is a mismatch of the motor servo circuit and the
differential signal of the Frequency Generator pattern (FG) in the
direct drive motor M001, this will result in a harsh audible wow and
flutter signal. Only in that case the servo gain and phase
compensation in the servo circuit should be improved to make the
differential signal of the FG pattern smaller.
Replace the following parts on PC board (P103):
item:was: becomes:service code number:
R00868K 180K 1/16W4822 051 30184
R009 220K 680K 1/16W4822 117 11368
R01039K 100K 1/16W4822 117 11297
R01247K82K 1/16W4822 051 30823
R013 150K 220K 1/16W4822 117 11311
C007 0.033æF0.047æF1O% 16V4822 126 13396
C01382pF1000pF 10% 16V5322 126 11578
REMARKS :
From change code MZ02 LOT14 onwards this modification will be
implemented in production.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Instruction For Use
CURE: Instruction For Use
-
When in battery mode the service testmode is entered, the message
DAIO NG will be displayed (False condition).
With connected mains adapter the message reads: DAIO OK (Good
condition)
This is due to the Battery operation mode in which Digital I/O cannot
be used.
In Instructions for use the warning Digital I/O cannot be used in
battery mode is already given.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Accessories
CURE: Accessories:
-
The carrying bag is available in service stock with service
codenumber: 4822 600 70802.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 is not suitable for cleaning portable
DCC. Because of smaller dimensions of capstan and pressure roller and
less head penetration (compared with table top sets) the brush and
pieces of felt of the cleaning cassette are not touching the parts to
be cleaned for portable DCC.
To clean portable DCC it is recommended to clean the head, capstans
and pressure rollers traditionally by using a cotton bud slightly
moistened with alcohol or a special head cleaning fluid.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Service manual Accessories partslist
CURE: Service manual Accessories partslist
Optical input cable is available with service codenumber
4822 321 62732
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Specification
CURE: Specification:
-
- microphone input impedance 10K ohm
- microphone input sensitivity
MIC INPUT (LOW)2.5mV(=<3.5mV)Ref. (1KHz-12dB)
MIC INPUT (HI) 0.25mV (=<0.35mV) Ref. (1KHz-12dB)
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From production code MZ03 onwards the DCC-head block unit (item 009M)
has been changed. A new DCC-head has been mounted.
Together with this new head also a few components have been changed.
See next survey:
itemservice code number description
009M4822 691 21057DCC-head unit (new)
R1154822 117 1183118 Ohm 1/16W resistor
R1164822 117 1183118 Ohm 1/16W resistor
R1174822 117 11318390 kOhm 1/16W resistor
R1184822 117 11318390 kOhm 1/16W resistor
REMARKS :
As long as old DCC-head unit is on stock (4822 691 20946), this unit
will be delivered. It has to be applied in sets with production code
MZ00, MZ01 and MZ02 only. In case in these sets new head unit will be
mounted the 4 resistors have to be replaced too, with above mentioned
values.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Car-adaptor set
CURE: Car-adaptor set
-
For car-use SBC3557 car-adaptor set has been tested succesfully.
MODEL: DCC170
SYMPTOM: Explanation of feature
CURE: Explanation of feature
Goto Start A Markers written on DCC tape via e.g. DCC951 are
ignored by DCC170, because marker featuring is not defined within DCC
standard.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Does not play DCC cassettes. DCC keeps on reading.
CURE: Clean DCC head and capstans.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Left channel inoperative at analog recording/play back
CURE: Check IC7514 on digital panel; Replace IC7514 (AK5339).
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Does not play first 200 msec after next or previous.
CURE: Replace main processor to software version V72.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: No play-back at DCC or ACC cassette.
CURE: Tape drive unit defective (all heads 95). Replace tape drive unit.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: In some cases DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 does not work properly.
CURE: This problem is caused by a too long capstan (marginal difference
compared with DCC900) which carries the cleaning cassette from the
inside. In this case the DCC sensor switches are not activated and
cassette is not accepted.
Either fix a piece of adhesive tape at the bottom side of the cassette
housing or drill a hole of 4.5 mm through the housing.
REMARKS :
Existing stock of Philips Service Warehouse is being reworked by
drilling the hole. New stock will arrive with a thinner housing at the
position the capstan is touching the housing.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Transistor 7355 (BC817/40) in solenoid control circuit defective.
CURE: Replace defective transistor by a new one (4822 130 42615).
Check soldering of diode 6308 (BAS16) and the functioning of
transistor 7205 (BD434) on main board.
Check also the cooling of transistor 7205 on main board.
REMARKS :
Insufficient pressure of transistor clips will cause an increasing
supply voltage of the play magnet (voltage on solenoid > 15V),
which can destroy transistor 7355.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the use-again marker not found on customer recorded DCC.
CURE: (Endless loops during append)
Cut off minus lead of Electrolytic Capacitor 2711 on read/write
board. Solder wire from minus lead of 2711 to pin 11 of IC 7703
(Read amplifier TDA1317).
REMARKS :
This phenomenon occurs only on Printed Circuit Boards with
production stage .4 and is caused by crosstalk from WDATA to INAUX
signal line.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Noisy tray, squeaking sound during open/close
CURE: Grease guiding parts of drawer pos. 209 resp. catch lever assembly
pos. 216. with Molykote, service code 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function
CURE: Slider opener (pos. 216-219 of Exploded View) lands on top of
cassette.
REASON: Shutter (pos. 552) out of form. Left side touches either
bracket (pos. 551) or controlling lever (pos. 556).
SOLUTION:
Bend left side of shutter so, that there is no contact to other
parts (min. distance between pos. 551 and pos. 552>= 0,1mm).
REMARKS:
Loading assemblies, marked with a red cross on the top of bracket
551, are already checked by the factory.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Cassette gets stuck behind the front when lifted at left side
CURE: This occurs when cassette is lifted at left side in order to remove
it from the opened tray.
The switch is opened/closed by a ridge, located at the back
righthand corner of the drawer.
To delay the switch actuation cut off some plastic of the ridge.
Attention: This modification also takes an influence on the feature
touch to close. If too much plastic is removed the
tray might already close while a cassette is inserted !
Try to find an optimal compromise.
CAUSE:
The drawer (pos. 209) does not open far enough, because the
tray-out switch (pos. 1437) is actuated too early.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist digital board
Codenumber for A/D-converter AK5339 (pos. 7514) was 4822 209 31622,
should read 4822 209 33849.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Adjustment head current
CURE: Adjustment head current
-
In case the read/write head of the DCC mechancism should be exchanged
and/or the read/write IC's are defective the head current has to be
re-adjusted. Because at this moment the needed test equipment is not
available, this will be done in a central repair procedure.
The following codenumbers are resorted in this repair procedure, at
Philips Consumer Service known with code (REPARI 1 and 4):
For 70DCC900:
The complete tape deck mechanism
item service codenumber
001M 4822 691 20777
For 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and 70DCC600:
The complete loading mechanism
item service codenumber
LDU4822 691 20833
and
The complete digital board (PCB5)
item service codenumber
4822 214 33899
In case of a repair one has to ship, without waiting, the defective
item to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
Please enclose a copy of the invoice inside the carton.
The rest of the instructions are according to the PCS repair
procedure available at the desk of Mr. Lieberwirth, Repair Manager,
Phone +31-40-735509, Fax +31-40-734515
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the power supply circuitry of the read/write
board has been changed:
* Double-diode pos. 6703 (BAV99 - 5322 130 34337) has been built-in
in series to the voltage stabilizers 7701 and 7702.
The double-diode reduces the input voltage of the stabilizers
and thus the power dissipation of these ICs.
* Voltage stabilizer pos. 7708 has been changed to a type with low
voltage drop (LM2931Z-5.0 - 5322 209 60749), capacitor pos. 2764
is changed from 10nF to 10æF (4822 124 23179). Both actions
improve the plop-behaviour when the set is powered-off during a
recording session from an analog source.
REMARKS:
Modifications have been taken place in read/write boards from
production stage .5 onwards. Production stage can be identified by the
last digit of the twelve-figure number, located at the lower right
corner of the printed circuit board.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
CURE: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
Capstan motor item 1023 was 4822 361 21506 should read 4822 361 21646.
4822 361 21506 is capstan motor of REN and RER tape decks.
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Availability of front boards
CURE: Availability of front boards
Front boards for DCC-recorders with mounted uP are available now:
70DCC300 : 4822 214 52176 front board
70DCC380 : 4822 214 52177 front board
70DCC600 : 4822 214 52178 front board
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Updating uPs
CURE: Updating uPs
During the course of production the uP's in 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and
70DCC600 have been modified. Sets produced between week 9302 and
week 9331 have old versions. In case one of the two uP's has to be
exchanged in those sets, the other uP has to be replaced too,
because in spare parts warehouse only the last versions are taken
on stock.
From week 9331 onwards front uP (item 7410) reads
TMP870M70AF-6123 MASK V67
(available with service code 4822 209 32528).
Main uP (item 7335) reads P83C528FBP/054 MASK V69
(available with 4822 209 32974).
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information a93-362
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
The service test program (page 25-26)
Key test : Correct key to enter this test is 'MARK WRITE'
Hole test: This test can only be entered if tray is in opened
position. In tray test the tray is moved outside.
So first start with tray test before hole test.
IR test: RC-5 codes of TEXT and TIME have been exchanged in
this publication.
RC-5 code for TIME should read '11', RC-5 code for
TEXT should read '122'.
Adjustment table (page 28)
Position number of potentiometer for take-up torque should read
3280.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-362
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Guidance formis
CURE: Guidance form
-
Next Guidance form is enclosed at repairable unit 4822 691 20833.
Please notice the wiring which should be included with the returned
unit.
GUIDANCE FORM
REPAIRABLE UNIT 4822 691 20833
Please fill in this form and return it with the defective unit.
TYPENUMBER (Unit demounted from set) :
Serial number:
COMPLAINT DESCRIPTION:
INFORMATION GATHERED VIA SERVICE MODE
EXTENDED PLAYMODE (selected via PLAY) WITH
ERROR INDICATION (On display):
MORE DETAILED OBSERVATIONS :
YES NO
TRAY LOADING OK
DCC SOUND OK
ANALOGUE SOUND OK
MECHANICAL NOISE OK
SPEED OK
FRICTIONS OK
TAPE TRANSPORT OK
Return the defective unit complete assembled according to the drawing
on the backside of this paper to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
CORRECTIVE ACTION/SOLUTION
(to be filled in at central repair workshop):
Report number:
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Modification speed control
CURE: Modification speed control
In the course of production the temperature stability circuit of
the speed control has been improved. This may influence the
compatibility of the LDU1000 loading assy (4822 691 20833).
This loading has to match with the various versions of the main pcb
because components on PCB3 (main pcb) and PCB6 (dcc-indicator) have
been changed.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 and WT01:
PCB3: R3262 (12k) with parallel to it potentiometer 3264 (10k).
In series with this 3263 (12k).
PCB6: NTC-resistor 3160 (150R) in series with capstan motor.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT02:
PCB3: R3262 (deleted), potentiometer 3264 (4k7).
In series with this potentiometer 3263 (15k).
PCB6: Resistor 3160 (100k) in series with diode 6601 (kathode at
3263 and - (MINUS) capstan motor, anode at 3160) parallel to
capstan motor.
Therefore: In case the loading assy with with printed board PCB6
has to be replaced the built-in main pcb has to be
matched to the production stage of the LDU1000
delivered.
Replacement procedure:
1)When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 or WT01 by a WT02
version, R3263 has to be changed from 12k to 15k!
When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT02 by a WT00 or WT01
version, R3263 has to be changed from 15k to 12k!
2)Adjust speed control as described on page 28 of service manual.
3)Check Tape up torque, wow and flutter (for limits see page 28
of Service Manual).
4)Check Analog feedback level and bias. (read/write pcb)
5)Check Dolby level if necessary (main pcb)
MODEL: DCC300
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Display defective.
CURE: Check T7201 and T7202 (BC848C; 5322 130 42136).
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Set does not respond to remote control action.
CURE: Check circuit between jumpers 4467 and 4468 for short-circuit.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Does not react to easylink commands. Does not react on RC commands
CURE: Check for short circuit between J4467 and J4468.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: No recording, no playback.
CURE: Check whether the head bridge is moving. It might be that the play
solenoid is inoperative because diode D6303 is loose or defective.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open.
CURE: Pos.557 defective. Replace Pos.557.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: In some cases DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 does not work properly.
CURE: This problem is caused by a too long capstan (marginal difference
compared with DCC900) which carries the cleaning cassette from the
inside. In this case the DCC sensor switches are not activated and
cassette is not accepted.
Either fix a piece of adhesive tape at the bottom side of the cassette
housing or drill a hole of 4.5 mm through the housing.
REMARKS :
Existing stock of Philips Service Warehouse is being reworked by
drilling the hole. New stock will arrive with a thinner housing at the
position the capstan is touching the housing.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Does not play CC and DCC cassettes. Keeps on reading.
CURE: Check connection diode D6303.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Transistor 7355 (BC817/40) in solenoid control circuit defective.
CURE: Replace defective transistor by a new one (4822 130 42615).
Check soldering of diode 6308 (BAS16) and the functioning of
transistor 7205 (BD434) on main board.
Check also the cooling of transistor 7205 on main board.
REMARKS :
Insufficient pressure of transistor clips will cause an increasing
supply voltage of the play magnet (voltage on solenoid > 15V),
which can destroy transistor 7355.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the use-again marker not found on customer recorded DCC.
CURE: (Endless loops during append)
Cut off minus lead of Electrolytic Capacitor 2711 on read/write
board. Solder wire from minus lead of 2711 to pin 11 of IC 7703
(Read amplifier TDA1317).
REMARKS :
This phenomenon occurs only on Printed Circuit Boards with
production stage .4 and is caused by crosstalk from WDATA to INAUX
signal line.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Noisy tray, squeaking sound during open/close
CURE: Grease guiding parts of drawer pos. 209 resp. catch lever assembly
pos. 216. with Molykote, service code 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function
CURE: Slider opener (pos. 216-219 of Exploded View) lands on top of
cassette.
REASON: Shutter (pos. 552) out of form. Left side touches either
bracket (pos. 551) or controlling lever (pos. 556).
SOLUTION:
Bend left side of shutter so, that there is no contact to other
parts (min. distance between pos. 551 and pos. 552>= 0,1mm).
REMARKS:
Loading assemblies, marked with a red cross on the top of bracket
551, are already checked by the factory.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Cassette gets stuck behind the front when lifted at left side
CURE: This occurs when cassette is lifted at left side in order to remove
it from the opened tray.
The switch is opened/closed by a ridge, located at the back
righthand corner of the drawer.
To delay the switch actuation cut off some plastic of the ridge.
Attention: This modification also takes an influence on the feature
touch to close. If too much plastic is removed the
tray might already close while a cassette is inserted !
Try to find an optimal compromise.
CAUSE:
The drawer (pos. 209) does not open far enough, because the
tray-out switch (pos. 1437) is actuated too early.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Sometimes mains switch does not lock.
CURE: Check the mains switch S1204 (4822 276 13277) and/or power bracket
pos.403 (4822 402 50302).
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Buttons does stick.
CURE: It might be that the hinge of the previous button is broken.
Replace the front pos.407 (4822 443 41212).
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Updating uPs
CURE: Updating uPs
During the course of production the uP's in 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and
70DCC600 have been modified. Sets produced between week 9302 and
week 9331 have old versions. In case one of the two uP's has to be
exchanged in those sets, the other uP has to be replaced too,
because in spare parts warehouse only the last versions are taken
on stock.
From week 9331 onwards front uP (item 7410) reads
TMP870M70AF-6123 MASK V67
(available with service code 4822 209 32528).
Main uP (item 7335) reads P83C528FBP/054 MASK V69
(available with 4822 209 32974).
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information a93-362
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Guidance form
CURE: Guidance form
-
Next Guidance form is enclosed at repairable unit 4822 691 20833.
Please notice the wiring which should be included with the returned
unit.
GUIDANCE FORM
REPAIRABLE UNIT 4822 691 20833
Please fill in this form and return it with the defective unit.
TYPENUMBER (Unit demounted from set) :
Serial number:
COMPLAINT DESCRIPTION:
INFORMATION GATHERED VIA SERVICE MODE
EXTENDED PLAYMODE (selected via PLAY) WITH
ERROR INDICATION (On display):
MORE DETAILED OBSERVATIONS :
YES NO
TRAY LOADING OK
DCC SOUND OK
ANALOGUE SOUND OK
MECHANICAL NOISE OK
SPEED OK
FRICTIONS OK
TAPE TRANSPORT OK
Return the defective unit complete assembled according to the drawing
on the backside of this paper to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
CORRECTIVE ACTION/SOLUTION
(to be filled in at central repair workshop):
Report number:
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Availability of front boards
CURE: Availability of front boards
Front boards for DCC-recorders with mounted uP are available now:
70DCC300 : 4822 214 52176 front board
70DCC380 : 4822 214 52177 front board
70DCC600 : 4822 214 52178 front board
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Modification speed control
CURE: Modification speed control
In the course of production the temperature stability circuit of
the speed control has been improved. This may influence the
compatibility of the LDU1000 loading assy (4822 691 20833).
This loading has to match with the various versions of the main pcb
because components on PCB3 (main pcb) and PCB6 (dcc-indicator) have
been changed.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 and WT01:
PCB3: R3262 (12k) with parallel to it potentiometer 3264 (10k).
In series with this 3263 (12k).
PCB6: NTC-resistor 3160 (150R) in series with capstan motor.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT02:
PCB3: R3262 (deleted), potentiometer 3264 (4k7).
In series with this potentiometer 3263 (15k).
PCB6: Resistor 3160 (100k) in series with diode 6601 (kathode at
3263 and - (MINUS) capstan motor, anode at 3160) parallel to
capstan motor.
Therefore: In case the loading assy with with printed board PCB6
has to be replaced the built-in main pcb has to be
matched to the production stage of the LDU1000
delivered.
Replacement procedure:
1)When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 or WT01 by a WT02
version, R3263 has to be changed from 12k to 15k!
When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT02 by a WT00 or WT01
version, R3263 has to be changed from 15k to 12k!
2)Adjust speed control as described on page 28 of service manual.
3)Check Tape up torque, wow and flutter (for limits see page 28
of Service Manual).
4)Check Analog feedback level and bias. (read/write pcb)
5)Check Dolby level if necessary (main pcb)
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
The service test program (page 25-26)
Key test : Correct key to enter this test is 'MARK WRITE'
Hole test: This test can only be entered if tray is in opened
position. In tray test the tray is moved outside.
So first start with tray test before hole test.
IR test: RC-5 codes of TEXT and TIME have been exchanged in
this publication.
RC-5 code for TIME should read '11', RC-5 code for
TEXT should read '122'.
Adjustment table (page 28)
Position number of potentiometer for take-up torque should read
3280.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-362
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Adjustment head current
CURE: Adjustment head current
-
In case the read/write head of the DCC mechancism should be exchanged
and/or the read/write IC's are defective the head current has to be
re-adjusted. Because at this moment the needed test equipment is not
available, this will be done in a central repair procedure.
The following codenumbers are resorted in this repair procedure, at
Philips Consumer Service known with code (REPARI 1 and 4):
For 70DCC900:
The complete tape deck mechanism
item service codenumber
001M 4822 691 20777
For 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and 70DCC600:
The complete loading mechanism
item service codenumber
LDU4822 691 20833
and
The complete digital board (PCB5)
item service codenumber
4822 214 33899
In case of a repair one has to ship, without waiting, the defective
item to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
Please enclose a copy of the invoice inside the carton.
The rest of the instructions are according to the PCS repair
procedure available at the desk of Mr. Lieberwirth, Repair Manager,
Phone +31-40-735509, Fax +31-40-734515
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist digital board
Codenumber for A/D-converter AK5339 (pos. 7514) was 4822 209 31622,
should read 4822 209 33849.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the power supply circuitry of the read/write
board has been changed:
* Double-diode pos. 6703 (BAV99 - 5322 130 34337) has been built-in
in series to the voltage stabilizers 7701 and 7702.
The double-diode reduces the input voltage of the stabilizers
and thus the power dissipation of these ICs.
* Voltage stabilizer pos. 7708 has been changed to a type with low
voltage drop (LM2931Z-5.0 - 5322 209 60749), capacitor pos. 2764
is changed from 10nF to 10æF (4822 124 23179). Both actions
improve the plop-behaviour when the set is powered-off during a
recording session from an analog source.
REMARKS:
Modifications have been taken place in read/write boards from
production stage .5 onwards. Production stage can be identified by the
last digit of the twelve-figure number, located at the lower right
corner of the printed circuit board.
MODEL: DCC380
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
CURE: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
Capstan motor item 1023 was 4822 361 21506 should read 4822 361 21646.
4822 361 21506 is capstan motor of REN and RER tape decks.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Random uP error
CURE: In case of random uP error one of the following phenomenons occur:
- Display segments are activated in a random order
(lightshow on the display)
- No reaction on pressed buttons, hang-up of the software
- Self-reset of the front-OTP
Replace than the built-in front-OTP (pos.7401) by the mask-version:
7401 4822 209 33151TMP47CM71AF-6146
REMARKS:
Concerns set produced between production weeks 9340-9342
The phenomenon is only reproducible at operation temperatures
> 40 degrees centrigrade (celsius). At an ambient temp. of 20
degrees the warm-up takes between 1 and 2 hours.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: In some cases DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 does not work properly.
CURE: This problem is caused by a too long capstan (marginal difference
compared with DCC900) which carries the cleaning cassette from the
inside. In this case the DCC sensor switches are not activated and
cassette is not accepted.
Either fix a piece of adhesive tape at the bottom side of the cassette
housing or drill a hole of 4.5 mm through the housing.
REMARKS :
Existing stock of Philips Service Warehouse is being reworked by
drilling the hole. New stock will arrive with a thinner housing at the
position the capstan is touching the housing.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the use-again marker not found on customer recorded DCC.
CURE: (Endless loops during append)
Cut off minus lead of Electrolytic Capacitor 2711 on read/write
board. Solder wire from minus lead of 2711 to pin 11 of IC 7703
(Read amplifier TDA1317).
REMARKS :
This phenomenon occurs only on Printed Circuit Boards with
production stage .4 and is caused by crosstalk from WDATA to INAUX
signal line.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Noisy tray, squeaking sound during open/close
CURE: Grease guiding parts of drawer pos. 209 resp. catch lever assembly
pos. 216. with Molykote, service code 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Cassette gets stuck behind the front when lifted at left side
CURE: This occurs when cassette is lifted at left side in order to remove
it from the opened tray.
The switch is opened/closed by a ridge, located at the back
righthand corner of the drawer.
To delay the switch actuation cut off some plastic of the ridge.
Attention: This modification also takes an influence on the feature
touch to close. If too much plastic is removed the
tray might already close while a cassette is inserted !
Try to find an optimal compromise.
CAUSE:
The drawer (pos. 209) does not open far enough, because the
tray-out switch (pos. 1437) is actuated too early.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
CURE: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
Capstan motor item 1023 was 4822 361 21506 should read 4822 361 21646.
4822 361 21506 is capstan motor of REN and RER tape decks.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Correction Partslist
CURE: Correction Partslist
Front-uP item 7401 was 4822 209 32528 should read 4822 209 33151.
Main-uPitem 7335 was 4822 816 50056 should read 4822 209 33152.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the power supply circuitry of the read/write
board has been changed:
* Double-diode pos. 6703 (BAV99 - 5322 130 34337) has been built-in
in series to the voltage stabilizers 7701 and 7702.
The double-diode reduces the input voltage of the stabilizers
and thus the power dissipation of these ICs.
* Voltage stabilizer pos. 7708 has been changed to a type with low
voltage drop (LM2931Z-5.0 - 5322 209 60749), capacitor pos. 2764
is changed from 10nF to 10æF (4822 124 23179). Both actions
improve the plop-behaviour when the set is powered-off during a
recording session from an analog source.
REMARKS:
Modifications have been taken place in read/write boards from
production stage .5 onwards. Production stage can be identified by the
last digit of the twelve-figure number, located at the lower right
corner of the printed circuit board.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Guidance form
CURE: Guidance form
-
Next Guidance form is enclosed at repairable unit 4822 691 20833.
Please notice the wiring which should be included with the returned
unit.
GUIDANCE FORM
REPAIRABLE UNIT 4822 691 20833
Please fill in this form and return it with the defective unit.
TYPENUMBER (Unit demounted from set) :
Serial number:
COMPLAINT DESCRIPTION:
INFORMATION GATHERED VIA SERVICE MODE
EXTENDED PLAYMODE (selected via PLAY) WITH
ERROR INDICATION (On display):
MORE DETAILED OBSERVATIONS :
YES NO
TRAY LOADING OK
DCC SOUND OK
ANALOGUE SOUND OK
MECHANICAL NOISE OK
SPEED OK
FRICTIONS OK
TAPE TRANSPORT OK
Return the defective unit complete assembled according to the drawing
on the backside of this paper to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
CORRECTIVE ACTION/SOLUTION
(to be filled in at central repair workshop):
Report number:
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Noisy fan
CURE: Noisy fan
-
Customer complains that the built-in fan is too noisy (fan runs
continuously). For that reason a modification of the fan-control
circuit has been implemented. Now fan is only switched on when the
temperature in the set exceeds a defined limit.
In practice the fan will be switched on after approx. 1.5 hours of
operation. For adapted circuit diagram and location of NTC-sensor
board see the prepared service information.
A modification-kit can be ordered on special request.
REMARKS :
Temperature dependent fan-control is already built-in in sets with
factory change code WT01 onwards.
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC450
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist digital board
Codenumber for A/D-converter AK5339 (pos. 7514) was 4822 209 31622,
should read 4822 209 33849.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: The display does not light up at all.
CURE: Check the -30V. If not available, check T7201 (4822 130 41327).
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check solder joints of mainsswitch S1204.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. (No display and no functions)
CURE: Check the main and front uP.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: No tape transport. The capstan motor does not run.
CURE: Check for short circuit in the deck motor PCB.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Digital no sound, analog weak, reading and winding all the time.
CURE: Clean the head.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: DCC sound interrupting. CC plays O.K.
CURE: Check Dig. PCB (4822 214 33899).
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: On Playback of DCC tapes the Audio drops out.
CURE: Set up as per the Service Manual the CASS motor speed (3264)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: No recording, play back O.K.
CURE: Check digital PCB. Codenr. 4822 214 33899
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Stops playing DCC tapes after a few seconds.
CURE: Check whether connector 1327 is mounted well.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative after some time.
CURE: Check transistor T7349.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: The digital sound is sometimes interrupted.
CURE: Replacing the digital printed board will solve the problem.
The service codenumber of this board reads: 4822 214 33899.
REMARKS :
All sets from production week 9323 onwards have been modified.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: First 200 msec. no sound after next and prevous.
CURE: Replace main processor to software version V72.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound on right speaker.
CURE: Check Dig.PCB 4822 214 33899.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Sound distorsion by interfering of a TV set.
CURE: When the set is placed in the neighbourhood of a TV set (K40 type)
the sound from the DCC is distorted. The distortion disappears as
soon as the TV set is switched-off.
As all DCC recorder complies the Philips requirements concerning
magnetic fields it is advised to rearrange the set-up.
It is known that some strong fields will interfere with the
head connections.
For this reason in the IFU is published:
Do not place the DCC...near magnetic fields ... , ..)
Placing the DCC at the other side of the TV-set (away from the high
voltage transformer) can solve the problem. Adding an additional
metal screen is also possible but is not a 'nice' solution in a
home set-up.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: After about 5 minutes, set stops playing and relay starts clicking.
CURE: Check IC7711 (PLC) 4822 209 31993.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: After some time noisy sound.
CURE: Check digital PCB. It might be that ADC (AK5326) is heat sensitive.
Replace digital PCB. (4822 214 33899)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Sometimes middle and right-hand segments of display are failing.
CURE: Check solder joints of the front processor and the FTD.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Distortion of TV signal when DCC is in Play mode.
CURE: Add screening (item 568) between DCC loader part and
transformer/supply part.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: In some cases DCC cleaning cassette SBC3500 does not work properly.
CURE: This problem is caused by a too long capstan (marginal difference
compared with DCC900) which carries the cleaning cassette from the
inside. In this case the DCC sensor switches are not activated and
cassette is not accepted.
Either fix a piece of adhesive tape at the bottom side of the cassette
housing or drill a hole of 4.5 mm through the housing.
REMARKS :
Existing stock of Philips Service Warehouse is being reworked by
drilling the hole. New stock will arrive with a thinner housing at the
position the capstan is touching the housing.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: The player is reading and winding continuously.
CURE: Check digital PCB (4822 214 33899)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Too much wow and flutter on side A.
CURE: Check pressure roller side A.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: After some time maximum error rate.
CURE: Check digital PCB (DDSP IC7506 temperature sensitive ?).
Service codenumber digital PCB is 4822 214 33899.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Noisy and weak sound on the left channel with ACC. DCC OK.
CURE: Tape drive unit defective. Replace tape drive unit.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Does not play DCC cassettes. Max. error rate after cleaning head
CURE: Replace the tape drive unit.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Scratching sound audible when switching on.
CURE: Check motor holder pos. 120 (4822 256 92024).
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Display inoperative. No light in the display.
CURE: No -30V.
Check safety resistor R3203.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Transistor 7355 (BC817/40) in solenoid control circuit defective.
CURE: Replace defective transistor by a new one (4822 130 42615).
Check soldering of diode 6308 (BAS16) and the functioning of
transistor 7205 (BD434) on main board.
Check also the cooling of transistor 7205 on main board.
REMARKS :
Insufficient pressure of transistor clips will cause an increasing
supply voltage of the play magnet (voltage on solenoid > 15V),
which can destroy transistor 7355.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Audio recorded on digital tape, no time or track nr. recorded.
CURE: By replacing the tape deck mechanism it was found that this
was actually causing the fault. Codenr. 4822 691 20833.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the use-again marker not found on customer recorded DCC.
CURE: (Endless loops during append)
Cut off minus lead of Electrolytic Capacitor 2711 on read/write
board. Solder wire from minus lead of 2711 to pin 11 of IC 7703
(Read amplifier TDA1317).
REMARKS :
This phenomenon occurs only on Printed Circuit Boards with
production stage .4 and is caused by crosstalk from WDATA to INAUX
signal line.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Set comes in a hang-up situation.
CURE: The reset circuit has been improved to prevent hang-up, by changing
item 3419 (refer to service manual page 48, mapping code M12) from
47k into 4k7 (4822 051 20472). (From productionweek 9316 onwards.)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: At first time cassette plays normally, second time set stops.
CURE: Second time set stops in the middle of cassette.
Resolder resistor 3263. Maybe this chip resistor 3263 was not good
soldered and sometimes it does not make contact. This results in
failing of the capstan motor.
CAUSE :
Temporally this resistor was hand mounted. From week 9312 onwards
this mounting process has been changed.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Noisy tray, squeaking sound during open/close
CURE: Grease guiding parts of drawer pos. 209 resp. catch lever assembly
pos. 216. with Molykote, service code 4822 390 20139.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Poor loading function
CURE: Slider opener (pos. 216-219 of Exploded View) lands on top of
cassette.
REASON: Shutter (pos. 552) out of form. Left side touches either
bracket (pos. 551) or controlling lever (pos. 556).
SOLUTION:
Bend left side of shutter so, that there is no contact to other
parts (min. distance between pos. 551 and pos. 552>= 0,1mm).
REMARKS:
Loading assemblies, marked with a red cross on the top of bracket
551, are already checked by the factory.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Cassette gets stuck behind the front when lifted at left side
CURE: This occurs when cassette is lifted at left side in order to remove
it from the opened tray.
The switch is opened/closed by a ridge, located at the back
righthand corner of the drawer.
To delay the switch actuation cut off some plastic of the ridge.
Attention: This modification also takes an influence on the feature
touch to close. If too much plastic is removed the
tray might already close while a cassette is inserted !
Try to find an optimal compromise.
CAUSE:
The drawer (pos. 209) does not open far enough, because the
tray-out switch (pos. 1437) is actuated too early.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: When using an ACC (analogue cassette) the drawer does not open.
CURE: Plastic edge inside loading causes an analog cassette to get stuck.
Remove the plastic edge.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open.
CURE: Check pos.212 (4822 403 70851)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Gives DCC with CC cassette. Sometimes cass.blocked.
CURE: Slide opener lands on top of cassette. Check position of the
mounting tape foot.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Updating uPs
CURE: Updating uPs
During the course of production the uP's in 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and
70DCC600 have been modified. Sets produced between week 9302 and
week 9331 have old versions. In case one of the two uP's has to be
exchanged in those sets, the other uP has to be replaced too,
because in spare parts warehouse only the last versions are taken
on stock.
From week 9331 onwards front uP (item 7410) reads
TMP870M70AF-6123 MASK V67
(available with service code 4822 209 32528).
Main uP (item 7335) reads P83C528FBP/054 MASK V69
(available with 4822 209 32974).
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information a93-362
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual correction Electrical partslist digital board
Codenumber for A/D-converter AK5339 (pos. 7514) was 4822 209 31622,
should read 4822 209 33849.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Guidance form
CURE: Guidance form
-
Next Guidance form is enclosed at repairable unit 4822 691 20833.
Please notice the wiring which should be included with the returned
unit.
GUIDANCE FORM
REPAIRABLE UNIT 4822 691 20833
Please fill in this form and return it with the defective unit.
TYPENUMBER (Unit demounted from set) :
Serial number:
COMPLAINT DESCRIPTION:
INFORMATION GATHERED VIA SERVICE MODE
EXTENDED PLAYMODE (selected via PLAY) WITH
ERROR INDICATION (On display):
MORE DETAILED OBSERVATIONS :
YES NO
TRAY LOADING OK
DCC SOUND OK
ANALOGUE SOUND OK
MECHANICAL NOISE OK
SPEED OK
FRICTIONS OK
TAPE TRANSPORT OK
Return the defective unit complete assembled according to the drawing
on the backside of this paper to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
CORRECTIVE ACTION/SOLUTION
(to be filled in at central repair workshop):
Report number:
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Adjustment head current
CURE: Adjustment head current
-
In case the read/write head of the DCC mechancism should be exchanged
and/or the read/write IC's are defective the head current has to be
re-adjusted. Because at this moment the needed test equipment is not
available, this will be done in a central repair procedure.
The following codenumbers are resorted in this repair procedure, at
Philips Consumer Service known with code (REPARI 1 and 4):
For 70DCC900:
The complete tape deck mechanism
item service codenumber
001M 4822 691 20777
For 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and 70DCC600:
The complete loading mechanism
item service codenumber
LDU4822 691 20833
and
The complete digital board (PCB5)
item service codenumber
4822 214 33899
In case of a repair one has to ship, without waiting, the defective
item to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
Please enclose a copy of the invoice inside the carton.
The rest of the instructions are according to the PCS repair
procedure available at the desk of Mr. Lieberwirth, Repair Manager,
Phone +31-40-735509, Fax +31-40-734515
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Trackselection
CURE: Trackselection
Direct track access is meant to search a wanted tracknumber by
taking the shortest path to get to the track.
Due to the differences in possible tapes, this topic is rather
complex:
* On a pre-recorded DCC tape, the Table Of Contents is always
recorded continuously on the tape. This means that direct track
access is possible.
When jumping from track 3 to track 8.
In this case the side is changed (from A to B)
This is the SHORT SEARCH.
* On a user-recorded tape, the Table Of Contents (TOC) cannot be
recorded continuously.
The TOC has be adapted all over the tape as soon as the
recording on the tape is changed.
For this reason the TOC can only be written at the start of
track 1. This means that now jumping from track 3 to 8 results
in so called SEQUENCIAL TRACK SEARCH.
Jumping from track 3 to track 8 is done via track 4, 5, 6, and 7.
In practise it has become clear that when a DCC is loaded, it is
in many cases not positioned at the start of track 1.
This means that the only alternative is sequential track search:
The deck will in some cases not take the shortest path as the
location of the required track is unknown.
IMPLEMENTATION:
DCC900
Writing TOC on user-recorded DCC was planned but did not fit
into the microprocessor internal ROM capacity. To delete this
possibility from the specification was a last minute decision.
Unfortunately the Instruction For Use has not been adapted
accordingly.
That is why 10-key commands are not accepted (NO TOC message).
There is no service solution available.
DCC600
Writing TOC on user-recorded tape was also not possible because
of the limitations of the microprocessor internal ROM capacity.
Lessons are taken from DCC900, that is why the sequential search
possibility has been implemented. When a 10-key command is
issued and the TOC is not known, the deck will perform this
above described sequential search.
The result is that DCC600 will in only a few cases not respond to a
10-key command.
Due to the fact that the microprocessor of the DCC900 is completely
filled and no larger memory is available, a service solution which
incorporates sequential search like DCC600 is not possible.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Modification speed control
CURE: Modification speed control
In the course of production the temperature stability circuit of
the speed control has been improved. This may influence the
compatibility of the LDU1000 loading assy (4822 691 20833).
This loading has to match with the various versions of the main pcb
because components on PCB3 (main pcb) and PCB6 (dcc-indicator) have
been changed.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 and WT01:
PCB3: R3262 (12k) with parallel to it potentiometer 3264 (10k).
In series with this 3263 (12k).
PCB6: NTC-resistor 3160 (150R) in series with capstan motor.
Situation Loading marked LDU1000 WT02:
PCB3: R3262 (deleted), potentiometer 3264 (4k7).
In series with this potentiometer 3263 (15k).
PCB6: Resistor 3160 (100k) in series with diode 6601 (kathode at
3263 and - (MINUS) capstan motor, anode at 3160) parallel to
capstan motor.
Therefore: In case the loading assy with with printed board PCB6
has to be replaced the built-in main pcb has to be
matched to the production stage of the LDU1000
delivered.
Replacement procedure:
1)When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT00 or WT01 by a WT02
version, R3263 has to be changed from 12k to 15k!
When replacing a Loading marked LDU1000 WT02 by a WT00 or WT01
version, R3263 has to be changed from 15k to 12k!
2)Adjust speed control as described on page 28 of service manual.
3)Check Tape up torque, wow and flutter (for limits see page 28
of Service Manual).
4)Check Analog feedback level and bias. (read/write pcb)
5)Check Dolby level if necessary (main pcb)
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Availability of front boards
CURE: Availability of front boards
Front boards for DCC-recorders with mounted uP are available now:
70DCC300 : 4822 214 52176 front board
70DCC380 : 4822 214 52177 front board
70DCC600 : 4822 214 52178 front board
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
CURE: Correction partslist RED1 Tape Transport
Capstan motor item 1023 was 4822 361 21506 should read 4822 361 21646.
4822 361 21506 is capstan motor of REN and RER tape decks.
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the service manual
CURE: Corrections to the service manual
-
The service test program (page 25-26)
Key test : Correct key to enter this test is 'MARK WRITE'
Hole test: This test can only be entered if tray is in opened
position. In tray test the tray is moved outside.
So first start with tray test before hole test.
IR test: RC-5 codes of TEXT and TIME have been exchanged in
this publication.
RC-5 code for TIME should read '11', RC-5 code for
TEXT should read '122'.
Adjustment table (page 28)
Position number of potentiometer for take-up torque should read
3280.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-362
MODEL: DCC600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the power supply circuitry of the read/write
board has been changed:
* Double-diode pos. 6703 (BAV99 - 5322 130 34337) has been built-in
in series to the voltage stabilizers 7701 and 7702.
The double-diode reduces the input voltage of the stabilizers
and thus the power dissipation of these ICs.
* Voltage stabilizer pos. 7708 has been changed to a type with low
voltage drop (LM2931Z-5.0 - 5322 209 60749), capacitor pos. 2764
is changed from 10nF to 10æF (4822 124 23179). Both actions
improve the plop-behaviour when the set is powered-off during a
recording session from an analog source.
REMARKS:
Modifications have been taken place in read/write boards from
production stage .5 onwards. Production stage can be identified by the
last digit of the twelve-figure number, located at the lower right
corner of the printed circuit board.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: DCC head defect, no recording, several isolation shorts on DCC head.
CURE: Isolation shorts are caused by ESD. To protect against ESD replace
(or bridge) C2999 on Read/Write panel by a 4k7 resistor
(4822 051 20472). It is advised to introduce this in all sets with
which will be offered for repair, and the modification has not yet
been implemented yet.
Implementation date: In R/W boards from production week 9540 onwards.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: When recording analog, no sound recorded on the tape.
CURE: Press plug CN1315 completely in connector.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Right channel inoperative after analogue recording.
CURE: Check mounting of plug in connector CN1315.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: The DCC recorder does not record.
CURE: The write amplifier is switched into protection.
Replace the read/write head.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Sometimes check digital in in display.
CURE: Check/replace CN1100.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Operate DCC recorder
CURE: Problem: It is difficult to operate DCC recorde.
Cause: DCC recorder is software controlled (play back = CD similar).
REMARKS :
Correct understandings of the user-recorded tape formats and markers
will help customers to make full use of the benefits of the DCC
recorder. See also newsletter 63.01. For ease of operationg a quick
reference card is made available:
For DCC730 with service code 4822 725 22612
For DCC951 with service code 4822 725 22611
These reference cards contain clear pictograms to operate the DCC
recorder for every mode.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Renumbering
CURE: Problem: Renumbering not possible when making a new recording at
specific location.
Cause: In User format is RENUMBER not possible.
REMARKS :
Before recording first initializing of the tape has to be performed.
See also newsletter item 63.01
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Music passages are lost
CURE: Problem: Music passages are lost after renumbering.
Cause: 'CONTINUE B' (REVERSE) and 'GO TO START A' (STOP) marker
cannot be erased.
REMARKS :
Markers which are recorded on the tape, control the set in play back
mode. This means that in PLAY mode all information recorded on tape
behind the 'Continue B' marker or 'Go to Start A' marker is
skipped. The recordings behind those markers can only be reached by
winding over that marker.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering does not start at number 1 when recording
side B.
Cause: Per default single Album format is defined.
REMARKS :
Track numbering starts at side A (when AUTO EDIT ON) directly after
the LEAD-IN area with number 1.
Track numbering is automatically incremented when recording new tracks
and continues on side B.
In other words the DCC tape is seen as one single album where one may
select a particular track, and it does not matter whether the required
track is on side A or B of the tape.
If user wants to start track numbering with track 1 on side B
to obtain e.g. a dual Album, EDIT function must be performed.
When in REC-PAUSE mode: -
- press EDIT key to enter the edit mode
- select required EDIT function by pressing EDIT several times
- press RECORD key to actually edit the tape.
Next edit functions are available: -
- START NEW SIDE:
to start track numbering on side B with track number 1.
When restarting of track numbering is required, user must
search for last recording on side A, record START NEW SIDE
indication.
- CONTINUE B:
track numbering is continued at side B.
- GO TO START A:
marks the position where the deck should start winding to the
beginning of side A and stop.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Analog level
CURE: Problem: Analog level cannot be reduced until zero using REC LEVEL
control.
Cause: No analog fade in/out option available.
REMARKS :
Recording level control is not meant to obtain fade in/out effects for
own analog recordings. Typical fade in/out feature is not available on
DCC sets. Analog recording level control is meant to be used for
adapting input level for analog signals.
To obtain real fade in/out effects an audio mixing unit (e.g.
SBC5370), connected to AUX - ANALOG IN, should be applied.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Clicks are audible
CURE: Problem: Clicks are audible when interrupting recording with
REC PAUSE.
Cause: Difference between digital mute (-110dB) and analog silence
(>-30dB) can be recognized as click being recorded.
REMARKS :
By mixing different titles (from e.g. various Vinyl Records) clicks
are audible between the analog silence signal of the vinyl recording
and the interrupting of the recording with REC PAUSE (digital mute).
It is this difference in level between the analog silence and the
digital mute (system detects a sudden increase of level) that the DCC
recorder records, and is audible as a click during play back at
high volume level.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: DCC cassettes
CURE: Problem: DCC cassettes causing faults (a.o. drop outs, tape salad,
clean head).
Cause: DCC cassettes outside specification.
REMARKS:
The used DCC cassette is not according the DCC specification and so
NOT released by Philips. (e.g. some of Maxell and Fuji cassettes)
It is recommended to use released Philips DCC cassettes only.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: Skipping small part of music
CURE: Problem: Skipping small part of music of pre-recorded DCC-cassettes
after track search
Cause: Repositioning problem due to high fast wind/rewind speed.
REMARKS:
After track search command the DCC does not start exactly at the
beginning of a track.
First approx. 500 msec. of track are not played back.
This problem does not occur when DCC-cassette is played-back normally.
This deviation is dependant on the position of the tape; via the
reel-tacho signals the movement of the reel is measured not the tape.
To reduce this error a compensation is done, based on an average
required repositioning within ± 0.5 sec. Only in the minus area this
short jump could be noticed.
This problem cannot be solved.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: TRACK AND TIME: REMaining time
CURE: Problem: REMaining time indication is not reliable.
Cause: Calculation of remaining time by DCC recorder
REMARKS :
The DCC recorder starts with defining an estimated total remaining
time. After that it calculates the elapsed time by reading total time
information of played back tracks.
The remaining time left on tape is the estimated playing time of the
cassette minus the elapsed time.
The remaining time might have a tolerance of about 1 minute.
So it might happen that for instance the display shows 'REM TIME 5:38,
and yet a music piece of about 4:14 will not fit.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: TRACK AND TIME: Track and Time information is erased
CURE: Problem: Track and Time information is erased when adding text
information.
Cause: Not correct initialized cassette.
REMARKS :
Sometimes track number and time information is erased when recording
text information. When using RENUMBER to reconstruct the track
numbering again the missing time information will be misinterpreted as
tape end and tape direction is reversed, while renumbering continues
on side B.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Operation of source selector
CURE: Problem: Operation of source selector is not clear.
Cause: IFU does not explain selection of source very clear.
REMARKS :
After installation of the DCC recorder all input sources should be
selected via source preset. This is done as follows:
- Press PRESET
- By pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE the default CD is indicated on
display. By pressing NEXT key the cable connection made with
CD player can be selected.
By pressing again REC SELECT/PAUSE the next input source
(tuner etc) can be selected. Every time again the applied cable
connection with source can be selected via the NEXT key.
- When all sources (to be recorded from) via REC SELECT/PAUSE and
NEXT are selected these presettings are stored by pressing PRESET.
Making a recording from one of the sources the latest used source
(this setting is also stored by the set) is selected. If another
source should be selected this is done as follows:
- Press REC SELECT/PAUSE, the default source is already indicated on
display (except Microphone).
- By pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE again next source is selected.
- Subsequently pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE gives the other available
sources.
Sequence of source selection is CD TUNER AUX1 AUX2 CD TUNER, etc.
In case microphone socket has been connected this input source is
selected automatically.
NOTE:In case a digital recording will be made from CD or AUX as
source and no digital connection is made the message:
'CHECK DIG IN' is displayed and one should reconnect digital
cable from recorder to source.
For more detailed information See the Instructions for Use.
A quick reference card for ease of operating is made available:
For DCC730 with service code 4822 725 22612
For DCC951 with service code 4822 725 22611
These reference cards contain clear pictographs to operate the
DCC recorder.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: AUTO STOP mode
CURE: Problem: DCC recorder does not stop after last recording when selected
AUTO STOP mode.
Cause: Auto stop function is wrongly interpreted by user.
REMARKS :
With the PRESETS function the playback function can be set as soon as
a cassette is inserted. With playback set at AUTO PLAY, playback will
always be started automatically as soon as the tray has been closed
(and cassette is inserted) by pushing the tray by hand or the POWER
has been switched ON.
With playback set at AUTO STOP, playback will not start automatically.
NOTE:To find last recording user should use APPEND to search for
the end of the last recording (which was marked when STOP was
pressed during recording). APP > or APP < appears.
When this position has been found the last 10 seconds will be
played back (APPEND PLAY), after which the RECORD PAUSE (REC-P)
mode is entered.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Old recordings remain
CURE: Problem: Parts of old recordings remain after overwriting existing
recordings.
Cause: Cassette is not initialized correctly before overwriting.
REMARKS :
When a CD-synchro recording is made on a DCC-tape which was already
recorded in the past, the set switches at the estimated end from side
A to side B.
When playing back this part of the tape first the 'new' music is heard
followed by the 'old' music until end of side A and in the beginning
of side B.
This problem can be prevented by renumbering the tape.
NOTE: To overwrite a previous recorded DCC tape press REWIND key
more than 0.5 second (set must be in STOP mode). Tape is
rewound to the beginning of the tape. By pressing
REC SELECT/PAUSE key the LEAD IN portion of about 10 seconds
is recorded.
Afterwards the set goes to Record Pause mode.
When pressing RECORD the recording starts and tape will be
completely overwritten. Set 'sees' tape as being new.
To record in the middle of an existing track (recording on a
specific location) first the location should be searched, than
(in STOP mode) press subsequently REC SELECT/PAUSE and RECORD.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering DCC does not match with the track numbering
of the source (e.g. when digital copying a Compact Disc)
Cause: Track number is automatically increased at end of side A with
CD SYNCHRO OFF.
REMARKS :
At end of side A a CONTINUE B marker is recorded. The DCC standard
requires a new track number at the start of side B.
This marker is not on the CD, so all recordings from side B have a
track number (CD track number + 1).
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering does not match with the track numbering of
the source (e.g. when analog copying a Compact Disc).
Cause: Track number is recorded after an analog silence (signal
level below -60dB) for more than 3 seconds and track number
is automatically increased at end of side A with
CD SYNCHRO OFF.
REMARKS :
- In AUTO EDIT ON mode a new track number will be written after every
silence for more than 3 seconds, where 'silence' is defined as an
analog signal level below -60dB.
It might happen that a source (Compact Disc) has music pauses for
more than 3 seconds within one music number, or pauses between
tracks are shorter than 3 seconds.
User may edit the track numbering afterwards by CONNECTing or
SPLITting TRACKS.
By connecting tracks the current and next 'pause' track will be
connected and later on recognized as one track.
During this action the DCC recorder will erase the START indication
of that 'pause' track.
By splitting tracks the current track will be split up in two
successive tracks.
- DCC standard requires a new track number at the start of side B.
(See also problem RECORDING: Writing markers in AUDIO EDIT)
NOTE:When tracks have been connected or splitted also a RENUMBER
action is necessary to ensure a correct track number sequence.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: CLEAN HEAD
CURE: Problem: CLEAN HEAD indication
Cause: Contaminated head.
REMARKS :
The special design of DCC-head makes it sensitive for contamination,
especially when low quality ACC tape (Fe tape) is used. The applied
DCC tape consists of high quality chrome tape, which will not
contaminate the head.
In order to ensure high quality recording the warning of the CLEAN
HEAD indication is displayed according following criteria:
- about 8 hours of total playing back time of ACC tape.
- 2 channels or more on DCC tape not detected by DCC head for more
than 3 seconds.
please notice:In case CLEAN HEAD indication was caused by a
temporarily bad HEAD-TAPE contact, the message will disappear
after pressing the 'TIME' or 'TEXT' key.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Writing markers in AUTO EDIT
CURE: Problem: Writing markers in AUTO EDIT mode after more than 3 seconds
of silence.
Cause: IFU mentions 3 seconds of silence.
REMARKS :
In AUTO EDIT ON mode the DCC recorder writes new track numbers on the
tape when silences (signal level below -60dB) of more than 3 seconds
are detected during recording from ANALOG input.
The signal level of the source must be below -60dB before DCC system
recognizes a music pause.
It might happen that during fading out of music, the user perceives a
silence but that signal level is not dropped below -60dB. In this case
the music pause seems to be much longer than 3 seconds.
Note:
In AUTO EDIT OFF the DCC recorder will not perform automatic track
increment when recording from analog sources.
AUTO EDIT is always set to ON when a digital source is connected (via
digital sockets).
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Microphone recording input
CURE: Problem: Microphone recording input is only Mono
Cause: Only Mono microphone pre-amplifier designed.
REMARKS :
When microphone is connected, the DCC set automatically selects the
MONO microphone input.
Recording via another source is not possible as long as microphone is
connected.
When Stereo recording via microphone is required it is recommended to
connect microphone(s) to an audio mixing unit (e.g. SBC5370) which
must be connected to AUX, ANALOG IN.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: De-emphasis
CURE: Problem: De-emphasis in DCC player is not functioning after making a
digital copy of a Compact Disc.
Cause: In PLAYBACK mode the DCC recorder switches de-emphasis ON or
OFF dependant to the contents of the system information
(SYSINFO).
REMARKS :
De-emphasis of a DCC recording is only activated in PLAYBACK mode if
concerned bit in sysinfo is switched on.
This flag is set during recording from digital input.
This information is sent from the CD player to the DCC recorder.
In play back the DCC recorder switches de-emphasis on or off
dependant of the flag setting in sysinfo.
Recording via analog input will not set the de-emphasis flag.
This is already performed in the CD player via the information in the
SUBCODE.
Manually on/off switching of de-emphasis by user is not possible.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
A small quantity of complete Digital Deck Units is available with
service codenumber 4822 691 10666.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Instructions for Use - Quick reference card
CURE: Instructions for Use - Quick reference card
-
To show all important operations of the DCC player a so called Quick
reference card is inserted in the instructions for use. To have this
quick reference card also available in service workshops (1 double
sided A3 page) it can be ordered with service code number
4822 736 22612.
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Demo mode
CURE: Demo mode
-
A demo mode have been defined in the software program:
Demo mode; Non protected:
After switching-on the power and with the set in STOP position, the
Demo mode can be entered by pressing the SCROLL button.
Pressing the STOP button will disable this mode.
Demo mode; protected (for the trade):
When switching-on the power, while pressing the SCROLL button, the
protected trade mode will be entered. In this mode the drawer cannot
be opened. This mode can only be disabled by means of the O/C button
of the remote control (or by erasing the EEPROM in service mode).
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Introduction of software USER 034
CURE: Introduction of software USER 034
-
Improved software USER 034 is available as programmed OTP and can be
ordered with service code 4822 900 10716.
In comparison with software USER 032, the following complaints
will be solved:
- DCC is freezed by amplifier when DCC is searching from STOP or
winding (should not be freezed).
- TIMER PLAY on ACC: DCC always goes to TRACK 1 (should play from
current position).
- TIMER PLAY/RECORD with DCC awake and tray open: tray stays
open (should close).
- TIMER PLAY with superuser-tape and current tracknumber unknown:
DCC starts playing from TRACK 1 (should play from current
position).
- TIMER PLAY on ACC: DCC doesn't wake up.
- TIMER RECORD: DCC doesn't start recording.
- CLEAN HEAD INDICATION
MODEL: DCC730
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: No audio on playback or record of digital cassettes.
CURE: On selecting the service mode and doing several checks it was
indicated from the information that the tape head was faulty.
Replacing the complete tape deck mechanism cured the fault.
Codenr. 4822 691 20777.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: No sound when playing analog or DCC cassettes.
CURE: Check R301 (on the conversion panel).
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: No sound. Seems like dirty heads. Service mode shows all F s.
CURE: Faulty Q301 on AD/DA panel. Replace Q301 (4822 209 30438).
Check R804 and R301.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: No reaction from DCC recorder on signals from remote control.
CURE: Check if IR switch on back of DCC recorder was set to position
off.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Multi-room system is not functioning well with remote control.
CURE: Especially occuring with other sets of C9 series.
While DCC900 is operating with the remote control in Room 2
('speakers' set-up room), there is no sound output from the
speakers.
This happens only in the play-back mode with a pre-recorded tape
and the direct track number search command. This is caused by the
not correct easy link code output from the ESI-bus of the 70DCC900.
Only in case the user complaints about this phenomenon the front uP
(QD01) has to be replaced by the OTP µP(4822 209 52437). In case a
set does not be equiped with the pull-down resistors (GD01 - GD04),
the resistor arrays should be added.
(The service manual is including the circuit and pcb drawings which
have been drawn corresponding to situation that the OTP uP has been
mounted.)
QD01 Front OTP µP4822 209 52437
GD01 47kÛ x 10 4822 111 92126
GD02 47kÛ x 94822 111 92125
GD03 47kÛ x 84822 111 92124
GD04 47kÛ x 74822 111 92123
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: CD SYNC mode in combination with CDC935 does not function well.
CURE: Fault condition: Recording CD SYNC on DCC900 via digital In/Out
connected to a CDC935 changer is causing problems.
As soon as the disc is changed the DCC player gets in a hang-up
situation.
Cause: When a disc is changed, CDC935 generates via digital out: track
number 00.
Solution: In case of problems the microprocessors in DCC900 should be
replaced into software version 2:
item stamped service code number
QU01 UPD75518GF-0854822 209 31936
QD01 UPD75238GJ-0634822 209 31937
REMARKS :
Sets marked MZ07925030xxx and higher are already equipped with
software version 2.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Intermittent drop out of audio on playback and record
CURE: Phenemena only occurs with digital tapes.
With subsitution of the digital board and AD/DA board which did not
resolve the fault, the tape deck mechanism (482269120777) was
replaced curing the intermittent fault.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Audio distortion at about -30dB level.
CURE: Especially occuring when temperature is rising.
Until and up to change code MZ06 change the following parts:
was becomes
Q301 DAC: IC SAA7350 IC SAA7350AGP4822 209 31356
R352 24kÛ ± 1% 1/10W 20kÛ ± 1% 1/10W4822 117 10476
REMARKS :
Above mentioned parts have already been changed from change code
MZ07 onwards.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Motor of motor drive potmeter R731 makes a squeaking sound.
CURE: Wrong motor signal due to defective Q731. Replace transistor Q731.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Broken driving belt, replace belt (4822 358 31234)
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Spot on head, service mode 0C 0F000000
CURE: Clean head and capstans.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Actuate TEXT and TIME buttons simultaneously.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Addition in service manual
CURE: Addition in service manual
In service manual the value of the output impedance has not been
published in the specification. The output impedance for both outputs,
the fixed output and the variable one, is 440 ohm.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Trackselection
CURE: Trackselection
Direct track access is meant to search a wanted tracknumber by
taking the shortest path to get to the track.
Due to the differences in possible tapes, this topic is rather
complex:
* On a pre-recorded DCC tape, the Table Of Contents is always
recorded continuously on the tape. This means that direct track
access is possible.
When jumping from track 3 to track 8.
In this case the side is changed (from A to B)
This is the SHORT SEARCH.
* On a user-recorded tape, the Table Of Contents (TOC) cannot be
recorded continuously.
The TOC has be adapted all over the tape as soon as the
recording on the tape is changed.
For this reason the TOC can only be written at the start of
track 1. This means that now jumping from track 3 to 8 results
in so called SEQUENCIAL TRACK SEARCH.
Jumping from track 3 to track 8 is done via track 4, 5, 6, and 7.
In practise it has become clear that when a DCC is loaded, it is
in many cases not positioned at the start of track 1.
This means that the only alternative is sequential track search:
The deck will in some cases not take the shortest path as the
location of the required track is unknown.
IMPLEMENTATION:
DCC900
Writing TOC on user-recorded DCC was planned but did not fit
into the microprocessor internal ROM capacity. To delete this
possibility from the specification was a last minute decision.
Unfortunately the Instruction For Use has not been adapted
accordingly.
That is why 10-key commands are not accepted (NO TOC message).
There is no service solution available.
DCC600
Writing TOC on user-recorded tape was also not possible because
of the limitations of the microprocessor internal ROM capacity.
Lessons are taken from DCC900, that is why the sequential search
possibility has been implemented. When a 10-key command is
issued and the TOC is not known, the deck will perform this
above described sequential search.
The result is that DCC600 will in only a few cases not respond to a
10-key command.
Due to the fact that the microprocessor of the DCC900 is completely
filled and no larger memory is available, a service solution which
incorporates sequential search like DCC600 is not possible.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Updating uPs
CURE: Updating uPs
During the course of production the uPs in 70DCC900 have been
modified. Sets produced between stamp MZ03 and MZ07lot30 have old
versions. In case one of the two uPs has to be exchanged, in those
sets, the other uP has to be replaced by a new version too, because
in spare parts warehouse only the last versions are taken on stock.
From MZ07lot30 (production week 9248) onwards QU01 reads
uPD75518GF-085 (available with service code 4822 209 31936)
according to Service Newsletter information 39.18. and QD01 reads
uPD75238GJ-063 (available with service code 4822 209 31937)
according to Service Newsletter information 42.40
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Adjustment head current
CURE: Adjustment head current
-
In case the read/write head of the DCC mechancism should be exchanged
and/or the read/write IC's are defective the head current has to be
re-adjusted. Because at this moment the needed test equipment is not
available, this will be done in a central repair procedure.
The following codenumbers are resorted in this repair procedure, at
Philips Consumer Service known with code (REPARI 1 and 4):
For 70DCC900:
The complete tape deck mechanism
item service codenumber
001M 4822 691 20777
For 70DCC300, 70DCC380 and 70DCC600:
The complete loading mechanism
item service codenumber
LDU4822 691 20833
and
The complete digital board (PCB5)
item service codenumber
4822 214 33899
In case of a repair one has to ship, without waiting, the defective
item to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
Please enclose a copy of the invoice inside the carton.
The rest of the instructions are according to the PCS repair
procedure available at the desk of Mr. Lieberwirth, Repair Manager,
Phone +31-40-735509, Fax +31-40-734515
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Guidance form
CURE: Guidance form
-
Next Guidance form is enclosed at repairable unit 4822 691 20777.
Please notice the wiring which should be included in the returned
unit.
GUIDANCE FORM
REPAIRABLE UNIT 4822 691 20777
Please fill in this form and return it with the defective unit.
TYPENUMBER (Unit demounted from set):
Serial number :
COMPLAINT DESCRIPTION :
INFORMATION GATHERED VIA SERVICE MODE
FUNCTION (selected via timer) :123456789
ERROR INDICATION (On display) :
MORE DETAILED OBSERVATIONS:
YESNO
DCC SOUND OK
ANALOGUE SOUND OK
MECHANICAL NOISE OK
SPEED OK
FRICTIONS OK
TAPE TRANSPORT OK
Return the defective unit complete assembled according to the drawing
on the
backside of this paper to:
Invoice to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 670005
Consumer Service - Price centre
5600 MD Eindhoven building SBP5
The Netherlands
Ship to:
Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. 676723
Consumer Service
5600 MD Eindhoven building SDM5
The Netherlands
ATT: Mr. C. Lieberwirth
CORRECTIVE ACTION/SOLUTION
(to be filled in at central repair workshop):
Report number:
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: DCC900
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCCE
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: CD SYNC recording from CDC936 stops after first disc
CURE: Recording via CD SYNC from CDC936 is causing problems. When tracks
on several discs are programmed, the DCC player starts recording
the track(s) of the first disc. When CDC is changing the disc, the
set DCC951 comes in REC PAUSE mode and stays in this mode.
This problem is caused by USER software U028 of DCC951.
Solution:
Replace USER microprocessor 7800 on front panel by an OTP loaded with
software USER 034(service code 4822 900 10716).
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Audio plops when the player is switched off.
CURE: Audio plops are audible when the player is switched off in standby.
This can be solved by connecting resistor 3961 (see Power supply
circuit diagram on page 7-2 in service manual) from +5Vper to the
rectified +10V over capacitor 2904.
REMARKS :
In/out panel with improved lay-out L4 will be introduced from
week 9526 onwards.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: DCC head defect, no recording, several isolation shorts on DCC head.
CURE: Isolation shorts are caused by ESD. To protect against ESD replace
(or bridge) C2999 on Read/Write panel by a 4k7 resistor
(4822 051 20472). It is advised to introduce this in all sets with
which will be offered for repair, and the modification has not yet
been implemented yet.
Implementation date: In R/W boards from production week 9540 onwards.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Wrong COPY PROHIBIT indication
CURE: Cause:
DCC951 display gives the indication COPY PROHIBIT when recordings
according to SCMS are made. Particularly recordings from SONY
CD-players and MD-players (with pre-recorded software) cause problems.
Cure:
Replace digital microprocessor, item 7700 on digital board of DCC
module, by an OTP loaded with software programme D028 (service code
4822 209 12972)
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Set will not wind using remote control from 900 system.
CURE: When using a Remote Control from the 900-series the set will not WIND.
Using the RC delivered with the set gives no problem. The problem is
caused by user software version U28.
Replace USER uP 7800 on front panel (service code 4822 209 33369)
When ordering 4822 209 33369, an OTP loaded with software USER 034,
service code 4822 900 10716, will be delivered.
REMARKS :
The new software, version 32 has been implemented in production from
week 9507 onwards.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering does not start at number 1 when recording
side B.
Cause: Per default single Album format is defined.
REMARKS :
Track numbering starts at side A (when AUTO EDIT ON) directly after
the LEAD-IN area with number 1.
Track numbering is automatically incremented when recording new tracks
and continues on side B.
In other words the DCC tape is seen as one single album where one may
select a particular track, and it does not matter whether the required
track is on side A or B of the tape.
If user wants to start track numbering with track 1 on side B
to obtain e.g. a dual Album, EDIT function must be performed.
When in REC-PAUSE mode: -
- press EDIT key to enter the edit mode
- select required EDIT function by pressing EDIT several times
- press RECORD key to actually edit the tape.
Next edit functions are available: -
- START NEW SIDE:
to start track numbering on side B with track number 1.
When restarting of track numbering is required, user must
search for last recording on side A, record START NEW SIDE
indication.
- CONTINUE B:
track numbering is continued at side B.
- GO TO START A:
marks the position where the deck should start winding to the
beginning of side A and stop.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Renumbering
CURE: Problem: Renumbering not possible when making a new recording at
specific location.
Cause: In User format is RENUMBER not possible.
REMARKS :
Before recording first initializing of the tape has to be performed.
See also newsletter item 63.01
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Music passages are lost
CURE: Problem: Music passages are lost after renumbering.
Cause: 'CONTINUE B' (REVERSE) and 'GO TO START A' (STOP) marker
cannot be erased.
REMARKS :
Markers which are recorded on the tape, control the set in play back
mode. This means that in PLAY mode all information recorded on tape
behind the 'Continue B' marker or 'Go to Start A' marker is
skipped. The recordings behind those markers can only be reached by
winding over that marker.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Old recordings remain
CURE: Problem: Parts of old recordings remain after overwriting existing
recordings.
Cause: Cassette is not initialized correctly before overwriting.
REMARKS :
When a CD-synchro recording is made on a DCC-tape which was already
recorded in the past, the set switches at the estimated end from side
A to side B.
When playing back this part of the tape first the 'new' music is heard
followed by the 'old' music until end of side A and in the beginning
of side B.
This problem can be prevented by renumbering the tape.
NOTE: To overwrite a previous recorded DCC tape press REWIND key
more than 0.5 second (set must be in STOP mode). Tape is
rewound to the beginning of the tape. By pressing
REC SELECT/PAUSE key the LEAD IN portion of about 10 seconds
is recorded.
Afterwards the set goes to Record Pause mode.
When pressing RECORD the recording starts and tape will be
completely overwritten. Set 'sees' tape as being new.
To record in the middle of an existing track (recording on a
specific location) first the location should be searched, than
(in STOP mode) press subsequently REC SELECT/PAUSE and RECORD.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Operation of source selector
CURE: Problem: Operation of source selector is not clear.
Cause: IFU does not explain selection of source very clear.
REMARKS :
After installation of the DCC recorder all input sources should be
selected via source preset. This is done as follows:
- Press PRESET
- By pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE the default CD is indicated on
display. By pressing NEXT key the cable connection made with
CD player can be selected.
By pressing again REC SELECT/PAUSE the next input source
(tuner etc) can be selected. Every time again the applied cable
connection with source can be selected via the NEXT key.
- When all sources (to be recorded from) via REC SELECT/PAUSE and
NEXT are selected these presettings are stored by pressing PRESET.
Making a recording from one of the sources the latest used source
(this setting is also stored by the set) is selected. If another
source should be selected this is done as follows:
- Press REC SELECT/PAUSE, the default source is already indicated on
display (except Microphone).
- By pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE again next source is selected.
- Subsequently pressing REC SELECT/PAUSE gives the other available
sources.
Sequence of source selection is CD TUNER AUX1 AUX2 CD TUNER, etc.
In case microphone socket has been connected this input source is
selected automatically.
NOTE:In case a digital recording will be made from CD or AUX as
source and no digital connection is made the message:
'CHECK DIG IN' is displayed and one should reconnect digital
cable from recorder to source.
For more detailed information See the Instructions for Use.
A quick reference card for ease of operating is made available:
For DCC730 with service code 4822 725 22612
For DCC951 with service code 4822 725 22611
These reference cards contain clear pictographs to operate the
DCC recorder.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: DCC cassettes
CURE: Problem: DCC cassettes causing faults (a.o. drop outs, tape salad,
clean head).
Cause: DCC cassettes outside specification.
REMARKS:
The used DCC cassette is not according the DCC specification and so
NOT released by Philips. (e.g. some of Maxell and Fuji cassettes)
It is recommended to use released Philips DCC cassettes only.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: Skipping small part of music
CURE: Problem: Skipping small part of music of pre-recorded DCC-cassettes
after track search
Cause: Repositioning problem due to high fast wind/rewind speed.
REMARKS:
After track search command the DCC does not start exactly at the
beginning of a track.
First approx. 500 msec. of track are not played back.
This problem does not occur when DCC-cassette is played-back normally.
This deviation is dependant on the position of the tape; via the
reel-tacho signals the movement of the reel is measured not the tape.
To reduce this error a compensation is done, based on an average
required repositioning within ± 0.5 sec. Only in the minus area this
short jump could be noticed.
This problem cannot be solved.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: TRACK AND TIME: REMaining time
CURE: Problem: REMaining time indication is not reliable.
Cause: Calculation of remaining time by DCC recorder
REMARKS :
The DCC recorder starts with defining an estimated total remaining
time. After that it calculates the elapsed time by reading total time
information of played back tracks.
The remaining time left on tape is the estimated playing time of the
cassette minus the elapsed time.
The remaining time might have a tolerance of about 1 minute.
So it might happen that for instance the display shows 'REM TIME 5:38,
and yet a music piece of about 4:14 will not fit.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: Operate DCC recorder
CURE: Problem: It is difficult to operate DCC recorde.
Cause: DCC recorder is software controlled (play back = CD similar).
REMARKS :
Correct understandings of the user-recorded tape formats and markers
will help customers to make full use of the benefits of the DCC
recorder. See also newsletter 63.01. For ease of operationg a quick
reference card is made available:
For DCC730 with service code 4822 725 22612
For DCC951 with service code 4822 725 22611
These reference cards contain clear pictograms to operate the DCC
recorder for every mode.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: DUBBING ACTIVE
CURE: Problem: Message 'DUBBING ACTIVE' on display of DC951.
Cause: Via presets like: source CD and CD SYNCHRO ON the reference
for CD dubbing is defined.
REMARKS :
After actuating REC SELECT/PAUSE key the DCC951 is looking for its
preference entry in the Philips 900 series system, with correct ESI
BUS connections. When the presets are set to source CD and CD SYNCHRO
ON the set is waiting for acknowledge command from CD player.
In case other keys are pressed in the meantime the message
'CD DUBBING ACTIVE' is shown as operating error message. If ESI BUS is
not connected in the right way the message 'NO CD SYNCHRO' is shown.
NOTE:CD SYNCHRO mode can be changed with the PRESETS function as
follows:
- press PRESETS
- press RECORD
- by pressing 'wind' or 'rewind' the presetted CD SYNCHRO
mode can be switched ON or OFF
- press PRESETS to store settings.
Only valid for DCC951.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: AUTO STOP mode
CURE: Problem: DCC recorder does not stop after last recording when selected
AUTO STOP mode.
Cause: Auto stop function is wrongly interpreted by user.
REMARKS :
With the PRESETS function the playback function can be set as soon as
a cassette is inserted. With playback set at AUTO PLAY, playback will
always be started automatically as soon as the tray has been closed
(and cassette is inserted) by pushing the tray by hand or the POWER
has been switched ON.
With playback set at AUTO STOP, playback will not start automatically.
NOTE:To find last recording user should use APPEND to search for
the end of the last recording (which was marked when STOP was
pressed during recording). APP > or APP < appears.
When this position has been found the last 10 seconds will be
played back (APPEND PLAY), after which the RECORD PAUSE (REC-P)
mode is entered.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: OPERATING: NO CD SYNCHRO desired
CURE: Problem: NO CD SYNCHRO desired by user of DCC951.
Cause: Function CD SYNCHRO ON is selected in preset.
REMARKS :
When CD SYNCHRO option is not required by user, or not via ESI BUS
connected with other sets from the Philips 900 series system, it
should be switched off. This can be done as follows:
- press PRESETS
- press RECORD
- press WIND or REWIND to switch to CD SYNCHRO OFF
- press PRESETS to store presets.
To use CD SYNCHRO ON presets must be changed by applying above
mentioned procedure again and the ESI BUS should be proper connected
to other sets in the Philips 900 series system.
Only valid for DCC951.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Clicks are audible
CURE: Problem: Clicks are audible when interrupting recording with
REC PAUSE.
Cause: Difference between digital mute (-110dB) and analog silence
(>-30dB) can be recognized as click being recorded.
REMARKS :
By mixing different titles (from e.g. various Vinyl Records) clicks
are audible between the analog silence signal of the vinyl recording
and the interrupting of the recording with REC PAUSE (digital mute).
It is this difference in level between the analog silence and the
digital mute (system detects a sudden increase of level) that the DCC
recorder records, and is audible as a click during play back at
high volume level.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: TRACK AND TIME: Track and Time information is erased
CURE: Problem: Track and Time information is erased when adding text
information.
Cause: Not correct initialized cassette.
REMARKS :
Sometimes track number and time information is erased when recording
text information. When using RENUMBER to reconstruct the track
numbering again the missing time information will be misinterpreted as
tape end and tape direction is reversed, while renumbering continues
on side B.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Analog level
CURE: Problem: Analog level cannot be reduced until zero using REC LEVEL
control.
Cause: No analog fade in/out option available.
REMARKS :
Recording level control is not meant to obtain fade in/out effects for
own analog recordings. Typical fade in/out feature is not available on
DCC sets. Analog recording level control is meant to be used for
adapting input level for analog signals.
To obtain real fade in/out effects an audio mixing unit (e.g.
SBC5370), connected to AUX - ANALOG IN, should be applied.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Writing markers in AUTO EDIT
CURE: Problem: Writing markers in AUTO EDIT mode after more than 3 seconds
of silence.
Cause: IFU mentions 3 seconds of silence.
REMARKS :
In AUTO EDIT ON mode the DCC recorder writes new track numbers on the
tape when silences (signal level below -60dB) of more than 3 seconds
are detected during recording from ANALOG input.
The signal level of the source must be below -60dB before DCC system
recognizes a music pause.
It might happen that during fading out of music, the user perceives a
silence but that signal level is not dropped below -60dB. In this case
the music pause seems to be much longer than 3 seconds.
Note:
In AUTO EDIT OFF the DCC recorder will not perform automatic track
increment when recording from analog sources.
AUTO EDIT is always set to ON when a digital source is connected (via
digital sockets).
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering DCC does not match with the track numbering
of the source (e.g. when digital copying a Compact Disc)
Cause: Track number is automatically increased at end of side A with
CD SYNCHRO OFF.
REMARKS :
At end of side A a CONTINUE B marker is recorded. The DCC standard
requires a new track number at the start of side B.
This marker is not on the CD, so all recordings from side B have a
track number (CD track number + 1).
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Track numbering
CURE: Problem: Track numbering does not match with the track numbering of
the source (e.g. when analog copying a Compact Disc).
Cause: Track number is recorded after an analog silence (signal
level below -60dB) for more than 3 seconds and track number
is automatically increased at end of side A with
CD SYNCHRO OFF.
REMARKS :
- In AUTO EDIT ON mode a new track number will be written after every
silence for more than 3 seconds, where 'silence' is defined as an
analog signal level below -60dB.
It might happen that a source (Compact Disc) has music pauses for
more than 3 seconds within one music number, or pauses between
tracks are shorter than 3 seconds.
User may edit the track numbering afterwards by CONNECTing or
SPLITting TRACKS.
By connecting tracks the current and next 'pause' track will be
connected and later on recognized as one track.
During this action the DCC recorder will erase the START indication
of that 'pause' track.
By splitting tracks the current track will be split up in two
successive tracks.
- DCC standard requires a new track number at the start of side B.
(See also problem RECORDING: Writing markers in AUDIO EDIT)
NOTE:When tracks have been connected or splitted also a RENUMBER
action is necessary to ensure a correct track number sequence.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: RECORDING: Microphone recording input
CURE: Problem: Microphone recording input is only Mono
Cause: Only Mono microphone pre-amplifier designed.
REMARKS :
When microphone is connected, the DCC set automatically selects the
MONO microphone input.
Recording via another source is not possible as long as microphone is
connected.
When Stereo recording via microphone is required it is recommended to
connect microphone(s) to an audio mixing unit (e.g. SBC5370) which
must be connected to AUX, ANALOG IN.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: CLEAN HEAD
CURE: Problem: CLEAN HEAD indication
Cause: Contaminated head.
REMARKS :
The special design of DCC-head makes it sensitive for contamination,
especially when low quality ACC tape (Fe tape) is used. The applied
DCC tape consists of high quality chrome tape, which will not
contaminate the head.
In order to ensure high quality recording the warning of the CLEAN
HEAD indication is displayed according following criteria:
- about 8 hours of total playing back time of ACC tape.
- 2 channels or more on DCC tape not detected by DCC head for more
than 3 seconds.
please notice:In case CLEAN HEAD indication was caused by a
temporarily bad HEAD-TAPE contact, the message will disappear
after pressing the 'TIME' or 'TEXT' key.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: PLAYBACK: De-emphasis
CURE: Problem: De-emphasis in DCC player is not functioning after making a
digital copy of a Compact Disc.
Cause: In PLAYBACK mode the DCC recorder switches de-emphasis ON or
OFF dependant to the contents of the system information
(SYSINFO).
REMARKS :
De-emphasis of a DCC recording is only activated in PLAYBACK mode if
concerned bit in sysinfo is switched on.
This flag is set during recording from digital input.
This information is sent from the CD player to the DCC recorder.
In play back the DCC recorder switches de-emphasis on or off
dependant of the flag setting in sysinfo.
Recording via analog input will not set the de-emphasis flag.
This is already performed in the CD player via the information in the
SUBCODE.
Manually on/off switching of de-emphasis by user is not possible.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
A small quantity of complete Digital Deck Units is available with
service codenumber 4822 691 10666.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Initialising DCC
CURE: Initialising DCC
NEW DCC CASSETTE:
How to initialize the cassette (= making a lead-in
recording at the beginning of the tape) is stated in
the Instructions for Use. In the various typenumbers the
following keys have to be activated:
For DCC091, DCC450: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC170: REWIND, REC PAUSE
For DCC300, DCC380: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC600: REWIND, APPEND
For DCC730, DCC951: REWIND, REC SELECT/PAUSE
For DCC900: REWIND, APPEND
For more details: see Instructions for Use
of concerned typenumber; chapter recording.
After this initialization the track number and
(absolute) time information will be recorded on the
user-recorded tape. The above shown survey is a
simplified universal applyable operation.
The most problems are caused by the fact that users
are accustomed to apply the record function straight
forward, like recording ACC-cassettes.
PARTIALLY RECORDED
For all typenumbers, except DCC170:
Use APPEND to search for end of last recording in case
of partially recorded DCC-tape and so proper coupling of old
and new recordings is made.
For DCC170: Search Manually for END indication of
last recording and make new recordings from that spot onwards.
OVERWRITING
In case of completely overwriting a user-recorded DCC-tape
the initializing procedure has to be performed again!
CONCLUSION:
It is very important to initialize a user-recorded
DCC-tape. If a DCC-tape is initialized or not, can
easily be seen on the display information in Play-back mode.
Starting at the beginning of the tape track time
An empty DCC tape::
Not initialized DCC tape (User format) 11 : 24
Initialized DCC tape (Super-user format)312 : 49
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Introduction of software USER 034
CURE: Introduction of software USER 034
-
Improved software USER 034 is available as programmed OTP and can be
ordered with service code 4822 900 10716.
In comparison with software USER 032, the following complaints
will be solved:
- DCC is freezed by amplifier when DCC is searching from STOP or
winding (should not be freezed).
- TIMER PLAY on ACC: DCC always goes to TRACK 1 (should play from
current position).
- TIMER PLAY/RECORD with DCC awake and tray open: tray stays
open (should close).
- TIMER PLAY with superuser-tape and current tracknumber unknown:
DCC starts playing from TRACK 1 (should play from current
position).
- TIMER PLAY on ACC: DCC doesn't wake up.
- TIMER RECORD: DCC doesn't start recording.
- CLEAN HEAD INDICATION
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Instructions for Use Quick reference card
CURE: Instructions for Use Quick reference card
-
To show all important operations of the DCC player a so called Quick
reference card is inserted in the instructions for use. To have this
quick reference card also available in service workshops (1 double
sided A3 page) it can be ordered with service code number
4822 736 22611.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
On page 7-6 and 7-8, two items are missing in the drawing of the front
panel. During the conversion of the drawing into film, Capacitor 2456
and tact switch 1817 have been disappeared. Capacitor 2456 should be
located next to IC 7455, switch 1817 is mounted next to switch 1818.
For the location of these parts, see partial lay-out on next drawing.
REMARKS :
During the production process, an error was introduced in the Service
printing of the front Panel. The same capacitor has been mentioned
2416 but should read 2456. Capacitor 2416 is only a part of the
Headphone panel.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Demo mode
CURE: Demo mode
-
A demo mode have been defined in the software program:
Demo mode; Non protected:
After switching-on the power and with the set in STOP position, the
Demo mode can be entered by pressing the SCROLL button.
Pressing the STOP button will disable this mode.
Demo mode; protected (for the trade):
When switching-on the power, while pressing the SCROLL button, the
protected trade mode will be entered. In this mode the drawer cannot
be opened. This mode can only be disabled by means of the O/C button
of the remote control (or by erasing the EEPROM in service mode).
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Page 10-10:
The service code number of Tape Drive Control microprocessor 7500
should read 4822 209 33915 (a microprocessor type P80C52EBPN-CV5454N
with embedded ROM program) instead of 4822 209 33394 (an empty
OTPP87C52EBPN).
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Partslist tray loader
CURE: Partslist tray loader
-
A new assembly, consisting of items 88, 92 and SW81, will be delivered
when ordered service codenumber 4822 256 92147.
Item 506 is from now on available. Service codenumber reads
4822 214 52175. This assembly consists of a printed board mounted to
the cassette deck mechanism. It will replace the following
item/codenumbers:
SW101 ... SW105 = 4822 130 91328
SW110 = 4822 271 30821
SW111 ... SW112 = 4822 271 30823
and it includes the S-reel and T-reel photo sensors.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Modification replace procedure/adjustment DCC head
CURE: Modification replace procedure/adjustment DCC head
Herewith the actions of the write current adjustment of the DCC
head are given.
A. First of all take care that tape speed is within the prescribed
tolerances (3150 Hz +- 0.25%).
B. Short circuit the Automatic gain control (AGC) on the read/write
board: Interconnect measuring points 7 and 10.
C. Insert the DCC 9.6 kHz level calibration tape (4822 397 30264).
With this tape the reference level of the play back mode can be
noted. (VppRDMUX)
D. Play back the Calibration level Tape and measure the average
peak-peak level of the RDMUX signal on measuring point 3 on
R/W board.
Trigger oscilloscope on the RDSYNC signal, measuring point 2.
E. In case the RDMUX signal is > 3 Vpp the signal is clipping.
Than add a potentiometer of 47 kOhm between measuring point 8
and ground (measuring point 10) and adjust with that potentiometer
until the RDMUX signal does not clip any more.
F. Insert now a DCC blanc reference cassette (4822 397 30284).
Put the set in record mode and make a recording of a random audio
signal.
G. Measure the peak-peak value of the write current between measuring
point 9 and ground (measuring point 10). Note this Vclamp value.
(Neglect the 4 negative pulses).
This value of Vclamp is defined by:
Vclamp = Iwrite x Rtot.
(Rtot = Resistor value of shunt 3881, 3882, 3883, 3884 = 10 Ohm)
Example:Vclamp = 1.2Vpp = 10 Ohm * Iwrite
so Iwrite = 120 mA
H. Make a recording with this current on a blanc (virgin; not recorded
before) piece of the blanc reference tape.
I. Play back the own recording and measure the average peak-peak level
of the RDMUX signal on measuring point 3.
Trigger oscilloscope again on the RDSYNC signal, measuring point 2.
J. Calculate the desired write current via next formula:
Vclamp (new)VppRDMUXoutput9.6kHzleveltapeVclamp (old)
I(new) = - = - x - x C
Rtot Vpp RDMUX output own recording Rtot
where C is correctionfactor for 9.6 kHz cassette (+ 1.1 dB = 1.135).
Example:VppRDMUX 9.6 kHz reads: 2.4Vpp
VppRDMUX own recording: 2.3Vpp
Results in desired write current of:
Vclamp(new)2.4 Vpp 1.2 Vpp 1.25 Vpp
I(new) == - x - x 1.135 =x 1.135 =
Rtot2.3 VppRtot10 Ohm
= 142 mA
Corresponding with Vclamp (new) = 142 mA x 10 Ohm = 1.42 Vpp.
K. Put the set in record mode again and adjust the write current with
potentiometer 3888 to the calculated value = Vclamp (new).
Measure between measuring point 9 and ground GNDD
(measuring point 10)
In the example: Vclamp = Iwrite x Rtot:
Vclamp =142mA x 10 Ohm = 1.42 Vpp.
Adjust with potentiometer 3888 to this value.
L. Do not forget to remove, after the adjustment procedure, the short
circuit between measuring point 7 and 10 again, because otherwise
the AGC will not operate.
In case potentiometer 47 kOhm has been added, this additional
potentiometer should be removed too.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: USE OF EDIT MODE
CURE: USE OF EDIT MODE
When making a digital recording from CD player to DCC via CD dubbing
(controlled by ESI), EDIT can be selected by most of the players
e.g. CD931, CD940, CD911.
CD951(CD950) doesn not have this feature and will always add 4 seconds
AUTOSPACE in CD dubbing mode.
When EDIT mode has been selected, the CD player indicates the tracks
that will be recorded on side A and B depending on the selected tape
length. When recording on an Analogue recorder, the recording will be
made as indicated by the CD player. When on side A, the last possible
track has been recorded, the CD player will come into the pause mode.
The next track which will be recorded is displayed. At the end of the
tape, the recorder head (automatic reverse), will switch to side B.
The tape starts running and after 6 seconds the recording will
continue.
When recording digitally to DCC951, the way of recording is different.
1. CD911(CD94 program)
The recorded CD of Peter Gabriel has 8 tracks with a total playing
time of 45'48.
In edit mode the CD player selects tracks 1-7 on side A, track 8 on
side B. When track 7 has been recorded, the CD911 change over to pause
with track 8 selected.
The DCC951 writes a CONT. B marker on side A, the recorderhead will
be reversed, and the recording will continue with track 8.
In comparison with a recording on an analogue tape, a greater section
of the tape will not be used.
2. CD931(= CD930, CD93 program)
In edit mode, the CD player selects also tracks 1-7 on side A, track 8
on side B. When track 7 has been recorded, CD931 changes over to pause
with track 8 selected.
DCC951 continues the recording till end of side A. Then it rewinds to
the last written marker, in this case startmarker of track 7,
overwrites this marker by a CONT. B marker and continues recording
of track 8 on side B, indicating recording track 7. When playing back
the recorded tape, track 7 of the CD will not be audible, because it
is marked by the CONT. B marker, forcing the tape to continue on
side B.
When recording without edit mode, all the 8 tracks will be recorded on
side A, because the tape length (46) seems to be sufficient for this
CD.
When making a next recording of the same CD via APPEND, DCC starts the
recording but when reaching the end of side A after 30, DCC rewinds
to the written start marker of track 9, replaces it by a CONT.B
marker, and recommences the recording of track 9 on side B.
Recording of a CD without EDIT mode results in a better utilisation of
the tape, no tracks will be lost.
A peculiarity of DCC951 is that before the CD will be recorded a
second time completely, DCC displays: TAPE FULL although one expects
that enough space was left. This is caused by the procedure of
calculating the used tape length.
3. CD951(= CD950, CD93 program)
CD951 has no EDIT mode and in CD dubbing, an AUTOSPACE of 4 seconds
will be added between the recorded tracks. This AUTOSPACE cannot be
switched off.
Analogue recorders need this 4 seconds gap for the FAST TRACK ACCESS
feature.
Before the recording of track 8 has been finished, the tape will reach
the end of side A . DCC rewinds to startmarker of track 8, replaces it
by a CONT. B marker and recommences the recording on side B.
No tracks will be lost. The disadvantage of the 4 seconds AUTOSPACE is
that when recording live recorded CD's, between tracks an undesired
pause will be heard. This can only be solved by recording without
CD Dubbing(CD SYNCRO OFF).
Conclusion
EDIT mode has no sense when recording digitally via CD Dubbing.
When recording via CD dubbing without EDIT, the DCC recorder organises
its own recording in an efficient way.
Tracks interrupted by the end of side, will be repeated on the next
side.
This interruption is inaudible during play back.
Using EDIT mode might result in a loss of the last track on side A by
an inadequate software in the CD player(CD931), or in loss of
tapespace(CD911). The EDIT feature is only useful for analogue
recordings.
MODEL: DCC951
SYMPTOM: Customer problems when using DCC
CURE: Customer problems when using DCC
In general playing back pre-recorded DCC-cassettes does not bring
problems to users, because playback of such a cassette is more or less
simular to operating a CD-player.
A number of problems are found in the playing back and/or recording of
the user-recorded DCC-cassettes, caused by not proper 'initializing'
of ALL these cassettes.
Initializing is important because this is closely linked to basic
customer-expectations of a digital product:
- Track number;
- Time indication.
The DCC-standard distinguishes 2 different formats of user-recorded
DCC-tapes:
a. Super-user format
b. User format
But there are also combinations of the 2 user-recorded formats
possible:
c. Combinations of the 2 formats.
And there is the pre-recorded DCC tape format:
d. Pre-recorded DCC
SUMMARIZED CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Super-user format:
- continuous absolute time information available (remaining time is
calculated by the set)
- Track numbering and track title at start of track are possible.
(this means that also renumber is possible)
- Initialization required
- TOC (Table of Contents) possible at start of track 1
For figures see Audio Service newsletter 63.01
On Display when super-user format is loaded at position a:
TRACKTIME
- -10:51
b. User format:
- No continuous absolute time information available on tape
- No track numbering/title. (this means that renumber is not
possible)
- No initialization required
The start markers are only used for track access.
On Display when user format is loaded at position b:
TRACKTIME
:
Notice: track is blank!
Some DCC typenumbers show counter settings, others the estimated
time based on the tacho-signals.
c. Combination of the 2 formats.
- This format usually happens when the APPEND function is not used.
- The APPEND function is designed to guarantee the Super-user
format in case a recording is made at the end of a partially
recorded tape.
When a recording is started on a blank area, the result will always
be a User-format. Correction by renumbering is not possible.
d. Pre-recorded DCC
- Continuous time information available (inclusive absolute time,
track time, remaining time etc.)
- Track information continuous available
- TOC information continuous available
- Track title information continuous available.
- Display will show on what ever position loaded the track and time
information. example:
TRACKTIME
210:51
MODEL: DCC-General
SYMPTOM: Does not record sometimes on blank DCC tapes.
CURE: In case of interruptions in recorded music on a DCC D60 blank
cassette, please check the concerned DCC cassette. In case the
tape support plastic guiding part between tape and the take up reel
is missing the D60 cassette is a defective one and causes the
complaint. For details see next drawing. The set will operate
normal with other cassettes.
REMARKS:
Production of D60 cassettes has been modified.
MODEL: DCC-General
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
From now on Dolby testcassette MTT-150 is available with service
codenumber 4822 397 30271.
Also the Dolby testcassette TCC-130 has become a service
ordernumber 4822 397 30269.
With one of these cassettes the Dolby adjustment can be achieved.
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Set switches on and off spontaneously.
CURE: Check whether capacitor 2649 is leaking (4822 121 42408).
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Keyboard problem.
CURE: After power-on, all keys on the front are operational, but after
pressing some keys, more and more keys do not react any more.
SOLUTION:
For existing sets, the problem can easily be solved by connecting
pin 17 to ground. This can be done by soldering a short-circuit
between pin 17 and 18 (pin 18 is grounded).
From week 9341 and recognizing on serialnumber AH01..., in
production the new software has been used and no hardware
correction will be necessary any more.
CAUSE :
The problem is caused by pin 17 of the display processor
(TMP47C670, position 7603) which is an unused keyscan input. This
pin is not connected and receives disturbances due to the high
input impedance.
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Balance inoperative, sound level varies, no sound when changing source
CURE:
Additional symptom: Set cannot be switched-on from stand-by.
Solution: replace EEPROM (ST24CO2AB1; 4822 209 62098)
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Short mutes audible.
CURE: CAUSE:
In case DSS boxes are applied in a Audio set or in combination with
DSC950 it may occur that through mains interferences a short mute
is audible. (e.g. when the refrigerator switches-on).
SOLUTION:
Replace the mains cords of the 70DSS930 boxes by a new mainscord.
In this new mainscord a anti-interference filter has been built-in.
In case that a DSC950 has been used, this mainscord has to be
replaced too. For ease of replacement, it is advised to replace the
bushing and housing too.
service codenumber new mainscord 4822 321 11035
service codenumber bushing 4822 532 12271
service codenumber housing 4822 268 40481
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: No CD digital input.
CURE: Check the optical input converter for CD and the optical reader
pos. 1960.
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound on DCC analog in.
CURE: Check optical input 1961 (DCC).
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: No sound when using the analog inputs.
CURE: Check capacitor 2773.
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: IC PCF3523P no longer available
CURE: IC PCF3523P no longer available
-
Audio Digital Output Circuit (ADOC) IC PCF3523P is now no longer
available.A direct replacement is type PCF2705P which is supplied
under the same code number 4822 209 62588.
MODEL: DSC950
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: DSS930
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check the DSP chip item 7550.
MODEL: DSS930
SYMPTOM: Short mutes audible.
CURE: CAUSE:
In case DSS boxes are applied in a Audio set or in combination with
DSC950 it may occur that through mains interferences a short mute
is audible. (e.g. when the refrigerator switches-on).
SOLUTION:
Replace the mains cords of the 70DSS930 boxes by a new mainscord.
In this new mainscord a anti-interference filter has been built-in.
In case that a DSC950 has been used, this mainscord has to be
replaced too. For ease of replacement, it is advised to replace the
bushing and housing too.
service codenumber new mainscord 4822 321 11035
service codenumber bushing 4822 532 12271
service codenumber housing 4822 268 40481
MODEL: DSS930
SYMPTOM: The speaker relay for the woofer endstage inoperative.
CURE: Check transistor T7259 (BF457; 5322 130 44413).
MODEL: DSS930
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check whether BU1405 (dig. in/out) has been soldered well.
MODEL: DSS940
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
IC7600 DSP56004FJ40, codenumber is 4822 209 52726
MODEL: F1275
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Leverknob 505 (503 for FCD185) has servicecodenumber 4822 404 21069.
MODEL: F1395
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
The service order number of loudspeaker socket pos 1317 should
read 4822 267 31176 instead of 4822 267 20371.
MODEL: F1395
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The codenumber for the Remote Control is :
9 functions4822 218 10242
14 functions 4822 218 10243
MODEL: F1395
SYMPTOM: Part number of IC TDA1602B
CURE: Part number of IC TDA1602B
Some of the above sets were produced with an IC type TDA1602B in
position 7701.It is not possible to replace this version with a
TDA1602/N1E listed in the service manual under code number
4822 209 72747.
The part number of a TDA1602B is 4822 209 61424.
MODEL: F1472
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical tape deck partslist
CURE: Correction mechanical tape deck partslist
-
The codenumber mentioned for item M32 is wrong, this should read
4822 410 26352.
MODEL: F1722
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound on FM
CURE: Replace capacitor 242847uf
MODEL: F330
SYMPTOM: Tape deck display erratic; Tape deck functions OK.
CURE: All characters on display constantly changing and some permanently
lit.
Check -25 volt line.
If this voltage is at -40 volts and the AC filament voltage to the
display is high, check/replace T7294 - BD136.
MODEL: F4213
SYMPTOM: Parts
CURE: Parts
-
The service codenumber for amplifier IC STK2139 is 4822 209 63459.
MODEL: FA080
SYMPTOM: Too much distortion in right channel at DSP modes
CURE: Replace resistor R3543 by a resistor of 11.7 Kohm instead of 10K.
MODEL: FA080
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound on right speaker.
CURE: Replace connector block 1267 (4822 290 61102)
MODEL: FA080
SYMPTOM: The amplifier does not switch on.
CURE: EEPROM IC7684 defective. Replace IC7684.
MODEL: FA091
SYMPTOM: Right channel inoperative.
CURE: Check the speaker relay L5250 (4822 280 70368).
MODEL: FA279
SYMPTOM: Amplifier reacts on CD-i remote control commands.
CURE: Replace in those cases the remote control receiver, item IR01, instead
of the published codenumber (4822 218 10292) by another remote control
receiver, available with service codenumber: 4822 214 52184.
MODEL: FA320
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FA761
SYMPTOM: TOTAL INOPERATIVE, NO +5V OUTPUT AT IC501
CURE: FUSE SI6 DEFECTIVE. (315MA SOLDER TYPE0
MODEL: FA775
SYMPTOM: Service Manual Additioned to partslist
CURE: Service Manual Additioned to partslist:
-
Switch SR16 is available via service codenumber 4822 276 11933.
REMARKS :
This is a correction of newsletter 25.17
MODEL: FA80
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FA910
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FA910
SYMPTOM: ESI-bus
CURE: ESI-bus
-
For detailed information see Newsletter 62 where this description of
the commanding structure of the ESI-bus together with drawings has
been given.
Introduction
All sets of the Philips 900 series use a new communication bus, called
ESI. This is a green cinch bus and can be found at the back of each
set.
In fact, each set carries two busses for looping through (they are
internally connected).
The bus is basically used for two purposes:
* All RC5 commands (infrared) which are received by the IR-receptor of
the amplifier are converted to the ESI-format and passed via the
ESI-bus to all other sets.
This is called the ESI mode 0 format.
* Inter-set communication for following system functionality:
- automatic source selection
- timer functions
- CD®dubbing
- ...
The ESI-standard is company confidential. However, mode 0 has been
declared public domain. This information can be used freely as long as
it is used to control 900 series equipment. The bus shall not be used
to build other applications for private or commercial purpose.
The Hardware interface circuit is presented in Newsletter 62.
This hardware interface connects at one side the computer. At the
other side, connection is made to the 900 set(s).
In idle state, the ESI bus carries 0V. Whenever commands are
transferred, the bus switches between 0 and 5V.
Commands are transmitted in biphase coding. This means that the bit
value is represented by an upgoing or downgoing edge in the middle of
the bit slot.
Each bit is 889 microsec.
In a normal system, all original RC5 information (from the transmitted
IR-command) is copied into the mode 0 command by the amplifier.
The ESI format and the List of RC5 commands in 900 series equipment
are shown in newsletter 62.
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: Break down of power endstages
CURE: In order to prevent a quick break down of the powertansistors the
following modification has to be executed in each set brought in
for repair.
Short circuit coil 5252 (right) and coil 5253 (left channel).
Service information A93-452 (Add elcap 2301, 2302) has to be
executed too, in case this modification has not yet been
implemented.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: No sound. The speaker relay does not switch on.
CURE: Endstage transistors T7269 ,7275 and the 5AT fuses might be
defective.
replace TS7269 code number 4822 130 62963
TS7275 code number 4822 130 63073
Fuse 5AT code number 4822 071 55002
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: Preventive action
CURE: Preventive action
-
In case of a defective amplifier, replace also pos. 3284 and 3285;
These resistors can be the cause of the too high quiescent current.
Pot. 470E ( pos. 3284 And 3285) 4822 101 10927
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: ESI-bus
CURE: ESI-bus
-
For detailed information see Newsletter 62 where this description of
the commanding structure of the ESI-bus together with drawings has
been given.
Introduction
All sets of the Philips 900 series use a new communication bus, called
ESI. This is a green cinch bus and can be found at the back of each
set.
In fact, each set carries two busses for looping through (they are
internally connected).
The bus is basically used for two purposes:
* All RC5 commands (infrared) which are received by the IR-receptor of
the amplifier are converted to the ESI-format and passed via the
ESI-bus to all other sets.
This is called the ESI mode 0 format.
* Inter-set communication for following system functionality:
- automatic source selection
- timer functions
- CD®dubbing
- ...
The ESI-standard is company confidential. However, mode 0 has been
declared public domain. This information can be used freely as long as
it is used to control 900 series equipment. The bus shall not be used
to build other applications for private or commercial purpose.
The Hardware interface circuit is presented in Newsletter 62.
This hardware interface connects at one side the computer. At the
other side, connection is made to the 900 set(s).
In idle state, the ESI bus carries 0V. Whenever commands are
transferred, the bus switches between 0 and 5V.
Commands are transmitted in biphase coding. This means that the bit
value is represented by an upgoing or downgoing edge in the middle of
the bit slot.
Each bit is 889 microsec.
In a normal system, all original RC5 information (from the transmitted
IR-command) is copied into the mode 0 command by the amplifier.
The ESI format and the List of RC5 commands in 900 series equipment
are shown in newsletter 62.
MODEL: FA920
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Loudspeaker terminals are available with service codenumber
4822 267 20432.
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: Fuses 1252 and 1253 broken; No other fault found in set.
CURE: CAUSE:
Depending on the applied boxes, the impedance falls below approx. 2
ohm at high audio frequencies (approx. 30kHz....50kHz).
This results in broken fuses.
SOLUTION:
Add two capacitors of 100pF/50V across collector and emitter of
transistor 7272 right channel and transistor 7273 left channel.
Service codenumber capacitor reads 100pF/50V (4822 122 33195).
Short circuit coil 5252 (right) and coil 5253 (left channel).
This modification has to be performed in each set, brought in for
repair.
Service information A93-453 (Add el cap 2301, 2302) has to be
executed too, in case this modification has not been implemented
yet.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: Mains transformer temperature fuse is defective.
CURE: It seems to be impossible to solve this problem in this
typenumber/modelnumber because of the extreme situations which can
be applied such like loudspeakerboxes of 4 Ohm and playback
housemusic on high volume during a rather long time.
In the successor of this model (FA931) a circuitry to protect the
set has been added: This circuit is continuously checking the power
from the transformer and will decrease the output in case the
transformer power is exceeding a certain level. (Fuzzy logic)
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: Sound interrupts, defective volume control
CURE: Remove the notch from the volume control PCB.
This removes mechanical tension on the connector and gives a better
contact.
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: No source selection (all leds are burning).
CURE: Check the microprocessor IC7650 (4822 209 30881).
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: ESI-bus
CURE: ESI-bus
-
For detailed information see Newsletter 62 where this description of
the commanding structure of the ESI-bus together with drawings has
been given.
Introduction
All sets of the Philips 900 series use a new communication bus, called
ESI. This is a green cinch bus and can be found at the back of each
set.
In fact, each set carries two busses for looping through (they are
internally connected).
The bus is basically used for two purposes:
* All RC5 commands (infrared) which are received by the IR-receptor of
the amplifier are converted to the ESI-format and passed via the
ESI-bus to all other sets.
This is called the ESI mode 0 format.
* Inter-set communication for following system functionality:
- automatic source selection
- timer functions
- CD®dubbing
- ...
The ESI-standard is company confidential. However, mode 0 has been
declared public domain. This information can be used freely as long as
it is used to control 900 series equipment. The bus shall not be used
to build other applications for private or commercial purpose.
The Hardware interface circuit is presented in Newsletter 62.
This hardware interface connects at one side the computer. At the
other side, connection is made to the 900 set(s).
In idle state, the ESI bus carries 0V. Whenever commands are
transferred, the bus switches between 0 and 5V.
Commands are transmitted in biphase coding. This means that the bit
value is represented by an upgoing or downgoing edge in the middle of
the bit slot.
Each bit is 889 microsec.
In a normal system, all original RC5 information (from the transmitted
IR-command) is copied into the mode 0 command by the amplifier.
The ESI format and the List of RC5 commands in 900 series equipment
are shown in newsletter 62.
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: Preventive action
CURE: Preventive action
-
In case of a defective amplifier, replace also pos. 3284 and 3285;
These resistors can be the cause of the too high quiescent current.
Pot. 470E ( pos. 3284 And 3285) 4822 101 10927
MODEL: FA930
SYMPTOM: New feature
CURE: New feature
-
The remote control for these sets is extended with the one digit/ two
digit function; key (-/). This should be used to control a TV set.
This feature is implemented in RH6641/01 available with service
codenumber 4822 218 10514.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: No low frequencies in the audio signal.
CURE: Check soldering of transistors T7270/T72771.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: Sound interrupts, defective volume control
CURE: Remove the notch from the volume control PCB.
This removes mechanical tension on the connector and gives a better
contact.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: The amplifier is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check/replace capacitor C2664 in the reset circuit.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: New feature
CURE: New feature
-
The remote control for these sets is extended with the one digit/ two
digit function; key (-/). This should be used to control a TV set.
This feature is implemented in RH6641/01 available with service
codenumber 4822 218 10514.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: ESI-bus
CURE: ESI-bus
-
For detailed information see Newsletter 62 where this description of
the commanding structure of the ESI-bus together with drawings has
been given.
Introduction
All sets of the Philips 900 series use a new communication bus, called
ESI. This is a green cinch bus and can be found at the back of each
set.
In fact, each set carries two busses for looping through (they are
internally connected).
The bus is basically used for two purposes:
* All RC5 commands (infrared) which are received by the IR-receptor of
the amplifier are converted to the ESI-format and passed via the
ESI-bus to all other sets.
This is called the ESI mode 0 format.
* Inter-set communication for following system functionality:
- automatic source selection
- timer functions
- CD®dubbing
- ...
The ESI-standard is company confidential. However, mode 0 has been
declared public domain. This information can be used freely as long as
it is used to control 900 series equipment. The bus shall not be used
to build other applications for private or commercial purpose.
The Hardware interface circuit is presented in Newsletter 62.
This hardware interface connects at one side the computer. At the
other side, connection is made to the 900 set(s).
In idle state, the ESI bus carries 0V. Whenever commands are
transferred, the bus switches between 0 and 5V.
Commands are transmitted in biphase coding. This means that the bit
value is represented by an upgoing or downgoing edge in the middle of
the bit slot.
Each bit is 889 microsec.
In a normal system, all original RC5 information (from the transmitted
IR-command) is copied into the mode 0 command by the amplifier.
The ESI format and the List of RC5 commands in 900 series equipment
are shown in newsletter 62.
MODEL: FA931
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In the Service Manual of FA931 (4822 725 23964) is a wrong Power
diagram on page 20-21-22 is published.
REMARKS :
With Service Information A94-450 (4822 725 23975) the correct one
will be published.
MODEL: FA940
SYMPTOM: Sound interrupts, defective volume control
CURE: Remove the notch from the volume control PCB.
This removes mechanical tension on the connector and gives a better
contact.
MODEL: FA950
SYMPTOM: DC on the speaker terminals.
CURE: 2 or 3 volt DC on the speaker terminals:
Replace C267 and C268 ( 220uF ) near Q271 ( AN7062P)
MODEL: FA950
SYMPTOM: Led for speaker group A inoperative.
CURE: Short circuit on speaker led. (4822 130 62954).
Resolder Cinch bush 562 connections.
MODEL: FA950
SYMPTOM: Digital LED does not light-up if a DCC is connected.
CURE: Modify the circuit on the digital input board P032 as follows:
Open the ground-connection of pin 3 of IC Q403.
Connect this pin 3 to pin 5 and 9 of the same IC Q403.
Add a capacitor of 330pF between pin 4 of IC Q403 and the anode of
D401.
REMARKS :
The circuit has been modified in the sets from productionweek 9317
onwards.
MODEL: FA950
SYMPTOM: The powerstages of the amplifier
CURE: The powerstages of the amplifier are not in accordance with the
service manual.
-
Some resistors are added and other resistors are changed in value.
Resistors R373, R374, R375 and R376, 100 ohm 5% 1/6W each (4822 052
10101), are addedon the power amplifier PCB.
R373 has been added between collector Q279 and -64.7V
R374 has been added between collector Q280 and -64.7V
R375 has been added between collector Q281 and +64.9V
R376 has been added between collector Q282 and +64.9V
The reason of the above mentioned changment is to prevent a small
parasitic oscillation that may occur.
R325, R326, R327, R328, R333, R334 are mentioned in the circuit
diagram as 47E but in the set 100E (4822 115 90167) has been built in.
The effect that resistors R365, 366, 367, 368 (6k8, 1/2W) become
hot after a few minutes can be due to the start-up behaviour of
this set. It takes about 6-10 minutes till the powerstage is
stabilized even in stand-by mode.
WHEN REPLACING THE POWERSTAGE HEAT-COMPOUND HAS TO BE ADDED
BETWEEN THE TRANSISTORS AND THE ISOLATION SHEET AND BETWEEN
THE SHEET AND THE HEAT-SINK..
THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE QUIESCENT CURRENT HAS TO BE DONE IN THE
FOLLOWING WAY:-
ADJUST THE TRIMPOTS R323 AND R324 FULL COUNTER CLOCKWISE.
CONNECT DC VOLTMETER ACROSS R337 AND R338 SEPARATELY.SWITCH
ON POWER-SUPPLY AND SET TO STAND-BY MODE, WAIT FOR MORE THAN 6
MINUTES.NOW ADJUST SLOWLY STEP BY STEP THE CURRENT IN BOTH
CHANNELS WITH R323 AND R324 TILL THE VOLTMETER READING IS
13 mV +/- 1 mV.
MODEL: FA950
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist correction
CURE: Electrical partslist correction
-
- 2SB1353A in Service Manual 4822 130 62334 should be 4822 130 63117
- 2SD2033A in Service Manual 4822 130 62335 should be 4822 130 63118
Note: With 4822 130 62334,2SB1353 will be delivered.
With 4822 130 62335,2SD2033 will be delivered.
MODEL: FA951
SYMPTOM: The amplifier acts strange, changes from source and volume.
CURE: Check micro controller IC7650
MODEL: FA951
SYMPTOM: After some time the amplifier can not be operated anymore.
CURE: Check/replace uP.
MODEL: FA951
SYMPTOM: No sound. The speaker relay does not switch on.
CURE: Endstage transistors T7268 (T7269), T7274 (7275) and the 5AT fuses
might be defective.
Replace: T7268 (T7269) code number 4822 130 62963
T7274 (T7275) code number 4822 130 63073
Fuse 5ATcode number 4822 071 55002
MODEL: FA951
SYMPTOM: The amplifier goes into protection.
CURE: Check/replace D6306.
MODEL: FA951
SYMPTOM: The amplifier produces a distorted sound and switches in protection
CURE: Check/replace F1252, F1253, D6265 and D6267.
MODEL: FB209W/17
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10882
to 4822 321 11466 to meet new UL requirement for USA/Canada effective
from December 1998.
MODEL: FB560
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
For above-mentioned loudspeaker system no Service Manual has been
published. The FB560 loudspeaker system consists of the loudspeaker
boxes:
* FB561 (front)
* FB562 (center)
* FB563 (surround)
The following spare parts are available:
Service code ArticleImpedance Application
description
4822 240 10085 Woofer 5 1/4 12 OhmFB561
4822 240 10088 Tweeter8 OhmFB561
4822 240 10086 Woofer 4 12 OhmFB562
4822 240 10088 Tweeter8 OhmFB562
4822 240 10087 Full range 5 1/46 OhmFB563
MODEL: FB695
SYMPTOM: Service hints
CURE: Service hints
-
For loudspeakerbox produced before week 9545 and brought in for repair
of a defective tweeter AD11401/T6 (4822 240 70223), it is necessary to
add a tweeter protection circuit in the wire to the tweeter.
See drawings, newsletter 96.01.10 and service information A95-101
(4822 725 24783).
The extra components are:
R = resistor 5R65Watt (4822 053 32568)
PTC = PTC RXE040 (4822 116 40264)
In boxes produced from week 9545 and onwards, this protection circuit
has already been implemented.
From week 9606 onwards the protection circuit has been integrated on
the filter unit. (4822 214 51297)
itemservice codedescription
50014822 157 62595air coil 330 uH
50024822 157 62596ferrite coil 820 uH
20014822 124 21436bipolar capacitor 4u7 100VDC
30014822 116 82638Resistor 5R6 - 25 Watt
30024822 053 32568resistor 5R6 - 5 Watt
31014822 116 40201PTC RXE135
31024822 116 40264PTC RXE040
REMARKS :
This modification should be applied in each box FB695 and FB696
offered for repair.
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-101
MODEL: FB696
SYMPTOM: Service hints
CURE: Service hints
-
For loudspeakerbox produced before week 9545 and brought in for repair
of a defective tweeter AD11401/T6 (4822 240 70223), it is necessary to
add a tweeter protection circuit in the wire to the tweeter.
See drawings, newsletter 96.01.10 and service information A95-101
(4822 725 24783).
The extra components are:
R = resistor 5R65Watt (4822 053 32568)
PTC = PTC RXE040 (4822 116 40264)
In boxes produced from week 9545 and onwards, this protection circuit
has already been implemented.
From week 9606 onwards the protection circuit has been integrated on
the filter unit. (4822 214 51297)
itemservice codedescription
50014822 157 62595air coil 330 uH
50024822 157 62596ferrite coil 820 uH
20014822 124 21436bipolar capacitor 4u7 100VDC
30014822 116 82638Resistor 5R6 - 25 Watt
30024822 053 32568resistor 5R6 - 5 Watt
31014822 116 40201PTC RXE135
31024822 116 40264PTC RXE040
REMARKS :
This modification should be applied in each box FB695 and FB696
offered for repair.
This publication will be followed by Service Information A95-101
MODEL: FC070
SYMPTOM: Deck A does not play. Wind & rewind function O.K.
CURE: Check transistor T7642 (in solenoid driver circuit)
(BC858B) 5322 130 41983.
MODEL: FC070
SYMPTOM: Set switches off after some time (After the set is warming up).
CURE: Processor IC7683 temperature dependent. After warming up it resets
itself. Replace IC7683. (4822 209 31591)
MODEL: FC070
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close
CURE: Eject locking arm has passed the eject hook.Caused by pushing
the eject button and the play button simultaneously.
Remount the eject locking arm.
MODEL: FC080
SYMPTOM: Deck gives a short ticking sound. No deck functions.
CURE: Lever pos 55 (deck B) might be out of position. Remount pos. 55.
MODEL: FC260
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC260
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
In the partslist, the codenumber for MC14066BCP/HEF4066BP is not
correct. The codenumber should read 5322 209 10357.
In the partslist, the codenumber for transistor BC636 has not
been mentioned.
The codenumber for the transistor is 4822 130 44283
MODEL: FC260
SYMPTOM: Replacement ribbon cable
CURE: Replacement ribbon cable
A length of 12-way ribbon cable for interconnecting the cassette
deck and amplifier is now available as a spare part under code
number 4822 321 60671.
The connector plug should be transferred to the replacement cable
as follows:
1. Open outwards the long side lugs situated at both ends of the
plug to release the top and sides.
2. Lift the plug away from the old cable and press down into
position on the new.
3. Refit the top of the plug and apply pressure to make the
electrical connections and to latch the top into place.
MODEL: FC260
SYMPTOM: Service solution
CURE: Service solution
If a set is placed close to a TV-set and a recording in the
High Dubbing mode has been made, a squeaky sound might occur.
The frequency of this squeaky sound is about the half of the
line-frequency of the TV-set ;the amplitude depends on the distance
to the TV-set.
This phenomenon can be solved by replacing the coils L102 and L102
(see AF panel, diagram 1) by coils with codenumber 4822 157 60203.
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Continuous running of motor in cassette deck A
CURE: A modification has been introduced to prevent the drive motor in
cassette deck A from running continuously when the system is
operated with a remote control handset.
The modification consists of fitting a small additional PCB in the
cassette unit 70FC290.This has already been carried out on later
production sets at the factory.The PCB is added to the logic
panel in the 70FC290.
i) Remove the wire link adjacent to D419 between points A and B.
ii)Mount the small PCB on the component side of the panel at
points A, B and C.
iii) Solder the two wires to points D (R467) and E (R469) as
indicated.
iv)Interconnect points F and G to provide an earth connection via
the print track to point C.
The part number of the additional PCB is 4822 214 51804.
REMARKS:
FOR SETS INCORPORATING CASSETTE DECK 70FC290
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Service Manual partslist
CURE: Service Manual partslist:
-
Service codenumber for blue lamp LA1 and LA2 (5V-115mA) should read
4822 134 40829 instead of 4822 134 40952 (orange lamp)
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Replacement ribbon cable
CURE: Replacement ribbon cable
A length of 12-way ribbon cable for interconnecting the cassette
deck and amplifier is now available as a spare part under code
number 4822 321 60671.
The connector plug should be transferred to the replacement cable
as follows:
1. Open outwards the long side lugs situated at both ends of the
plug to release the top and sides.
2. Lift the plug away from the old cable and press down into
position on the new.
3. Refit the top of the plug and apply pressure to make the
electrical connections and to latch the top into place.
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Manual
CURE: Manual
In the partslist, the codenumber for MC14066BCP/HEF4066BP is
not correct. The codenumber should read 5322 209 10357.
In the partslist, the codenumber for transistor BC636 has not
been mentioned.
The codenumber for the transistor is 4822 130 44283.
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Service solution
CURE: Service solution
If a set is placed close to a TV-set and a recording in the
High Dubbing mode has been made, a squeaky sound might occur.
The frequency of this squeaky sound is about the half of the
line-frequency of the TV-set ;the amplitude depends on the distance
to the TV-set.
This phenomenon can be solved by replacing the coils L102 and L102
(see AF panel, diagram 1) by coils with codenumber 4822 157 60203.
MODEL: FC290
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC291
SYMPTOM: Service Manual partslist
CURE: Service Manual partslist:
-
Service codenumber for blue lamp LA1 and LA2 (5V-115mA) should read
4822 134 40829 instead of 4822 134 40952 (orange lamp)
MODEL: FC291
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC310
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When reading a disc, the display shows an ERROR message. The set is
not able to read the T.O.C. and will not start to play.
Hint: Verify the production period on the CDM
Paper label: 9135 upto and including 9138
Inkjetmark: 9134.4A upto and including 9138.4A
During this period wrong grease is used causing too high friction of
the swing arm. In that case the CDM has to be replaced. From 9139 or
9138.4B onwards, this error is retrieved.
MODEL: FC320
SYMPTOM: Faulty recording when using auto-reverse
CURE: The following fault may be found on early production cassette decks
when making a continuous recording on both sides of a cassette
using the auto-reverse feature.
After recording side A the recording does not continue on side B
although the front panel display indicates that arecording is
taking place.
The problem may be solved by replacing µP IC7402 with a later
version with updated software.Early version microprocessors are
labelled CAS-LEU-90-A.Later production and replacement types are
labelled CASS-C3-90-B.
The part number 4822 209 63802 is unchanged.
MODEL: FC320
SYMPTOM: No sound on playback from either deck; no signal on level meters.
CURE: On checking around IC7701 (TDA 1602) it was found that the 14V
supply on pin 14 of this IC was missing. Replacing the 4.7 Ohm
saftey resistor (R3737) and IC7701 restored operation.
MODEL: FC320
SYMPTOM: Intermittent operation of functions and display.
CURE: After checking the supply rails and also the oscillator on IC7402
which all checked OK. It was most probable to be the actual
processor and on replacing this IC the fault was cured.
MODEL: FC330
SYMPTOM: All characters on display are erratically light.
CURE: On checking the -25V and A.C. to display, this was found to be OK.
The output from the microprocessor was then checked and found to be
incorrect. Replacing the microprocessor (M50727) restored normal
operation.
MODEL: FC330
SYMPTOM: Volume varying on both channels during Playback.
CURE: Transistor 133 was found to be leaky. BC548C 4822 130 44196.
MODEL: FC330
SYMPTOM: No audio ouput on left hand channel of either tape decks.
CURE: On tracing the audio path on the lefthand channel it was found that
the signal was present on the positive of C422, but no signal on
the negative. Replacing C422 which had gone open circuit cured the
fault.
MODEL: FC330
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC360
SYMPTOM: No sound when playing back a tape.
CURE: Check head amplifier IC7701 (4822 209 62372) and switching IC 7656
(4822 209 71636).
MODEL: FC360
SYMPTOM: Sometimes one channel no sound.
CURE: Check the head wires.
MODEL: FC630
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC650
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Service codenumber for IC HEF4066BP should read 5322 209 10357 instead
of 4822 209 73092.
MODEL: FC660
SYMPTOM: No operation
CURE: Reset line to IC402 permanently low.
Check/replace T412 - BC548B.
REMARKS :
If no X-TAL oscillator can be detected at pin 5 of IC402, this is
normal.
MODEL: FC660
SYMPTOM: No sound.Sound comes on very intermittently.
CURE: Check T133 - BC548C.
MODEL: FC731
SYMPTOM: Distortion during dubbing function.
CURE: Check/replace IC301 (MC14066).
MODEL: FC910
SYMPTOM: Cassette jam
CURE: When a set is brought in with the cassette jammed in the
compartment it is proposed to remove the top cover. In most of the
cases the servo is in pause position, now release the servo by
pushing the solenoid and trigger lever with a screw driver. This
will also release the jammed condition and the door can be opened.
After that add two pieces of self adhesive felt according to
service information at the inner side of the technical door.
The most important dimension of the piece of felt is the thickness:
1.5 mm, the other dimensions 5 x 10 mm, are not critical.
CAUSE :
If the cassette is not in the right position, when the set is
switched into record/pause mode the head cannot move into the
cassette and touches the lower edge of the cassette window. The
deck servo, however, enters into pause position meanwhile deforming
the head-support. There is now such a high tension on the trigger
lever that the solenoid is not able to release the pause position.
In case the play-key is activated after that, the electronic
circuit switches off after a few trials. (This produces a ticking
sound).
REMARKS:
In stead of adding felts, renewed cassette doors are available at
service. Service codenumber: 4822 443 63566
*From week 9345 onwards,the felts are added in production.
*From week 9408 onwards, the new doors will be used in production.
*The stock at PCS will be adapted.
This publication will be followed by service information.
MODEL: FC910
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
Item numbers 7701, 7702 and 7703 are mentioned twice in the service
manual.
* The items used on the RE-module, page 22-23: these parts are
available under service codenumber 4822 209 31135 (HEF401BT)
* The items used on the RER-DECK, page 40:
7701 is a transistor BC558C
7702 is not used
7703 is NJL 5165 KA and is available under service codenumber:
4822 209 31115
MODEL: FC910
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Referring to newsletter 49.15Cassette Jam.
The new cassette door (item 411) is available at service stock.
Service codenumber : 4822 443 63566
MODEL: FC911
SYMPTOM: Left channel deck B does not record.
CURE: Check transistor T118 record amplifier
MODEL: FC911
SYMPTOM: Cassette cannot be ejected.
CURE: It might happen that in case the set is placed as the lowest part of
the system, the cassette cannot be ejected.
Fault is caused by a warped cassette door lever.
To solve this problem the following 2 solutions are proposed:
1. Push the upper cabinet (item 501) up by:
Loosen (not completely) the 2 screws of the top cover near the
front panel.
Push the upper cabinet up.
Fasten the two screws again.
Or:
2. Put adhesive tape on the four cabinet-supports on the front
panel, so that the upper cabinet (item 501) is pushed up a
little.
MODEL: FC911
SYMPTOM: Cassette stucks
CURE: Due to deformation of the top cover the edge pushes on the opening-
mechanism. Remove this edge.
MODEL: FC911
SYMPTOM: Instruction for use
CURE: Instruction for use
-
According to the IFU, this set can be set to perpetual repeat mode.
In reality FC911 does not repeat continuously but is playing as
described below:
TAPE 1, side A + B->
TAPE 2, side A + B->
TAPE 1, side A->
TAPE 2, side A->
TAPE 1, side B->
TAPE 2, side Bstop
All sets are functioning according to the last mentioned specification
and described operations and not according to procedure mentioned
in Instructions for Use (IFU).
REMARKS :
In a running change, the IFU will be corrected.
MODEL: FC911
SYMPTOM: Service Manual information
CURE: Service Manual information
The following safety components have been added to the Electrical
Parts list.
R297 47Ohm 5% is available with service codenumber 4822 116 53664.
R345, R346 and R353 22Ohm 5% are available with service codenumber
4822 116 81859.
MODEL: FC920
SYMPTOM: Autoreverse does not function.
CURE: Check motor PCB (4822 362 20238).
MODEL: FC920
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from the left-hand speaker.
CURE: Check Q691 (4822 209 73064).
MODEL: FC920
SYMPTOM: Eject does not work
CURE: Bracket pos. 052 might be loose in set. Remount the bracket.
MODEL: FC920
SYMPTOM: Motor stops sometimes.
CURE: Check whether motor PCB tracks are interrupted.
MODEL: FC930
SYMPTOM: The set switches spontaneous from Stand-by to ON.
CURE: The cassette deck can be switched on spontaneous from Stand-by to ON
(only display lights up).
It does not matter whether the set is integrated into a system and
connected to the ESI-bus or not.
This spontaneous reaction is caused by Mains fluctuations which can
activate the reset circuit.
It can be solved by changing on supply - selector unit resistor 3402
into 560 kOhm
MODEL: FC930
SYMPTOM: Sets switches from STAND-BY OFF to STAND-BY ON without any command.
CURE: When a short mainsfailure and/or mains interruption occurs the set
wakes up into Stand-by mode.
Mains supply interruptions between 28 milliseconds and 40
milliseconds are able to have a start-up reset to 70FC930. The set
is only switched into STAND-by mode caused by this interruption and
there are no further actions.
In case resistor 3402 in Supply selector unit is not 330k the reset
time may become too long and then the set will switch on partly
into the Play-mode. However the reel wind up motor does not
function, so there will be a possibility of tape salad.
MODEL: FC930
SYMPTOM: Cassette jam
CURE: When a set is brought in with the cassette jammed in the
compartment it is proposed to remove the top cover. In most of the
cases the servo is in pause position, now release the servo by
pushing the solenoid and trigger lever with a screw driver. This
will also release the jammed condition and the door can be opened.
After that add two pieces of self adhesive felt according to
service information at the inner side of the technical door.
The most important dimension of the piece of felt is the thickness:
1.5 mm, the other dimensions 5 x 10 mm, are not critical.
CAUSE :
If the cassette is not in the right position, when the set is
switched into record/pause mode the head cannot move into the
cassette and touches the lower edge of the cassette window. The
deck servo, however, enters into pause position meanwhile deforming
the head-support. There is now such a high tension on the trigger
lever that the solenoid is not able to release the pause position.
In case the play-key is activated after that, the electronic
circuit switches off after a few trials. (This produces a ticking
sound).
REMARKS:
In stead of adding felts, renewed cassette doors are available at
service. Service codenumber: 4822 443 63566
*From week 9345 onwards,the felts are added in production.
*From week 9408 onwards, the new doors will be used in production.
*The stock at PCS will be adapted.
This publication will be followed by service information.
MODEL: FC930
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction mechanical partslist
-
Level-Balance knob item 417 was 4822 410 61705 should read
4822 413 51403
MODEL: FC930
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Referring to newsletter 49.15Cassette Jam.
The new cassette door (item 411) is available at service stock.
Service codenumber : 4822 443 63566
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: The display does not light up.
CURE: The oscillator does not function, IC1 defective.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Audio signal is muted for 1 or 2 seconds
CURE: Due to mains voltage deviations (< 210V ~) and both decks are
functioning (e.g. one in Play back mode; the other in Fast Wind or
Rewind mode) the audio signal is muted for about 1 or 2 seconds,
while the tape continues moving.
By changing the capacitors C203 and C207 from 3300æF into 4700 æF on
the POWER SUPPLY BOARD this mute is solved.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Left cassette door does not open.
CURE: Adapt solenoid B driver circuits of both decks by changing resistors
R41 and R47 from 1k8 into 11k (4822 050 11103) on LOGIC BOARD.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Cassette cannot be ejected.
CURE: It might happen that in case the set is placed as the lowest part of
the system, the cassette cannot be ejected.
Fault is caused by a warped cassette door lever.
To solve this problem the following 2 solutions are proposed:
1. Push the upper cabinet (item 501) up by:
Loosen (not completely) the 2 screws of the top cover near the
front panel.
Push the upper cabinet up.
Fasten the two screws again.
Or:
2. Put adhesive tape on the four cabinet-supports on the front
panel, so that the upper cabinet (item 501) is pushed up a
little.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Cassette stucks
CURE: Due to deformation of the top cover the edge pushes on the opening-
mechanism. Remove this edge.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Service Manual information
CURE: Service Manual information
The following safety components have been added to the Electrical
Parts list.
R345, R346 and R353 22Ohm 5% are available with service codenumber
4822 116 81859.
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Service manual
CURE: Service manual
Additional Partslist information
Capacitor C203 changed from 3300uF into 4700uF/40V (see also
newsletter 64.32). New Capacitor available via service codenumber
4822 124 81305.
REMARKS :
See also service newsletter 64.32
MODEL: FC931
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
By error the value of resistor R372 has been indicated false on
circuit diagram Auto bias board. (page 28)
The value should read 20 kOhm instead of mentioned 3k3. (Same value
as R386)
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Set inoperative, but all segments of display light up.
CURE: Check supply transistor T503 (5322 130 44779)
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Deck A does not wind or rewind.
CURE: Toothed wheel pos.165 might be out of position. Remount pos.165.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Sometimes a squeaking sound audible after dubbing.
CURE: Check transistor T0139 (4822 130 40981).
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: No sound from B deck.
CURE: The erase oscillator is oscillating continuously.
Check T0139 (4822 130 40981).
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Deck A bad playback frequency response. High-note cutting.
CURE: Check the azimuth alignment of deck A.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Distortion in playback mode.
CURE: Check the REC/PB head. It might be that inside the mass of the head
is interrupted. Replace the head (4822 249 10467).
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: No recording, only erasing tape.
CURE: Check recording bias IC104. (4822 209 72874).
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Playback level deck B on low level
CURE: The transistor (T139) in the erase oscillator circuit is internally
short circuited. This causes the customer complaint playback
deck B on low level. In reality this causes a partial erasure of
the tape.
REMARKS :
To prevent any further risks, the circuit has been adapted.
A fuse resistor of 22 ohm has been added in the collectorline of
T139)
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: No or weak sound from deck B
CURE: Transistor T139, in the erase circuit, defective.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Only hum from deck B. Erase oscillator contineously working
CURE: Replace transistor T139.Check print track near T514.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Visual recognized: Interrupted solder track for resistor R581
CURE: This interruption has been inserted as a correction of the first
Printed Circuit Board and SHOULD NOT BE RECONNECTED!!
Only in a few sets, produced from week 9239 onwards, the solder
track near resistor R581 has been interrupted. This interruption
has been made to prevent noise problems coming from the solenoid
driver of deck B. In the circuit diagram of the service manual,
this
modification has already been published. But there is still drawn
the old printed board. Whatever complaint the customer displays, it
has nothing to do with this temporary applied solution. The layout
of the PCB has been renewed soonest, then the interruption has
disappeared.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Tape damages.
CURE: Remove tape. Check print track for interruptions.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Cassette deck is in-operative. Or does not wind.
CURE: A defective gearwheel (item 165) of cassette mechanism CRD467 or
CRD468 may be responsible for this fault. To prevent an expensive
exchange of the complete CRD cassette mechanism a repair method to
exchange item 165 (4822 528 20664) is given below:
* Remove the defective mechanism from the set.
* Remove both pinch rollers items 137 and 171 by releasing items
136 and 149.
* Remove items 122 and 168 and loosen printed board item 228 to
create more room for the headwires.
* Detach spring item 147 at the bottom side and remove head support
plate item 503 by pushing item 153 a little bit to the left and
simultaneously move the head support plate upwards.
* Remove the carriers items 139 and 141.
* Replace the gearwheel item 165 (4822 528 20664).
* Mounting in reversed order.
NOTE:Pay attention to the nocks at the backside of the head
support plate (item 503). These nocks must fit into the
correct grooves of the command gear (item 192). The best
solution is to keep the command gear at de-mounting and
mounting in its initial position.
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Deck B does not wind or rewind.
CURE: Check the direction/gear changing wheel pos 163. If loose: replace
the tape transport (4822 691 20735).
MODEL: FC940
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Correction of the adjustment table on page 6.
In the Tape speed High speed adjustment part of the table the
following hint is stated:
'Interconnect basis and emitter of transistor T506'.
This hint should read:
'For adjustment of deck A interconnect basis and emitter of
transistor T505. For adjustment of deck B interconnect basis and
emitter of transistor T506'.
MODEL: FC950
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Correction Partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Correction Partslist
Erroneously Service code number 4822 462 71816 has been published
twice in this Service Manual for two different parts.
Cap reel, item 121M, was published 4822 462 71816 however the service
code number for this item should read: 4822 462 71718.
With 4822 462 71816 Power knob cap, recoded to 4822 462 71808, item
016B will be delivered.
MODEL: FC950
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Capstan Motor M070 codenumber should read 4822 361 30368 instead of
4822 361 21537.
MODEL: FC950
SYMPTOM: Partslist information
CURE: Partslist information
The following spare parts are added to the mechanical partslist.
102M-4822 464 51056
105M-4822 403 70925
MODEL: FCD185
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Leverknob 505 (503 for FCD185) has servicecodenumber 4822 404 21069.
MODEL: FCD185
SYMPTOM: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
CURE: Replacement decoder IC M50422P
The above midi system and later production versions of the CD radio
recorders incorporate circuitry employing decoder IC M50421P
(4822 209 72099).
This IC is now no longer available and is replaced by an
alternative type M50422P (4822 209 72813).To enable the
replacement IC to function correctly the following components
connected to pin 16 (I REF) and pin 18 (PLL loop filter) should
also be changed.
Old valueNew valuePart number
R390868K120K 4822 116 52496
R390410K3K94822 116 52422
C2906100pF390pF4822 122 31426
C2905220nF330nF4822 121 40434
A 3M3 resistor (4822 053 20335) is added between pin 18 and chassis.
MODEL: FCD365
SYMPTOM: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
CURE: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
-
The servo microprocessor IC6555 MAB8441P T106 code no. 4822 209 11533
is now replaced by MAB8441P T128 code no. 4822 209 72897.
When fitting a replacement IC the CLOCK SWITCH PCB should be
removed and the input and output connection points (CLS and CLD)
linked together on the main decoder panel.
MODEL: FCD465
SYMPTOM: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
CURE: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
-
The servo microprocessor IC6555 MAB8441P T106 code no. 4822 209 11533
is now replaced by MAB8441P T128 code no. 4822 209 72897.
When fitting a replacement IC the CLOCK SWITCH PCB should be
removed and the input and output connection points (CLS and CLD)
linked together on the main decoder panel.
MODEL: FCD585
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: FCD595
SYMPTOM: Part number of IC TDA1602B
CURE: Part number of IC TDA1602B
Some of the above sets were produced with an IC type TDA1602B in
position 7701.It is not possible to replace this version with a
TDA1602/N1E listed in the service manual under code number
4822 209 72747.
The part number of a TDA1602B is 4822 209 61424.
MODEL: FCD760
SYMPTOM: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
CURE: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
-
The servo microprocessor IC6555 MAB8441P T106 code no. 4822 209 11533
is now replaced by MAB8441P T128 code no. 4822 209 72897.
When fitting a replacement IC the CLOCK SWITCH PCB should be
removed and the input and output connection points (CLS and CLD)
linked together on the main decoder panel.
MODEL: FCD762
SYMPTOM: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
CURE: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
-
The servo microprocessor IC6555 MAB8441P T106 code no. 4822 209 11533
is now replaced by MAB8441P T128 code no. 4822 209 72897.
When fitting a replacement IC the CLOCK SWITCH PCB should be
removed and the input and output connection points (CLS and CLD)
linked together on the main decoder panel.
MODEL: FCD763
SYMPTOM: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
CURE: Replacement microprocessor IC6555
-
The servo microprocessor IC6555 MAB8441P T106 code no. 4822 209 11533
is now replaced by MAB8441P T128 code no. 4822 209 72897.
When fitting a replacement IC the CLOCK SWITCH PCB should be
removed and the input and output connection points (CLS and CLD)
linked together on the main decoder panel.
MODEL: FP240
SYMPTOM: Poor tracking and groove jumping.
CURE: Where instances of poor tracking or groove jumping occur with the
above record players it is recommended that the following points
are checked.
1. Ensure the lead out wires from the pick-up arm pivot are not
restricting the movement of the arm.
2. The pick-up arm support may be defective.Either replace this
item or remove any excess flashing from the moulding as shown.
MODEL: FP260
SYMPTOM: Poor tracking and groove jumping.
CURE: Where instances of poor tracking or groove jumping occur with the
above record players it is recommended that the following points
are checked.
1. Ensure the lead out wires from the pick-up arm pivot are not
restricting the movement of the arm.
2. The pick-up arm support may be defective.Either replace this
item or remove any excess flashing from the moulding as shown.
MODEL: FP930
SYMPTOM: Arm compensation inoperative.
CURE: Check bracket pos 66 (4822 402 61445).
MODEL: FP930
SYMPTOM: Arm is skipping over the record
CURE: Compensation inoperative. Check the position of bracket pos.66
(loose from adjusting ring); Remount pos.66.
MODEL: FP930
SYMPTOM: The arm lands outside the record (LP and single)
CURE: Readjust start position with the screw in the top.
(Not mentioned in service manual).
MODEL: FP930
SYMPTOM: Lift mechanism inoperative. Arm does not land on the record.
CURE: Check whether the counter-weight is mounted correctly.
Remount the counter weight in the right way and re-adjust the
weight.
MODEL: FR060
SYMPTOM: Hum. CD-turntable motor runs continuously in standby position.
CURE: Jumper wire 9049 not mounted at all? Mount jumper 9049.
MODEL: FR060
SYMPTOM: No sound from amplifier.
CURE: Replace defective EEPROM IC7684.
MODEL: FR060
SYMPTOM: No sound from amplifier.
CURE: Replace transistor T7269 and T7275. Use sufficient heat compound.
MODEL: FR060
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist
-
The tuner, item 1101, applied in versions /01/05/10 reads FEE337-A05
with service code number 4822 210 10491.
For version /02 tuner FE415-G11 is used (same item 1101) with service
code number 4822 210 10492.
MODEL: FR070
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound when the volume is at low level.
CURE: Check IC7787 (4822 209 30288).
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: No functions and relay chattering.
CURE: Check standby and power down lines on uPC.If they are pulsing in
sympathy with the relay, force these lines so as to switch the
micro on.To do this, ground the stand by line and force the power
down line to +5 volts.If the relay still chatters, disconnect the
output protection circuit.If this doesn't cure the situation,
replace the 12 volt regulator and/or the 12 volt bridge rectifier
diodes.IC502 - 7812, D512/513/514/515 - 1N4002.
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: Mode selector switching inoperative.
CURE: It has been found in many instances that the above fault symptoms
are caused by a non-functioning control and display microprocessor
IC401.
In most cases the uP is not defective but in a blocked situation.
This can usually be remedied by removing one of the memory back up
batteries to disconnect the supply and replacing after a few
seconds.The fault was initially caused by electrostatic discharge
(ESD) and the following modification has been introduced in
production to overcome the problem.
Two 1N4148 diodes are connected as shown in the diagram from the
outer connection of one of the RC5 data sockets to the adjacent
ground connection terminal situated on the rear panel of the set.
The part number of a 1N4148 diode is 4822 130 30621.
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: Set will not come out of standby.
CURE: It has been found in many instances that the above fault symptoms
arecaused by a non-functioning control and display microprocessor
IC401.
In most cases the uP is not defective but in a blocked situation.
This can usually be remedied by removing one of the memory back up
batteries to disconnect the supply and replacing after a few
seconds.The fault was initially caused by electrostatic discharge
(ESD) and the following modification has been introduced in
production to overcome the problem.
Two 1N4148 diodes are connected as shown in the diagram from the
outer connection of one of the RC5 data sockets to the adjacent
ground connection terminal situated on the rear panel of the set.
The part number of a 1N4148 diode is 4822 130 30621.
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: Replacement LCD display
CURE: Replacement LCD display
-
The positive LCD display used in the above models is now no longer
available and is replaced by a similar negative type.When fitting
a replacement display the following resistors must also be changed.
OLD VALUE NEW VALUE
R401 R402 R4034K7 6K8
R41212K 5K6
All components are available as a kit under code number
4822 310 31968.
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Short-circuit bracket item 517 is available under service codenumber
4822 404 21102.
MODEL: FR260
SYMPTOM: Display.
CURE: Display.
The positive display 4822 130 30692 is no longer available.
This has been replaced by the negative display 4822 130 9097.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Source select fault.
CURE: Sound present in all modes when only one input is present.
Check switching data on pins 13,14 and 15 of IC 802 - source select
chip.If clock pulses are permanently present on the data out
line, pin 14, then check/replace switching transistor T424 -
BC558B.
There should only be data present when the micro pulls the base of
this transistor low.
REMARKS:
Any of the three transistors, T424/425/426, could cause this fault.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Mode selector switching inoperative.
CURE: It has been found in many instances that the above fault symptoms
are caused by a non-functioning control and display microprocessor
IC401.
In most cases the uP is not defective but in a blocked situation.
This can usually be remedied by removing one of the memory back up
batteries to disconnect the supply and replacing after a few
seconds.The fault was initially caused by electrostatic discharge
(ESD) and the following modification has been introduced in
production to overcome the problem.
Two 1N4148 diodes are connected as shown in the diagram from the
outer connection of one of the RC5 data sockets to the adjacent
ground connection terminal situated on the rear panel of the set.
The part number of a 1N4148 diode is 4822 130 30621.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Set will not come out of standby.
CURE: It has been found in many instances that the above fault symptoms
arecaused by a non-functioning control and display microprocessor
IC401.
In most cases the uP is not defective but in a blocked situation.
This can usually be remedied by removing one of the memory back up
batteries to disconnect the supply and replacing after a few
seconds.The fault was initially caused by electrostatic discharge
(ESD) and the following modification has been introduced in
production to overcome the problem.
Two 1N4148 diodes are connected as shown in the diagram from the
outer connection of one of the RC5 data sockets to the adjacent
ground connection terminal situated on the rear panel of the set.
The part number of a 1N4148 diode is 4822 130 30621.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
STK4036X in the electrical partslist should read 4822 209 62127
instead of 4822 209 70072.
The published servicecodenumber 4822 209 70072 is IC µPD1514AC160.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Display.
CURE: Display.
The positive display 4822 130 30692 is no longer available.
This has been replaced by the negative display 4822 130 9097.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Part number correction
CURE: Part number correction
The part number of the output ICs STK4036X is incorrectly shown in
the service manual as 4822 209 70072.The correct part number is
4822 209 62127.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Short-circuit bracket item 517 is available under service codenumber
4822 404 21102
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Replacement LCD display
CURE: Replacement LCD display
-
The positive LCD display used in the above models is now no longer
available and is replaced by a similar negative type.When fitting
a replacement display the following resistors must also be changed.
OLD VALUE NEW VALUE
R401 R402 R4034K7 6K8
R41212K 5K6
All components are available as a kit under code number
4822 310 31968.
MODEL: FR290
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The resistors R526, R527, R531 and R532 (0.22E, 0.6W) are available
under service codenumber 4822 116 80504
MODEL: FR290/01
SYMPTOM: Changing AM grid
CURE: Changing AM grid
Changing of the 9kHz AM grid into 10kHz for /01 version.
The AM grid can be switched from 9kHz into 10kHz, via the addition
of the diodes D457 and D458 (both indicated as only used for /17).
One can find these diodes on page 24 of service manual 70FR290.
MODEL: FR291/01
SYMPTOM: Changing AM grid
CURE: Changing AM grid
Changing of the 9kHz AM grid into 10kHz for /01 version.
The AM grid can be switched from 9kHz into 10kHz, via the addition
of the diodes D457 and D458 (both indicated as only used for /17).
One can find these diodes on page 24 of service manual 70FR290.
MODEL: FR310
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR310
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR310
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR310
SYMPTOM: Codenumber of the pot. Meter with motor.
CURE: 4822 102 10414
MODEL: FR310
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The microprocessor(item 7471 TMP47C870N marked with stamp
TUNLEU-C3-C(service codenumber 4822 209 31507) is not longer
available.
A new microprocessor is available with the same service codenumber
4822 209 31507but this is an OTP version with the following text
TMP47P870Nwith hand-written marked M3 310.
If this type of uP is used we have to add 4 pull down resistors (10k)
on this uP (item 7471).
1 resistor 10k on pin 14 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 15 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 16 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 17 to ground
REMARKS:
A problem is the power consumption of this type OTP. The backup
batteries have to deliver 2,5mA to the uP if the set is switched off,
so the batteries will be empty match faster as before.
When the batteries are empty only the clock looses the time.
Pre-set memory stays OK.
MODEL: FR320
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR320
SYMPTOM: Timer and VCR does not function
CURE: In case the uP 7471 with B version is replaced with a new one (only
C version is available by service) the timer and the VCR function
do not work any more.
B version is marked: TUNLEU-C3-B
C version is marked: TUNLEU-C3-Cservice codenumber 4822 209 31507
To solve this problem, an extra option diode 1N4148
(4822 130 30621) has to be mounted between pin 26 and pin 24 of the
uP 7471.
Anode connected to pin 24
Cathode connected to pin 26
MODEL: FR320
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR320
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR320
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The microprocessor(item 7471 TMP47C870N marked with stamp
TUNLEU-C3-C(service codenumber 4822 209 31507) is not longer
available.
A new microprocessor is available with the same service codenumber
4822 209 31507but this is an OTP version with the following text
TMP47P870Nwith hand-written marked M3 310.
If this type of uP is used we have to add 4 pull down resistors (10k)
on this uP (item 7471).
1 resistor 10k on pin 14 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 15 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 16 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 17 to ground
REMARKS:
A problem is the power consumption of this type OTP. The backup
batteries have to deliver 2,5mA to the uP if the set is switched off,
so the batteries will be empty match faster as before.
When the batteries are empty only the clock looses the time.
Pre-set memory stays OK.
MODEL: FR330
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR330
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR330
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR330
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The microprocessor(item 7471 TMP47C870N marked with stamp
TUNLEU-C3-C(service codenumber 4822 209 31507) is not longer
available.
A new microprocessor is available with the same service codenumber
4822 209 31507but this is an OTP version with the following text
TMP47P870Nwith hand-written marked M3 310.
If this type of uP is used we have to add 4 pull down resistors (10k)
on this uP (item 7471).
1 resistor 10k on pin 14 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 15 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 16 to ground
1 resistor 10k on pin 17 to ground
REMARKS:
A problem is the power consumption of this type OTP. The backup
batteries have to deliver 2,5mA to the uP if the set is switched off,
so the batteries will be empty match faster as before.
When the batteries are empty only the clock looses the time.
Pre-set memory stays OK.
MODEL: FR330
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual
CURE: Corrections to service manual
-
The type numbers of the output transistors given in the circuit
diagram on page 16 are incorrect.
TS 7270 should read BDT64 instead of BDT62 codenr. 4822 130 62268
TS 7271 should read BDT64 instead of BDT62 codenr. 4822 130 62268
TS 7272 should read BDT64 instead of BDT62 codenr. 4822 130 62268
TS 7273 should read BDT64 instead of BDT62 codenr. 4822 130 62268
TS 7274 should read BDT64C instead of BDT62B codenr. 5322 130 61575
TS 7275 should read BDT64C instead of BDT62B codenr. 5322 130 61575
TS 7268 should read BDT65C instead of BDT63B codenr. 4822 130 62269
TS 7269 should read BDT65C instead of BDT63B codenr. 4822 130 62269
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: Does not react properly on remote control commands
CURE: Check diode 6434 (4822 130 34278).
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: On/off button inoperative.
CURE: Check whether the power bracket pos 417 is OK. Might be broken.
(4822 535 93188)
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the volume button keeps moving-up spontaneously.
CURE: It might be that the remote receiver produces pulses spontaneously.
Replace remote receiver GP1458XP (4822 214 52009).
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: Volume control inoperative with remote control.
CURE: Volume motor inoperative?
Replace volume potmeter assembly pos R3526 (4822 102 10414).
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FR340
SYMPTOM: Trade mode
CURE: Trade mode
To put the set in trade mode:
* SCAN + POWER ON have to be activated at the same time
To leave trade mode:
* POWER OFF
* SCAN + POWER ON at the same time activated
MODEL: FR360
SYMPTOM: No sound from amplifier.
CURE: Check violet cables from transformer.
MODEL: FR360
SYMPTOM: No sound. The speaker relay does not switch on.
CURE: Check the endstage transistors.
MODEL: FR360
SYMPTOM: The IR-receiver generates code by itself.
CURE: Check IR-reciever pos 6441 (4822 214 52009).
MODEL: FR360
SYMPTOM: Service manual correction
CURE: Service manual correction
-
on page 4
28) Tape IN/OUT 1554 should read 1561
33) RC5 1561 should read 1554
34) Easy link 1561 should read 1554
MODEL: FR360
SYMPTOM: Interface cable
CURE: Interface cable
-
In order to connect an analog cassette deck to receivers FR360 and
FR380 a special interface cable is made available with service code
4822 321 62898.
MODEL: FR380
SYMPTOM: Interface cable
CURE: Interface cable
-
In order to connect an analog cassette deck to receivers FR360 and
FR380 a special interface cable is made available with service code
4822 321 62898.
MODEL: FR380
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FR400
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Tuning-button and preset-button have been added to the mechanical
partslist:
service codedescription
-
4822 410 10391button tuning
4822 410 10392button preset
MODEL: FR400
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check/replace diodes D800, 801, 802 and 803.
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Tuning-button and preset-button have been added to the mechanical
partslist:
service codedescription
-
4822 410 10391button tuning
4822 410 10392button preset
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: Service manual & Parts list
CURE: Service manual & Parts list
-
By error some item numbers of components on Audio board, Tuner board
and on Control board have been mentioned twice. In the next a survey
of applied ICs on the boards:
Audio board:
item:description:service code number:
IC1LM8334822 209 83163
IC2LC7821 4822 209 72748
Tuner board:
item:description:service code number:
IC1LC7218 4822 209 30178
IC2LA3401 4822 209 73434
IC3LA1266 4822 209 71785
IC5LM340AT124822 209 33347
Control board:
item: description:service code number:
IC3 = 404 TFMS5360 4822 214 52184
IC4 M38172M4111FP4822 209 90419
IC5 X24C024P 4822 209 90339
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the distortion figure at low frequencies, the ripple level
at the + and - 18V , has been decreased.
The decrease of ripple has been obtained by changing R541 and R542
from 390 Ohm into 220 Ohm (4822 052 10221).
Derived from 18V voltages is also the + D supply. All these voltages
supply the power amplifier.
MODEL: FR410
SYMPTOM: Service Manual and Parts list
CURE: Service Manual and Parts list
-
Add following components to Power supply board partslist:
item:description: service code number:
IC50278L18ACP 4822 209 80404
IC50379L18ACP 4822 209 90581
MODEL: FR60
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FR70
SYMPTOM: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
CURE: Orange and green sockets on PHILIPS AUDIO sets
1) ORANGE cinch Socket/plug
This orange cinch socket is called RC5 bus and carries RC5
messages.
Sets equipped with this RC5 bus can receive remote control commands
(RC5) from another set via this socket.
If these sets have an IR-receptor, they will also output all RC5
codes which have been received on the IR-receptor.
An RC5 extender (e.g. a pyramid EM2200) can be connected via this
socket, if the set has no internal IR-receptor.
2) GREEN cinch socket/plug
* 300 series family sets
Examples: FA320, FR380, ...
This bus is called EASYLINK and carries both RC5 messages and
special RC5 strings.
Sets with an IR-receptor do not transmit any received RC5 code
via this green socket.
These sets can also receive RC5 codes, e.g. from sets with an
ORANGE socket or from a pyramid.
However, they transmit RC5 strings for inter-set purposes. These
codes have an RC5 like structure and can mislead non-300 series
sets, so care must be taken if these sets are connected to
non-300 series sets.
* All other sets
(900 series amplifiers like 70FA910, 70FA920, 70FA930 and HiFi
Mini system amplifiers FR60, FR70, FA80).
This bus is called ESI (in 900 series) or EASYLOGIC
(in mini systems). This bus carries Enhanced Easylink messages.
This ESI bus is incompatible with the green socket of the 300
series.
Almost all amplifiers which carry a GREEN socket have also an
ORANGE socket.
RC5 code can enter via the ORANGE socket or via the IR-receptor
and will be translated to the GREEN socket in Enhanced Easylink
format. In this way, some compatibility is guaranteed.
COMBINING SETS OF DIFFERENT FAMILIES
-
General
If sets of different families are combined, system functionality
like CD-synchro, auto-select and timer functions will never work.
For compatibility, most amplifiers/receivers are equipped with the
orange socket.
1. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder with an ESI
bus to a 200, 600 or 800 series or older system equipped with
ORANGE sockets.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket of new set to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the new set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect
any bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-, 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets
they CAN NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 200-, 600- or 800-
series.
2. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a
300-series system.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 900- series and mini sets have no orange sockets they CAN
NOT BE CONNECTED with sets from the 300- series.
Important: do not connect green sockets: they carry different
protocols.
3. Adding a loose CD-player, tuner or tapedeck recorder to a 900
system or HiFi mini system FR60, FR70 or FA80.
In case the set has no internal IR-receptor: connect the orange
socket to the orange socket of the amplifier.
In case the set has an internal IR-receptor: do not connect any
bus.
NOTE:
As the 300-series sets have no orange sockets they CAN NOT BE
CONNECTED with sets from the 900- series and mini HiFi sets.
Important: do not connect green busses: they carry different
protocols.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: The receiver is totally inoperative.
CURE: The primary coil of the stand by trafo is interrupted.
Transformer replaced.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Tuner does not receive any radio stations.
CURE: On the tuner board, the crystal X101 does not operate because the
loading capacitors C150 and C151 are not matched with the crystal
and IC103.Change C150 and C151 from 33pF to 18 pF
(4822 122 31061).
Re-align the tuner according to the alignment procedure, shown on
page 7 of Service Manual.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9635 onwards.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: The tuner is inoperative.
CURE: The X-tal X101 does not function because IC103 is defective.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: No sound on central speaker
CURE: The set is in Phantom mode (but his is only visible for a few seconds)
Switch the set into the normal mode (selection of the centre mode is
only possible via the remote)
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
C466 and C467, codenumber is 4822 124 42154
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
The capacitor C204, 0.047F/5.5V for memory back-up is now available
via service code 4822 124 80923.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Posistor Assembly (CN302) which is loose mounted on the Mains
Transformer is now available with service code number
4822 117 12656.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
-
Capacitors C466 and C467 4,700uF/50V are now available via service
code 4822 124 42128.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR731
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, electrical partslist
The type of IC303 is TDA7313D with SO-28 package.
Service code should read 4822 209 14856.
The type of IC305 is NJM2177AF with QFP package.
The service code should read 4822 209 14929.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: The set reacts on remote control of other equipment
CURE: Replace the Microprocessor IC200 by OTP 4822 209 16956.
REMARKS :
Is applicable as service solution.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Sound is too loud at first volume step.
CURE: Problem occurs only when Dolby Prologic Surround is activated.
It cannot be solved by an ordinary repair procedure.
We suggest to advise customer to switch the Dolby Prologic Surround
OFF when enjoying quiet programmes.
Dolby Prologic Surround is intended to be used for home theatre
entertainment.
REMARKS :
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 2/2
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 1/2
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: The receiver produces a crackling sound at the surround output
CURE: Rebent capacitor C373 from chassis.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: No sound from receiver.
CURE: Check/replace volume control IC 303.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the tuner part is inoperative.
CURE: Check connector CP200 and plug.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Sound automatically increases
CURE: De-activate dolby 3D stereo mode (centre-wide).
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: No sound on central speaker
CURE: The set is in Phantom mode (but his is only visible for a few seconds)
Switch the set into the normal mode (selection of the centre mode is
only possible via the remote)
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Posistor Assembly (CN302) which is loose mounted on the Mains
Transformer is now available with service code number
4822 117 12656.
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The type number of IC303 should be TDA7313D (4822 209 14856).
MODEL: FR732
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
C466 and C467, codenumber is 4822 124 42154
MODEL: FR732/00
SYMPTOM: FM button pressed, no reaction
CURE: FM switch defective4822 276 13661
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Tuner does not receive any radio stations.
CURE: On the tuner board, the crystal X101 does not operate because the
loading capacitors C150 and C151 are not matched with the crystal
and IC103.Change C150 and C151 from 33pF to 18 pF
(4822 122 31061).
Re-align the tuner according to the alignment procedure, shown on
page 7 of Service Manual.
REMARKS :
Modification is implemented in production from week 9635 onwards.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Tuning impossible.
CURE: X-tal 7.2Mc does not run. IC103 (LM7001) is defective.
Replace IC and X-tal.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Receiver produces crackling sound at the surround sound
CURE: Check IC305.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Tuner does not receive any station sometimes.
CURE: X-tal 101 does not run sometimes.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: No sound on central speaker
CURE: The set is in Phantom mode (but his is only visible for a few seconds)
Switch the set into the normal mode (selection of the centre mode is
only possible via the remote)
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
The capacitor C204, 0.047F/5.5V for memory back-up is now available
via service code 4822 124 80923.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
-
Capacitors C466 and C467 4,700uF/50V are now available via service
code 4822 124 42128.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Posistor Assembly (CN302) which is loose mounted on the Mains
Transformer is now available with service code number
4822 117 12656.
MODEL: FR751
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, electrical partslist
The type of IC303 is TDA7313D with SO-28 package.
Service code should read 4822 209 14856.
The type of IC305 is NJM2177AF with QFP package.
The service code should read 4822 209 14929.
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: The set reacts on remote control of other equipment
CURE: Replace the Microprocessor IC200 by OTP 4822 209 16956.
REMARKS :
Is applicable as service solution.
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: Sound is too loud at first volume step.
CURE: Problem occurs only when Dolby Prologic Surround is activated.
It cannot be solved by an ordinary repair procedure.
We suggest to advise customer to switch the Dolby Prologic Surround
OFF when enjoying quiet programmes.
Dolby Prologic Surround is intended to be used for home theatre
entertainment.
REMARKS :
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 2/2
Service Newsletter 1998 - Audio Systems 1/2
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the set does not switch on
CURE: Check/replace C206 (1uF 50V)
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: No sound on central speaker
CURE: The set is in Phantom mode (but his is only visible for a few seconds)
Switch the set into the normal mode (selection of the centre mode is
only possible via the remote)
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Posistor Assembly (CN302) which is loose mounted on the Mains
Transformer is now available with service code number
4822 117 12656.
MODEL: FR752
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Electrical partslist:
The type number of IC303 should be TDA7313D (4822 209 14856).
MODEL: FR900
SYMPTOM: No FM reception. FM oscillator stops working.
CURE: Replace C311, check D308.
MODEL: FR900
SYMPTOM: When switching off the set, the presets of the tuner are lost.
CURE: presets are stored in IC101 and/or IC102 (UPD7537).
Probably there is an EEPROM inside.
MODEL: FR900
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Electrical parts list:
Published codenumber for IC103, IC105 and IC106 should not read
5322 209 83423 (22 pin version of UCN5810A) but 4822 209 33361
(18 pin version of UCN5810A).
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the tuner gives no sound, when set is warming up.
CURE: Check solder joints of coil T104.
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: Protection active at volume level 2. Set gives check speakers.
CURE: Check solder connections on CN2.
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: No stereo reception.
CURE: Check MPX IC102 (4822 209 73434)
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: Switches off during play. Gives sometimes check speakers.
CURE: Check solder connections of connector CN2.
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: The display gives the information: Check speakers.
CURE: This can be caused by an open circuit on connector (socket) 2 or a
high ohmic internal resistance.
This can be solved by a check of the solder connections of that
socket and/or measure the internal resistance of this socket.
(Should be zero ohm)
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: No volume controll with RC6824 if set is switched to TV or VCR
CURE: * Press the TV source button on the remote control for more than
2 seconds.
* Shortly press the TAPE button.
* Now the volume can be adjusted with the respective button on the
remote control.
REMARKS :
Production of FR910 has finished. The above mentioned text is also
shown in IFU of the successor FR911.
MODEL: FR910
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Actuate MUTE and FM-MODE buttons simultaneously, at switching on
POWER ON.
MODEL: FR911
SYMPTOM: No audio output due to degraded IC204.
CURE: The possible causes are :
1) Long time short-circuit at speaker terminal
2) Oscillation due to poor soldering (open circuit or short circuit)
IC204 (STK4192-2) has to be replaced and solder joints around IC204
and speaker connector have to be touched-up.
MODEL: FR911
SYMPTOM: DCC and cassette recorder cannot be used at the same time
CURE: It is not possible to switch the autoselect function OFF.
So, for DCC or cassette the set will switch to the cassette input.
By inserting a diode in the ESI cable, the commands can only go from
the receiver to the DCC and the cassette player and not back.
Now synchro edit will work and the DCC can be connected to the VCR
input.
MODEL: FR911
SYMPTOM: After lifetest memory gets empty.
CURE: Check X-tal X101
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: When switching on with source selection knob the set switches off
CURE: Check whether pin 5 and 6 of CN21 are short-circuited.
Remove short-circuit.
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: Sometimes bad reception.
CURE: Check solder joints of coil T104.
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from right-hand output.
CURE: Check IC204 (STK4192-2; 4822 209 70441).
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Actuate MUTE and FM-MODE buttons simultaneously, at switching on
POWER ON.
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR920
SYMPTOM: Service Manual parts list
CURE: Service Manual parts list
-
The following service codenumbers have been wrong stated in the parts
list:
Item:was: should read:
S201 4835 276 17225 4822 276 13363
F401 4822 070 10089 4822 070 32002
F402 4822 253 32002 4822 253 10088
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: The left channel of CD player is defect.
CURE: Check CD player connector.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: Low level of the surround channels.
CURE: The following changes are made:
Value of R308 has been changed from 33k into 82k
Value of R501,R502 has been changed from 1k into 5.6k
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: Amplifier totally inoperative, no sound.
CURE: Check both endstage transistors (2SD2052; 4822 130 63096 and
2SB1361; 4822 130 63095).
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: The set switches off automatically.
CURE: Check PCB for short-circuit at the front near the volume control.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: The right channel for the VCR does not produce any sound.
CURE: Check IC Q570 is defect.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: The sound is interrupted by the endstage protection circuitry.
CURE: The protection circuitry has been made less sensitive by changing
capacitor C253 from 47uF to 220uF 10V (4822 124 40181).
REMARKS :
From week 9341 onwards this change has been implemented in
production.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Press SLEEP button for more than 2 seconds.
MODEL: FR930
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: No function control or muting remains activated.
CURE: The problem is caused due to the micro-processor IC 301 which has got
in a hang-up situation. Most likely the defect occurs when the mains
switch is switched off for a long period of time. The back-up
capacitor C001 (0.1F) will slowly discharge.
When it is discharged to 0.35-0.4V and the main switch is switched
on at that time, the micro-processor can go into an unstable
situation and hang-up.
The solution is to reset the micro-processor by discharging
capacitor C001.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: Set totally inoperative. (+5.6V supply fails)
CURE: Check safety resistor R301 (100 ohm)
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: No audio signal on loudspeaker terminals
CURE: Mute signal on pin 46 of IC001 stays low all the time; replace IC001
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: The tone controls do not react linear.
CURE: Change tone control potentiometers VR801 and VR802 from 100k B-curve
to 50k C-curve (4822 100 12291).
Together with this modification the front circuit diagram has been
changed too.
For detailed information see revised circuit diagram and electrical
partslist in service information A95-573 (4822 725 25425).
REMARKS :
These modifications have been implemented in production from week
9539 onwards.
This publication will be followed by service information A95-573.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: In the stand-by mode, a buzz is audible from the center speaker.
CURE: Add two additional mass wires from two below mentioned points to the
screw at the main board (chassis ground).
- the centre point of connector CN13 (Printed Circuit Board M74)
- collector of Q701 (Printed Circuit Board M78)
REMARKS :
This solution will not be implemented in production because production
has been stopped.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: Flourescent display blinks at three quarter power level
CURE: The problem occurs when the set is loaded with 2 loudspeaker boxes
FB850; it does not happen when 4 loudspeakers of the same type are
connected.
No fault is found on the set.
The problem can be solved by changing zener diode D305 from 39V
to 30V (4822 130 34328).
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: DCC and cassette recorder cannot be used at the same time
CURE: It is not possible to switch the autoselect function OFF.
So, for DCC or cassette the set will switch to the cassette input.
By inserting a diode in the ESI cable, the commands can only go from
the receiver to the DCC and the cassette player and not back.
Now synchro edit will work and the DCC can be connected to the VCR
input.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: The memory is cleared after switching off for one night
CURE: Check/replace micro controller (IC001).
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: The tuner sometimes delivers no sound.
CURE: Check the soldering points of the X-tal CF104.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical partslist
CURE: Correction mechanical partslist
-
Item publishedshould read
M10 4822 413 514454822 413 51445
M11 4822 413 514454822 426 51741 (*)
M12 4822 426 517414822 450 62247
M13 4822 450 622474822 410 62451
M14 4822 410 624514822 404 10877
(*) already published in newsletter 59.32
MODEL: FR931
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
The published service code number for item M11 (4822 413 51445) is
incorrect (the same number is used for item M10 and that is correct).
The correct codenumber for item M11 should read 4822 426 51741.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Too less volume in the rear channel at dolby surround.
CURE: The normal output power of 70FR740 rear amplifier is 20W in case
2 Speakerboxes of 4 ohm are serial connected. In case the serial
connection is made with 8 ohm boxes the output power is only 10W.
By connecting the boxes of 8 ohm parallel instead of serial the
output power rises to 40W. (+6dB)
The surround output amplifier guarantees a 4 ohm load.
To improve the total surround sound impression it is advised to
replace also resistor R308 (was 33k) by 68k.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Volume increase far too high for first quarter of volume knob
CURE: This can be improved by:
a) Add resistor 47kOhm in series between centre point of volume
potmeter and connector J626-1 (for left channel) and J626-3 (for
right channel). The sensitivity of the front amplifier will be
reduced by 10dB.
b) Resistor R308 remains or has to be changed into 33kOhm otherwise
the surround sound becomes too loud in this modification.
NOTE:Please inform the customer that the sensitivity for the
line-in changes into 650mV instead of the original 150mV.
REMARKS :
In the solution of the rear channel volume the front amplifier has
been reduced by only 2dB otherwise the input sensitivity will be
out of specifications (see newsletter 48.11)
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: After some time the speaker protection relay switches off.
CURE: Check Q261 (in the protection circuit) in warm condition.
If leaking in warm condition replace Q261 (4822 130 42951).
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: No sound, one channel, noise or no surround selection.
CURE: Cause:
Bad or no ground connection of the tuner and the digital selector.
(Ground via the backplate of the reciever).
Solution:
Apply extra ground connection to the ground of the set by adding a
wire to the ground of the surround amplifier or the heatsink.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Left hand channel gives a noisy sound (distortion).
CURE: Check the solder joints of driver IC251.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Surround sound - volume of the rear channel is too low.
CURE: In production the following changes of resistors have been
implemented:
R308 to 82k
R501 to 5k6
R502 to 5k6
REMARKS :
From week 9409 onwards the changes have been implemented in the
production. See also newsletter item 48.11 about this complaint.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Surround inoperative. The rear sound level is too low.
CURE: Change the feed back resistor of the rear amplifier R308 into 100k.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Cooling block becomes hot, and fanmotor does not activate.
CURE: Changed circuit diagram/print view of fanmotor circuit.
Diode D294, resistor R299 and Transistor Q292 have been deleted.
Diodes D291 and D292 have been changed into jumper lead.
Moreover, D292, which was not drawn in circuit diagram was
connected in series with D291.
REMARKS :
Circuit description:
-
The fan motor 910G will rotate when the heat-sink is over 90 degree
centigrade (D296 L). The speaker relay S701 turns off when the
temperature is over 120 degree centrigrade (D295 H).
Powering off the speakers and blowing of the fanmotor results in a
cooling effect on the heatsink untill the temperature falls below
120 degree centigrade, speaker relays switches on, furtheron
cooling with fanmotor untill the temperature is below 90 degree
centrigrade.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Surround inoperative
CURE: Check Dolby surround processor.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: The sound is interrupted by the endstage protection circuitry.
CURE: The protection circuitry has been made less sensitive by changing
capacitor C253 from 47uF to 220uF 10V (4822 124 40181).
REMARKS :
From week 9341 onwards this change has been implemented in
production.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Press SLEEP button for more than 2 seconds.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist
CURE: Electrical partslist
C261, C262 and C263 (10uF/100V) are available with 4822 124 20742.
MODEL: FR940
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: Remote control does not activate the volume know at below 7°C.
CURE: Reason:
The supply voltage of the IR-eye is not clean, but has a ripple of
about 250 mV peak-to-peak during IR reception.This ripple is caused
by the blinking of the standby LED during IR reception because of
sharing of supply line.
Solution:
The problem is resolved by isolating the supply line by:
1. Cut PC board track between D404 and Q406
2. Add diode 1SS133T-77 (4822 130 33305)
3. Add wire (about 120mm) between junction D401/D402 to D404 positive.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: No or weak sound from one front channel
CURE: One of the metal holders of the main PCB could be short-circuited.
The short-circuit is near J563 and the audio line is coming from J566
and this fault only occurs in the second version of the PCB.
Solution: Put a plastic washer between PCB and the metal holder J563.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: The volume of the rear speakers is insufficient. (too weak)
CURE: Interchange the centre amplifier and the surround amplifier.
Use the centre amplifier for the surround speaker, and the surround
amplifier for the centre speaker.
To do so, next actions on the P724 Surround and Centre amplifier board
have to be done:
*Reverse (turn 180 degrees) connector J901
*Reverse (turn 180 degrees) connector J903
*Cut coppertrack between minus connection of C928 and R948
(R948 must be connected with C904)
*Add wire between minus connection C928 en pin 1 of J901
(pin 1 of J901 will now be connected with R947 and R935)
*Change the values from R914 and R915 from 33k into 82k.
REMARKS :
In service information A95-450, which is in preparation now, more
detailed information like drawings will be published.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: Plopping sound in surround speakers when volume is turned up slowly
CURE: More specifically: when the set is already warmed up.
The fault is caused by the poor contact of the surround & center
amplifier printboard (P724) with the aluminum part.
Adding a mass wire from ground C917 , C923 (on surround & center
amplifier printboard P724 ) to the ground connection of J564, +C321,
-C322(on mains printboard PV04)
REMARKS :
From 9518 onwards this wire has been implemented in production.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: High pitch sound is heard from the Loudspeaker.
CURE: The problem is due to pickup from the FTD display during low or no
input signal when the volume is in the high position.
The problem can be reduced by removing two ground wires W602 and W411.
W602 is mass connection of collector of Q754.
W411 is mass connection of Crystal X401
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: No sound, one channel, noise or no surround selection.
CURE: Cause:
Bad or no ground connection of the tuner and the digital selector.
(Ground via the backplate of the reciever).
Solution:
Apply extra ground connection to the ground of the set by adding a
wire to the ground of the surround amplifier or the heatsink.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: Centre amplifier endstage might be blown up when output is measured.
CURE: CAUSE:
The endstage for the centre speaker is a two bridged endstage.
The minus connection is not protected!
SOLUTION
Connect the measuring equipment (like Low Frequency generator and
Oscilloscope) via an isolating transformer and take care that
equipment is not interconnected via mass connections.
With this measuring methode there should not be any problem in
measuring the floating centre output stage.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FR951
SYMPTOM: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
CURE: Test CD Dolby Surround 4822 395 10216
-
Dolby Surround sound is more and more included in todays Audio
equipment.
To measure specifications and to test Dolby Pro Logic equipment
and circuitry Philips developed a test CD for this purpose.
Below please find the composition of tracks together with a short
description of the application.
Track 1: Voice track to identify channels left, centre, right and
surround to check speaker connections
Track 2: 1kHz tone for electrical balance setting L/R,
Centre/Surround
Track 3..6:Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz to measure frequency
response, harmonic distortion, signal-to-noise ratio and
channel separation for each channel.
Track 7..12: Test signals from 20Hz to 20kHz, max. 0dB CD level, to
check headroom for visible clipping for each channel.
Track 13:Unmodulated track during 30 sec. to measure S/N ratio
Track 14:Test signals from 100Hz to 7kHz to check the modified
Dolby B-type noise reduction decode characteristics in
Surround channel
Track 15.23: Test signals of 20Hz to 20kHz to enable distortion
measurements on all four channels at the same time
Track 24:Tone bursts of 1kHz during 1msec. to check the time delay
of the surround channel output
Track 25:Signal of 8.3 kHz to check time delay in surround channel
by means of Lisajous phase test
Track 26:Not correlated noise on all four channels to test
temperature behaviour of output amplifiers
Track 27:Pink noise repeated in sequence L->C->R->S->L->C, etc. to
simulate the noise sequencer in the decoder to enable the
user to match speaker levels for proper system balance
Track 28.34: Dolby Surround recorded music tracks to experience
Surround sound effect.
Dolby Pro Logic Test CD is available with service code 4822 395 10216.
REMARKS :
Service Information A96-450 (service code 4822 725 23980) describes
the various tests to perform to check and measure.
Dolby Pro Logic equipment by using above mentioned test CD.
A96-450 is an add-on to existing service manuals of Dolby Surround
equipment.
MODEL: FR952
SYMPTOM: No sound, one channel, noise or no surround selection.
CURE: Cause:
Bad or no ground connection of the tuner and the digital selector.
(Ground via the backplate of the reciever).
Solution:
Apply extra ground connection to the ground of the set by adding a
wire to the ground of the surround amplifier or the heatsink.
MODEL: FR960
SYMPTOM: broadcasting
traffic announcements, set might switch to stand-by
CURE: When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 – 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS : New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
MODEL: FR960
SYMPTOM: Set might switch to stand-by mode for approx. 4 seconds
CURE: Complete symptom:
When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
CURE :
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 - 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS :
New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
5 8 2 C IRIS CODE
MODEL: FR960
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Monobard FR960 (page 13-4) and Monobard FR970 (page 14-4)
The following items should read:
pos. service codearticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3587 4822 051 20392 3.9kE 5% 0.1W
3588 4822 116 52276 3.9kE 5% 0.5W
3593 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3594 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3597 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
3598 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
REMARKS : Electrical diagram is correct (page 10-4).
MODEL: FR970
SYMPTOM: broadcasting
traffic announcements, set might switch to stand-by
CURE: When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 – 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS : New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
MODEL: FR970
SYMPTOM: Set might switch to stand-by mode for approx. 4 seconds
CURE: Complete symptom:
When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
CURE :
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 - 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS :
New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
5 8 2 C IRIS CODE
MODEL: FR970
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Exploded View Partslist (page 12)
CURE: The service codenumber for item 14 should read:
3104 217 52260 “Window Display” only for FR970/01B/17
3104 217 52660 “Window Display” only for FR970/01
MODEL: FR970
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Monobard FR960 (page 13-4) and Monobard FR970 (page 14-4)
The following items should read:
pos. service codearticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3587 4822 051 20392 3.9kE 5% 0.1W
3588 4822 116 52276 3.9kE 5% 0.5W
3593 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3594 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3597 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
3598 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
REMARKS : Electrical diagram is correct (page 10-4).
MODEL: FR980
SYMPTOM: SWITCHES OVER WITH REMOTE CONTROL OF FLAT TV
CURE: When the remote control of the flat TV (RC8105) is used
with the TV+ and TV-, then the FR980 is switching over
from FM1 to FM2. This problem can be solved by replacingthe main uP (QU01) front pwb PU04
4822 900 11229
MODEL: FR980
SYMPTOM: Speaker protection activates during source selection.
CURE: DC-level on center-channel.
Check QV55.
MODEL: FR980
SYMPTOM: Digital in gives no data.
CURE: Check the setup on the DVD player:
No disc loaded in DVD930/DVD730. Press setup on the remote.
Then toggle until the menu digital output and then select all.
In the mode PCM or NON there will be no MP3 or dolby digital sound.
MODEL: FS310
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FS310
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS310
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS320
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FS320
SYMPTOM: Hum in phono mode: hum is audible when all sets are active.
CURE: The following stacking methods are recommended to solve the hum
problem; See figure.
MODEL: FS320
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS320
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS330
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FS330
SYMPTOM: Hum in phono mode: hum is audible when all sets are active.
CURE: The following stacking methods are recommended to solve the hum
problem; See figure.
MODEL: FS330
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS330
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS340
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FS340
SYMPTOM: Hum in phono mode: hum is audible when all sets are active.
CURE: The following stacking methods are recommended to solve the hum
problem; See figure.
MODEL: FS340
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: Switch on set and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS340
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: POWER OFF and press following keys simultaneously:
SCAN + POWER ON.
MODEL: FS340
SYMPTOM: Trade mode
CURE: Trade mode
To put the set in trade mode:
* SCAN + POWER ON have to be activated at the same time
To leave trade mode:
* POWER OFF
* SCAN + POWER ON at the same time activated
MODEL: FS370DCC
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: FS380DCC
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
DCC Cleaning cassette SBC3500 is from now on available with service
codenumber 4822 015 20646.
MODEL: FS400
SYMPTOM: The receiver does sometimes give EPROM
CURE: Check/replace EPROM IC501 (X24C04; 4822 209 90584).
MODEL: FS400
SYMPTOM: CD rotates at maximum speed.
CURE: Check/replace X-tal KR215 (4822 242 81151).
MODEL: FS400
SYMPTOM: The player reads the TOC but is not able to play any disc.
CURE: Sledge does not move outside.
Transistor T162 defective.
MODEL: FS400
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: Set does not switch on from stand-by mode when using remote control
CURE: When the set has been installed and can not be switched on via a
remote control command this is caused by the software startup
procedure.
For safety reasons first the set has to be switched on with the help
of thepower button on the set.
After this action the set can be switched to other modes with the
remote control commands.
REMARKS :
It is impossible to see whether the set is switched to stand-by mode
via either the power button or the remote control command.
In both cases only the clock is functioning.
This start-up action is not described in Instructions for Use.
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: Tray does not open in cold condition.
CURE: The set only functions if the temperature is above 16 centigrade.
To improve this behaviour bridge wire B174, on CD410 main board, has
been replaced by resistor 4Ohm7.
REMARKS :
From set serial number 8050070 onwards this modification has been
implemented in production.
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
CURE: WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT CD400 WITH FR410!!!
The CD400 (from system FS400) looks identical to CD410 (from system
FS410). Even the cable to connect the CD-set to the receiver is the
same.
If only the set CD400 is brought-in for repair this set should NOT be
connected to the FR410.
USE ONLY CD400 TOGETHER WITH FR400
USE ONLY CD410 TOGETHER WITH FR410.
The voltages for CD410 and CD400 are not identical.
Fuses might be blown after that connection!!
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: Service manual & Parts list
CURE: Service manual & Parts list
-
By error some item numbers of components on Audio board, Tuner board
and on Control board have been mentioned twice. In the next a survey
of applied ICs on the boards:
Audio board:
item:description:service code number:
IC1LM8334822 209 83163
IC2LC7821 4822 209 72748
Tuner board:
item:description:service code number:
IC1LC7218 4822 209 30178
IC2LA3401 4822 209 73434
IC3LA1266 4822 209 71785
IC5LM340AT124822 209 33347
Control board:
item: description:service code number:
IC3 = 404 TFMS5360 4822 214 52184
IC4 M38172M4111FP4822 209 90419
IC5 X24C024P 4822 209 90339
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the distortion figure at low frequencies, the ripple level
at the + and - 18V , has been decreased.
The decrease of ripple has been obtained by changing R541 and R542
from 390 Ohm into 220 Ohm (4822 052 10221).
Derived from 18V voltages is also the + D supply. All these voltages
supply the power amplifier.
MODEL: FS410
SYMPTOM: Service Manual and Parts list
CURE: Service Manual and Parts list
-
Add following components to Power supply board partslist:
item:description: service code number:
IC50278L18ACP 4822 209 80404
IC50379L18ACP 4822 209 90581
MODEL: FT091
SYMPTOM: Bad sound at FM stereo.
CURE: Check X-tal X5111 (4822 242 81248).
MODEL: FT920
SYMPTOM: In FM mode only noise audible. AM is ok. Varicap voltage is 13V.
CURE: There is no output signal at 8-1101. (30mV) loose contact in the oscillator part of the tuner.
MODEL: FT920
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. Only strange characters on display.
CURE: Check processor IC7471 and/or connector 1412.
MODEL: FT920
SYMPTOM: Display gives wrong characters or does not light up.
CURE: +5V not OK? Check D6434. (BZX79-C5V6; 4822 130 34173).
MODEL: FT920
SYMPTOM: Sound interrupts.
CURE: Check FM tuner module 1101 (4822 210 10474).
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Switch 1401 does not switch on.
CURE: Check switch 1401.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Tuner inoperative, only selector freq/preset functioning.
CURE: Check for short circuit between leg 1 and 2 of conn. CN0012.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Timer function ONCE does not work.
CURE: Replace IC7471 by a new one with updated software.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Buttons 5 and 8 stuck.
CURE: Buttons out of position.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: TIMER RECORD MODE is not possible with 70DCC900.
CURE: With tuner 70FT930 recording is only possible with an analogue
cassette deck. How to make a recording on 70DCC900 in timer record
mode is not specifically mentioned in the Direction For Use.(DFU)
However with a new software version (TMP47P1670VN-PROG) of the
microprocessor 7471 it is possible to do so. For that reason item
7471 has to be changed into the new microprocessor:
codenumber reads 4822 900 10391.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check R3414.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Problems with timer recording in combination with a DCC player.
CURE: Replace up IC7471 by a new version.
MODEL: FT930
SYMPTOM: Timer complaints in combination with DCC-recorder.
CURE: Replace IC 7471 by a version with new software.
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: The tuner drifts from the tuned station.
CURE: Check diode CD311. There might be a leak in reverse direction.
(4822 130 83336)
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Tuner drifts in DSR mode.
CURE: This fault is caused by temperature sensitivity of diode CD311
(Circuit diagram: Signal Chassis on page 23 of the Service Manual)
and results in an internal leak current in the reverse direction
when the diode is warm. In that case diode BAR42 has to be replaced
by diode BAS16, service code: 5322 130 31928.
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To optimize the AFC circuit, chipcapacitor CC5327 has been changed
from 820 pF NPO into 390 pF NPO, and CC5328 has been changed from
270 pF N750 into 680 pF N150.
REMARKS :
This information will be followed by service information A93-761.
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Replacement of IC 110 (4822 209 32086)
CURE: Replacement of IC 110 (4822 209 32086)
In case uP IC110 has to be changed from OTP Processor marked
XC41T86PV17 into Mask IC type XC411864P, also the circuit between
IC310 and IC110 has to be adapted too. The mask version of the µP
is in Philips Consumer Service warehouse available with service
codenumber 4822 209 32086. The circuit diagram of the added circuit
has been drawn in service information publication A93-761.
REMARKS:
This information will be followed by service information A93-761.
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Service manual update
CURE: Service manual update
-
Updating of Electrical Parts list due to modifications during
production.
Added: IC5330:4822 209 72042, IC MC78L05
CR0069:4822 051 20008, R-CHIP 0805 JUMPER
safety component SI0643: 4822 071 53151, LOET-SI-GR 315 MA/T
CD0480 Diode 1N4001 has been replaced by CD480 MELF Diode CL4148
(4822 130 83338).
CR0136 R-CHIP 1206 1K 5% has been replaced by R-CHIP 0805 1K 5%
(4822 051 20102).
Safety component SI0612: LOET-SI-GR 630 MA/T has been replaced by
LOET-SI-GR 1 A/T (4822 071 31002)
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
For production reasons the AFC reference voltage +5V/D has been
changed into a +5V/REF voltage (+5V voltage connection via
RC-network to pin 3 of IC5335). For that reason IC5330
(MC78L05P) has been added in QPSK-demodulator. This new +5VREF
voltage is also applied to uP (IC110, pin 36 PC1/VREFH) to have uP
better stabilized functioning too.
IC5330 has been mounted on signal chassis pcb (where IC5040 was
prepared but not mounted) and is connected with pin 1 to wire
connection near IC5335. Pin 2 is mounted on mass coppertrack and
pin 3 has been connected with an isolated wire to +12V/NF (UB3 pin
8). To prevent that +5V/D is short circuited with +5V/REF the wire
jumper below C1002 (between C1002 and IC110) has been deleted.
REMARKS :
This information will be followed by service information A93-761.
MODEL: FT950
SYMPTOM: Replacement IC110
CURE: Replacement IC110
-
For production reasons the OTP version of this uP has been replaced
by an embedded IC. This uP, marked MC68HC05T3, is available with
service codenumber 4822 209 32086.
In case the OTP has to be replaced, also 4 pull up resistors (4k7)
connected to +5V/D voltage have to be added to too. It concerns I/O
ports pin 30, 32, 33 and 35. +5V/D voltage can be found on a
coppertrack under IC110, where L1001 has been connected too.
REMARKS :
This information will be followed by service information A93-761.
MODEL: FT980
SYMPTOM: No FM reception. FM oscillator stops working.
CURE: Replace C311. Check D308.
MODEL: FT990
SYMPTOM: Correction of the service manual
CURE: Correction of the service manual
Mechanical Parts list.
Item 446 should read 4822 210 10454 instead of 4822 210 10545.
Electrical Parts list
IC101 MC68HC11F1/FN will be delivered marked F1/FN4 and has become
a new service codenumber: 4822 209 33376.
MODEL: FV930
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound.
CURE: Check switch pos. 419; Replace switch (4822 276 13294).
MODEL: FV930
SYMPTOM: Sometimes one or both channels disappear.
CURE: Check switch 419. (4822 276 13294)
MODEL: FV930
SYMPTOM: The -10dB segment for 150kHz is flickering.
CURE: The flickering occurs when there is no signal.
This flickering has been caused by an increased noise level on pin
7 of IC321 (LM 358). To reduce the sensitivity the circuit has been
modified from setnumber 1350 onwards.
R387 has been changed into 39k (4822 050 23903) was 36k.
R397 has been changed into 11k (4822 050 21103) was 13k.
The service solution to this phenomenon is to replace above
mentioned resistors into the changed values and in case this
phenomenon should not disappear, eventually replace IC321.
MODEL: FV930
SYMPTOM: 15KHz band starts flickering without offering signal
CURE: Too much noise from IC302. Replace IC302 (4822 209 30377).
MODEL: FV930
SYMPTOM: Switch S100 (pos 419) is interrupting sometimes.
CURE: Fault caused by too much play between the muting switch (S100) and
the lever pos 402. This has been solved by the modification of
switch lever 402. (4822 410 30508)
REMARKS :
Solution already applied in production from December 1992 onwards.
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Set switches on but the display backlight does not switch on
CURE: Check components in the +15V, Q527, Q525, Q526, Q508, D533, ICp2
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Playing CD, the first second of the music is not audible.
CURE: The problem is caused by a too long mute time.
Solution can be made on power amp board:
-Add a resistor of 15k in series with the emitter of transistor
Q507. This can be done by replacing the jumper mounted on item
D535 by this resistor. (from production start onwards this diode
has not been mounted but replaced by a jumper)
-Delete capacitor C509 (4.7uF connected to base Q507)
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9445 onwards.
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: In the stand-by mode, noise from the loudspeaker box is audible.
CURE: The power supply switching circuit is defective, resulting in audio IC
TA8216H (IC501) is still working at stand-by mode.
Check: 1. Pin 55 of IC106 should be low.
2. Diode D116 (at CN302 pin 2) should be low.
3. Q501 should be low.
4. Pin 11 of IC501 should be low.
If either one is not low, the component concerned or the peripheral
is defective.
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
The CD Clamper assembly consists following parts :
Item 2044822 462 72062Magnet Holder Cover
2054822 526 20219Magnet Ring
2064822 256 02249Magnet Holder
2414822 526 10667Magnet Ring Plate
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production, in order to improve shock sensitivity, two
suspension springs (item 243) at the rear side of CDM have been
changed.
New service code is 4822 404 21354.While 4822 492 71613 is
retained as the service code for the two suspension springs at
the front side.
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Transistors Q508 and Q524 2SB1023 (4822 130 63657) are not available.
Replacement is BDT60F (4822 130 63508).
MODEL: FW11
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 15-pin flatcable (item CN103) for connecting the CDM to the CD
decoder board is available with service code 4822 321 63034.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: No sound at all. Record indication stays on while tape deck is off
CURE: Replace supply safety resistor R3267 (470 Ohm 4822 116 52224)
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: No sound from radio at AM, FM and LW. Does not search automatically
CURE: No clock signal at the tuner board. Check soldering around pin 6 of
connector CN17.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: The source cannot be switched from CD. The set does giveREC ON .
CURE: Resistor R3767 is defective.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: Too much mechanical noise (whistling) during CD play
CURE: The problem is due to a hissing noise which can be annoying to some
customer.
Problem is resolved by adding a capacitor 2.2nF across resistor 3830.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: CD shows errors especially at the outside tracks
CURE: This fault is due to the 6-pin cable connection, from the CD Mechanism
to connector 1802 on the CD board. This cable is too short and is
causing a too high tension when the Laser unit moves towards the
outside tracks.
This problem can be solved by reducing the cable twist from 3
turns into 1.5 turns.
REMARKS :
From week 9541 onwards the cable length has been increased to 105mm.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: Wake-up Volume adjustment
CURE: Wake-up Volume adjustment
-
The wake-up volume level is controlled by the Microprocessor, making
it impossible to adjust the level without affecting the power output
of the set. However 2 solutions are available;
Solution 1 :
Change resistors 3517/3518 from 39k to 27k - overall power output
will reduce by about 3dB.
Solution 2:
If the problem is only in one of the source selections it is possible
to reduce the level only for that particular source by reducing the
input shunt-resistors' value.
For Tuner, reduce resistors' 3503 and 3504 value.
For CD, reduce resistors' 3507 and 3508 value.
For Tape, reduce resistors' 3511 and 3512 value.
REMARKS :
On Customer request this modification can be built-in.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: Missing in Service Manual
CURE: Missing in Service Manual
-
The service code for the complete tape mechanism is 4822 691 20966.
When replacing the complete mechanism, the record lever pos. 119 must
be exchanged with that used in the defective mechanism.
This is due to standardization of the tape mechanism.
MODEL: FW12
SYMPTOM: Code number correction
CURE: Code number correction
The ordering code for the Microprocessor IC 7401 on the Front/Power
board should read 4822 209 90436 instead of 4822 209 52484.
The marking on the correct IC should be 12S50950.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: + 5V ( +D) Power supply out of order.
CURE: To solve over-current to IC 7257 (MC78L05ACP) change the following
components on the power board/ CDC LED panel:
Items 3951 up till and include 3957, was 470 Ohm change into
820 Ohm 5% 0.5W.Service code reads 4822 116 52231.
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9434 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: NO DISC is shown on the display when trying to play a disc.
CURE: The reason for this failure is the critical software timing control in
the slave micro-processor IC7830 (software version V76);
Service codenumber: 4822 209 33407 with printing mark CDC50763.
Under such situation the CDM mechanism is already lifted up into the
clamper before the carriage (with disc) is able to reach the play
position due to mechanical frictional forces on the moving carriage.
This problem is solved temporarily in production by adding resistor
3854: 470k 5% 0.1W; service code number: 4822 051 20474.
The resistor is mounted in parallel across resistor 3841.
This solution is implemented in production for printed circuit boards
marked .4 and onwards.
After the implementation in production of new software version V70 of
the slave micro-processor (service code number: 4822 209 90358 with
printing mark CDC50921), the resistor 3854 has been deleted again.
Therefore, one has to ensure in that case, the resistor 3854 has to
be removed too if a defective version V76 slave æProcessor has been
replaced by a new version V70 (or lower) micro-processor.
REMARKS :
NB: The point number of the printed circuit board is the last digit of
the board code number situated next to the flex cable socket 1850
on the decoder board.
The version of the slave micro-processor can also easily be read
when it is displayed during the Service test mode.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Set opens only one tray.
CURE: Tray always open with one tray, does not accept others. Display shows
HELP or similar.
This is caused by the safety features: 2 discs loaded or center hole
in carriage blocked. To see which one is responsible do the following:
open the tray and select an other disc, watch the tray movement. When
the tray reaches the stocker position and immediately the tray comes
out again (without moving the cam motor) then the micro controller
thinks that two discs are loaded. In this case check the disc-detect
photo reflector. If the carriage moves into the stocker, the cam is
moved, but then the tray opens again then the software thinks that the
centerhole of the carriage is blocked. In this case check the switch
SW3 (disc lock pin switch).
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Discs are detected after loading, but are not played back.
CURE: Discs are detected after loading but disappear as soon as they want to
be played back.
This might be caused because of a high force necessary to move the
carriage. When the micro controller wants to move the carriage to play
position it pulses the traymotor to move slowly. On some mechanics
this slow movement is not strong enough to move the carriage. A time
out elapses and the software thinks that no disc is actually preset.
In this case try to put a little bit of grease on the sliding areas of
the carriage or replace micro controller by a newer software version
REMARKS :
Micro controller versions less than 75 are improved on this problem.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Plop noise in activating volume up/down or DBB (Dynamic Bass Boost)
CURE: To decrease the plop noise modify the Power Board:
Item: Was: Change into:Service code number:
25624u71uF 20% 63V4822 124 40242
25634u71uF 20% 63V4822 124 40242
354447k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354547k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354647k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354747k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
3548220 Ohm82 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52202
3549220 Ohm82 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52202
Delete 3553 and 6510
Add 3575 with value 1k 1% 0.4W4822 050 11002 (see so
called 'circuit provision not used items')
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9436 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Plops audible at pressing key DIGITAL SOUND CONTROL (DSC)
CURE: DSC switching plops can be reduced by changing resistor 3268 from
10k to 12k 5% 0.5 W (4822 116 52238)
REMARKS :
This modification is implemented in production from week 9531 onwards
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in DSC- or DBB-mode
CURE: To solve cracking noise (overloading of low frequencies) caused by
the Digital Sound Control (DSC) and Dynamic Bass Boost (DBB)
circuitry, insert the following modification:
Power board:
Change 3317 from 470E to 270E 5% 0.5W4822 116 52217
Change 3318 from 470E to 270E 5% 0.5W4822 116 52217
Combi board:
item: was:becomes: service code number:
352810k 27k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52264
352910k 27k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52264
357610k 6k8 5% 0.5W4822 116 52296
357710k 6k8 5% 0.5W4822 116 52296
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9508 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Plop noise in standby mode
CURE: To improve
* the standby plop noise,
* the lower cut-off frequency
* the stability of the power amplifier
the following components have been changed on Power board:
item: was:becomes: service code number:
23154n7 10nF 20% 16V 4822 121 51387
23164n7 10nF 20% 16V 4822 121 51387
23194æ7 47uF 20% 25V 4822 124 40433
23204æ7 47uF 20% 25V 4822 124 40433
235047æF220uF 20% 25V4822 124 22263
23551nF 4n7 20% 16V4822 126 11714
23561nF 4n7 20% 16V4822 126 11714
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9502 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Hum on the right loudspeaker
CURE: The problem can be resolved by changing the capacitor values for
2355 and 2356 from 1nF to 4n7.This can be achieved by:
a)Replacing 2355/2356 with 4n7 (4822 126 11714)
OR
b)Adding capacitor 3n9 (4822 126 13151) in parallel to the
1nF on position 2355 and 2356.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9502 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: DEF on display.
CURE: The DEF message is displayed every time when the software stopped
working due to an unrecoverable error in the mechanic. All movements
are watched by the micro controller. If a movement does not finalize
within a defined time, the software turns off all movements and shows
DEF to the user.
The CDC-7 has 2 safety features: It can detect when 2 discs are loaded
into one carriage and it can detect if a 8cm CD-Single is put off
center on a carriage and blocks the center hole of the carriage. If
this happens the same tray is opened, the discs are ejected and a
display message is given to the user.
Note 1:The rest of the set (Tuner, etc.) is still operating, but
the CD always says DEF. To reset the mechanic the power
supply has to be switched off and on.
Note 2:In CDC-7 software versions V73 and lower there is a
possibility to go to standby and then wake up again, this
also causes a re-initialisation when DEF happens.
Diagnostic has been built in that shows the cause of the
DEF message. More detailed information can be received
via the Service-Play mode. In this mode the error codes
E1070 till E1080 are present. The explanation of each error
code is stated in the next information item.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with a more
detailed description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Discs make rubbing noise in Play mode.
CURE: Sometimes discs make a rubbing noise during playing or can not be
played. Popping noise when the disc reaches the play position (pickup
lifted).
This might be caused by a bad alignment between the turntable of the
pickup unit and the carriage at play position. To check the alignment
remove the magnet and view from above the loading of a disc. Check
whether the turntable is aligned correctly in respect to the hole in
the disc. If a misalignment can be found on all 7 discs then adjust
the disc-detect photo reflector.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Scratch marks found on the disc directly above the playing disc.
CURE: This fault is due to the distance between the disc stored directly
above the playing disc and the playing disc. The playing disc is
damaging that disc in the stocker.
To solve this problem the brackets (item 10 and 14) and spring (item
70) have been modified.
New item 10 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21346.
New item 14 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21347.
Modified spring item 70 can be ordered with the same code number:
4822 492 42713.
Below please find the procedure to replace the brackets and spring
after removing the 7-disc changer from the set (see disassembly
drawing in the service manual).
Disassemble the top part:
1.Remove 8 screws, item 105
2.Lift the top cover assembly, item 39; CD Decoder Board, and
clamper chassis assembly, item 48 to the left side.
3.Remove the stocker assembly, item 37 (including the carriage,
item 35/36), with the help of a flat screw driver.
Replace the bracket-R, item 10 and spring, item 70:
4.Unlock the small PC Board, item 90 on the right side and remove
spring, item 70. Unlock the bracket-R, item 10.
5.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
6.Assemble the new bracket-R by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Assemble the new spring into
its position and secure it with glue before remounting the small
PC Board. Take care that switch lever item 7 is in correct
position.
Replace the bracket-L, item 14:
7.Remove 4 screws, item 105 on the left side and lift the side
chassis-L, item 13 so that bracket-L, item 14 clears the lever
carriage, item 16.
8.Unlock the bracket-L, item 14.
9.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
10.Assemble the new bracket-L by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Push the side chassis into the
bottom chassis, item 1 and remount the 4 screws.
Care should be taken to ensure that the lever carriage, item 16
is in between item 14 and item 16.
Replace the top part:
11.Re-assemble the stocker assembly unit ensuring the side pins are
properly engaged into the lever stocker, item 22/24.
12.Re-assemble the top cover assembly, decoder board and clamper
chassis assembly and remount the 8 screws.
REMARKS :
New parts are introduced from week 9518 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
CURE: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
-
Error code 1070
-
Carriage did not reach play position within normal time.
Possible causes: disc detect photo reflector or play-position-over
bad, tray motor not working, tray blocked.
Error code 1071
-
Carriage did not reach the stocker within time.
Possible causes: Store switch bad, Traymotor bad, tray blocked. This
failure happens also when the shuttle jumped out of the hole of the
carriage. In this case the shuttle is moving without a carriage but
can not reach the store position due to blocking by the carriage. To
solve this problem simply lift the carriage and move the shuttle
backwards into the hole of the carriage.
Another problem that causes this error message is that a carriage is
blocked on entering the stocker. The blocking happens on the left side
of the carriage due to rotation of it.
Error code 1072
-
Play-position not passed within time.
Possible causes: Traymotor bad, play-position-over switch bad, tray
blocked.
Error code 1076
-
Desired disc position could not have been reached within time.
Possible causes: Disc-count photo interrupter bad, Traymotor bad,
stocker blocked. This failure can be caused by a wire between the
stocker and the bottom of the mechanic. That's why the stocker could
not reach lower positions (Disc 7, 6).
Error code 1077
-
Switch SW1 or SW2 did not open as expected within a certain time.
This error is generated when the cam gear is moved and either SW1 or
SW2 did not open within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked.
Error code 1078
-
Cam gear did not reach the desired new position within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked. It may
happen when the cam gear is moved from stocker movement to tray
movement although the stocker is not correctly in a disc position
(mechanically blocked). The cam gear must only be moved when the
stocker is at a disc position, not in between.
Error code 1079
-
Tray open position not reached within time.
Possible cause: Tray blocked at opening, eject switch bad.
Error code 1080
-
Miscounting of the stocker position occurred, position was corrected
at position 1.
Triggered when the stocker reaches the home-position (disc 1) although
the software believes it is another position. This means that
sometimes a stocker position was skipped and not recognized by
software.
Possible cause: disc-count photo sensor alignment problem,
home-position switch alignment problem.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with detailed
description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts of the CDC-7 mechanism are now available as
service parts:
Position no. Description Service code
--
Pos 7Lever switch4822 277 11473
Pos 34 Stocker 4822 256 92294
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW14
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: + 5V ( +D) Power supply out of order.
CURE: To solve over-current to IC 7257 (MC78L05ACP) change the following
components on the power board/ CDC LED panel:
Items 3951 up till and include 3957, was 470 Ohm change into
820 Ohm 5% 0.5W.Service code reads 4822 116 52231.
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9434 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: NO DISC is shown on the display when trying to play a disc.
CURE: The reason for this failure is the critical software timing control in
the slave micro-processor IC7830 (software version V76);
Service codenumber: 4822 209 33407 with printing mark CDC50763.
Under such situation the CDM mechanism is already lifted up into the
clamper before the carriage (with disc) is able to reach the play
position due to mechanical frictional forces on the moving carriage.
This problem is solved temporarily in production by adding resistor
3854: 470k 5% 0.1W; service code number: 4822 051 20474.
The resistor is mounted in parallel across resistor 3841.
This solution is implemented in production for printed circuit boards
marked .4 and onwards.
After the implementation in production of new software version V70 of
the slave micro-processor (service code number: 4822 209 90358 with
printing mark CDC50921), the resistor 3854 has been deleted again.
Therefore, one has to ensure in that case, the resistor 3854 has to
be removed too if a defective version V76 slave æProcessor has been
replaced by a new version V70 (or lower) micro-processor.
REMARKS :
NB: The point number of the printed circuit board is the last digit of
the board code number situated next to the flex cable socket 1850
on the decoder board.
The version of the slave micro-processor can also easily be read
when it is displayed during the Service test mode.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Discs are detected after loading, but are not played back.
CURE: Discs are detected after loading but disappear as soon as they want to
be played back.
This might be caused because of a high force necessary to move the
carriage. When the micro controller wants to move the carriage to play
position it pulses the traymotor to move slowly. On some mechanics
this slow movement is not strong enough to move the carriage. A time
out elapses and the software thinks that no disc is actually preset.
In this case try to put a little bit of grease on the sliding areas of
the carriage or replace micro controller by a newer software version
REMARKS :
Micro controller versions less than 75 are improved on this problem.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Set opens only one tray.
CURE: Tray always open with one tray, does not accept others. Display shows
HELP or similar.
This is caused by the safety features: 2 discs loaded or center hole
in carriage blocked. To see which one is responsible do the following:
open the tray and select an other disc, watch the tray movement. When
the tray reaches the stocker position and immediately the tray comes
out again (without moving the cam motor) then the micro controller
thinks that two discs are loaded. In this case check the disc-detect
photo reflector. If the carriage moves into the stocker, the cam is
moved, but then the tray opens again then the software thinks that the
centerhole of the carriage is blocked. In this case check the switch
SW3 (disc lock pin switch).
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Plop noise in activating volume up/down or DBB (Dynamic Bass Boost)
CURE: To decrease the plop noise modify the Power Board:
Item: Was: Change into:Service code number:
25624u71uF 20% 63V4822 124 40242
25634u71uF 20% 63V4822 124 40242
354447k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354547k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354647k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
354747k100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
3548220 Ohm82 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52202
3549220 Ohm82 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52202
Delete 3553 and 6510
Add 3575 with value 1k 1% 0.4W4822 050 11002 (see so
called 'circuit provision not used items')
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9436 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Plops audible at pressing key DIGITAL SOUND CONTROL (DSC)
CURE: DSC switching plops can be reduced by changing resistor 3268 from
10k to 12k 5% 0.5 W (4822 116 52238)
REMARKS :
This modification is implemented in production from week 9531 onwards
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in DSC- or DBB-mode
CURE: To solve cracking noise (overloading of low frequencies) caused by
the Digital Sound Control (DSC) and Dynamic Bass Boost (DBB)
circuitry, insert the following modification:
Power board:
Change 3317 from 470E to 270E 5% 0.5W4822 116 52217
Change 3318 from 470E to 270E 5% 0.5W4822 116 52217
Combi board:
item: was:becomes: service code number:
352810k 27k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52264
352910k 27k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52264
357610k 6k8 5% 0.5W4822 116 52296
357710k 6k8 5% 0.5W4822 116 52296
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9508 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Plop noise in standby mode
CURE: To improve
* the standby plop noise,
* the lower cut-off frequency
* the stability of the power amplifier
the following components have been changed on Power board:
item: was:becomes: service code number:
23154n7 10nF 20% 16V 4822 121 51387
23164n7 10nF 20% 16V 4822 121 51387
23194æ7 47uF 20% 25V 4822 124 40433
23204æ7 47uF 20% 25V 4822 124 40433
235047æF220uF 20% 25V4822 124 22263
23551nF 4n7 20% 16V4822 126 11714
23561nF 4n7 20% 16V4822 126 11714
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9502 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Hum on the right loudspeaker
CURE: The problem can be resolved by changing the capacitor values for
2355 and 2356 from 1nF to 4n7.This can be achieved by:
a)Replacing 2355/2356 with 4n7 (4822 126 11714)
OR
b)Adding capacitor 3n9 (4822 126 13151) in parallel to the
1nF on position 2355 and 2356.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9502 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Discs make rubbing noise in Play mode.
CURE: Sometimes discs make a rubbing noise during playing or can not be
played. Popping noise when the disc reaches the play position (pickup
lifted).
This might be caused by a bad alignment between the turntable of the
pickup unit and the carriage at play position. To check the alignment
remove the magnet and view from above the loading of a disc. Check
whether the turntable is aligned correctly in respect to the hole in
the disc. If a misalignment can be found on all 7 discs then adjust
the disc-detect photo reflector.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: DEF on display.
CURE: The DEF message is displayed every time when the software stopped
working due to an unrecoverable error in the mechanic. All movements
are watched by the micro controller. If a movement does not finalize
within a defined time, the software turns off all movements and shows
DEF to the user.
The CDC-7 has 2 safety features: It can detect when 2 discs are loaded
into one carriage and it can detect if a 8cm CD-Single is put off
center on a carriage and blocks the center hole of the carriage. If
this happens the same tray is opened, the discs are ejected and a
display message is given to the user.
Note 1:The rest of the set (Tuner, etc.) is still operating, but
the CD always says DEF. To reset the mechanic the power
supply has to be switched off and on.
Note 2:In CDC-7 software versions V73 and lower there is a
possibility to go to standby and then wake up again, this
also causes a re-initialisation when DEF happens.
Diagnostic has been built in that shows the cause of the
DEF message. More detailed information can be received
via the Service-Play mode. In this mode the error codes
E1070 till E1080 are present. The explanation of each error
code is stated in the next information item.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with a more
detailed description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: The CD part is sometimes inoperative
CURE: Check connector CN1452.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Scratch marks found on the disc directly above the playing disc.
CURE: This fault is due to the distance between the disc stored directly
above the playing disc and the playing disc. The playing disc is
damaging that disc in the stocker.
To solve this problem the brackets (item 10 and 14) and spring (item
70) have been modified.
New item 10 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21346.
New item 14 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21347.
Modified spring item 70 can be ordered with the same code number:
4822 492 42713.
Below please find the procedure to replace the brackets and spring
after removing the 7-disc changer from the set (see disassembly
drawing in the service manual).
Disassemble the top part:
1.Remove 8 screws, item 105
2.Lift the top cover assembly, item 39; CD Decoder Board, and
clamper chassis assembly, item 48 to the left side.
3.Remove the stocker assembly, item 37 (including the carriage,
item 35/36), with the help of a flat screw driver.
Replace the bracket-R, item 10 and spring, item 70:
4.Unlock the small PC Board, item 90 on the right side and remove
spring, item 70. Unlock the bracket-R, item 10.
5.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
6.Assemble the new bracket-R by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Assemble the new spring into
its position and secure it with glue before remounting the small
PC Board. Take care that switch lever item 7 is in correct
position.
Replace the bracket-L, item 14:
7.Remove 4 screws, item 105 on the left side and lift the side
chassis-L, item 13 so that bracket-L, item 14 clears the lever
carriage, item 16.
8.Unlock the bracket-L, item 14.
9.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
10.Assemble the new bracket-L by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Push the side chassis into the
bottom chassis, item 1 and remount the 4 screws.
Care should be taken to ensure that the lever carriage, item 16
is in between item 14 and item 16.
Replace the top part:
11.Re-assemble the stocker assembly unit ensuring the side pins are
properly engaged into the lever stocker, item 22/24.
12.Re-assemble the top cover assembly, decoder board and clamper
chassis assembly and remount the 8 screws.
REMARKS :
New parts are introduced from week 9518 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, mechanical partslist
The service codenumber for AM Aerial Frame with JST connector reads
4822 303 50082 and applied in FW15.
The service codenumber for AM aerial frame with loose wires reads
4822 158 60622. This part is not applied in this set but in other
sets.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
CURE: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
-
Error code 1070
-
Carriage did not reach play position within normal time.
Possible causes: disc detect photo reflector or play-position-over
bad, tray motor not working, tray blocked.
Error code 1071
-
Carriage did not reach the stocker within time.
Possible causes: Store switch bad, Traymotor bad, tray blocked. This
failure happens also when the shuttle jumped out of the hole of the
carriage. In this case the shuttle is moving without a carriage but
can not reach the store position due to blocking by the carriage. To
solve this problem simply lift the carriage and move the shuttle
backwards into the hole of the carriage.
Another problem that causes this error message is that a carriage is
blocked on entering the stocker. The blocking happens on the left side
of the carriage due to rotation of it.
Error code 1072
-
Play-position not passed within time.
Possible causes: Traymotor bad, play-position-over switch bad, tray
blocked.
Error code 1076
-
Desired disc position could not have been reached within time.
Possible causes: Disc-count photo interrupter bad, Traymotor bad,
stocker blocked. This failure can be caused by a wire between the
stocker and the bottom of the mechanic. That's why the stocker could
not reach lower positions (Disc 7, 6).
Error code 1077
-
Switch SW1 or SW2 did not open as expected within a certain time.
This error is generated when the cam gear is moved and either SW1 or
SW2 did not open within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked.
Error code 1078
-
Cam gear did not reach the desired new position within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked. It may
happen when the cam gear is moved from stocker movement to tray
movement although the stocker is not correctly in a disc position
(mechanically blocked). The cam gear must only be moved when the
stocker is at a disc position, not in between.
Error code 1079
-
Tray open position not reached within time.
Possible cause: Tray blocked at opening, eject switch bad.
Error code 1080
-
Miscounting of the stocker position occurred, position was corrected
at position 1.
Triggered when the stocker reaches the home-position (disc 1) although
the software believes it is another position. This means that
sometimes a stocker position was skipped and not recognized by
software.
Possible cause: disc-count photo sensor alignment problem,
home-position switch alignment problem.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with detailed
description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts of the CDC-7 mechanism are now available as
service parts:
Position no. Description Service code
--
Pos 7Lever switch4822 277 11473
Pos 34 Stocker 4822 256 92294
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW15
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW15/25
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From week 9533 onwards the Tuner Printed board has been changed from
ECO4VA printed circuit board to TUNER92 printed circuit board.
Sets produced with this change can be recognized by the Serialnumber
SV 01 ....
REMARKS :
Both tuner boards have beem published in the service manual already.
MODEL: FW16
SYMPTOM: No sound from the right hand channel of the amplifier part.
CURE: Check connection wire of capacitor C206R.
MODEL: FW16
SYMPTOM: About 3 seconds hum in sound when switching the set on/off.
CURE: Check outputstage IC701.
MODEL: FW16
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
The ordering code for test cassette MTT150 should read
4822 397 30271 instead of 4822 397 30144 (please correct your
Service Manual).
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Ghost segments displayed.
CURE: To eliminate visible ghost segments on the LCD display change on the
Power board diode 6267 from 1N4148 into 1SS106 service code number:
4822 130 32574.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9514 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Plop noise when switching between the various DSC modes
CURE: To eliminate the plop noise when switching between the various Digital
Sound Control (DSC) modes change resistor 3270 on the Power board from
10k to 12k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52238.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9452 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in DSC- or DBB-mode
CURE: To solve cracking noise (overloading of low frequencies) caused by
the Digital Sound Control (DSC) and Dynamic Bass Boost (DBB)
circuitry, insert the following modification:
Combi board:
item: was:becomes: service code number:
2564100uF 0.47uF 20% 63V 4822 124 41407
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9508 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Plop during power on.
CURE: To prevent Plop noise during power on modify power circuit:
item:was: change into:service code number:
2399 22uF 100uF 20% 10V 4822 124 41584.
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9440 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: At low volume passages the fan motor is too noisy.
CURE: To reduce fan noise by 5dB at low volume output level modify the power
board:
Item:Was: Change into:Service code number:
2269 1uF10uF 20% 50V4822 124 41579
3277 10k56k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52291
Delete 3278
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Buzzer too loud during CD and Aux modes.
CURE: To adapt the output level add diode 6513 on combi circuit I :
Add diode 6513 1N41484822 130 30621 between junction 3585/6507 and
junction 3578/3579.Connect anode to junction 3585/6507.
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9445 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: The drawer of the CD part does not close.
CURE: Replace toothed wheels pos 202 and 204.
REMARKS:
See also newsletter 65.01
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To provide overdrive for relay circuitry and switch off the output
relay when ventilation fan is faulty or not connected modify power
board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
3349 22k12k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52238
6261 BZX79-3V9BZX79-C3V3 5322 130 31504
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9440 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Volume reduction
CURE: Volume reduction
The volume of the Buzzer signal can be reduced with diode 6513, 1N4148
on Combi board. (See newsletter 54.30)
Some complaints are received that also the volume level in timer mode
of the CD, Tuner and Tape-input signals are too high. These signals
are controlled by hardware components 3304 and 3305 on the Power
Board.
In case these resistors are changed from 470 Ohm into 680 Ohm the
volume is reduced by 3dB.
Changing these resistors from 470 Ohm into 820 Ohm the volume is
reduced by 5dB.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the control circuit of the fan motor has been
changed from one that turns on as volume control is increased to one
that turns on as soon as the set is switched on.The reason is to
prevent intermittent fan complaint.
The Power board is modified by:
a)Deleting elco 2268 100uF 16V between pin 2 of connector
1306 and ground.
b)Add a resistor 3285 5k6 5% 0.5W4822 116 52289 and elco
2268 10uF 20% 50V4822 124 41579 in series between pin 2
of connector 1306 and the base of transistor 7259.
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9511 onwards.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
As a running change in production the master micro-processor IC7401
will be changed from 4822 209 33826 (software version V94) with
printed mark17S50800 into 4822 209 90367 (software version
V92) with printed mark 17S50930.
Included in the new micro-processor is the software solution for CD
mute problem that was temporary solved by resistors 3572 and 3574,
transistor 7526 and a 90mm black wire soldered on the copper side.
When replacing an existing uProcessor (version V94) to the new
micro-processor (version V92) only the black wire need to be removed.
REMARKS :
Introduction date for new micro-processor is week 9507. The version of
the master micro-processor can easy be read on the display during the
Service test mode.
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
The ordering code for the complete mechanism CRF4119 R/P is
4822 691 20954
MODEL: FW17
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW17/25
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From week 9533 onwards the Tuner Printed board has been changed from
ECO4VA printed circuit board to TUNER92 printed circuit board.
Sets produced with this change can be recognized by the Serialnumber
SV 01 ....
REMARKS :
Both tuner boards have beem published in the service manual already.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Incredible sound inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering of outlet at pos.18 of the pcb (connection to
IC7612).
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Crackling (or clipping) sound audible during playback of certain CDs
CURE: (i.e. CDV - Spice Girls/Spiceworld, no. CDV 2850 7243 8 45111 2 8,
track 10).
Pre-recorded cassettes or CDs contain over-modulated signals, which
are too large to be handled by the multiplex IC 7612, HEF4052B.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the Combi board:
1. Remove chip jumper 4603.
2. Connect VSS of IC 7612 to -5V DC by wire from pin 7 of IC7612 to
pin 5 of connector 1504.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Distortion audible during playback of certain pre-recorded cassettes
CURE: Pre-recorded cassettes or CDs contain over-modulated signals, which
are too large to be handled by the multiplex IC 7612, HEF4052B.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the Combi board:
1. Remove chip jumper 4603.
2. Connect VSS of IC 7612 to -5V DC by wire from pin 7 of IC7612 to
pin 5 of connector 1504.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: The volume level can not be decreased, only increased.
CURE: Check soldering around the basis of transistor T7515.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Code number correction
CURE: Code number correction
The service code for the Remote control transmitter should be
4822 218 10733 instead of 4822 218 10562.
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW18
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
The ordering code for the complete mechanism CRF4119 R/P is
4822 691 20954
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Fuses are blown rather frequently.
CURE: Change fuses 1303 and 1304 from T630mA to T1A 250V
(4822 071 51002).
REMARKS :
In the reverse direction the current drawn by the tape mechanism is
higher than the nominal value of the fuse.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Fuse blown
CURE: The Power board has been changed in the following way:
Change2313 from470µF to100µF 63V 4822 124 40255
Change1251/1252from1.75A to2A4822 252 11114
REMARKS :
From week 9330 onwards fuses 1251/1252 have been changed in
production.
Standardization of circuit breaker.
From week 9336 onwards Capacitor 2313 has been changed in
production.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: No difference in Advance and Optimal editing features.
CURE: The two Edit features work in the following ways:
Advance Edit
The set determines the number of consecutive tracks which can be
recorded completely on one side of a selected cassette and stops
when the remaining tape is too short for the next track.The
customer has to flip-over the cassette and record onto the other
side.
Optimal Edit
The set first determines how many consecutive tracks fit completely
on one side of the cassette and then searches the remaining tracks
whether there is one which fits on the remaining tape.If there is
no suitable track there will be no difference in the two Edit
modes.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution:The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 10kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
3667/3668 from 5k6to 3k94822 116 52276
REMARKS :
From week 9334 onwards this change has been implemented in
production.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Deck 2 does not switch off at tape end.
CURE: Clean the capstan and pressure roller with alcohol.
CAUSE:
The problem is mainly caused by too low driving power (friction
between tape/capstan and pressure roller). At the end of tape this
force (around 90 to 100 gram/cm) has to straighten the tape to
trigger the auto-stop mechanism.
A too low force is mainly caused by dirt or oil on the capstan or
pressure roller.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve alignability of motor speed do the following on the Tape
core board:
Change3783/3787 from470Ûto1k4822 105 11023
REMARKS:
From week 9341 onwards this resistor has been changed in production.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Applied microprocessors
CURE: Applied microprocessors
-
The following microprocessor versions have been applied in FW20/FW30:
Versions FW20/FW30 (4822 209 31503)
OTPTMP87PM70F
1st Mask 87CM70AF....& MEZE902429
2nd Mask 87CM70AF....&FW20,30 V2
REMARKS:
* The OTP, 1st Mask and 2nd Mask are compatible to each other
without hardware modification and have the same service
codenumber.
* TMP87PM70F and 87CM70AF are IC type names only.
* 87CM70AFxxxx; xxxx is the serial number from the supplier and is
not important.
In the warehouse last version will be stocked.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW20
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Intermittent sound on the left hand channel, fault only on radio
CURE: Checked signals on plug CN1 found L out to be intermittent. Traced
fault to mute transistor Q17 intermittently muting the audio.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Service information A92-188
CURE: Service information A92-188
-
The service code no. for screw position 565 is 4822 502 13201.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Codenumber modification
CURE: Codenumber modification
-
The service codenumber for item 232 has been changed from
4822 444 50673 into 4822 444 50712.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist
CURE: Electrical partslist
Q101, Q505 and Q800 should read 4822 130 63211 instead of
4822 130 61189.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The ordering code for transistor 2SC1740S-S should read
4822 130 42431 instead of 4822 130 62483.
MODEL: FW2010
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for capacitor C805 is 4822 124 42323, 0.22F 5.5V
MODEL: FW2012
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
Electrical Parts list:
IC 7852 has been stated with 4822 209 63885 TDA43A/M2/S2; this
should read 4822 209 62114 TDA1543A/N2.
MODEL: FW2012
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual FW2012/20/21/25/28/30/37
CURE: Correction Service Manual FW2012/20/21/25/28/30/37
(12NC: 4822 725 23119)
The service codes for Pos 493 should read:
4822 445 30222 for FW2012/37
4822 445 30223 for FW2012/20/21/25/28/30
Correction Service Manual FW2012/22 (12NC: 4822 725 23121)
The service codes for Pos 493 should read 4822 725 30223
MODEL: FW2012/22
SYMPTOM: Correction Service manual
CURE: Correction Service manual:
-
In service manual FW2012/22 (4822 725 23119) for item 493 a wrong
service codenumber has been published. This should read 4822 445 30223
instead of 4822 445 30222.
In service manual FW2012/20 /21 /25 /28 /30 /37 (4822 725 23119) the 2
codenumbers for item 439 are interchanged.
With 4822 445 30223 the cloth for brand Philips is delivered,
with 4822 445 30222 the cloth for brand Magnavox is delivered.
MODEL: FW2014
SYMPTOM: Service Manual update
CURE: Service Manual update
-
Added to the Electrical parts list:
Capacitors C550 and C551, 3300 uF/35V, are available with service
codenumber 4822 124 42367.
MODEL: FW2014
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The ordering code for transistor 2SC1740S-S should read
4822 130 42431 instead of 4822 130 62483.
MODEL: FW2014
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for capacitor C805 is 4822 124 42323, 0.22F 5.5V
MODEL: FW2015
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist
CURE: Electrical partslist
IC607 (UPD75108CW-C01) is available with service codenumber
4822 209 30445.
MODEL: FW2015
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The ordering code for transistor 2SC1740S-S should read
4822 130 42431 instead of 4822 130 62483.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: CD door will not open
CURE: Unit in the Trade mode
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Intermittent record on left hand channel
CURE: On checking record audio signals there was no signal at pin 8 of
IC 7701. This was traced back to socket 1709. The signal was still
missing. Checked at the other side of the cable on the source
select panel and the signal was found to be ok. The Ribbon cable
from the source select panel socket 1552 to tape panel 1709 was
open circuit.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: How to enable Trade Mode.
CURE: * POWER ON
* STAND BY and press following keys simultaneously:
RECORDING + MODE + ARCS.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: How to disable Trade Mode.
CURE: * STAND BY and press following keys simultaneously:
* RECORDING + MODE + ARCS.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Optocoupler, mounted on tape transports is available with Service
Code 4822 209 31115.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: The quiescent current adjustment
CURE: The quiescent current adjustment
Quiescent current has to be adjusted to 20mA.
Measuring method:
Left channel:
- Adjust 3329 to a voltage drop of 3.6mV on 3311
Right channel:
- Adjust 3330 to a voltage drop of 3.6mV on 3312
Bass stage:
- Adjust 3374 to a voltage drop of 3.6mV on 3369
(20mA x 0.18 Ohm = 3.6mV)
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Correction of the service manual (page 44)
CURE: Correction of the service manual (page 44)
Service testprogramme: adjustment of clock
C2401, mentioned in this testprogramme has been omitted from
production start onwards.
In case it is necessary to adjust the clock accuracy the following
can be done: Replace chip capacitor C2402 (22pF) by 4p7 value
(5322 122 32287). Add a trimcap 20pF (4822 125 50355) in parallel
to C2402. Then adjust clock as described.
However the accuracy of this adjustment is very important:
Calibration accuracy +/- 0,1% results in a time deviation of 10
minutes/week.
Calibration accuracy +/- 0,01% results in a time deviation of one
(1) minute/week.
Therefore the counter have to show a value between 127,998 Hz and
128,002 Hz. (Time deviation approx. 20s/week)
In case the time deviation is greater than 30s/day, the X-tal 5402
or one of the two capacitors 2402, 2403 is out of tolerance and
should be replaced.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Partslist addition
CURE: Partslist addition
The transport locking (pos. 500) is available under Service
codenumber 4822 500 10471.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Changes from productionweek 9141 onwards
CURE: Changes from productionweek 9141 onwards :
-
Following changes have been implemented from productionweek
9141 onwards :
Power Board
* To improve DBB (Dynamic Bass Boost) R3395 has been
changed into 3k3 (4822 051 20332), R3394 has been
changed into 1k5 (4822 051 20152),
* To improve brightness of FTD (Fluorescent Tube
Display) D6266 has been changed into BZX79-F33
(4822 130 34142).
* To improve amplification reserve R3259, 3260 have
been changed into 10k (4822 051 20103), R3292, 3293
into 33k (4822 051 20333), R3579, 3580 into 39k
(4822 051 20393) and R3553, 3554 into 4k7 (4822 051
20472).
* To improve the volume characteristic R3544 has been
deleted. R3542 has been changed into 18k (4822 051
20183), Diode 6506 has been replaced by a jumper.
* To fulfil FTZ requirements three chip capacitors
10nF (4822 122 32442) have been added.
C2311 parallel to left satelite speaker
C2312 parallel to right satelite speaker
C2364 parallel to the woofer
Source Selector
* To improve ESD and FTZ some coils have been added
to the headphone panel and connector 1557.
Recorder Part
* To improve muting after pressing DIRECTION C2750
has been deleted.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
CURE: Correction mechanical partslist Tape Transport
Pos 107 should read 4822 361 21431 (Pb deck - single direction,
marked EG530KD-2B) instead of 4822 361 21429.
Pos 118 reads 4822 361 21429 (Rec deck - autoreverse, marked
EG530YD-2B) as it has been published.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Service solution.
CURE: Service solution.
-
The complaint In FM-mode and low passages, noise is audible
when the digital sound processor is switched-on can be solved
with the following modifications :
*Change C2606 from 2nF into 2n2,
*Change C2608 from 150pF into 470pF,
*Add a capacitor of 4n7 between pin 6 of DSP-IC and
pin7/8 (GND) of this IC.
MODEL: FW2017
SYMPTOM: Survey of trade mode
CURE: Survey of trade mode
In trade mode :
* POWER ON
* STAND-BY
* RECORDING + MODE + ARCS at the same time activated
Leave trade mode :
* STAND-BY
* RECORDING + MODE + ARCS at the same time activated
MODEL: FW2019
SYMPTOM: No tuner or tape deck functions.
CURE: Check switched 5 volts power switch - pin 18, on IC242.This
voltage enables the IC to power up.If this voltage is missing,
check/replace Q2951 - 2SC3330T.
REMARKS :
Upon replacing this transistor the fault was cured, but if the
tuner is not connected or is faulty, this will cause misoperation
of the tape deck.
MODEL: FW2019
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Correction on page 4, accessories.
Below mentioned codenumbers refer to the flat cables for the
systen
connectors and not the connectors itself, as stated in the
Manual.
4822 267 31371 flatcable for system connector 1
4822 267 31372 flatcable for system connector 2
4822 267 31373 flatcable for system connector 3
MODEL: FW2019
SYMPTOM: Storage time
CURE: Storage time
The storage time of stations in memory is defined by the capacitor
(C2401 0.047F/5.5V). The back-up time is 100-120 hours under normal
condition.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: It might be that the transformer 5001 is defective, caused by a
defective IC7251. Replace 5001 (4822 146 31137) and IC7251
(STK4112II; 4822 209 31543).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Fuses are blown rather frequently.
CURE: Change fuses 1303 and 1304 from T630mA to T1A 250V
(4822 071 51002).
REMARKS :
In the reverse direction the current drawn by the tape mechanism is
higher than the nominal value of the fuse.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Fuse blown
CURE: The Power board has been changed in the following way:
Change2313 from470µF to100µF 63V 4822 124 40255
Change1251/1252from1.75A to2A4822 252 11114
REMARKS :
From week 9330 onwards fuses 1251/1252 have been changed in
production.
Standardization of circuit breaker.
From week 9336 onwards Capacitor 2313 has been changed in
production.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Tuning voltage too low.
CURE: Check IC7173 (4822 209 31998).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check C2123 of the FM oscillator circuit.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: No difference in Advance and Optimal editing features.
CURE: The two Edit features work in the following ways:
Advance Edit
The set determines the number of consecutive tracks which can be
recorded completely on one side of a selected cassette and stops
when the remaining tape is too short for the next track.The
customer has to flip-over the cassette and record onto the other
side.
Optimal Edit
The set first determines how many consecutive tracks fit completely
on one side of the cassette and then searches the remaining tracks
whether there is one which fits on the remaining tape.If there is
no suitable track there will be no difference in the two Edit
modes.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: The equalizer is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check resistor R3537.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Noise level too high
CURE: To reduce the noise level do the following on the Combi board:
Change 3644 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3645 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3646 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3647 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3662 from10k to 8k2 5% 0.5W4822 116 52303
Change 3671 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3672 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9515 onwards.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution:The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 10kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
3667/3668 from 5k6to 3k94822 116 52276
REMARKS :
From week 9334 onwards this change has been implemented in
production.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: The CD turns but does not give any sound.
CURE: Check DAC IC 7102 (SAA7341GP; 4822 209 30388).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: CD-drawer does not close.
CURE: Check C2611 (short-circuit).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: The CDM does not find focus point
CURE: Check CDM.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: CD starts to turn at full speed in the wrong direction.
CURE: Check decoder IC (IC7102).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Deck does not switch off at the end of the tape.
CURE: Check whether pos.25 (cassette holding spring) is mounted too high.
Remount spring pos.25.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Deck does not switch off at the end of the tape.
CURE: Switch-off lever not activated.
Replace tape deck (4822 691 20758).
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Deck 2 does not switch off at tape end.
CURE: Clean the capstan and pressure roller with alcohol.
CAUSE:
The problem is mainly caused by too low driving power (friction
between tape/capstan and pressure roller). At the end of tape this
force (around 90 to 100 gram/cm) has to straighten the tape to
trigger the auto-stop mechanism.
A too low force is mainly caused by dirt or oil on the capstan or
pressure roller.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To increase gain in Karaoke due to weak recording change the
following on the Combi board:
3654 and 3655 into 1k84822 116 52249
REMARKS :
Introduced from production week 9421 onwards.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve alignability of motor speed do the following on the Tape
core board:
Change3783/3787 from470Ûto1k4822 105 11023
REMARKS:
From week 9341 onwards this resistor has been changed in production.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To reduce hum and microphone sensitivity do the following on the
Combi board:
2461 change into 330uF 16V 20%4822 124 22225
3662 change into 10k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52233
REMARKS :
Introduced from week 9427 onwards.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To prevent DC voltage leak to Line-in of ETF3 board add the
following on the Combi board:
2523 4.7uF 63V4822 124 40246 between 3531/3541 and pin 3 of
connector 1560.
2524 4.7uF 63V4822 124 40246 between 3532/3542 and pin 4 of
connector 1560.
REMARKS :
Introduced from production week 9421 onwards.
MODEL: FW21
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW2120
SYMPTOM: CD does not function correctly
CURE: Check/replace CDM (4822 691 30278)
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Recording failure (pos 3741 and 7703 in bias oscillator circuit burnt)
CURE: Modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
3740 100k 150k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52245
3741 10 Ohm 4 Ohm7 5% 0.33W4822 052 10478
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9440 onwards.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: During standby mode the set displays a commercial story.
CURE: This is caused by the fact that the set is brought in Trade mode
feature. To exit Trade mode, hold the Power button depressed and
switch on the mains supply. Keep that button depressed for 2-3
seconds.Switch the set to standby and wait for about 6 seconds.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: UHF-TV transmission interference in tape play mode.
CURE: Problem can be solved by adding 2 ceramic capacitors of 100pF
(4822 122 31211) across:
a) 7714 pins 6 and 7 and
b) 7714 pins 10 and 11
The leads of the capacitor must be kept very short and must be
soldered very close to the IC pins to be effective.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Hold the power button depressed and switch on the mains power (keep
button depressed until it goes into Standby mode or the clock
indication appears). After about 6 seconds the commercial story will
begin. The set will perform normally but whenever it is in standby
mode, the commercial story will begin after about 8 seconds.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To prevent low signal level recorded from Tuner/CD after mains
interruption (30mSec) change 3784 on the Combi board to 1M 0.5W 5%
4822 116 52235.
REMARKS :
Introduction from wk 9434.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve backlighting problem during motor start-up change 7252 on
the Combi board from BD234 to BD436.
The codenumber reads 4822 130 60089.
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW24
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
As a running change the master micro-processor IC7401 will be changed
from 4822 209 52484 (software version V89) into 4822 209 90356
(software version V78).
Included in the new software are improvements over the existing
software, addition of Tuner service test frequencies preset 9 and
10 kHz and the removal of Trade mode.
REMARKS:
The main micro-processor software version can be read on the display
during the Service Test program mode.
MODEL: FW24/37
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Due to plop sound during power on the power supply to the
volume IC has been delayed. Modify on: The Front board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
2401 100uF330uF 16V4822 124 22225
3403 100k 10k4822 116 52233
The Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
2254 47uF 10uF 25V 4822 124 40248
2552 100uF47uF 25V 4822 124 40433
2570470uF 10V4822 124 41997
3544 33 Ohm 1k 1% 0.4W 4822 050 11002
3550 1k 100k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
3551 1k 33k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52271
3556 3k347k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
35721k 1% 0.4W 4822 050 11002
9534jumper10nF 16V 4822 121 51387 is
item 2271.
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Plop sound during power on.
MODEL: FW24/37
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
2335 47uF 1000uF 16V 4822 124 40201
2336 47uF 1000uF 16V 4822 124 40201
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Improved reliability.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check the mains transformer (4822 146 31198).
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: CD player gives noisy sound.
CURE: Check Digital/Analogue decoder IC005 (LC7883KM; 4822 209 31856).
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: The CD part skips tracks.
CURE: Check the RCD (4822 691 30296).
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Tuner display does not light up.
CURE: Check backlight lamps of the display (4822 134 41128).
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Only ticking sound audible. The sledge is moving to the outside.
CURE: If the sledge moves to the outside, check IC002 (CXA1082BQ;
4822 209 61381) and C045 of the -5V supply.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: CD Track OFF set not adjustable after replacement of CDM
CURE: Due to an error in the inter-connection drawing (figure 21), the
pin 1 & 2 of CN008 had been interchanged.
REMARKS:
Please correct your documents. Also for VCO adjustment, Philips
Test disc 5A (SBC426/426A 4822 397 30096) can be used to replace
disc YEDS-18.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: The RCD does not focus.
CURE: Check whether cable from PCB to the RCD is interrupted.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Sometimes CD inoperative.
CURE: Check solder joints of the X-tal and IC003.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer does not open.
CURE: Check the drawer switch. It might be that the switch is bent.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: CD gives ERROR after a few seconds.
CURE: Check the RCD (4822 691 30296).
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Clamper does not fit around turntable of new disc drive
CURE: Disc drive (4822 691 30296) has been modified and service stock has
been adapted.
Now the CD-mode does not function because the disc does not sit
properly after replacement of that CD mechanism.
This has to be solved by also changing pos 142 magnet holder to the
new modified one (servicecode: 4822 532 52532).
The new magnet holder can be recognized by an additional
29mm +/- 1mm diameter ring on the contact surface to the CD-drive
Mechanism turntable.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The flex-cable (11 Pins) connected between the CD board and the
main board is now available with service code 4822 264 10298.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Memory storage time
CURE: Memory storage time
-
The capacitor used to backup the memories is C001 (0.1F 5.5V) on
the front printed circuit board.According development the maximum
backup time is around 48 hours.
MODEL: FW25
SYMPTOM: Partslist correction
CURE: Partslist correction
Front cabinet item M39.
Model DescriptionService code number
FW25/20/22/25/30Philips front 4822 426 51655
FW25/21 Philips front 4822 426 51733
(Karaoke version)
FW25/37 Magnavox front4822 426 51598
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Set shows unexpected and/or unpredictable behaviour.
CURE: Check whether Trade Mode is disabled. To check this, see
Frequently Asked Questions, How to disable Trade Mode.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: The CD part does not produce any sound.
CURE: Check decoder/DAC IC7102 (SAA7341).
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Malfunction of selected mode.
CURE: Change 2572 on the Combi board into 1nF 10% 50V (4822 122 33197).
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Plopping sound when regulating the volume.
CURE: Resistor R3551 not soldered properly
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: No volume, no tone control
CURE: Check/replace IC TC9153AP (4822 209 30537)
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: The CD drawer opens by itself and does not close afterwards.
CURE: Check safety resistor R3502 and fuses 1020/1021.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Recording failure (pos 3741 and 7703 in bias oscillator circuit burnt)
CURE: Modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
3740 100k 150k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52245
3741 10 Ohm 4 Ohm7 5% 0.33W4822 052 10478
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9440 onwards.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: During standby mode the set displays a commercial story.
CURE: This is caused by the fact that the set is brought in Trade mode
feature. To exit Trade mode, hold the Power button depressed and
switch on the mains supply. Keep that button depressed for 2-3
seconds.Switch the set to standby and wait for about 6 seconds.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: UHF-TV transmission interference in tape play mode.
CURE: Problem can be solved by adding 2 ceramic capacitors of 100pF
(4822 122 31211) across:
a) 7714 pins 6 and 7 and
b) 7714 pins 10 and 11
The leads of the capacitor must be kept very short and must be
soldered very close to the IC pins to be effective.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: How to enable/disable Trade Mode.
CURE: Hold the power button depressed and switch on the mains power (keep
button depressed until it goes into Standby mode or the clock
indication appears). After about 6 seconds the commercial story will
begin. The set will perform normally but whenever it is in standby
mode, the commercial story will begin after about 8 seconds.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
As a running change the master micro-processor IC7401 will be changed
from 4822 209 52484 (software version V89) into 4822 209 90356
(software version V78).
Included in the new software are improvements over the existing
software, addition of Tuner service test frequencies preset 9 and
10 kHz and the removal of Trade mode.
REMARKS:
The main micro-processor software version can be read on the display
during the Service Test program mode.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve backlighting problem during motor start-up change 7252 on
the Combi board from BD234 to BD436.
The codenumber reads 4822 130 60089.
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Service manual additional information.
CURE: Service manual additional information.
-
Enter Trade Mode:
Hold the Power button depressed and switch on the mains power (keep
button depressed until it goes into Standby mode or the clock
indication appears).After about 6 seconds the commercial story
will begin.The set will perform normally but whenever it is in
standby mode, the commercial story will begin after about 6
seconds.
Exit the trade mode by repeating the above procedure.
REMARKS:
The trade mode will be added to the service manual when next
addition of stroke versions will be published.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction on service information A94-1
CURE: Codenumber correction on service information A94-157
The service code number of the ornamental tray front of the short
loader item 264 should read 4822 432 93288 instead of 4822 432 83288.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To prevent low signal level recorded from Tuner/CD after mains
interruption (30mSec) change 3784 on the Combi board to 1M 0.5W 5%
4822 116 52235.
REMARKS :
Introduction from wk 9434.
MODEL: FW26
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW26/21
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
From production start onwards the following component have been
changed on Combi board:
item: was:changed into:service code number:
36541k5 1k84822 116 52249
36551k5 1k84822 116 52249
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Sound level drops with 2dB when the Vocal Fade is activated.
MODEL: FW26/30
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
From production start onwards the following component have been
changed on Combi board:
item: was:changed into:service code number:
36541k5 1k84822 116 52249
36551k5 1k84822 116 52249
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Sound level drops with 2dB when the Vocal Fade is activated.
MODEL: FW2620
SYMPTOM: Bad recording after sometime.
CURE: Check/replace transistor 7703 (4822 130 44779).
MODEL: FW27
SYMPTOM: Clamper does not fit around turntable of new disc drive
CURE: Disc drive (4822 691 30296) has been modified and service stock has
been adapted.
Now the CD-mode does not function because the disc does not sit
properly after replacement of that CD mechanism.
This has to be solved by also changing pos 142 magnet holder to the
new modified one (servicecode: 4822 532 52532).
The new magnet holder can be recognized by an additional
29mm +/- 1mm diameter ring on the contact surface to the CD-drive
Mechanism turntable.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW28
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The optical pickup unit for the CD mechanism is now available as
service spare part:
- pos 62 for FW28 and FW33
- pos 67 for FW34
The service code is 4822 691 10482.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Noise level too high
CURE: To reduce the noise level do the following on the Combi board:
Change 3644 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3645 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3646 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3647 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3662 from10k to 8k2 5% 0.5W4822 116 52303
Change 3671 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3672 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9515 onwards.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: One channel defective after some time. (When set gets warm)
CURE: Check circuit break F1252 after warming up.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution: The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 12kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check for DC voltage on the bad output. (R3255).
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Left channel no sound.
CURE: Check interconnection between R3251 and pin 18 of IC7251.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Disc motor turns slowly, drawer does not open.
CURE: Check for broken tracks near output pin of IC7500.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Very weak display and characters on wrong places.
CURE: Check fuse 1308.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound from drawer.
CURE: Lubricate toothed wheels pos.86 and 87.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Drawer makes a squeaking sound when opening/closing.
CURE: Grease both pos 86 and 87.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Deck 2 does not switch off at tape end.
CURE: Clean the capstan and pressure roller with alcohol.
CAUSE:
The problem is mainly caused by too low driving power (friction
between tape/capstan and pressure roller). At the end of tape this
force (around 90 to 100 gram/cm) has to straighten the tape to
trigger the auto-stop mechanism.
A too low force is mainly caused by dirt or oil on the capstan or
pressure roller.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Applied microprocessors
CURE: Applied microprocessors
-
The following microprocessor versions have been applied in FW20/FW30:
Versions FW20/FW30 (4822 209 31503)
OTPTMP87PM70F
1st Mask 87CM70AF....& MEZE902429
2nd Mask 87CM70AF....&FW20,30 V2
REMARKS:
* The OTP, 1st Mask and 2nd Mask are compatible to each other
without hardware modification and have the same service codenumber.
* TMP87PM70F and 87CM70AF are IC type names only.
* 87CM70AFxxxx; xxxx is the serial number from the supplier and is
not important.
In the warehouse last version will be stocked.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Change 1261
CURE: Change 1261
-
In service information A93-150, A93-151 and A93-152 an indication
was made to change 1261 type to improve the solderability. The
changes made are:
Old codeNew code Versions
a)4822 276 313834822 276 31015 all except -/37
b)4822 276 314454822 276 31016 for -/37 only
REMARKS:
The new part code is reflected in the adapted service manual.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
CURE: Introduction of turntable support ring on CDM12.1
-
To prevent that the turntable of the CDM12.1 mechanism
(4822 691 30278) will be pressed down, a turntable support ring has
been introduced from week 9532 onwards. The factory label code on
this modified CDM12.1 reads 1VU02.
MODEL: FW30
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve alignability of motor speed do the following on the Tape
core board:
Change3783/3787 from470Ûto1k4822 105 11023
REMARKS:
From week 9341 onwards this resistor has been changed in production.
MODEL: FW306
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The left-hand side of the display does light up constantly.
CURE: Check D6318, D6313 and C2316.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The left hand channel is too weak.
CURE: Check capacitor C2521 in the equalizer.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check the endstage IC 7251 (STK4112II; 4822 209 31543).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution: The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 12kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Tuner does not receive any station.No tuning voltage.
CURE: Check IC7173 (4822 209 31998) and IC7140 (4822 209 32011).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The CD part skips tracks.
CURE: Check the CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The display is inoperative, when set is warm.
CURE: No pulses at the display? Check uP IC7400 (4822 209 31503).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The CD part totally inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7000 (TDA1301T; 4822 209 31064).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: The lid of the cassette mechanism does not lock.
CURE: Check whether the locking pin goes far enough into the locking
mechanism. If not: replace tape deck (4822 691 20758).
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Deck 2 does not switch off at tape end.
CURE: Clean the capstan and pressure roller with alcohol.
CAUSE:
The problem is mainly caused by too low driving power (friction
between tape/capstan and pressure roller). At the end of tape this
force (around 90 to 100 gram/cm) has to straighten the tape to
trigger the auto-stop mechanism.
A too low force is mainly caused by dirt or oil on the capstan or
pressure roller.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve alignability of motor speed do the following on the Tape
core board:
Change3783/3787 from470Ûto1k4822 105 11023
REMARKS:
From week 9341 onwards this resistor has been changed in production.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW31
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW315
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos 2164822 462 40683Plate (Foot)
MODEL: FW315/37
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10882
to 4822 321 11466 to meet new UL requirement for USA/Canada effective
from December 1998.
MODEL: FW315C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW315C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW315C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW315C/22
SYMPTOM: Error in parts list
CURE: Error in parts list
-
The uProcessor IC 7401 service code should be 4822 209 15959 with
printing mark 322S51471 instead of 4822 209 15436.
MODEL: FW315C/22
SYMPTOM: Correction to Electrical partslist
CURE: Correction to Electrical partslist:
-
The service codenumber for microprocessor IC 7401 should read
4822 209 15959 with printing mark 322S51471 instead of
4822 209 15436.
MODEL: FW316C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW316C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW316C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW316C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW316C/21
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for the Instruction for use should be 4822 736 16179
instead of 3139 116 18140.
MODEL: FW316C/21
SYMPTOM: Error in Service Manual
CURE: Error in Service Manual
-
In the Version Variation Table on page 1-2, FW316C/21/21M should
be without Karaoke feature.
MODEL: FW316C/21M
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The service code for the Instruction for use should be 4822 736 16179
instead of 3139 116 18140.
MODEL: FW316C/37
SYMPTOM: Error in mechanical parts list
CURE: Error in mechanical parts list
2054822 442 01358Cover Tray CDC1
2094822 459 04973Cabinet Front
2114822 410 11796Button Set DSC/DBB
2174822 410 11797Button Set HSD/Power
2214822 410 11798Knob Volume
2254822 410 11799Button Set Controls
2454822 442 01355Cover Door Cassette Left
2464822 442 01356Cover Door Cassette Right
MODEL: FW318C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW318C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW318C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW318C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW320C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW320C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW320C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW322C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW322C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams with cassette inside during eject
CURE: The problem is caused by deformation of the cassette door's plastic
springs.
For repair the cassette door must be replaced by an improved cassette
door.Improved casette doors can be recognized by a step at the
bottom edge of the door (see picture).
REMARKS :
Improved cassette doors have been implemented in production from week
9802 onwards (sets with serialno. MA...).
See also Service Newsletter AS97.01.17
MODEL: FW322C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW322C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW325
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW326
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: Set and supplied remote control are operating with wrong codes.
CURE: The set and the remote control are not operating on the defined remote
control commands reserved for Audio systems. As such the remote
control cannot operate other Philips systems and another remote
control does not activate FW33.
REMARKS :
As FW33 remote control is unique, for service obligations it is
available under service code number 4822 218 10558.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: Noise level too high
CURE: To reduce the noise level do the following on the Combi board:
Change 3644 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3645 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3646 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3647 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3662 from10k to 8k2 5% 0.5W4822 116 52303
Change 3671 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3672 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9515 onwards.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: Digital noise only at the right channel.
CURE: Replace memory IC105.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: When selecting CD, hum is audible.
CURE: The cable of the CD part crosses the cable of the display board.
Remount the cables.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The optical pickup unit for the CD mechanism is now available as
service spare part:
- pos 62 for FW28 and FW33
- pos 67 for FW34
The service code is 4822 691 10482.
MODEL: FW33
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The optocoupler D401 for positioning of the carousel (on light breaker
assembly on page 5-3 and on printed circuit board drawing on page
10-6) is added to the electrical service partslist:
D401 light breaker GP1S534822 130 10136
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The female socket 25P (pos 1401) on the Front board is now available
under 4822 267 60418.
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
CURE: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
-
The wake-up volume is designed such that the buzzer is independent on
the volume level.If CD or Tuner is selected the wake-up volume will
start from volume 01 and gradually increases to a maximum volume 15
(3 bar on the display) after 1 min and 45 sec.
During this period if any buttons/knobs is activated, this gradual
volume increase process will stop permanently even before the
maximum volume 15 is reached.
This may create an impression that the alarm or wake-up volume is
not working if the customer turns the volume knob to check why
there is no alarm sound.
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set Play deck 4822 410 63614 contains: button Play,
Rew, FFWD, Stop and Pauze.
MODEL: FW330
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set Play/Rec deck 4822 410 63607 contains: button Play,
Rew, FFWD, Stop, Pauze and Record.
MODEL: FW331
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW331
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW331G
SYMPTOM: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
CURE: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
-
The wake-up volume is designed such that the buzzer is independent on
the volume level.If CD or Tuner is selected the wake-up volume will
start from volume 01 and gradually increases to a maximum volume 15
(3 bar on the display) after 1 min and 45 sec.
During this period if any buttons/knobs is activated, this gradual
volume increase process will stop permanently even before the
maximum volume 15 is reached.
This may create an impression that the alarm or wake-up volume is
not working if the customer turns the volume knob to check why
there is no alarm sound.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: When using RC, the set sometimes switches to tuner mode
CURE: Fault:
During CD mode, pressing the NEXT button on the Remote control
sometimes switches the set to Tuner mode.This phenomenon occurs
when the customer has thick fingers that accidently actuate 2
buttons simultaneously due to the close distance between buttons
on the remote control.
Problem is inherent in the Processor software of the remote
control.Problem can be resolved by replacing by another remote
control RC07801 (4822 219 10181).
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: The clock runs too fast, 1-2 minutes per month.
CURE: IRIS Code: 313X
CAUSE:
The clock accuracy is within the product specification, however
the clock deviation is not in accordance with customer's expectation.
SOLUTION:
Add a trimmer 4822 126 10508 in parallel with cap 2406 and proceed
to Service Test Program on Quartz Test as given in page 3-5 of
Service Manual.
The frequency at pin 80 of IC7401 should be aligned to within the
range 2047.9776Hz - 2048.0234Hz (or time-period of between
488.287uSec - 488.276uSec).
This must be done with high resolution frequency counter eg. PM6675
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams with cassette inside during eject
CURE: The problem is caused by deformation of the cassette door's plastic
springs.
For repair the cassette door must be replaced by an improved cassette
door.Improved casette doors can be recognized by a step at the
bottom edge of the door (see picture).
REMARKS :
Improved cassette doors have been implemented in production from week
9802 onwards (sets with serialno. MA...).
See also Service Newsletter AS97.01.17
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: POP Button does not function
CURE: The cause is due to the POP button activating point does not land
correctly onto Tact switch 1413.
This can be solved by:
a) Remounting the switch 1413 or
b) Shortening the stopper pins around the switch area by 0.5mm.
CAUTION: Do not cut too much because it may lead to easy
breakage of the button hindge point when the customer
over-stresses the button.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Tray of CD player does not open completely
CURE: Remount pos. 202 and 204.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Drawer gear wheel (pos 202) and CAM wheel (pos 204) out of position
CURE: Replace gear wheel (pos. 204). The improved gear wheel has a grey
colour.
REMARKS :
Improved gear wheel is introduced in production from week 9704
onwards.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
A97-179 changes during production 4822 725 25762
New: front board, AF2 board power 2VA module.
New CD module ( CD7 electronics)
From prod. Week 9705 for all sets with ser. Nr. RZ
From prod. Week 9729 for all sets with ser. Nr. MA
In this service information all schematics are enclosed for the
changes above.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW332
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 1110 / 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10465
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10465.
MODEL: FW332/25
SYMPTOM: Disc still spinning when the CD door is open, damaging the disc
CURE: New improved CD module (new CD board) is implemented from week 9729.
Improved CD module information is published in service information
A97-179.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: The display does not light up.
CURE: Remount connector 1220.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Drawer gear wheel (pos 202) and CAM wheel (pos 204) out of position
CURE: Replace gear wheel (pos. 204). The improved gear wheel has a grey
colour.
REMARKS :
Improved gear wheel is introduced in production from week 9704
onwards.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 1110 / 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10465
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10465.
MODEL: FW335
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW335C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW338C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW338C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW338C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW338C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW339C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW339C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW339C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW339C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW34
SYMPTOM: Set and supplied remote control are operating with wrong codes.
CURE: The set and the remote control are not operating on the defined remote
control commands reserved for Audio systems. As such the remote
control cannot operate other Philips systems and another remote
control does not activate FW33.
REMARKS :
As FW33 remote control is unique, for service obligations it is
available under service code number 4822 218 10558.
MODEL: FW34
SYMPTOM: No sound during play back tapes.
CURE: Pin 2 IC7701 5V instead of 0V. Replace switch S1700 (4822 277 20594).
MODEL: FW34
SYMPTOM: Sound not controllable till minimum.
CURE: Replace capacitor C2550.
MODEL: FW34
SYMPTOM: CD player does not read in. Focus drive not ok.
CURE: Check soldering of IC101 (LA9200N; 4822 209 33715).
MODEL: FW34
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The optical pickup unit for the CD mechanism is now available as
service spare part:
- pos 62 for FW28 and FW33
- pos 67 for FW34
The service code is 4822 691 10482.
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: POS stickers on cassette doors and Loudspeaker boxes cannot be removed
CURE: The stain-mark left behind from POS stickers can be removed by any
cleaning fuids that do not attact the plastic surfaces.
One effective remover is the Contact Cleaner spray available in
most service workshops, the ordering code is 4822 389 50091.
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos 2164822 462 40683Plate (Foot)
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW340C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW340C/37
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10882
to 4822 321 11466 to meet new UL requirement for USA/Canada effective
from December 1998.
MODEL: FW342C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW342C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW342C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW342C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW345/37
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10882
to 4822 321 11466 to meet new UL requirement for USA/Canada effective
from December 1998.
MODEL: FW345C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW345C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW345C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW346C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW346C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW346C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW346C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW346C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW35
SYMPTOM: The CD, Tuner, Cass, Aux and Power buttons do not operate manually
CURE: The CD, Tuner, Cass, Aux and Power buttons will not operate
manually when the set is placed in direct proximity below e.g.:
Philips Econ-o-watt F96T12 60Watt EW cool white fluorescent bulb.
This is caused by the IR-signal generated by the fluorescent lights
and this light is being picked-up by the IR receiver.
Although no complete cure can be achieved, a possible service
solution is to cover the upper half of the lens from behind with a
black adhesive tape.
MODEL: FW35
SYMPTOM: Clamper does not fit around turntable of new disc drive
CURE: Disc drive (4822 691 30296) has been modified and service stock has
been adapted.
Now the CD-mode does not function because the disc does not sit
properly after replacement of that CD mechanism.
This has to be solved by also changing pos 142 magnet holder to the
new modified one (servicecode: 4822 532 52532).
The new magnet holder can be recognized by an additional
29mm +/- 1mm diameter ring on the contact surface to the CD-drive
Mechanism turntable.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW350C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW350C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 range is lost when the set is switched off.
CURE: The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) can be turned on via the procedure
published in Service Newsletter AS99.05.03.
However, due to a software problem, some sets disable the FM1
range again when the set is switched off.
The problem can be resolved by replacing the microprocessor by the
new version “23”. The ordering code reads 9965 000 01676.
MODEL: FW350C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW350C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW350C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 lost again after the set is switched off
CURE: IRIS CODE: 1212
The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) is turned on via procedure published in
newsletter publication AS99.05.03.
In some sets the ability to receive FM1 range is lost when the power
to the set is switched off and on again.
This is due to the uProcessor reading some invalid data from the
Tuner during switching on.This problem can be resolved by
replacing the uProcessor.The ordering code for new uProcessor
(version 23) is 996500001676.
MODEL: FW351
SYMPTOM: In stand-by mode LCD display shortly lights-up or CDC-unit makes noise
CURE: When the unit is in Stand-by mode the units LCD display may flash On
and then Off momentarily.The unit may also initialize the CDC
Mechanism.The customer may complain that his unit is making noise
when the unit is not being used.
This symptom is caused by:
AC (mains) voltage which might drop about 10 to 15 volts for about
30ms to 70ms.
This voltage drop is detected as a Powerdown (or AC interruption).
The CDC Mechanism is then initialized and returns into Stand-by mode.
The Powerdown circuit is too sensitive to AC voltage drops.
The AC voltage drop may be caused by e.g. the Central Heat and Air
installation in the home turning on.
The symptom can be solved by:
Add a 10K ohm resistor 5%, 0.5W (service number 4822 116 52233)
between ground and AC connection AC2.
This component has to be added on the Combi Board.
(Mount resistor 10 k on printed board side between jumping wire 9318
and connector 17, pin 3 & 4). This solution has been applied and drawn
in service manual FW360: resistor 3253.
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW351C
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW351C/37
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW351C/37
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Remount connector CN1223.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check the 5V circuit. If too low, replace IC7247.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Left channel crackling sound
CURE: Check SMD capacitor C2533 470pF
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in the output signal after some time
CURE: Check capacitor (SMD) C2533.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: The +5V voltage is too low.
Check IC7247.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Almost no audio signal from deck 1 and no recording at all.
CURE: Re-bent switch pos 114.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: The CD player starts rotating at maximum speed.
CURE: Resolder IC7800.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams with cassette inside during eject
CURE: The problem is caused by deformation of the cassette door's plastic
springs.
For repair the cassette door must be replaced by an improved cassette
door.Improved casette doors can be recognized by a step at the
bottom edge of the door (see picture).
REMARKS :
Improved cassette doors have been implemented in production from week
9802 onwards (sets with serialno. MA...).
See also Service Newsletter AS97.01.17
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 1110 / 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10465
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10465.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following Service codes for the mains transformer are missing in
the Service Manual.
Service codeDescription
=======================
4822 146 10443Mains transformer /21/30
4822 146 10712Mains transformer /37
4822 146 10465Mains transformer /22/25
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW352C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Power failure
CURE: Check connector 1207; bad or intermittent contact of this connector
causes no operation or power failures
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: CD stops playing after some time
CURE: IRIS Code: 3575
Replace CDM laser.
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Standby problem, clock reset and intermittent faults
CURE: Check connector 1211, bad contact can cause al these different
problems.
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW355C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW356C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW356C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW356C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW356C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW356C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW358C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW358C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW358C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW358C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW358C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW359C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW359C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW359C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW359C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW359C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: NO DISC is shown on the display when trying to play a disc.
CURE: The reason for this failure is the critical software timing control in
the slave micro-processor IC7830 (software version V76);
Service codenumber: 4822 209 33407 with printing mark CDC50763.
Under such situation the CDM mechanism is already lifted up into the
clamper before the carriage (with disc) is able to reach the play
position due to mechanical frictional forces on the moving carriage.
This problem is solved temporarily in production by adding resistor
3854: 470k 5% 0.1W; service code number: 4822 051 20474.
The resistor is mounted in parallel across resistor 3841.
This solution is implemented in production for printed circuit boards
marked .4 and onwards.
After the implementation in production of new software version V70 of
the slave micro-processor (service code number: 4822 209 90358 with
printing mark CDC50921), the resistor 3854 has been deleted again.
Therefore, one has to ensure in that case, the resistor 3854 has to
be removed too if a defective version V76 slave æProcessor has been
replaced by a new version V70 (or lower) micro-processor.
REMARKS :
NB: The point number of the printed circuit board is the last digit of
the board code number situated next to the flex cable socket 1850
on the decoder board.
The version of the slave micro-processor can also easily be read
when it is displayed during the Service test mode.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Set opens only one tray.
CURE: Tray always open with one tray, does not accept others. Display shows
HELP or similar.
This is caused by the safety features: 2 discs loaded or center hole
in carriage blocked. To see which one is responsible do the following:
open the tray and select an other disc, watch the tray movement. When
the tray reaches the stocker position and immediately the tray comes
out again (without moving the cam motor) then the micro controller
thinks that two discs are loaded. In this case check the disc-detect
photo reflector. If the carriage moves into the stocker, the cam is
moved, but then the tray opens again then the software thinks that the
centerhole of the carriage is blocked. In this case check the switch
SW3 (disc lock pin switch).
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Discs are detected after loading, but are not played back.
CURE: Discs are detected after loading but disappear as soon as they want to
be played back.
This might be caused because of a high force necessary to move the
carriage. When the micro controller wants to move the carriage to play
position it pulses the traymotor to move slowly. On some mechanics
this slow movement is not strong enough to move the carriage. A time
out elapses and the software thinks that no disc is actually preset.
In this case try to put a little bit of grease on the sliding areas of
the carriage or replace micro controller by a newer software version
REMARKS :
Micro controller versions less than 75 are improved on this problem.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: DEF on display.
CURE: The DEF message is displayed every time when the software stopped
working due to an unrecoverable error in the mechanic. All movements
are watched by the micro controller. If a movement does not finalize
within a defined time, the software turns off all movements and shows
DEF to the user.
The CDC-7 has 2 safety features: It can detect when 2 discs are loaded
into one carriage and it can detect if a 8cm CD-Single is put off
center on a carriage and blocks the center hole of the carriage. If
this happens the same tray is opened, the discs are ejected and a
display message is given to the user.
Note 1:The rest of the set (Tuner, etc.) is still operating, but
the CD always says DEF. To reset the mechanic the power
supply has to be switched off and on.
Note 2:In CDC-7 software versions V73 and lower there is a
possibility to go to standby and then wake up again, this
also causes a re-initialisation when DEF happens.
Diagnostic has been built in that shows the cause of the
DEF message. More detailed information can be received
via the Service-Play mode. In this mode the error codes
E1070 till E1080 are present. The explanation of each error
code is stated in the next information item.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with a more
detailed description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Discs make rubbing noise in Play mode.
CURE: Sometimes discs make a rubbing noise during playing or can not be
played. Popping noise when the disc reaches the play position (pickup
lifted).
This might be caused by a bad alignment between the turntable of the
pickup unit and the carriage at play position. To check the alignment
remove the magnet and view from above the loading of a disc. Check
whether the turntable is aligned correctly in respect to the hole in
the disc. If a misalignment can be found on all 7 discs then adjust
the disc-detect photo reflector.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Recording failure (pos 3741 and 7703 in bias oscillator circuit burnt)
CURE: Modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
3740 100k 150k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52245
3741 10 Ohm 4 Ohm7 5% 0.33W4822 052 10478
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9440 onwards.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: In stand-by mode LCD display shortly lights-up or CDC-unit makes noise
CURE: When the unit is in Stand-by mode the units LCD display may flash On
and then Off momentarily.The unit may also initialize the CDC
Mechanism.The customer may complain that his unit is making noise
when the unit is not being used.
This symptom is caused by:
AC (mains) voltage which might drop about 10 to 15 volts for about
30ms to 70ms.
This voltage drop is detected as a Powerdown (or AC interruption).
The CDC Mechanism is then initialized and returns into Stand-by mode.
The Powerdown circuit is too sensitive to AC voltage drops.
The AC voltage drop may be caused by e.g. the Central Heat and Air
installation in the home turning on.
The symptom can be solved by:
Add a 10K ohm resistor 5%, 0.5W (service number 4822 116 52233)
between ground and AC connection AC2.
This component has to be added on the Combi Board.
(Mount resistor 10 k on printed board side between jumping wire 9318
and connector 17, pin 3 & 4). This solution has been applied and drawn
in service manual FW360: resistor 3253.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: The CD player does not read in. The sledge does not move.
CURE: Check IC7852 and R3849.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Scratch marks found on the disc directly above the playing disc.
CURE: This fault is due to the distance between the disc stored directly
above the playing disc and the playing disc. The playing disc is
damaging that disc in the stocker.
To solve this problem the brackets (item 10 and 14) and spring (item
70) have been modified.
New item 10 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21346.
New item 14 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21347.
Modified spring item 70 can be ordered with the same code number:
4822 492 42713.
Below please find the procedure to replace the brackets and spring
after removing the 7-disc changer from the set (see disassembly
drawing in the service manual).
Disassemble the top part:
1.Remove 8 screws, item 105
2.Lift the top cover assembly, item 39; CD Decoder Board, and
clamper chassis assembly, item 48 to the left side.
3.Remove the stocker assembly, item 37 (including the carriage,
item 35/36), with the help of a flat screw driver.
Replace the bracket-R, item 10 and spring, item 70:
4.Unlock the small PC Board, item 90 on the right side and remove
spring, item 70. Unlock the bracket-R, item 10.
5.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
6.Assemble the new bracket-R by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Assemble the new spring into
its position and secure it with glue before remounting the small
PC Board. Take care that switch lever item 7 is in correct
position.
Replace the bracket-L, item 14:
7.Remove 4 screws, item 105 on the left side and lift the side
chassis-L, item 13 so that bracket-L, item 14 clears the lever
carriage, item 16.
8.Unlock the bracket-L, item 14.
9.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
10.Assemble the new bracket-L by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Push the side chassis into the
bottom chassis, item 1 and remount the 4 screws.
Care should be taken to ensure that the lever carriage, item 16
is in between item 14 and item 16.
Replace the top part:
11.Re-assemble the stocker assembly unit ensuring the side pins are
properly engaged into the lever stocker, item 22/24.
12.Re-assemble the top cover assembly, decoder board and clamper
chassis assembly and remount the 8 screws.
REMARKS :
New parts are introduced from week 9518 onwards.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: Re-adjust the mechanism.
When the problem re-occurs, replace the entire mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 10684.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: This is probably due to insufficient interaction between the worm gear
of motor (pos 30) and gear H (pos 33).The interaction is improved by
modifying the metal bracket (pos 31) for the motor.
The improved metal bracket is now available with codenumber
4822 466 11893.
REMARKS
See also service newsletter AS98.01.04
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To eliminate Digital noise from being coupled into AF line the
following modification has been implemented from production start
onwards on the CD board:
3878 and 3879 has been changed into 1k4822 051 10102.
REMARKS :
Introduced at production start.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
CURE: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
-
Error code 1070
-
Carriage did not reach play position within normal time.
Possible causes: disc detect photo reflector or play-position-over
bad, tray motor not working, tray blocked.
Error code 1071
-
Carriage did not reach the stocker within time.
Possible causes: Store switch bad, Traymotor bad, tray blocked. This
failure happens also when the shuttle jumped out of the hole of the
carriage. In this case the shuttle is moving without a carriage but
can not reach the store position due to blocking by the carriage. To
solve this problem simply lift the carriage and move the shuttle
backwards into the hole of the carriage.
Another problem that causes this error message is that a carriage is
blocked on entering the stocker. The blocking happens on the left side
of the carriage due to rotation of it.
Error code 1072
-
Play-position not passed within time.
Possible causes: Traymotor bad, play-position-over switch bad, tray
blocked.
Error code 1076
-
Desired disc position could not have been reached within time.
Possible causes: Disc-count photo interrupter bad, Traymotor bad,
stocker blocked. This failure can be caused by a wire between the
stocker and the bottom of the mechanic. That's why the stocker could
not reach lower positions (Disc 7, 6).
Error code 1077
-
Switch SW1 or SW2 did not open as expected within a certain time.
This error is generated when the cam gear is moved and either SW1 or
SW2 did not open within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked.
Error code 1078
-
Cam gear did not reach the desired new position within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked. It may
happen when the cam gear is moved from stocker movement to tray
movement although the stocker is not correctly in a disc position
(mechanically blocked). The cam gear must only be moved when the
stocker is at a disc position, not in between.
Error code 1079
-
Tray open position not reached within time.
Possible cause: Tray blocked at opening, eject switch bad.
Error code 1080
-
Miscounting of the stocker position occurred, position was corrected
at position 1.
Triggered when the stocker reaches the home-position (disc 1) although
the software believes it is another position. This means that
sometimes a stocker position was skipped and not recognized by
software.
Possible cause: disc-count photo sensor alignment problem,
home-position switch alignment problem.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with detailed
description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts of the CDC-7 mechanism are now available as
service parts:
Position no. Description Service code
--
Pos 7Lever switch4822 277 11473
Pos 34 Stocker 4822 256 92294
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
In the Service Manual of FW36/20/21/22/25/30/37 (4822 725 25122),
an error is encountered on the LCD.
Display pin connections on page 9-4 and 9-5.
Page 9-4 should be for FW36 all versions except -/37.
Page 9-5 should be for FW36/37 only.
REMARKS :
Please correct your Service Manual.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve backlighting problem during motor start-up change 7252 on
the Combi board from BD234 to BD436.
The codenumber reads 4822 130 60089.
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW36
SYMPTOM: Service Manual Mechanical Partslist correction
CURE: Service Manual Mechanical Partslist correction
The service code for item 200 published in the service manual is
wrong, the correct service codes should read:
Service code Description
============== ===========
4822 426 51736 Cabinet Front assembly for /20, /22 & /25
4822 426 51737 Cabinet Front assembly for /21 & /30
4822 426 51738 Cabinet Front assembly for /37
MODEL: FW36/25
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From week 9533 onwards the Tuner Printed board has been changed from
ECO4VA printed circuit board to TUNER92 printed circuit board.
Sets produced with this change can be recognized by the Serialnumber
SV 01 ....
REMARKS :
Both tuner boards have beem published in the service manual already.
MODEL: FW36/37
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
2335 47uF 1000uF 16V 4822 124 40201
2336 47uF 1000uF 16V 4822 124 40201
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Improved reliability.
MODEL: FW360
SYMPTOM: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
CURE: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
-
The wake-up volume is designed such that the buzzer is independent on
the volume level.If CD or Tuner is selected the wake-up volume will
start from volume 01 and gradually increases to a maximum volume 15
(3 bar on the display) after 1 min and 45 sec.
During this period if any buttons/knobs is activated, this gradual
volume increase process will stop permanently even before the
maximum volume 15 is reached.
This may create an impression that the alarm or wake-up volume is
not working if the customer turns the volume knob to check why
there is no alarm sound.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: CD player inoperative. Gives error E1012
CURE: Replace R3849 (4E7).
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: No radio reception at all
CURE: Check/replace IC7140 (TEA5712T/N2; 4822 209 32701)
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: No sound from the tuner part.
CURE: Replace C2128.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Only start in display, set inoperative
CURE: Check soldering points of connector CN1401
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: After switching on display functions but no source is selected
CURE: Check/replace Eeprom IC7403.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: The display shows NO DISC although some disc are already loaded
CURE: Add a capacitor 330nF (12NC: 5322 121 42661) across the
Play-position-over switch (pos 8).This is done by soldering the
capacitor across the 2 tracks of the 4cm x 1cm pc board on the right
side of the CD Changer unit (pc board above & behind gear C or pos 6).
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Does not start up the disc. No sledge or focus movement.
CURE: Check/replace safety resistor R3871 (4E7 Ohm; 4822 052 10478).
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: The set does sometimes switch on automatically
CURE: Check/replace IR receiver (GP1U58XP; 4822 214 52009).
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Does not start up any disc.
CURE: Check/replace capacitor C2818.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: Re-adjust the mechanism.
When the problem re-occurs, replace the entire mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 10684.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: This is probably due to insufficient interaction between the worm gear
of motor (pos 30) and gear H (pos 33).The interaction is improved by
modifying the metal bracket (pos 31) for the motor.
The improved metal bracket is now available with codenumber
4822 466 11893.
REMARKS
See also service newsletter AS98.01.04
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set Play/Rec deck 4822 410 63607 contains: button Play,
Rew, FFWD, Stop, Pauze and Record.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Button set Play deck 4822 410 63614 contains: button Play,
Rew, FFWD, Stop and Pauze.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW360C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW361C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: The tapedeck speed is much too high.
CURE: Check soldering of chip resistor R3679.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Drawer gear wheel (pos 202) and CAM wheel (pos 204) out of position
CURE: Replace gear wheel (pos. 204). The improved gear wheel has a grey
colour.
REMARKS :
Improved gear wheel is introduced in production from week 9704
onwards.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens spontanuously
CURE: Toothed wheels pos.202 and 204 out of position.
Remount wheels pos.202 and 204.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25198
CURE: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25198
The service code no for Cabinet rear pos. 298 should be 4822 426 10187
for all versions instead of 4822 426 10069 for all except /21.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: Correction to the Service Test Program
To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
REMARKS :
1 4 5 1 IRIS CODE
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 10/10
MODEL: FW362
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW362/21
SYMPTOM: Tuning Grid for MW band
CURE: Tuning Grid for MW band
-
Due to Software bug, sets produced between week 9627 and 9644 will not
be able to switch between 9kHz and 10kHz as described in the
instruction for use (Operation Manual).For this reason the tuning
grid is set according to the destination countries by the
manufacturer.In case a set was purchased outside the country, the
tuning grid can be changed by hardware adaptation.This is done by
adding or deleting resistor 3157 100k 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52234).
By adding 3157 the tuning grid becomes becomes 9kHz
By deleting 3157 the tuning grid becomes 10kHz
With the resistors 3157 added the Software will recognize the Tuner
version as CHI instead of OSC and the new Service frequencies
loaded during the Service Test Program are as follows:
PresetFrequency
1 87.5MHz
2 108MHz
3 531kHz
4 1602kHz
5 558kHz
6 1494kHz
7 87.5MHz
8 87.5MHz
9 87.5MHz
10 98MHz
11 87.5MHz
REMARKS :
For the purpose of identification a new stroke version will be created
during this period to identify between 9kHz and 10kHz
9kHz= /21 and /21M
10kHz = /41 and /41M
This information concerns sets produced between week 9627 and week
9644 only.
MODEL: FW362/21M
SYMPTOM: Tuning Grid for MW band
CURE: Tuning Grid for MW band
-
Due to Software bug, sets produced between week 9627 and 9644 will not
be able to switch between 9kHz and 10kHz as described in the
instruction for use (Operation Manual).For this reason the tuning
grid is set according to the destination countries by the
manufacturer.In case a set was purchased outside the country, the
tuning grid can be changed by hardware adaptation.This is done by
adding or deleting resistor 3157 100k 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52234).
By adding 3157 the tuning grid becomes becomes 9kHz
By deleting 3157 the tuning grid becomes 10kHz
With the resistors 3157 added the Software will recognize the Tuner
version as CHI instead of OSC and the new Service frequencies
loaded during the Service Test Program are as follows:
PresetFrequency
1 87.5MHz
2 108MHz
3 531kHz
4 1602kHz
5 558kHz
6 1494kHz
7 87.5MHz
8 87.5MHz
9 87.5MHz
10 98MHz
11 87.5MHz
REMARKS :
For the purpose of identification a new stroke version will be created
during this period to identify between 9kHz and 10kHz
9kHz= /21 and /21M
10kHz = /41 and /41M
This information concerns sets produced between week 9627 and week
9644 only.
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Drawer gear wheel (pos 202) and CAM wheel (pos 204) out of position
CURE: Replace gear wheel (pos. 204). The improved gear wheel has a grey
colour.
REMARKS :
Improved gear wheel is introduced in production from week 9704
onwards.
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: Correction to the Service Test Program
To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
REMARKS :
1 4 5 1 IRIS CODE
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 10/10
MODEL: FW363
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: FW365C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW365C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW365C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW365C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW365C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW370C
SYMPTOM: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
CURE: Alarm or Wake-up volume problem
-
The wake-up volume is designed such that the buzzer is independent on
the volume level.If CD or Tuner is selected the wake-up volume will
start from volume 01 and gradually increases to a maximum volume 15
(3 bar on the display) after 1 min and 45 sec.
During this period if any buttons/knobs is activated, this gradual
volume increase process will stop permanently even before the
maximum volume 15 is reached.
This may create an impression that the alarm or wake-up volume is
not working if the customer turns the volume knob to check why
there is no alarm sound.
MODEL: FW370G
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW370G
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW370G
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW370G
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Power failure
CURE: Check connector 1207; bad or intermittent contact of this connector
causes no operation or power failures
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Standby problem, clock reset and intermittent faults
CURE: Check connector 1211, bad contact can cause al these different
problems.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: CD tray opens when the set is turned on, or input source is changed.
CURE: CD tray opens at any of the undermentioned conditions due to
software bug.
- switching on the set
- starting the FM radio
- changing of input selection
The problem can be solved by an improved software which is available
under ordering code: 4822 900 11235.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: Correction to the Service Test Program
To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
REMARKS :
1 4 5 1 IRIS CODE
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 10/10
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When power amplifier AN7164 gets defective, replace it by AN7164N
(4822 209 16327)
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW372C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW372C/21
SYMPTOM: Tuning Grid for MW band
CURE: Tuning Grid for MW band
-
Due to Software bug, sets produced between week 9627 and 9644 will not
be able to switch between 9kHz and 10kHz as described in the
instruction for use (Operation Manual).For this reason the tuning
grid is set according to the destination countries by the
manufacturer.In case a set was purchased outside the country, the
tuning grid can be changed by hardware adaptation.This is done by
adding or deleting resistor 3157 100k 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52234).
By adding 3157 the tuning grid becomes becomes 9kHz
By deleting 3157 the tuning grid becomes 10kHz
With the resistors 3157 added the Software will recognize the Tuner
version as CHI instead of OSC and the new Service frequencies
loaded during the Service Test Program are as follows:
PresetFrequency
1 87.5MHz
2 108MHz
3 531kHz
4 1602kHz
5 558kHz
6 1494kHz
7 87.5MHz
8 87.5MHz
9 87.5MHz
10 98MHz
11 87.5MHz
REMARKS :
For the purpose of identification a new stroke version will be created
during this period to identify between 9kHz and 10kHz
9kHz= /21 and /21M
10kHz = /41 and /41M
This information concerns sets produced between week 9627 and week
9644 only.
MODEL: FW372C/22B
SYMPTOM: The RDS function does not work.
CURE: Add resistors 3542 and 3545 (both 10k, 4822 116 83864)
Add coil 5407 (2,2uH 4822 156 21721)
REMARKS :
This problem may be found in set starting with serial nos. CB01
9714 0.....
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: POS stickers on cassette doors and Loudspeaker boxes cannot be removed
CURE: The stain-mark left behind from POS stickers can be removed by any
cleaning fuids that do not attact the plastic surfaces.
One effective remover is the Contact Cleaner spray available in
most service workshops, the ordering code is 4822 389 50091.
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Sticker problem
CURE: Sticker problem
-
During a short period these sets where supplied with stickers on the
cassette doors. These stickers are sometimes hard to remove.
First try it by heating with a hair dryer. If this doesn't work, order
new cassette doors.
Pos 2304822 381 11672 lens cass. Left
pos 2314822 381 11673 lens cass. Right
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10491
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10491.
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW373C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: Correction to the Service Test Program
To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
REMARKS :
1 4 5 1 IRIS CODE
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 10/10
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW375P
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW375P/37
SYMPTOM: Missing in Service Manual
CURE: Missing in Service Manual
-
Power 4 Module
==============
The Service code for Rucksack for 4 Loudspeakers (with Matrix
Surround) terminals is 4822 426 10608.
MODEL: FW380C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW380C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW380C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW382V
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW382V
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW382V
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW382V
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW382V
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW383V
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW383V
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW383V
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW383V
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Pos 224 should be 4822 492 11086 spring compression instead of
4822 492 11046 cassette door spring.
MODEL: FW385P
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW385P
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW385P
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW385P/37
SYMPTOM: Missing in Service Manual
CURE: Missing in Service Manual
-
Power 4 Module
==============
The Service code for Rucksack for 4 Loudspeakers (with Matrix
Surround) terminals is 4822 426 10608.
MODEL: FW386C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW386C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW388V
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW388V
SYMPTOM: The digits 0-9 on Remote Control cannot select Tuner preset station
CURE: The usage of numeric key-pad (0 - 9) to select Tuner preset
stations is not available in the set.It is an error in the IFU
which is corrected with an addendum sheet from wk904 onwards.
MODEL: FW388V
SYMPTOM: The Flex Foil Cable 15p has been added to the partslist
CURE: The Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm for connection between the Servo
Board connector 1805 and the Connector Board connector 1806 in
the 3-Video CD Module has been added to the partslist.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
8002 4822 320 11974 Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm
MODEL: FW388V
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
When the CD is interrupted due to mains failure, change the
elco on the Combi board (Power supply part) to 6800uF 20% 25V
(4822 124 11581).
REMARKS :
Implemented on production from week 838 onwards.
MODEL: FW388V
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE:
Service hint
To solve the problem of No Disc display when a disc is loaded,
do the following on the Servo board:
a) change 3867 from 22k to 470k (4822 116 52285)
b) replace bare wire 9022 with resistor 3880 470R (4822 116 83883)
REMARKS :
Solution is implemented into production sets from wk837 onwards.
MODEL: FW390C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW390C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW390C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW390C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW390C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW390C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 range is lost when the set is switched off.
CURE: The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) can be turned on via the procedure
published in Service Newsletter AS99.05.03.
However, due to a software problem, some sets disable the FM1
range again when the set is switched off.
The problem can be resolved by replacing the microprocessor by the
new version “23”. The ordering code reads 9965 000 01676.
MODEL: FW390C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW390C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 lost again after the set is switched off
CURE: IRIS CODE: 1212
The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) is turned on via procedure published in
newsletter publication AS99.05.03.
In some sets the ability to receive FM1 range is lost when the power
to the set is switched off and on again.
This is due to the uProcessor reading some invalid data from the
Tuner during switching on.This problem can be resolved by
replacing the uProcessor.The ordering code for new uProcessor
(version 23) is 996500001676.
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: When switching power OFF/ON, AM station is audible in pos FM
CURE: The phenomenon is caused by a mismatch of software and hardware
timing. The problem can be solved by the following hardware
modification on the front board:
1. Cut a copper track between resistor 3459 (10kOhm) and ground D.
2. Connect a short wire between resistor 3459 to +F supply (+5V)
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams with cassette inside during eject
CURE: The problem is caused by deformation of the cassette door's plastic
springs.
For repair the cassette door must be replaced by an improved cassette
door.Improved casette doors can be recognized by a step at the
bottom edge of the door (see picture).
REMARKS :
Improved cassette doors have been implemented in production from week
9802 onwards (sets with serialno. MA...).
See also Service Newsletter AS97.01.17
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW391C
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel assembly
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW392C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW392C
SYMPTOM: CD tray opens when the set is turned on, or input source is changed
CURE: CD tray opens at any of the undermentioned conditions due to
software problem.
- switching on the set
- starting the FM radio
- changing of input selection
The problem can be solved by an improved software which is available
under ordering code: 4822 900 11254.
MODEL: FW392C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW392C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Manual
CURE: Correction of Service Manual
On page 11-2 the item no. for the Mains Transformer should be 5011
instead of 5001.
MODEL: FW392C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW395
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: Replacement of control disc (pos 25 in MC170) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
Replace the complete deck.
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should reads:
a) CWB44FR03 ......H onwards eg. CWB44FR03 6102805AH for FW395C
b) 60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards) for MC170.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: CD tray opens when the set is turned on, or input source is changed.
CURE: CD tray opens at any of the undermentioned conditions due to
software bug.
- switching on the set
- starting the FM radio
- changing of input selection
The problem can be solved by an improved software which is available
under ordering code: 4822 900 11235.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: CD Tray open half way
CURE: This is dued to a jammed switch bracket (pos 123).
Improvement on switch bracket has been done to have more clearance
between switch bracket and pcb and the fixation boss.
For repair only the switch bracket (12NC: 4822 402 10085) has to
be replaced.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: There is nothing wrong with the set.
Switching off the display is part of the “Lower Power Standby
Feature”, described in chapter 11 of the Service Manual.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Test Program
CURE: Correction to the Service Test Program
To enter the Service Test Program hold buttons B1 & C4 depressed
while powering-up the set.
B1 = Program (interactive display - top right vertical button)
C4 = Tuning Up (interactive display - far right horizontal button)
REMARKS :
1 4 5 1 IRIS CODE
Service Newsletter 1999 - Audio Systems 10/10
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction parts list for the Front Board
CURE: Correction parts list for the Front Board
-
The correct service 12NC for the Microprocessor should be
4822 209 13144TMP87CS71F with marking 372S51141.
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW395C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Manual
CURE: Correction of Service Manual
On page 11-2 the item no. for the Mains Transformer should be 5011
instead of 5001.
MODEL: FW395C/21
SYMPTOM: Tuning Grid for MW band
CURE: Tuning Grid for MW band
-
Due to Software bug, sets produced between week 9627 and 9644 will not
be able to switch between 9kHz and 10kHz as described in the
instruction for use (Operation Manual).For this reason the tuning
grid is set according to the destination countries by the
manufacturer.In case a set was purchased outside the country, the
tuning grid can be changed by hardware adaptation.This is done by
adding or deleting resistor 3157 100k 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52234).
By adding 3157 the tuning grid becomes becomes 9kHz
By deleting 3157 the tuning grid becomes 10kHz
With the resistors 3157 added the Software will recognize the Tuner
version as CHI instead of OSC and the new Service frequencies
loaded during the Service Test Program are as follows:
PresetFrequency
1 87.5MHz
2 108MHz
3 531kHz
4 1602kHz
5 558kHz
6 1494kHz
7 87.5MHz
8 87.5MHz
9 87.5MHz
10 98MHz
11 87.5MHz
REMARKS :
For the purpose of identification a new stroke version will be created
during this period to identify between 9kHz and 10kHz
9kHz= /21 and /21M
10kHz = /41 and /41M
This information concerns sets produced between week 9627 and week
9644 only.
MODEL: FW396C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW396C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW396C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW398C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW398C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW398C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW398C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 range is lost when the set is switched off.
CURE: The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) can be turned on via the procedure
published in Service Newsletter AS99.05.03.
However, due to a software problem, some sets disable the FM1
range again when the set is switched off.
The problem can be resolved by replacing the microprocessor by the
new version “23”. The ordering code reads 9965 000 01676.
MODEL: FW398C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW398C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW398C/34
SYMPTOM: FM1 lost again after the set is switched off
CURE: IRIS CODE: 1212
The FM1 range (65.81-74MHz) is turned on via procedure published in
newsletter publication AS99.05.03.
In some sets the ability to receive FM1 range is lost when the power
to the set is switched off and on again.
This is due to the uProcessor reading some invalid data from the
Tuner during switching on.This problem can be resolved by
replacing the uProcessor.The ordering code for new uProcessor
(version 23) is 996500001676.
MODEL: FW399V
SYMPTOM: Pictures skip and jump when playing video CD.
CURE: IRIS CODE: 135X
The problem is solved by adapting the following on the Servo Board:
1. add elco 2861 22uF 16V (4822 124 41796) into the location provided.
2. replace wire 9015 with resistor 3872 47R (4822 116 52195).
MODEL: FW399V
SYMPTOM: Pictures skip and jump when playing a Video-CD.
CURE: The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
Servo Board:
1. Add elcap 2861 22µF 16V (4822 124 41796) into the location
provided on the printed board
2. Replace bare wire 9015 with resistor 3872 47½ (4822 116 52195)
MODEL: FW399V
SYMPTOM: The Flex Foil Cable 15p has been added to the partslist
CURE: The Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm for connection between the Servo
Board connector 1805 and the Connector Board connector 1806 in
the 3-Video CD Module has been added to the partslist.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
8002 4822 320 11974 Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm
MODEL: FW399V
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, correction/update of the partslist
CURE: 1) In the parts list of page 12-8 the service code for item 7202,
IC AT27C020-12PC, should read 3139 110 52240 instead of
8239 210 51830.
2) The following parts of the Loudspeaker Box are now available as
service spareparts:
service codearticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
9965 000 00757 TWEETER
9965 000 00758 WOOFER
9965 000 00795 BUZZER W/WIRE ASSY
4822 464 10523 CLOTH FRAME ASSY
MODEL: FW399V
SYMPTOM: Additional/Update of parts list
CURE: Additional/Update of parts list
-
1) In the parts list of page 12-8 the service code should be
313911052240 instead of 823921051830.
2) Loudspeaker Box Breakdown parts this is not available earlier is
given below:
996500000757TWEETER
996500000758WOOFER
996500000795BUZZER W/WIRE ASSY
482246410523CLOTH FRAME ASSY
MODEL: FW399V/21
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the set does not read the TOC of some critical CDs.
CURE: .NO DIS?. is shown on the display.
The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
Main Combi Board:
1. Delete elcap 2342 100µF 10V
REMARKS : Above modification is implemented in production from week 9932
onwards.
MODEL: FW399V/21
SYMPTOM: Delete elco 2342 100uF 10V on the Main Combi board
CURE: Delete elco 2342 100uF 10V on the Main Combi board to solve problem of
reading the TOC
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 9932 onwards
MODEL: FW399V/21M
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the set does not read the TOC of some critical CDs.
CURE: .NO DIS?. is shown on the display.
The problem can be solved by the following modification on the
Main Combi Board:
1. Delete elcap 2342 100µF 10V
REMARKS : Above modification is implemented in production from week 9932
onwards.
MODEL: FW399V/21M
SYMPTOM: Delete elco 2342 100uF 10V on the Main Combi board
CURE: Delete elco 2342 100uF 10V on the Main Combi board to solve problem of
reading the TOC
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 9932 onwards
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution: The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 12kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Microprocessor overview
CURE: Microprocessor overview
-
The following microprocessor versions have been applied in FW40:
Versions FW40 (4822 209 31513)
OTPTMP87PM70F
1st Mask 87CM70AF....& MELE902616
2nd Mask 87CM70AF....& FW40 V2
REMARKS:
*The OTP, 1st Mask and 2nd Mask are compatible to each other
without hardware modification and have the same service codenumber.
*TMP87PM70F and 87CM70AF are IC type names only.
*87CM70AFxxxx; xxxx is the serial number from the supplier and is
not important.
In the warehouse last version will be stocked.
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA409RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213 and the command
gear wheel (cam gear), item 31 on tape deck exploded view, is
available via service code 4822 522 33524.
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts in the Playback and Rec/Pb mechanisms are now
available as service parts:
Pos No. Service codesDescription
224822 403 71213Arm FR assembly
314822 522 33524Cam gear
MODEL: FW40
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. Only the volume button led is burning.
CURE: Check IC7660 and the fuses 1305 and 1306.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: The clock is not accurate.
CURE: Fine tuning of the clock can be done by replacing crystal 5402
32.768kHz or changing the value of capacitor 2409.
Clock accuracy can be achieved by performing the following steps:
1.Go into Service mode (Power up with Program and Preset Up)
and press Set clock.
2.Use a frequency counter (eg. Philips PM6613) which can measure
period down to ppm resolution.
Setting: Period. N = 10000 uSec
Measure pin 4 of IC 7400
Display should read: 0244.14063 (+/- 10ppm) which corresponds
to 4096Hz +/- 10ppm.
As an example a clock accuracy of 0.9sec/day is achieved if the
reading is 0244.1382 to 0244.1430 uSec.
3.The capacitor 2409 (22pF) at pin 10 of IC 7400 may be adjusted
(eg add 5p6) to reduce the clock frequency (increase the clock
period)
REMARKS :
The description of crystal 5402 (4822 242 70938) should be X-tal
32.768kHz instead of Resonator 8MHz.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: After some time right-hand channel inoperative.
CURE: Check IC7539 (4822 209 83274) in equalizer part and capacitors
C2522 and 2526.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: The left-hand tape deck does record only one channel.
CURE: Check capacitor C2703.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: No sound from the CD player.
CURE: Check IC7103. (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound in playback mode
CURE: This crackling sound is caused by the too strong input signal which
overloads recording equalizer IC CX1298 and delivers in playback a
distorted output. Further the following items are to be considered.
*There is a crackling of CD recorded songs during playback -
especially on a CD - called Take a Look by Natalie Cole
(7559-61496-2)
*This occurs only for recording on Chrome tape but does not
happen on Ferro tape.
Solution: The input voltage to the recording IC is reduced.
The current limiting resistor and its associate
capacitors are changed to maintain the recording flux.
Change:
2779/2780 from 560pFto 820pF4822 126 10178
3775from 12kto 27k4822 116 52264
3779/3780 from 18kto 12k4822 116 52238
3798from 15kto jumper wire
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: CD inoperative. No disc error indication. Player gives reading.
CURE: Motor does not turn, gives no HF. Cause: defective laser.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: CD makes a rattling sound.
CURE: Check safety resistor R3066.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Half the displays segments does light up in stand-by.
CURE: Check diodes D6313 and 6318 (4822 130 31981).
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: CD gives ERROR. Turns at full speed in the wrong direction.
CURE: Check IC7101 and IC7102.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Gives NO DISC indication. Does not find focus.
CURE: Check whether the CDM (the focus part) is OK.
Replace CDM (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Rattling sound from tape deck.
CURE: Check whether the capstan is loose from flywheel.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Tape deck: no play and no wind mode.
CURE: Check the command wheel and/or the command bracket from the tape
transport. Replace tape transport (4822 691 20765).
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts in the Playback and Rec/Pb mechanisms are now
available as service parts:
Pos No. Service codesDescription
224822 403 71213Arm FR assembly
314822 522 33524Cam gear
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA409RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213 and the command
gear wheel (cam gear), item 31 on tape deck exploded view, is
available via service code 4822 522 33524.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW41
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW45C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW45C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Tray might not come out completely at the first time of operation.
CURE: The fault is caused by a burr on the chassis (item 206) of the CD
short loader due to a moulding tool repair.
First remove lever switch, item 214. Than the burr on item 206 can
be removed by a penknife.
REMARKS :
Production has been modified from end of 1994 onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Set cannot be switched into AUX mode with Remote control.
CURE: Recieved complaints about the next remote control functions:
TV-Aux input cannot be selected with TV button on the Remote Control,
and the set cannot be switched with the remote control in the
TV AUX-MODE.
However in the IFU the text is correct:
One can only switch the remote control in TV-mode for TV/VCR
functions.
Nevertheless it seems that some customers cannot understand why it is
impossible to select the AUX source on the set by the Remote Control.
This is a concept fault and no service solution is available.
REMARKS :
No service solution available.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Display does not show the frequency but only tuner text.
CURE: Memory-IC7402 (ST24C01; 4822 209 31508)
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Malfunction of selected mode.
CURE: Change 2616 on the Combi board into 1nF 10% 50V (4822 122 33197).
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: CD does not function
CURE: Check/replace mechanism (4822 691 30778).
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Low-ohmic speakers connected cause 5Hz oscillation of the endstage.
CURE: The endstage might oscillate when loudspeakers of less than 5 ohms
are connected.This is due to interference of the protection
circuit.This can be solved by changing resistors 3315 and 3316 on
the Combi board from 27kohm to 47kohm.Service code number for
47kOhm is 4822 116 52284.
REMARKS :
This solution has been implemented into the production from wk 9506
onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA424RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To prevent DC voltage leak to Line-in of ETF3 board add the
following on the Combi board:
2523 4.7uF 63V4822 124 40246 between 3531/3541 and pin 3 of
connector 1560.
2524 4.7uF 63V4822 124 40246 between 3532/3542 and pin 4 of
connector 1560.
REMARKS :
Introduced from production week 9421 onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve backlighting problem during motor start-up change 7252 on
the Combi board from BD234 to BD436.
The codenumber reads 4822 130 60089.
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Ordering information
CURE: Ordering information
Due to supply problem the below mentioned item numbers on the tape
mechanism on page 12-1 will temporarely not be available.
A-14822 691 20859Mech A Playback without Motor
A-24822 691 20861Mech B Rec/Pb without Motor
The complete tape mechanism will still be available with
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Modify the Combi board:
item: was:change into: service code number:
6262BYV10-20 1N4002 5322 130 30684
6263BYV10-20 1N4002 5322 130 30684
2373470pF220pF4822 122 10466
2374470pF220pF4822 122 10466
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
Reason: Voltage rating of BYV10-20 is too low.
Improved performance.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To increase gain in Karaoke due to weak recording change the
following on the Combi board:
3654 and 3655 into 1k84822 116 52249
REMARKS :
Introduced from production week 9421 onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To improve the functioning of the set with mains interruptions and
failure problems modify the Combi board:
item:was: change into: service code number:
6265 BZX79-C2V4 ZX79-C6V2 4822 130 34167
REMARKS :
Introduction in production from week 9502 onwards.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
As a running change the master micro-processor IC7401 will be changed
from 4822 209 33236 (software version V82) to 4822 209 90357 (software
version V74).
Included in the software are improvements over the existing software
and the removal of Tuner service test frequencies due to lack of ROM
space.
REMARKS :
The main micro-processor software version can be read on the display
during the Service Test program mode.
MODEL: FW46
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
During CD play the set might hang due to split-second Mains
failure.
Resistor 3443 on the Front board has been replaced by coil 5430
2.2uH 10%4822 156 21721 from production start onwards.
MODEL: FW46/21
SYMPTOM: Audible hum on CD/Tape/Aux mode.
CURE: The fault, audible hum which increases as soon as the hand is brought
near Microphone-input, is due to external interference (hand effect)
picked-up via the Microphone pre-amplifier.
Problem can be solved by making the following adaptations on the
Karaoke board (Combi board):
a) Change:
Resistors 3644, 3645, 3646 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
b) Change:
Resistors 3671, 3672 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
c) Add:
Copper foil shield over the copper track side of the Karaoke board.
REMARKS :
Solution a and b has been implemented in production from week 9544
onwards.
c has been implemented from week 9531 onwards.
MODEL: FW46/21
SYMPTOM: Due to safety, Fuse 1290 on the Mains transformer
CURE: Due to safety, Fuse 1290 on the Mains transformer board should be used
instead of bare wire 9290. The fuse rating and service code number is
T1.6A 250V4822 071 51602.
MODEL: FW46/26
SYMPTOM: Audible hum on CD/Tape/Aux mode.
CURE: The fault, audible hum which increases as soon as the hand is brought
near Microphone-input, is due to external interference (hand effect)
picked-up via the Microphone pre-amplifier.
Problem can be solved by making the following adaptations on the
Karaoke board (Combi board):
a) Change:
Resistors 3644, 3645, 3646 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
b) Change:
Resistors 3671, 3672 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
c) Add:
Copper foil shield over the copper track side of the Karaoke board.
REMARKS :
Solution a and b has been implemented in production from week 9544
onwards.
c has been implemented from week 9531 onwards.
MODEL: FW46/41M
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Modify the Karaoke board:
item: was:change into: service code number:
366210k 1k8 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52249
3663680 Ohm 120 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52206
36641k8 560 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52226
36654k7 1k 1% 0.4W4822 050 11002
3666470 Ohm 100 Ohm 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52175
36673k3 1k2 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52207
3687100k5% 0.5W 4822 116 52234
369347k 5% 0.5W 4822 116 52284
26561nF deleted
3658100 Ohmjumper
3659100 Ohmjumper
Add 26622.2uF 20% 50V4822 124 41576
REMARKS :
Introduction from production start onwards.
MODEL: FW47
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW47
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW47G/41M
SYMPTOM: Karaoke Board parts list
CURE: Karaoke Board parts list
Resistors 3647 and 3648 should be 100 kOhm 5% 0.5W instead of 180kOhm.
Service code number should be 4822 116 52234.
Microphone volume potmeter 3673 should be 20kOhm instead of 470kOhm.
Service code number of 20 kOhm reads 4822 101 21204.
MODEL: FW48
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW48/37
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9840 onwards, the mains cord is changed from 4822 321 10882
to 4822 321 11466 to meet new UL requirement for USA/Canada effective
from December 1998.
MODEL: FW510C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW510C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW510C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW520C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW520C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW520C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW52C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW52C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW52C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW530C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW530C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW530C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW530C
SYMPTOM: How to switch-off DEMO mode
CURE: Whenever the system is switched-on from the wall socket the
DEMO-mode will start automatically.
When the system is switched to standby mode, 5 seconds later,
the
DEMO-mode will start again.
To cancel DEMO-mode:
Press and hold stop ( on the set only!!) for 3 seconds.
MODEL: FW530C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW535C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW535C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW535C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW535C
SYMPTOM: How to switch-off DEMO mode
CURE: Whenever the system is switched-on from the wall socket the
DEMO-mode will start automatically.
When the system is switched to standby mode, 5 seconds later,
the
DEMO-mode will start again.
To cancel DEMO-mode:
Press and hold stop ( on the set only!!) for 3 seconds.
MODEL: FW535C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: Howling occurs during analog recording from FW538
CURE: The problem is caused by a closed loop witch is formed via
CDR line-out FW538 AUX-in FW538 line out CDR line -in.
There is no other solution available as to advise the customer not to
select the AUX mode on the FW538 during analog recording.
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: Codenumber of the optical digital cable
CURE: 4822 321 23302 or SBC115
MODEL: FW538
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW54
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW54
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW54
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW54
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW54
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW540C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW540C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW540C
SYMPTOM: sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier
CURE: During production weeks 9921 to 9925, some sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier, that enhances the heat transfer
between Rectifier and Heatsink.
REMARKS : All sets from production weeks 9921 to 9925 that come in for repair
must be checked – Missing clips have to be added as preventive
action. The service code reads 4822 492 11068.
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW545C
SYMPTOM: sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier
CURE: During production weeks 9921 to 9925, some sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier, that enhances the heat transfer
between Rectifier and Heatsink.
REMARKS : All sets from production weeks 9921 to 9925 that come in for repair
must be checked – Missing clips have to be added as preventive
action. The service code reads 4822 492 11068.
MODEL: FW545C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW545C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW545C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW548C
SYMPTOM: sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier
CURE: During production weeks 9921 to 9925, some sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier, that enhances the heat transfer
between Rectifier and Heatsink.
REMARKS : All sets from production weeks 9921 to 9925 that come in for repair
must be checked – Missing clips have to be added as preventive
action. The service code reads 4822 492 11068.
MODEL: FW548C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW548C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW548C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW548V
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW548V
SYMPTOM: The Flex Foil Cable 15p has been added to the partslist
CURE: The Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm for connection between the Servo
Board connector 1805 and the Connector Board connector 1806 in
the 3-Video CD Module has been added to the partslist.
Pos Codenumber Article description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
8002 4822 320 11974 Flex Foil Cable 15p, 19cm
MODEL: FW548V/21K
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1106 3139 118 77600 MODULE MPEG99 ECO
MODEL: FW548V/21M
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1106 3139 118 77600 MODULE MPEG99 ECO
MODEL: FW550C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW550C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW550C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW550C
SYMPTOM: How to switch-off DEMO mode
CURE: Whenever the system is switched-on from the wall socket the
DEMO-mode will start automatically.
When the system is switched to standby mode, 5 seconds later,
the
DEMO-mode will start again.
To cancel DEMO-mode:
Press and hold stop ( on the set only!!) for 3 seconds.
MODEL: FW550C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW555C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW555C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW555C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW555C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW555C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW55C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW55C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Disc starts to turn but does not read the TOC.
CURE: Replace fuse resistor R3849
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: The tuner drifts from the tuned station.
CURE: Check/replace capacitor C2120
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: NO DISC is shown on the display when trying to play a disc.
CURE: The reason for this failure is the critical software timing control in
the slave micro-processor IC7830 (software version V76);
Service codenumber: 4822 209 33407 with printing mark CDC50763.
Under such situation the CDM mechanism is already lifted up into the
clamper before the carriage (with disc) is able to reach the play
position due to mechanical frictional forces on the moving carriage.
This problem is solved temporarily in production by adding resistor
3854: 470k 5% 0.1W; service code number: 4822 051 20474.
The resistor is mounted in parallel across resistor 3841.
This solution is implemented in production for printed circuit boards
marked .4 and onwards.
After the implementation in production of new software version V70 of
the slave micro-processor (service code number: 4822 209 90358 with
printing mark CDC50921), the resistor 3854 has been deleted again.
Therefore, one has to ensure in that case, the resistor 3854 has to
be removed too if a defective version V76 slave æProcessor has been
replaced by a new version V70 (or lower) micro-processor.
REMARKS :
NB: The point number of the printed circuit board is the last digit of
the board code number situated next to the flex cable socket 1850
on the decoder board.
The version of the slave micro-processor can also easily be read
when it is displayed during the Service test mode.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: CD player is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check connectors 1807 and 1808
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Set opens only one tray.
CURE: Tray always open with one tray, does not accept others. Display shows
HELP or similar.
This is caused by the safety features: 2 discs loaded or center hole
in carriage blocked. To see which one is responsible do the following:
open the tray and select an other disc, watch the tray movement. When
the tray reaches the stocker position and immediately the tray comes
out again (without moving the cam motor) then the micro controller
thinks that two discs are loaded. In this case check the disc-detect
photo reflector. If the carriage moves into the stocker, the cam is
moved, but then the tray opens again then the software thinks that the
centerhole of the carriage is blocked. In this case check the switch
SW3 (disc lock pin switch).
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Discs are detected after loading, but are not played back.
CURE: Discs are detected after loading but disappear as soon as they want to
be played back.
This might be caused because of a high force necessary to move the
carriage. When the micro controller wants to move the carriage to play
position it pulses the traymotor to move slowly. On some mechanics
this slow movement is not strong enough to move the carriage. A time
out elapses and the software thinks that no disc is actually preset.
In this case try to put a little bit of grease on the sliding areas of
the carriage or replace micro controller by a newer software version
REMARKS :
Micro controller versions less than 75 are improved on this problem.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Noise level too high
CURE: To reduce the noise level do the following on the Combi board:
Change 3644 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3645 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3646 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3647 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3662 from10k to 8k2 5% 0.5W4822 116 52303
Change 3671 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
Change 3672 from 100k to 47k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52284
REMARKS :
Introduced in production from week 9515 onwards.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Discs make rubbing noise in Play mode.
CURE: Sometimes discs make a rubbing noise during playing or can not be
played. Popping noise when the disc reaches the play position (pickup
lifted).
This might be caused by a bad alignment between the turntable of the
pickup unit and the carriage at play position. To check the alignment
remove the magnet and view from above the loading of a disc. Check
whether the turntable is aligned correctly in respect to the hole in
the disc. If a misalignment can be found on all 7 discs then adjust
the disc-detect photo reflector.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: DEF on display.
CURE: The DEF message is displayed every time when the software stopped
working due to an unrecoverable error in the mechanic. All movements
are watched by the micro controller. If a movement does not finalize
within a defined time, the software turns off all movements and shows
DEF to the user.
The CDC-7 has 2 safety features: It can detect when 2 discs are loaded
into one carriage and it can detect if a 8cm CD-Single is put off
center on a carriage and blocks the center hole of the carriage. If
this happens the same tray is opened, the discs are ejected and a
display message is given to the user.
Note 1:The rest of the set (Tuner, etc.) is still operating, but
the CD always says DEF. To reset the mechanic the power
supply has to be switched off and on.
Note 2:In CDC-7 software versions V73 and lower there is a
possibility to go to standby and then wake up again, this
also causes a re-initialisation when DEF happens.
Diagnostic has been built in that shows the cause of the
DEF message. More detailed information can be received
via the Service-Play mode. In this mode the error codes
E1070 till E1080 are present. The explanation of each error
code is stated in the next information item.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with a more
detailed description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: CD changer mechanism jammed and display shows DEF.
CURE: Cause:
1. CD clamped between the carriage and the tray; fault is normally
not reproducible.
2. Disc can drop in when the tray is opened.
Cure:
1. New software version 66 with improved timing of carriage movement
will prevent CD from being clamped between carriage and tray.
Service code for uP is 4822 209 91162
2. Rib on the right side of the tray will be removed.
Implemented from week 9546 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter issue 96.01.11
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Scratch marks found on the disc directly above the playing disc.
CURE: This fault is due to the distance between the disc stored directly
above the playing disc and the playing disc. The playing disc is
damaging that disc in the stocker.
To solve this problem the brackets (item 10 and 14) and spring (item
70) have been modified.
New item 10 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21346.
New item 14 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21347.
Modified spring item 70 can be ordered with the same code number:
4822 492 42713.
Below please find the procedure to replace the brackets and spring
after removing the 7-disc changer from the set (see disassembly
drawing in the service manual).
Disassemble the top part:
1.Remove 8 screws, item 105
2.Lift the top cover assembly, item 39; CD Decoder Board, and
clamper chassis assembly, item 48 to the left side.
3.Remove the stocker assembly, item 37 (including the carriage,
item 35/36), with the help of a flat screw driver.
Replace the bracket-R, item 10 and spring, item 70:
4.Unlock the small PC Board, item 90 on the right side and remove
spring, item 70. Unlock the bracket-R, item 10.
5.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
6.Assemble the new bracket-R by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Assemble the new spring into
its position and secure it with glue before remounting the small
PC Board. Take care that switch lever item 7 is in correct
position.
Replace the bracket-L, item 14:
7.Remove 4 screws, item 105 on the left side and lift the side
chassis-L, item 13 so that bracket-L, item 14 clears the lever
carriage, item 16.
8.Unlock the bracket-L, item 14.
9.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
10.Assemble the new bracket-L by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Push the side chassis into the
bottom chassis, item 1 and remount the 4 screws.
Care should be taken to ensure that the lever carriage, item 16
is in between item 14 and item 16.
Replace the top part:
11.Re-assemble the stocker assembly unit ensuring the side pins are
properly engaged into the lever stocker, item 22/24.
12.Re-assemble the top cover assembly, decoder board and clamper
chassis assembly and remount the 8 screws.
REMARKS :
New parts are introduced from week 9518 onwards.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is producing a scratching sound
CURE: This can be solved by replacing the sub-chassis Pos 40, service
code: 4822 691 10477.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: This is probably due to insufficient interaction between the worm gear
of motor (pos 30) and gear H (pos 33).The interaction is improved by
modifying the metal bracket (pos 31) for the motor.
The improved metal bracket is now available with codenumber
4822 466 11893.
REMARKS
See also service newsletter AS98.01.04
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: Re-adjust the mechanism.
When the problem re-occurs, replace the entire mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 10684.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: The CD changer part is blocked.
CURE: The CD changer blocks at a disc with a curved side. Remove burr.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Repair tip
CURE: Repair tip
The slow (damping) eject of cassette door is created by the grease
between the gear damper and gear holder.During replacement of any of
this 2 parts it becomes necessary to refill the grease content.
This grease is now available under 4822 390 10149 G-331.
To help you recognize the 2 parts, below the position numbers of the
exploded view of the tape mechanism are given.
Gear damper Gear holderModel used
=========== ===============================
Pos. 14 Pos. 13FW40,FW41,FW46,FW56
Pos. 10 Pos. 9 FW17,FW18
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To solve backlighting problem during motor start-up change 7252 on
the Combi board from BD234 to BD436.
The codenumber reads 4822 130 60089.
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced from week 9439 onwards.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
To eliminate Digital noise from being coupled into AF line the
following modification has been implemented from production start
onwards on the CD board:
3878 and 3879 has been changed into 1k4822 051 10102.
REMARKS :
Introduced at production start.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
The Microprocessor of the CDC Module is changed to 4822 209 91162
(software version 66) with printing mark CDC51050.
Included in this new software are:
a) During Standby mode the cam gear will go into stocker mode
making it safer for transportation and drop-test.
b) improve disc detection to prevent the top disc from dropping
into mechanism if 2 discs have been loaded.
REMARKS :
Implemented in production from week 9550 onwards.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service manual Partslist correction
CURE: Service manual Partslist correction
-
Front cabinet item 200
Modelnumber Description Published Should read:
service code
FW56/20/22/25 Philips front 4822 426 517514822 426 51752
FW56/21/30Philips front 4822 426 517524822 426 51751
(Karaoke version)
FW56/37 Magnavox front4822 426 517534822 426 51753
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To reduce Beep level change 2571 on the Combi board to 15pF 50V
4822 122 10462.
REMARKS :
Introduction from wk 9429.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
CURE: Codenumbers loudspeaker-boxes
-
It is now possible to order individual left and right loudspeaker
boxes instead of a Loudspeaker assembly (left & right).Below are the
service code numbers for ordering the individual box.
||
|Service code| Descriptions| Type/version|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10459 | Left loudspeaker| FW15 all versions |
| 4822 445 10461 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10438 | Left loudspeaker| FW17 all versions |
| 4822 445 10441 | Right loudspeaker | |
| 4822 458 20225 | Left speaker cloth| |
| 4822 458 20224 | Right speaker cloth | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10444 | Left loudspeaker| FW26 all versions |
| 4822 445 10445 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10446 | Left loudspeaker| FW26/37 |
| 4822 445 10447 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10453 | Left loudspeaker| FW36 all versions |
| 4822 445 10454 | Right loudspeaker | except /37|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10455 | Left loudspeaker| FW36/37 |
| 4822 445 10456 | Right loudspeaker | |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10448 | Left loudspeaker| FW46 all versions |
| 4822 445 10449 | Right loudspeaker | except /41M |
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10462 | Left loudspeaker| FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
| 4822 445 10463 | Right loudspeaker | FW46/41M & FW47G/41M|
||-|-|
| 4822 445 10457 | Left loudspeaker| FW56 all versions |
| 4822 445 10458 | Right loudspeaker | |
||
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
CURE: Explanation of Error codes E1070..E1080
-
Error code 1070
-
Carriage did not reach play position within normal time.
Possible causes: disc detect photo reflector or play-position-over
bad, tray motor not working, tray blocked.
Error code 1071
-
Carriage did not reach the stocker within time.
Possible causes: Store switch bad, Traymotor bad, tray blocked. This
failure happens also when the shuttle jumped out of the hole of the
carriage. In this case the shuttle is moving without a carriage but
can not reach the store position due to blocking by the carriage. To
solve this problem simply lift the carriage and move the shuttle
backwards into the hole of the carriage.
Another problem that causes this error message is that a carriage is
blocked on entering the stocker. The blocking happens on the left side
of the carriage due to rotation of it.
Error code 1072
-
Play-position not passed within time.
Possible causes: Traymotor bad, play-position-over switch bad, tray
blocked.
Error code 1076
-
Desired disc position could not have been reached within time.
Possible causes: Disc-count photo interrupter bad, Traymotor bad,
stocker blocked. This failure can be caused by a wire between the
stocker and the bottom of the mechanic. That's why the stocker could
not reach lower positions (Disc 7, 6).
Error code 1077
-
Switch SW1 or SW2 did not open as expected within a certain time.
This error is generated when the cam gear is moved and either SW1 or
SW2 did not open within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked.
Error code 1078
-
Cam gear did not reach the desired new position within a certain time.
Possible causes: SW1 or SW2 bad, cam motor bad, or cam blocked. It may
happen when the cam gear is moved from stocker movement to tray
movement although the stocker is not correctly in a disc position
(mechanically blocked). The cam gear must only be moved when the
stocker is at a disc position, not in between.
Error code 1079
-
Tray open position not reached within time.
Possible cause: Tray blocked at opening, eject switch bad.
Error code 1080
-
Miscounting of the stocker position occurred, position was corrected
at position 1.
Triggered when the stocker reaches the home-position (disc 1) although
the software believes it is another position. This means that
sometimes a stocker position was skipped and not recognized by
software.
Possible cause: disc-count photo sensor alignment problem,
home-position switch alignment problem.
REMARKS :
This item will be followed by a Service Information with detailed
description of the functioning of the changer.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Correction of Parts list in Service Manual and new
CURE: Correction of Parts list in Service Manual and newsletter 96.04.22
4822 426 51751 = Philips Front without Karaoke for FW56/20/22/25
4822 426 51752 = Philips Front with Karaoke for FW56/21/21M/30
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA424RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213.
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts of the CDC-7 mechanism are now available as
service parts:
Position no. Description Service code
--
Pos 7Lever switch4822 277 11473
Pos 34 Stocker 4822 256 92294
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service Manual / Circuit description
CURE: Service Manual / Circuit description
Circuit description, in English language, of the 7 disc changer module
is printed now. It is an addition to Chapter 6 (Compact Disc) of the
Audio Training Kit 1993. In this publication several mechanical
operations of this changer have been described and highlighted.
This description can be ordered with service code number:
4822 725 24764.
Together with this description a video tape to show some service
hints and functions of the module is created.
This PAL VHS tape is available with service code number:
4822 725 24765.
With service code number 4822 725 24766 the so-called training module
consisting of both parts: Description & Video tape; is available too.
REMARKS :
Description CDC-7 disc changer module:4822 725 24764
PAL VHS video tape CDC7 disc changer module:4822 725 24765
Description & PAL tape CDC-7 disc changer module: 4822 725 24766
MODEL: FW56
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
To reduce hum and microphone sensitivity do the following on the
Combi board:
2461 change into 330uF 16V 20%4822 124 22225
3662 change into 10k 5% 0.5W4822 116 52233
REMARKS :
Introduced from week 9427 onwards.
MODEL: FW56/21
SYMPTOM: Audible hum on CD/Tape/Aux mode.
CURE: The fault, audible hum which increases as soon as the hand is brought
near Microphone-input, is due to external interference (hand effect)
picked-up via the Microphone pre-amplifier.
Problem can be solved by making the following adaptations on the
Karaoke board (Combi board):
a) Change:
Resistors 3644, 3645, 3646 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
b) Change:
Resistors 3671, 3672 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
REMARKS :
Solution a and b has been implemented in production from week 9536
onwards.
MODEL: FW56/21
SYMPTOM: Due to safety, Fuse 1290 on the Mains transformer
CURE: Due to safety, Fuse 1290 on the Mains transformer board should be used
instead of bare wire 9290. The fuse rating and service code number is
T1.6A 250V4822 071 51602.
MODEL: FW56/25
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
From week 9533 onwards the Tuner Printed board has been changed from
ECO4VA printed circuit board to TUNER92 printed circuit board.
Sets produced with this change can be recognized by the Serialnumber
SV 01 ....
REMARKS :
Both tuner boards have beem published in the service manual already.
MODEL: FW56/30
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos 298 should be 4822 426 20253 Rear cabinet instead of
4822 426 20254.
MODEL: FW56/33
SYMPTOM: Audible hum on CD/Tape/Aux mode.
CURE: The fault, audible hum which increases as soon as the hand is brought
near Microphone-input, is due to external interference (hand effect)
picked-up via the Microphone pre-amplifier.
Problem can be solved by making the following adaptations on the
Karaoke board (Combi board):
a) Change:
Resistors 3644, 3645, 3646 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
b) Change:
Resistors 3671, 3672 into 27kohm 5% 0.5W (4822 116 52264)
REMARKS :
Solution a and b has been implemented in production from week 9536
onwards.
MODEL: FW560C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW560C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW560C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: How to switch-off DEMO mode
CURE: Whenever the system is switched-on from the wall socket the
DEMO-mode will start automatically.
When the system is switched to standby mode, 5 seconds later,
the
DEMO-mode will start again.
To cancel DEMO-mode:
Press and hold stop ( on the set only!!) for 3 seconds.
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
For ornamental reasons, the 2 tweeters at the top are dummies.
There is no acoustical difference between mounting piezo tweeters on
top or front.
MODEL: FW570C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW570C/37
SYMPTOM: Fuse 1350 T315mA blows.
CURE: The problem is resolved by changing:
1) Fuse 1350 to T400mA type (12NC 2422 086 10612)
2) Resistor 3480 to higher wattage PR02 type (12NC 2322 194 73109)
REMARKS :
Production has stopped.Service solution only for repair.
MODEL: FW575C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW575C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW575C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW575C
SYMPTOM: How to switch-off DEMO mode
CURE: Whenever the system is switched-on from the wall socket the
DEMO-mode will start automatically.
When the system is switched to standby mode, 5 seconds later,
the
DEMO-mode will start again.
To cancel DEMO-mode:
Press and hold stop ( on the set only!!) for 3 seconds.
MODEL: FW575C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW58
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Below are additional spare parts now available for repairing the
tape mechanism:
Pos no.Service codeDescription
====== =========================
61 4822 528 11275Flywheel
62 4822 532 13047Washer
MODEL: FW585C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW585C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW585C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW585C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW585C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW590C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW590C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW590C
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks periodically or slide motor does not start-up at all.
CURE: In regions with high environmental pollution the problem might be
caused by erosion of the slide motor’s collector.
Erosion will permanently worsen the start-up behaviour of the slide
motor, up to an extent where the slide servo does not respond fast
enough to recover the track actuator from its outer position ® tracks
will be skipped periodically.
Defective sets should be repaired as follows:
1. Replace CD-drive VAM2201 (4822 691 10772)
2. Increase the gain of the slide servo loop in order to increase the
start-up voltage at the slide motor (preventive action)
• Change resistor 3849 to 82k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52304)
• Change resistor 3850 to 5.6k½ 5% 1/6W (4822 116 52289)
IRIS CODE: X761
MODEL: FW590C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW590C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW590C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW590C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW595C
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW595C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW595C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW595C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW595C
SYMPTOM: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist
CURE: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for Front Board.
(For FW595C all versions):
Add 64874822130306211N4148
Delete6476
(For FW595C/21K version only):
Add 24834822126140431uF +80/-20% 16V
24844822126140431uF +80/-20% 16V
24854822126140431uF +80/-20% 16V
24864822126140431uF +80/-20% 16V
2829482212613838100nF +80/-20% 50V
MODEL: FW60
SYMPTOM: Set switches onto stand-by mode
CURE: To solve this problem, an electrolytic capacitor of 4,7uF 63V can
be mounted across resistor 3404 in the CD Control & Display
circuit. The capacitor has to be mounted across 3404 in such a way
that the positive side of the capacitor is connected to pin 12 of
the FTD driver.
Service codenumber capacitor 4,7uF 63V 4822 124 80192
CAUSE :
If a set is switched-on with the mainsswitch, or after playing a
complete CD disc, sometimes the set switches to the standby mode.
This is caused by a uP hang-up.
MODEL: FW60
SYMPTOM: Switch-on with mainsswitch brings the set in stand-by mode
CURE: CAUSE:
The problem has been caused by the design of the reset circuit of
the CD part.
SOLUTION:
To solve this problem, an electrolytic capacitor (el cap) of
4.7 µF/16 V has to be mounted parallel to resistor 3404 (in the
CD-control circuit). Plus connection of the el cap is connected to
pin 12 of the FTD driver.
Resistor 3404 has been mounted between pin 12 (reset) of the FTD
driver and ground.
MODEL: FW60
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW60
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW61
SYMPTOM: No sound. The speaker relay does not switch on.
CURE: Check the endstage transistors T7269 and T7275.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: No supply
CURE: Check and replace fuses 1356, 1357 and 1358.
Replace transistor 7351 (STP7NA40; 4822 130 63925)
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Set does not start up.
CURE: The reset voltage stays at 0.5V.
Check/replace capacitor C2444.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Both cassette decks in-operative; transistor 7653 defective.
CURE: The motor supply transistor 7653 chip component (BC807/40) is out of
order.
Change resistor 3687 from 1k to 470R.
In case the motor is blocked this modification gives a reduction of
Vce from approx. 1V to 0.5V, which halves the transistor load.
REMARKS:
Transistor 7653 is a chip component (BC807/40).
Introduced from production week 9613 onwards.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Volume-level rises rapidly
CURE: Use the EPROM clear test as shown in the Service Test Program.
To start the Service Test Program, hold B1 and B3 depressed while
switching-on the mains supply; press then the JAZZ key to do the
EPROM-clear.
If the problem remains, replace IC7553 (TEA6321)
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: No sound
CURE: It has been found in showrooms where sets of FW610 and FW620C are
shown together with FW630 and FW650C, the INCREDIBLE STEREO command
from a FW630 or FW650C Remote control also activates the FW610 and
FW620C. However than there remains no output signal.
The 'incredible sound' remote control command causes the IC7553
(TEA6321) to switch from FRONT to REAR output.
See also Service manual block diagram on page 9-4.
Due to the fact that the FW610 and FW620C sets have not implemented
the Incredible Sound feature no sound is audible at the speaker any
more.
To make the set playing again one can choose out of two possibilities:
1) Press the INCREDIBLE SOUND button on the FW650C or FW630 Remote
Control again. This causes the set to switch to normal Stereo
again.
2) Use the EEPROM CLEAR Test as shown in the Service Test Program
(Page 3-5).
This command will load the default data in the EEPROM.
A modification of the set is under investigation.
WARNING
DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE FRONT TO THE REAR OUTPUT OF IC 7553.
This will damage the IC.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Wrong display information. Some segments too bright.
CURE: Check T7421 BC847 on control board (5322 130 42755).
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Sometimes not used FTD segments are blinking.
CURE: This phenomena occurs at high temperatures inside the set (> 50 C)
Add a capacitor of 220pF between cathode 6409 and ground.
This phenomenon is caused by long copper tracks.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: TWEETER (4822 240 70282) BLOWN.
CURE: REPLACE TWEETER 4822 240 70282 BY TWEETER 4822 240 10257.
REMARKS :
IRIS CODE 116H
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks sometimes at several discs.
CURE: It occurs casual, for a fraction of a second.
CDM defective (4822 691 30278).
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Tray does not open/close correctly
CURE: Replace toothed wheels pos 202 and 204.
REMARKS:
See also newsletter 65.01
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit description of Power Board
CURE: Additional circuit description of Power Board
-
PREREGULATION (primary control)
The Power Board is equipped with a primary control. The purpose of
this circuit is:
a) Smaller transformer.
The power board has to supply nominal power at nominal mainsvoltage
-10%. The transformer has to withstand nominal mainsvoltage +10% as
well. Some countries have more than 10% overvoltage.
Normally this difference will be converted into heat. (higher
temperature)
With the primary control it is possible to control the mainsvoltage
at about 180V (=nominal voltage -20%). This is done by cutting the
top of the sine wave with a FET. This means that the
mainstransformer is supplied with a stabilized mainsvoltage of
about 180V respectively 90V for /17 version (USA).
This saves about 20% loss.
b) In case of high current consumption, (overtemperature) the circuit
has the possibility to reduce the mains voltage. This reduces the
temperature as well.
c) In Standby mode the circuit operates reducing the mainsvoltage to
about 90V. This results in a stand-by power consumption less than
3W (with switched off display).
REMARKS :
A faultfinding method about this Primary control circuit is in
preparation
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA424RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213.
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
Following parts are added to the electrical partslist:
4822 320 11804 Flexwire 15p Combi Board <-> Control Board
4822 130 11805 Flexwire 19p Combi Board <-> CD Interface Board
4822 130 11872 Flexwire 17p Combi Board <-> Karaoke Board
MODEL: FW610
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW620
SYMPTOM: No supply
CURE: Check and replace fuses 1356, 1357 and 1358.
Replace transistor 7351 (STP7NA40; 4822 130 63925)
MODEL: FW620
SYMPTOM: Volume-level rises rapidly
CURE: Use the EPROM clear test as shown in the Service Test Program.
To start the Service Test Program, hold B1 and B3 depressed while
switching-on the mains supply; press then the JAZZ key to do the
EPROM-clear.
If the problem remains, replace IC7553 (TEA6321)
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Both cassette decks in-operative; transistor 7653 defective.
CURE: The motor supply transistor 7653 chip component (BC807/40) is out of
order.
Change resistor 3687 from 1k to 470R.
In case the motor is blocked this modification gives a reduction of
Vce from approx. 1V to 0.5V, which halves the transistor load.
REMARKS:
Transistor 7653 is a chip component (BC807/40).
Introduced from production week 9613 onwards.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: No sound
CURE: It has been found in showrooms where sets of FW610 and FW620C are
shown together with FW630 and FW650C, the INCREDIBLE STEREO command
from a FW630 or FW650C Remote control also activates the FW610 and
FW620C. However than there remains no output signal.
The 'incredible sound' remote control command causes the IC7553
(TEA6321) to switch from FRONT to REAR output.
See also Service manual block diagram on page 9-4.
Due to the fact that the FW610 and FW620C sets have not implemented
the Incredible Sound feature no sound is audible at the speaker any
more.
To make the set playing again one can choose out of two possibilities:
1) Press the INCREDIBLE SOUND button on the FW650C or FW630 Remote
Control again. This causes the set to switch to normal Stereo
again.
2) Use the EEPROM CLEAR Test as shown in the Service Test Program
(Page 3-5).
This command will load the default data in the EEPROM.
A modification of the set is under investigation.
WARNING
DO NOT SHORT-CIRCUIT THE FRONT TO THE REAR OUTPUT OF IC 7553.
This will damage the IC.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Sometimes not used FTD segments are blinking.
CURE: This phenomena occurs at high temperatures inside the set (> 50 C)
Add a capacitor of 220pF between cathode 6409 and ground.
This phenomenon is caused by long copper tracks.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: TWEETER (4822 240 70282) BLOWN.
CURE: REPLACE TWEETER 4822 240 70282 BY TWEETER 4822 240 10257.
REMARKS :
IRIS CODE 116H
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
-
The table of error codes, published in the Service Manual chapter
Service Test Program, is not correct.
The error numbers and descriptions should read as follows:
Error Error description Error type
number
1002Focus error.F
Triggered when the focus could not be found within a
certain time when starting up the CD or when the focus
is lost for a certain time during playing the CD.
1007Subcode error.W
No subcode could have been read, even not after
retrying 10 times to restart the PLL and jumping 10
tracks. When this happens the servo is stopped and
restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop and
then play immediately) to recover.
1008Out of lead-in during reading TOC.W
Triggered when during reading the TOC the lead-in
(track no. 0) is left. This can be caused by a
misaligned inner-switch or by a disc with a
mispositioned lead-in.
1010Radial error. F
Triggered when the radial servo is not on track for a
certain time during playing the CD.
1011Sledge error. W
Generated when the inner-switch did not open within a
certain time when the pick-up is moved from the inner
position outside.
1012Fatal sledge error. F
Generated when the inner-switch did not close within
a certain time when the pick-up is moved inside.
Inner-switch or sledge motor problems.
1013Turntable motor error.F
Generated when the CD did not reach 75% of speed
during start-up within certain time.
Disc motor problem.
1020PLL lock error. W
When the PLL did not lock after 10 retries then this
warning message is generated and the servo is stopped
and restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop
and then play immediately) to recover.
1070Carriage did not reach the play position within a F
certain time.
1071Carriage did not reach the stocker within a certain F
time.
1072Carriage did not pass the play position within aF
certain time.
1073 1) Desired disc position of the stocker could not be W
reached within a certain time.
1074 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not open within a certain time.
1075 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not close (reach the new position) within a
certain time.
1076 1) Tray open position not reached within a certain timeW
1077 1) Miscounting of the stocker position occured.F
1)corrected value
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
Following parts are added to the electrical partslist:
4822 320 11804 Flexwire 15p Combi Board <-> Control Board
4822 130 11805 Flexwire 19p Combi Board <-> CD Interface Board
4822 130 11872 Flexwire 17p Combi Board <-> Karaoke Board
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit description of Power Board
CURE: Additional circuit description of Power Board
-
PREREGULATION (primary control)
The Power Board is equipped with a primary control. The purpose of
this circuit is:
a) Smaller transformer.
The power board has to supply nominal power at nominal mainsvoltage
-10%. The transformer has to withstand nominal mainsvoltage +10% as
well. Some countries have more than 10% overvoltage.
Normally this difference will be converted into heat. (higher
temperature)
With the primary control it is possible to control the mainsvoltage
at about 180V (=nominal voltage -20%). This is done by cutting the
top of the sine wave with a FET. This means that the
mainstransformer is supplied with a stabilized mainsvoltage of
about 180V respectively 90V for /17 version (USA).
This saves about 20% loss.
b) In case of high current consumption, (overtemperature) the circuit
has the possibility to reduce the mains voltage. This reduces the
temperature as well.
c) In Standby mode the circuit operates reducing the mainsvoltage to
about 90V. This results in a stand-by power consumption less than
3W (with switched off display).
REMARKS :
A faultfinding method about this Primary control circuit is in
preparation
MODEL: FW620C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Some errorcodes which have been published in the Service Manual on
chapter 3-6 are stated wrong.
Correct is:
Errorcode 1076 should read 1073
1077 should read 1074
1078 should read 1075
1079 should read 1076
1080 should read 1077
MODEL: FW62C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW62C
SYMPTOM: Set muted after performing high speed dubbing
CURE: IRIS Code: 251X
CAUSE:
When the volume is adjusted to MIN volume during High Speed
Dubbing (HSD) operation, the set may becomes permanently muted.
When it happens the volume control cannot resume normal operation
until the set is unplugged and reconnected to the Mains supply.
SOLUTION:
The problem is solved by replacing the uProcessor 7401 with another
which has an updated software.The service codenumbers for the new
uProcessors are:
a) 4822 900 11282 for FW52C, FW62C, FW316C, FW318C, FW338C & FW339C
b) 4822 900 11283 for FW306, FW325 and FW326
c) 4822 900 11284 for FW346C, FW356C, FW358C & FW359C
MODEL: FW62C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: No supply
CURE: Check and replace fuses 1356, 1357 and 1358.
Replace transistor 7351 (STP7NA40; 4822 130 63925)
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Loud hum audible via speakers and head-phone.
CURE: Track (HPREF supply) short circuit to bridge wire 9509 (mass).
Bridge wire remounted.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Both cassette decks in-operative; transistor 7653 defective.
CURE: The motor supply transistor 7653 chip component (BC807/40) is out of
order.
Change resistor 3687 from 1k to 470R.
In case the motor is blocked this modification gives a reduction of
Vce from approx. 1V to 0.5V, which halves the transistor load.
REMARKS:
Transistor 7653 is a chip component (BC807/40).
Introduced from production week 9613 onwards.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Bad sound after recording. Existing recordings ok.
CURE: No bias signal. Replace FET 7785 (bias symmetry) 4822 130 63494
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Both tape decks do not open.
CURE: Motor supply transistor T7653 defective (4822 130 60123).
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Both tape decks are totally inoperative.
CURE: The cassette motor does not run because of a defective T7653.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Almost no sound from tuner part. No stereo indication.
CURE: Chip capacitor C2128 defective.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Sometimes not used FTD segments are blinking.
CURE: This phenomena occurs at high temperatures inside the set (> 50 C)
Add a capacitor of 220pF between cathode 6409 and ground.
This phenomenon is caused by long copper tracks.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: TWEETER (4822 240 70282) BLOWN.
CURE: REPLACE TWEETER 4822 240 70282 BY TWEETER 4822 240 10257.
REMARKS :
IRIS CODE 116H
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: The disc starts turning at maximum speed
CURE: Check resistor R3856.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, partslist
CURE: Service Manual, partslist
-
The flex-foil connector (17 fold) item reads 4822 267 51465.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
Following parts are added to the electrical partslist:
4822 320 11804 Flexwire 15p Combi Board <-> Control Board
4822 130 11805 Flexwire 19p Combi Board <-> CD Interface Board
4822 130 11872 Flexwire 17p Combi Board <-> Karaoke Board
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Correction of the electrical partslist on page 9-14
Erroneously the same codenumber and desription for item 7860 and 7861
has been published.
It should read:
78604822 209 90618SAA7345GP/S5
78614822 209 32196TDA1311AT/N2
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit description of Power Board
CURE: Additional circuit description of Power Board
-
PREREGULATION (primary control)
The Power Board is equipped with a primary control. The purpose of
this circuit is:
a) Smaller transformer.
The power board has to supply nominal power at nominal mainsvoltage
-10%. The transformer has to withstand nominal mainsvoltage +10% as
well. Some countries have more than 10% overvoltage.
Normally this difference will be converted into heat. (higher
temperature)
With the primary control it is possible to control the mainsvoltage
at about 180V (=nominal voltage -20%). This is done by cutting the
top of the sine wave with a FET. This means that the
mainstransformer is supplied with a stabilized mainsvoltage of
about 180V respectively 90V for /17 version (USA).
This saves about 20% loss.
b) In case of high current consumption, (overtemperature) the circuit
has the possibility to reduce the mains voltage. This reduces the
temperature as well.
c) In Standby mode the circuit operates reducing the mainsvoltage to
about 90V. This results in a stand-by power consumption less than
3W (with switched off display).
REMARKS :
A faultfinding method about this Primary control circuit is in
preparation
MODEL: FW630
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
For tape deck CWA424RR the ARM FR assy, item 22 on tape deck exploded
view, is available via service code 4822 403 71213.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: No supply
CURE: Check and replace fuses 1356, 1357 and 1358.
Replace transistor 7351 (STP7NA40; 4822 130 63925)
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: The 12V voltage is 5V.
CURE: Check/replace the zenerdiode in the 12V regulator part D6362.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Tape motor does not run. Deck 1 cannot be opened.
CURE: Transistor T7653 BC807-40 defective (4822 130 60123); replace R3687
into 470 Ohm (4822 116 52224).
REMARKS:
See newsletter 96.04.24
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Both cassette decks in-operative; transistor 7653 defective.
CURE: The motor supply transistor 7653 chip component (BC807/40) is out of
order.
Change resistor 3687 from 1k to 470R.
In case the motor is blocked this modification gives a reduction of
Vce from approx. 1V to 0.5V, which halves the transistor load.
REMARKS:
Transistor 7653 is a chip component (BC807/40).
Introduced from production week 9613 onwards.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: The CD part does sometimes skip tracks.
CURE: Check soldering points of CN1802.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Sometimes not used FTD segments are blinking.
CURE: This phenomena occurs at high temperatures inside the set (> 50 C)
Add a capacitor of 220pF between cathode 6409 and ground.
This phenomenon is caused by long copper tracks.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: TWEETER (4822 240 70282) BLOWN.
CURE: REPLACE TWEETER 4822 240 70282 BY TWEETER 4822 240 10257.
REMARKS :
IRIS CODE 116H
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Loading CD stucks
CURE: Check if 12 volt is too high and if it has a ripple.
Replace D6857 or D6856 ( 4822 130 83928)
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: CD part searches for a very long time before the TOC is read.
CURE: Clean focus lens and CD window.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the clamper is jammed.
CURE: After transports - when the set is dropped down at the right hand
sidewall - sometimes the clamper is jammed.
Sometimes the clamper is pushed back when the CDM comes into
play-position, but it may also happen that the clamper jams
completely.
Cut the left hand plastic spring, then the CDM is ALWAYS able to push
the clamper back.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: The CD cannot rotate freely.
CURE: Remount clamper pos.49.
REMARKS:
See also newsletter 96.04.26
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Disc does not start up, mechanical sound.
CURE: Remount clamper pos.49
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Does not start up the disc, sometimes turns in opposite direction
CURE: Check soldering points of IC7800 (MC74HCU04).
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: This is probably due to insufficient interaction between the worm gear
of motor (pos 30) and gear H (pos 33).The interaction is improved by
modifying the metal bracket (pos 31) for the motor.
The improved metal bracket is now available with codenumber
4822 466 11893.
REMARKS
See also service newsletter AS98.01.04
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: The 7-disc changer is jamming
CURE: Re-adjust the mechanism.
When the problem re-occurs, replace the entire mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 10684.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The complete (DOUBLE) tape deck mechanism (A1 + A2) is available via
4822 691 20928.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, partslist
CURE: Service Manual, partslist
-
The flex-foil connector (17 fold) item reads 4822 267 51465.
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
-
The table of error codes, published in the Service Manual chapter
Service Test Program, is not correct.
The error numbers and descriptions should read as follows:
Error Error description Error type
number
1002Focus error.F
Triggered when the focus could not be found within a
certain time when starting up the CD or when the focus
is lost for a certain time during playing the CD.
1007Subcode error.W
No subcode could have been read, even not after
retrying 10 times to restart the PLL and jumping 10
tracks. When this happens the servo is stopped and
restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop and
then play immediately) to recover.
1008Out of lead-in during reading TOC.W
Triggered when during reading the TOC the lead-in
(track no. 0) is left. This can be caused by a
misaligned inner-switch or by a disc with a
mispositioned lead-in.
1010Radial error. F
Triggered when the radial servo is not on track for a
certain time during playing the CD.
1011Sledge error. W
Generated when the inner-switch did not open within a
certain time when the pick-up is moved from the inner
position outside.
1012Fatal sledge error. F
Generated when the inner-switch did not close within
a certain time when the pick-up is moved inside.
Inner-switch or sledge motor problems.
1013Turntable motor error.F
Generated when the CD did not reach 75% of speed
during start-up within certain time.
Disc motor problem.
1020PLL lock error. W
When the PLL did not lock after 10 retries then this
warning message is generated and the servo is stopped
and restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop
and then play immediately) to recover.
1070Carriage did not reach the play position within a F
certain time.
1071Carriage did not reach the stocker within a certain F
time.
1072Carriage did not pass the play position within aF
certain time.
1073 1) Desired disc position of the stocker could not be W
reached within a certain time.
1074 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not open within a certain time.
1075 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not close (reach the new position) within a
certain time.
1076 1) Tray open position not reached within a certain timeW
1077 1) Miscounting of the stocker position occured.F
1)corrected value
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Additional circuit description of Power Board
CURE: Additional circuit description of Power Board
-
PREREGULATION (primary control)
The Power Board is equipped with a primary control. The purpose of
this circuit is:
a) Smaller transformer.
The power board has to supply nominal power at nominal mainsvoltage
-10%. The transformer has to withstand nominal mainsvoltage +10% as
well. Some countries have more than 10% overvoltage.
Normally this difference will be converted into heat. (higher
temperature)
With the primary control it is possible to control the mainsvoltage
at about 180V (=nominal voltage -20%). This is done by cutting the
top of the sine wave with a FET. This means that the
mainstransformer is supplied with a stabilized mainsvoltage of
about 180V respectively 90V for /17 version (USA).
This saves about 20% loss.
b) In case of high current consumption, (overtemperature) the circuit
has the possibility to reduce the mains voltage. This reduces the
temperature as well.
c) In Standby mode the circuit operates reducing the mainsvoltage to
about 90V. This results in a stand-by power consumption less than
3W (with switched off display).
REMARKS :
A faultfinding method about this Primary control circuit is in
preparation
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Some errorcodes which have been published in the Service Manual on
chapter 3-6 are stated wrong.
Correct is:
Errorcode 1076 should read 1073
1077 should read 1074
1078 should read 1075
1079 should read 1076
1080 should read 1077
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Electrical partslist
Following parts are added to the electrical partslist:
4822 320 11804 Flexwire 15p Combi Board <-> Control Board
4822 130 11805 Flexwire 19p Combi Board <-> CD Interface Board
4822 130 11872 Flexwire 17p Combi Board <-> Karaoke Board
MODEL: FW650C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW65C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW65C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Power supply in CCD unit inoperative (defective safety resistor 3400)
CURE: To reduce the power dissipation in resistor 3400 the value of this
resistor on the interface board, has been changed from 4Û7 into 2Û2.
The service codenumber of NFR 2Û2 is:4822 052 10228
REMARKS:
From 9442 onwards in production the CD-shortloader with modified
component 3400 has been used.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Tuner part is sometimes inoperative.
CURE: Check connector to tuner (CN1420).
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CD drawer comes out always.
CURE: Check safety resistor R3400
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: The CCD part is inoperative, set gives no CCD and switches off.
CURE: Check resistor R3404 in the CCD part
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CD drawer opens immediately, ticking sound from CD part.
CURE: The -12V supply is inoperative due to defect safety resistor R3400.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Correction Service manual
CURE: Correction Service manual
-
Correction Front page: Add version /22B on front page.
Correction Electrical partslist.
Mains choke 5274 should read 4822 157 71285.
Voltage selector item 1379 should read item 1329 with service
code number: 4822 272 10269 (only used for version /21)
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The cassette window can be replaced in an easy way by following the
next instructions:
Put carefully a screwdriver under the bottom side of the window, and
break out the window, item 244 and the ornamental strips, item 246.
Note:To protect the front door part put a cloth between screwdriver
and front door. From the 2 broken ornamental strips might
remain small particles behind in the front door. If these
particles later on fall in the set they may destroy other parts
e.g. the tape deck. Do not forget to remove these particles via
the opened cassette front door.
The new window (4822 450 62262) can be mounted by putting first a
little bit of glue on the left and right side of the window opening,
insert the window and finally position the 2 ornamental strips (item
246; 4822 460 11015)
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The ornamental tray front of the short loader (CCD66/00S) item 248
is available. Service code number is 4822 444 61009. This part is only
valid for /xxS versions.
The ornamental tray front for the CD brick version, item 248,
remains 4822 454 12937. This part is only valid for /xxB versions.
MODEL: FW66
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: The volume setting is at minimum but the output power is very loud.
CURE: Extended symptom:
If the customer changes the mode or any volume/DSC setting on the set,
the new setting will be automatically stored in the EEPROM. If now the
set is switched off after 1 second of the last setting change on the
set, it is possible that a wrong information will be written to the
EEPROM. If the set is switched on, the customer can have a strange
volume know function.
The volume setting is at minimum but the output power is very loud.
Solution:
The solution is to clear the EEPROM.
Step 1: Hold down button B1 and B3 (see fig. 1) while plugging in the
mains
Step 2: Press Center
Step 3: Disconnect mains
The EEPROM will load with default data. Please note that the customer
settings like tuner settings will be lost.
+-+
O | | O B1
O |D I S P L A Y| O
O | | O B2
+-+
O O O O
fig.1
REMARKS:
The EEPROM clear procedure can also be found in the FW670P service
manual page 3-9
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Distortion when playing back a recording made on this set
CURE: ALC feedback capacitors 2737 and 2738 on combi board are missing or
defective.
27374822 126 10002 100nF 20% 25V
27384822 126 10002 100nF 20% 25V
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: The CD changer is totally inoperative.
CURE: Remount flex foil.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: In CD mode the beginning part of each track is muted.
CURE: Replace capacitor 2550 (2.2uF) on the combi AF-part by a capacitor of
1uF.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Some errorcodes which have been published in the Service Manual on
chapter 3-10 are stated wrong.
Correct is:
Errorcode 1076 should read 1073
1077 should read 1074
1078 should read 1075
1079 should read 1076
1080 should read 1077
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW670P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
-
The table of error codes, published in the Service Manual chapter
Service Test Program, is not correct.
The error numbers and descriptions should read as follows:
Error Error description Error type
number
1002Focus error.F
Triggered when the focus could not be found within a
certain time when starting up the CD or when the focus
is lost for a certain time during playing the CD.
1007Subcode error.W
No subcode could have been read, even not after
retrying 10 times to restart the PLL and jumping 10
tracks. When this happens the servo is stopped and
restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop and
then play immediately) to recover.
1008Out of lead-in during reading TOC.W
Triggered when during reading the TOC the lead-in
(track no. 0) is left. This can be caused by a
misaligned inner-switch or by a disc with a
mispositioned lead-in.
1010Radial error. F
Triggered when the radial servo is not on track for a
certain time during playing the CD.
1011Sledge error. W
Generated when the inner-switch did not open within a
certain time when the pick-up is moved from the inner
position outside.
1012Fatal sledge error. F
Generated when the inner-switch did not close within
a certain time when the pick-up is moved inside.
Inner-switch or sledge motor problems.
1013Turntable motor error.F
Generated when the CD did not reach 75% of speed
during start-up within certain time.
Disc motor problem.
1020PLL lock error. W
When the PLL did not lock after 10 retries then this
warning message is generated and the servo is stopped
and restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop
and then play immediately) to recover.
1070Carriage did not reach the play position within a F
certain time.
1071Carriage did not reach the stocker within a certain F
time.
1072Carriage did not pass the play position within aF
certain time.
1073 1) Desired disc position of the stocker could not be W
reached within a certain time.
1074 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not open within a certain time.
1075 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not close (reach the new position) within a
certain time.
1076 1) Tray open position not reached within a certain timeW
1077 1) Miscounting of the stocker position occured.F
1)corrected value
MODEL: FW672P
SYMPTOM: Distortion when playing back a recording made on this set
CURE: ALC feedback capacitors 2737 and 2738 on combi board are missing or
defective.
27374822 126 10002 100nF 20% 25V
27384822 126 10002 100nF 20% 25V
MODEL: FW672P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
-
The table of error codes, published in the Service Manual chapter
Service Test Program, is not correct.
The error numbers and descriptions should read as follows:
Error Error description Error type
number
1002Focus error.F
Triggered when the focus could not be found within a
certain time when starting up the CD or when the focus
is lost for a certain time during playing the CD.
1007Subcode error.W
No subcode could have been read, even not after
retrying 10 times to restart the PLL and jumping 10
tracks. When this happens the servo is stopped and
restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop and
then play immediately) to recover.
1008Out of lead-in during reading TOC.W
Triggered when during reading the TOC the lead-in
(track no. 0) is left. This can be caused by a
misaligned inner-switch or by a disc with a
mispositioned lead-in.
1010Radial error. F
Triggered when the radial servo is not on track for a
certain time during playing the CD.
1011Sledge error. W
Generated when the inner-switch did not open within a
certain time when the pick-up is moved from the inner
position outside.
1012Fatal sledge error. F
Generated when the inner-switch did not close within
a certain time when the pick-up is moved inside.
Inner-switch or sledge motor problems.
1013Turntable motor error.F
Generated when the CD did not reach 75% of speed
during start-up within certain time.
Disc motor problem.
1020PLL lock error. W
When the PLL did not lock after 10 retries then this
warning message is generated and the servo is stopped
and restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop
and then play immediately) to recover.
1070Carriage did not reach the play position within a F
certain time.
1071Carriage did not reach the stocker within a certain F
time.
1072Carriage did not pass the play position within aF
certain time.
1073 1) Desired disc position of the stocker could not be W
reached within a certain time.
1074 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not open within a certain time.
1075 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not close (reach the new position) within a
certain time.
1076 1) Tray open position not reached within a certain timeW
1077 1) Miscounting of the stocker position occured.F
1)corrected value
MODEL: FW672P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Some errorcodes which have been published in the Service Manual on
chapter 3-10 are stated wrong.
Correct is:
Errorcode 1076 should read 1073
1077 should read 1074
1078 should read 1075
1079 should read 1076
1080 should read 1077
MODEL: FW68
SYMPTOM: DCC head defect, no recording, several isolation shorts on DCC head.
CURE: Isolation shorts are caused by ESD. To protect against ESD replace
(or bridge) C2999 on Read/Write panel by a 4k7 resistor
(4822 051 20472). It is advised to introduce this in all sets with
which will be offered for repair, and the modification has not yet
been implemented yet.
Implementation date: In R/W boards from production week 9540 onwards.
MODEL: FW68
SYMPTOM: After a few minutes the set can not be operated.
CURE: Check IC7401. (4822 209 90286)
MODEL: FW68
SYMPTOM: The set does not start up, the led in the volume knob does light up.
CURE: Check/replace X-tal 5401.
MODEL: FW68
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Complete loudspeakerboxes are available as spareparts:
Leftbox 4822 445 10493
Right box 4822 445 10494
MODEL: FW68
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Correction Mechanical Partslist:
Item 212 of Short loader is wrong coded. Service codenumber should
read 4822 402 61412 instead of 4822 691 61412
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: TWEETER (4822 240 70282) BLOWN.
CURE: REPLACE TWEETER 4822 240 70282 BY TWEETER 4822 240 10257.
REMARKS :
IRIS CODE 116H
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Bias oscillator is not functioning properly.
CURE: In some cases it might happen that the bias oscillator is not
functioning properly. In that case an AC voltage of about 3V will be
measured on T162 instead of 30V. This phenomenon is caused by
tolerances of FET J111.
To solve this problem the following actions should be performed:
1. Replace wirebridge 9524 by resistor 10 kohm.
2. Connect an electrolytic capacitor (elcap) 22uF/50V (4822 124 22337)
with the negative pole on that side of the resistor that is close
to diode 6777. Connect the positive pole to the wirebridge 9598.
3. Remove SMD resistor 3781.
4. Add 'resistor cable' (wire with a resistor 4.7Mohm in series)
between cathode of 6778 and wirebridge 9518.
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual, Electrical partslist page 6-6
CURE: Codenumber for the microprocessor pos. 7401 should read:
4822 209 13243 microprocessor not for /22
4822 209 13242 microrpocessor only for /22
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual
CURE: Correction Service Manual
-
Some errorcodes which have been published in the Service Manual on
chapter 3-6 are stated wrong.
Correct is:
Errorcode 1076 should read 1073
1077 should read 1074
1078 should read 1075
1079 should read 1076
1080 should read 1077
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, partslist
CURE: Service Manual, partslist
-
The flex-foil connector (17 fold) item reads 4822 267 51465.
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production the spring pos. 70 has been modified from 16mm
length to 14mm to match a similar change in the bracket pos. 2.
This makes matching between the bracket and spring necessary during
repair.For this reason a new service 12NC for pos 70 is created for
the new spring.Below shows both spring (pos. 70) and their ordering
12NCs.
Service codesDescription
============== ===========
4822 492 42713 Spring 16mm
4822 492 11413 Spring 14mm
MODEL: FW680V
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
CURE: Correction Service Manual, Service Test Program
-
The table of error codes, published in the Service Manual chapter
Service Test Program, is not correct.
The error numbers and descriptions should read as follows:
Error Error description Error type
number
1002Focus error.F
Triggered when the focus could not be found within a
certain time when starting up the CD or when the focus
is lost for a certain time during playing the CD.
1007Subcode error.W
No subcode could have been read, even not after
retrying 10 times to restart the PLL and jumping 10
tracks. When this happens the servo is stopped and
restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop and
then play immediately) to recover.
1008Out of lead-in during reading TOC.W
Triggered when during reading the TOC the lead-in
(track no. 0) is left. This can be caused by a
misaligned inner-switch or by a disc with a
mispositioned lead-in.
1010Radial error. F
Triggered when the radial servo is not on track for a
certain time during playing the CD.
1011Sledge error. W
Generated when the inner-switch did not open within a
certain time when the pick-up is moved from the inner
position outside.
1012Fatal sledge error. F
Generated when the inner-switch did not close within
a certain time when the pick-up is moved inside.
Inner-switch or sledge motor problems.
1013Turntable motor error.F
Generated when the CD did not reach 75% of speed
during start-up within certain time.
Disc motor problem.
1020PLL lock error. W
When the PLL did not lock after 10 retries then this
warning message is generated and the servo is stopped
and restarted (as if the user would have pressed stop
and then play immediately) to recover.
1070Carriage did not reach the play position within a F
certain time.
1071Carriage did not reach the stocker within a certain F
time.
1072Carriage did not pass the play position within aF
certain time.
1073 1) Desired disc position of the stocker could not be W
reached within a certain time.
1074 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not open within a certain time.
1075 1) Generated when the cam is moved and either SW1 or SW2 F
did not close (reach the new position) within a
certain time.
1076 1) Tray open position not reached within a certain timeW
1077 1) Miscounting of the stocker position occured.F
1)corrected value
MODEL: FW68DCC
SYMPTOM: In an addendum the following information is added
CURE: In an addendum the following information is added to the
instruction for use of FW68DCC:
Renumbering on a DCC tape;
The tracknumbers of the complete DCC can be checked, and if
necessary automatically corrected, if the beginning of the DCC
was marked (see General information on recording) - LEAD IN).
1. Insert the unprotected DCC that needs to be corrected.
2. Press repeatedly DCC/TAPE on the amplifier (DCC on the remote
control) until DCC appears on the display.
3. Press STOP on the DCC deck or on the remote control for more than 2
seconds.
The T-message;
Every time when the DCC deck marks the beginning of a track during
recording procedure (either automatic or manual) a T will appear on
the display.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: Various parts on the front board are defective.
CURE: Resolder jumper 9357 on the power board.
REMARKS :
If jumper 9357 is poorly soldered, the diodes 6364 and 6374 are not
connected to ground.
The +5V supply will then become far above 5V.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: No EASY function of CD player.
CURE: The polarity of capacitor C2740 on the Interconnection Board in CD
players CD070, CD080 or CD091 is wrong. Also in Service Manual
4822 725 24012 on page 14, the polarization of C2740 in the circuit
diagram and the panel drawing is not correct.
This can be solved by changing the polarity of capacitor C2740.
REMARKS:
Corrective action: The polarity of capacitor C2740 is corrected
since week 9347. Modified circuit diagram and PCB will be published
in Service Information A94-250.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW70
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list:
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Codenumber
CURE: Correction Service Codenumber
-
/22 and /22s ( silver)
pos. 2414822 450 10228 Window cassette left
pos. 2424822 450 10229 Window cassette right
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW710C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum is too high
CURE: IRIS Code: 1541
Improved mains transformer (item 1008) was introduced from week 9810
onwards.It can be recognized by the week code on the top of the
mains transformer body.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Improved mains transformer is introduced by the supplier from week
9810 onwards.Improved transformer can be recognized by the week code
on the top of the transformer body.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW725C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW72C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW72C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW72C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW72C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Transformer hum is too high
CURE: IRIS Code: 1541
Improved mains transformer (item 1008) was introduced from week 9810
onwards.It can be recognized by the week code on the top of the
mains transformer body.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Power failure
CURE: Check connector 1207; bad or intermittent contact of this connector
causes no operation or power failures
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: POS stickers on cassette doors and Loudspeaker boxes cannot be removed
CURE: The stain-mark left behind from POS stickers can be removed by any
cleaning fuids that do not attact the plastic surfaces.
One effective remover is the Contact Cleaner spray available in
most service workshops, the ordering code is 4822 389 50091.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Standby problem, clock reset and intermittent faults
CURE: Check connector 1211, bad contact can cause al these different
problems.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The set does not read a specific CD Title Ready to Go, Women of
the 90's nr. 74321 568712 BMG Ariola
This happens with the CDC3-DH module (pcb: 3104 113 3109) and can
be solved by changing capacitor 2820 from 180pF to 330pF or by adding
a 150pF capacitor in parallel to 2820.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Improved mains transformer is introduced by the supplier from week
9810 onwards.Improved transformer can be recognized by the week code
on the top of the transformer body.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Codenumber
CURE: Correction Service Codenumber
-
/22 and /22s ( silver)
pos. 2414822 450 10228 Window cassette left
pos. 2424822 450 10229 Window cassette right
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW730C
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25685
CURE: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25685
The service codenumbers for the Microprocessor IC 7441 are:
(See parts list of the Front board)
4822 209 15475 TMP87CS71AF marking 770S51491 for /21/21M/34
4822 209 15476 TMP87CS71AF marking 770S51501 for /22/22S/25
MODEL: FW730V
SYMPTOM: Correction of mechanical parts list
CURE: Correction of mechanical parts list:
-
The service code for pos. 239 is 4822 442 00845.
MODEL: FW730V
SYMPTOM: Missing in Parts list of Power Board
CURE: Missing in Parts list of Power Board
The service code for the Cinch Socket - Audio/Video is
4822 267 11342.
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all Service Infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos. 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW745C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: In DPL mode the volume increases spontaneously and turns back
CURE: turns back to
normal level later (especially at the center loudspeaker)
The problem is caused by insufficient current on the VOL_CLK
(DPL_V_CLK) line to drive pin 5 of the Volume IC 7712 M62429FP
on the AF board.
This is solved by changing resistor 3416 on the Front Board from
2,2kE to 680E (4822 117 10361).
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: AF6 board†. Dolby Prologic (DPL)
circuit diagram and partlist
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Change 2756 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
2757 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change 2789 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V (partslist only)
MODEL: FW748P
SYMPTOM: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6
CURE: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6 Board.
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Add 45364822051200080R Jumper 0805
Change27564822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
27574822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change2789532212232531100pF 5% 50V
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Power failure
CURE: Check connector 1207; bad or intermittent contact of this connector
causes no operation or power failures
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Tweeter in loudspeaker box blown.
CURE: CAUSE:
Replace the tweeter by an improved type which is available with
ordering code is 4822 240 10257.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: POS stickers on cassette doors and Loudspeaker boxes cannot be removed
CURE: The stain-mark left behind from POS stickers can be removed by any
cleaning fuids that do not attact the plastic surfaces.
One effective remover is the Contact Cleaner spray available in
most service workshops, the ordering code is 4822 389 50091.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Standby problem, clock reset and intermittent faults
CURE: Check connector 1211, bad contact can cause al these different
problems.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Set switches-on automatically into DEMO mode, clock reset to 00.00hr
CURE: Check connection between connectors CN1401 to CN1501
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The set does not read a specific CD Title Ready to Go, Women of
the 90's nr. 74321 568712 BMG Ariola
This happens with the CDC3-DH module (pcb: 3104 113 3109) and can
be solved by changing capacitor 2820 from 180pF to 330pF or by adding
a 150pF capacitor in parallel to 2820.
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Sticker problem
CURE: Sticker problem
-
During a short period these sets where supplied with stickers on the
cassette doors. These stickers are sometimes hard to remove.
First try it by heating with a hair dryer. If this doesn't work, order
new cassette doors.
Pos 2414822 450 10283 window cassette left
pos 2424822 450 10284 window cassette right
MODEL: FW750C
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all service infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual, partslist
CURE: 1. Service code for Rucksack of†.Power4 Modul?. should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. FW795W/37 only: Service code for item 224
(Exploded view, page 14-2) should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: To brighten up the DPL LEDs
CURE: To brighten up the DPL LEDs (NORMAL, PHANTOM, 3 STEREO),
do the following on the Front Board :-
Change 3545 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3546 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3591 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 844 onwards.
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
1. Service code for the Rucksack of the POWER4 MODULE should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. Service code for item 224 (For FW795W/37 only) of the Exploded
view on page 14-2 of the service manual should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW754P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW755P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW755P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW755P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: CD cannot start-up or is humming.
CURE: CAUSE: The voltage regulator, MCT7805CT supplied by manufacturer
has been found to oscillate at its output. This can be seen
on a scope as an oscillation (as high as 2V peak-to-peak
approx.0.4MHz) superposed onto the 5V dc.
The fault is due to supplier's in-house IC fabrication
process - internal compensation capacitor is not connected.
Add capacitor 0.47uF (4822 124 41407) across the output terminal and
ground as close as possible to the IC.
REMARKS :
The affected ICs batches date between week 9402 up to 9427 although IC
fabrication process was improved in week 9425.New Test Program to
screen out defective IC was implemented by the Supplier in week 9430.
The batch week code can be identify by: x x x 4 0 2
¦
+ week code
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: Whistling sound (zooming sound) of ¸ 500Hz is audible during play.
CURE: Whistling sound (zooming sound) ofÐQ 500Hz is audible during play. In
worst case skip tracks will happen and the audio output is
interrupted.This phenomenon occurs especially at low temperature and
when playing thin disc.
This is caused by oscillating of CD mechanism CDM 12.1
Replace the existing disc clamper assembly by an improved one (service
code number: 4822 691 30358) which is heavier and prevents CDM12.1 to
oscillate.
REMARKS :
Full implementation of the improved disc clamper assembly in
production from week 9442 onwards.The set can be recognized by:
ModelSerial no. Introduction
FW17 SV 01 .... wk 9442
FW24 * RZ 01 .... wk 9445
FW26 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW46 RZ 02 .... wk 9443
FW66 SV 02 .... wk 9442
FW76 SV 01 .... wk 9442
*Earlier allocation of RZ 01 ... for the CD Short
Loader (announced in Service Information A94-156)
has not been introduced yet.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: CD Drawer does not open/close because items 202 and 204 are damaged.
CURE: The root cause of the problem is the insufficient guidance of the
drawer that can jump over the gear wheel 202, such that the drawer
cannot be closed completely.If the drawer is pulled or pushed, the
cam gear will be damaged.
Two guiding-brackets items 503 and 504 have been added at item 216
(tray). Also the pinion gear 213 has been modified.
These actions reduce the risk of misalignment or damage to gear wheel
202 and the cam gear 204 when the CD tray is pulled or pushed.
To avoid a repeat-repair, replace following components:
pos 202, 4822 522 33464, tooth-wheel tray
pos 204, 4822 522 33465, cam-wheel
pos 208, 4822 528 70851, idler wheel 1
pos 209, 4822 528 70852, idler wheel 2
pos 213, 4822 532 52573, pignon guiding construction
pos 216, 4822 444 40727, tray
REMARKS:
This information concerns module called Short Loader and ECO Short
Loader. These modules have been applied in all above mentioned sets
and this phenomenon may occur. This information also refers to
newsletter publications issue 64.40; 65.01 and 96.06.05. In newsletter
65.01 was also the typenumber FW33 included. However in this set a 3
disc changer is applied and not the short loader module.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: CD door does not close fully or opens automatically after close.
CURE: The phenomenon will occur if the CD door is closed by strongly pushing
the tray.This creates misalignment or damage to the tooth-wheels
items 202 and 204. By this strong force also the pinion guiding gears
on item 213 are loosened from their shaft.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Check if the gears 202 and 204 are not damaged.
2. Replace item 213 (4822 532 52573 = pinion guiding gear) by a
modified one having a closed end and re-align the gears 202 and 204
correctly.
Be sure that both pinion guiding gears have been fixed mounted
(glued) on the shaft item 213.
3. Replace, if necessary, tray pos 216 (4822 444 40727) by one having
guiding brackets pos 503 & 504 mounted.
REMARKS :
From week 9504 the improved tray (216) with guides was introduced.
From week 9543 improved Pinion guiding gear, pos 213 (gear with on end
closed) was introduced.
This is additional information on newsletter item 64.40. (gears fixed
to shaft)
Further to the newsletter 64.40:
It is recommended to check in every returned set, whether the pinion
guiding gears on item 213 are fixed to the shaft.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: Correction Service manual
CURE: Correction Service manual
-
Correction Electrical partslist.
uP item 7404 service code number should read 4822 209 33875
TMP87CP71F FW76-94-A
Voltage selector 1329 service code number should read 4822 272
10269 (only used for /21)
Mains choke 5274 service code number should read 4822 157 71285.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW76
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The short-loader kit contains the parts needed for repair.
Use all parts to prevent a repeat.
Pos. 202 4833 522 33464
Pos. 213 4822 532 52573
Pos. 204 4822 522 33465
Pos. 216 4822 444 40727
Pos. 208 4822 528 70851
Pos. 209 4822 528 70852 in case of damaged 202 and 204
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual, partslist
CURE: 1. Service code for Rucksack of†.Power4 Modul?. should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. FW795W/37 only: Service code for item 224
(Exploded view, page 14-2) should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: To brighten up the DPL LEDs
CURE: To brighten up the DPL LEDs (NORMAL, PHANTOM, 3 STEREO),
do the following on the Front Board :-
Change 3545 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3546 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3591 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 844 onwards.
MODEL: FW765P
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
1. Service code for the Rucksack of the POWER4 MODULE should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. Service code for item 224 (For FW795W/37 only) of the Exploded
view on page 14-2 of the service manual should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001978 (version 32)
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: AF6 board†. Dolby Prologic (DPL)
circuit diagram and partlist
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Change 2756 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
2757 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change 2789 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V (partslist only)
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier
CURE: During production weeks 9921 to 9925, some sets have been
produced without the Clip-Rectifier, that enhances the heat transfer
between Rectifier and Heatsink.
REMARKS : All sets from production weeks 9921 to 9925 that come in for repair
must be checked – Missing clips have to be added as preventive
action. The service code reads 4822 492 11068.
MODEL: FW768P
SYMPTOM: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6
CURE: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6 Board.
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Add 45364822051200080R Jumper 0805
Change27564822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
27574822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change2789532212232531100pF 5% 50V
MODEL: FW768P/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW768P/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW768P/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
1. Screw pos. 308 (2x) is deleted
2. Transformer bracket pos. 200 is deleted
3. Insulation plate pos. 290 is deleted
4. Screw pos. 296 is reduced to 1pc for the centre position only
5. Screw pos. 313 is reduced by 2pcs - rear cabinet mounting point at
the bottom-most left and right positions are deleted.
REMARKS :
Implemented from week 9701 onwards.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
AF3 Board (Effective from week 9648 onwards)
1. Resistors 3561/3562 are changed to 2k2 1% 0,1W (4822 117 11449)
Reason: noise reduction.
2. Resistors 3631/3632 are changed to 560E 5% 0,5W (4822 116 52226)
Reason: reducing distortion at high volume.
Front Board (Effective from week 9648 onwards)
1. Resistor 3516 is changed to 15k 5% 0,1W (4822 051 20153)
Resistor 3649 is changed to 2E2 5% 0,1W (4822 051 20228)
Reason: To increase sensitivity of VU-meter
2. Delete diode 6422.Reason: correction parts list
ETF2 Board (Effective from week 9650 onwards)
-
1. Capacitor 2784 change to 15nF 10% 50V (4822 121 51305)
Resistor 3769 change to 10k 1% 0,1W (4822 117 10833)
Resistor 3772 change to 6k8 5% 0,1W (4822 051 20682)
Resistor 3775 change to 4E7 5% 0,1W (4822 051 20478)
Resistor 3778 change to 6E8 5% 0,33W (4822 052 10688
Reason: improvement of erase function.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The set does not read a specific CD Title Ready to Go, Women of
the 90's nr. 74321 568712 BMG Ariola
This happens with the CDC3-DH module (pcb: 3104 113 3109) and can
be solved by changing capacitor 2820 from 180pF to 330pF or by adding
a 150pF capacitor in parallel to 2820.
MODEL: FW770P
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all service infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
For ornamental reasons, the 2 tweeters at the top are dummies.
There is no acoustical difference between mounting piezo tweeters on
top or front.
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW775P
SYMPTOM: To brighten up the DPL LEDs
CURE: To brighten up the DPL LEDs (NORMAL, PHANTOM, 3 STEREO),
do the following on the Front Board :-
Change 3545 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3546 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3591 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 844 onwards.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Power failure
CURE: Check connector 1207; bad or intermittent contact of this connector
causes no operation or power failures
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Standby problem, clock reset and intermittent faults
CURE: Check connector 1211, bad contact can cause al these different
problems.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Set does not read a particular CD (Indian Sound - ANUBHAVAM PUDUMAI)
CURE: The 3-CDC module in the set was unable to read the CD because the
particular CD (Indian Sound - ANUBHAVAM PUDUMAI) does not fulfil
the generic CD standards according to the Optical Recording Lab.
at Philips Eindhoven.
However sets with the 3-CDC MG module introduced from wk9738
onwards (see Service Info A97-167) can read the CD.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Additiom Service Manual
CURE: Additiom Service Manual
-
Power consumption:< 2W at power off for /22
< 16W at standby, FTD on (other versions)
< 80W at 1/8 rated power out
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Codenumber
CURE: Correction Service Codenumber
-
/22 and /22s ( silver)
pos. 2414822 450 10228 Window cassette left
pos. 2424822 450 10229 Window cassette right
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all service infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Modifications
CURE: Modifications
-
Following changes have been made during production:
1. Capacitor 2251 is changed from 470 uF to 100 uF (4822 124 40225)
and is rotated by 90 degrees in layout change from .5 to .6
2. To protect the power amplifier, diodes 6301 and 6351 (4-channel set
only) have been changed from 24V type to 22V (4822 130 34441).
3. Layout change from .6 to .7 to replace resistor 3,3R NFR by a fuse.
4. Elcos 2205 and 2214 for 4-channel set are deleted.
MODEL: FW780P
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The set does not read a specific CD Title Ready to Go, Women of
the 90's nr. 74321 568712 BMG Ariola
This happens with the CDC3-DH module (pcb: 3104 113 3109) and can
be solved by changing capacitor 2820 from 180pF to 330pF or by adding
a 150pF capacitor in parallel to 2820.
MODEL: FW780P/21S
SYMPTOM: Correction parts list
CURE: Correction parts list
-
Page no. Pos no. Service code Description
=========================== ===========
14-2 241 4822 450 10228 Window Cassette Left
14-2 242 4822 450 10229 Window Cassette Right
15-1 3 4822 459 04544 Front Panel Assembly - Silver
15-1 - 4822 124 11982 3.3uF 50V Non-polarity
MODEL: FW780V
SYMPTOM: Missing in Parts list of Power Board
CURE: Missing in Parts list of Power Board
The service code for the Cinch Socket - Audio/Video is
4822 267 11342.
MODEL: FW783P
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW783P
SYMPTOM: Additiom Service Manual
CURE: Additiom Service Manual
-
Power consumption:< 2W at power off for /22
< 16W at standby, FTD on (other versions)
< 80W at 1/8 rated power out
MODEL: FW788P
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW788P
SYMPTOM: Additiom Service Manual
CURE: Additiom Service Manual
-
Power consumption:< 2W at power off for /22
< 16W at standby, FTD on (other versions)
< 80W at 1/8 rated power out
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Hum & crackling sound problem
CURE: The problem is caused by defective capacitors at positions 2617 and
2618 on the AF3-board.
It is resolved by replacing them with new ones.
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
CURE: Parts list correction for old CDC-3 Module
On page 10-12 the service code for Flexfoil 17P is published; this
cable is not used in the Module.
The correct Flexfoil (15 pins instead of 17 pins) is published on
page 10-14 as item 8002 with service codenumber 4822 320 11313.
REMARKS :
This correction is only applicable for the old CDC-3 Module with PCB
printing 3104 113 3109..
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Codenumber
CURE: Correction Service Codenumber
-
/22 and /22s ( silver)
pos. 2414822 450 10228 Window cassette left
pos. 2424822 450 10229 Window cassette right
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
The set does not read a specific CD Title Ready to Go, Women of
the 90's nr. 74321 568712 BMG Ariola
This happens with the CDC3-DH module (pcb: 3104 113 3109) and can
be solved by changing capacitor 2820 from 180pF to 330pF or by adding
a 150pF capacitor in parallel to 2820.
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The 3CD Carousel changer module 3CDC DH has been replaced by the
3CDC MG module. This has been published with following Service
Informations:
A97-164 for FW725C and FW730C
A97-165 for FW745C and FW750C
A97-166 for FW770P
A97-167 for FW780P
A97-168 for FW790P
A97-169 for FW710C
A97-170 for FW365C
A97-172 for FW355C
A97-173 for FW375P
A97-174 for AS660C and AS665C
A97-175 for AS760C and AS765C
A97-180 for FW352C
A97-182 for FW372C
A97-183 for FW392C
A97-184 for FW395C
A97-185 for FW373C
A97-187 for AS670C and AS675C
A97-188 for AS785C
A97-189 for FW315C
A97-190 for FW340C
In all service infos the codenumber for the flex foil, pos 8002, is
missing.
Service Code: 4822 320 11974 for flex foil 15 pole - length= 190mm
ATTENTION: THIS FLEX FOIL IS NOT COMPATIBLE TO THE FLEX FOIL USED IN
THE OLD 3CDC DH MODULE!
MODEL: FW790P
SYMPTOM: Service hint
CURE: Service hint
Short circuit C-E of power transistor 7302 (BD242BF1)
As a result the supply voltage becomes 18 volts and afterwards the
Dolby Prologic decoder item 7501 (M69032) is destroyed.
Transistor 7302 becomes short circuited likely due to missing
bracket (service code: 4822 402 10969) to mount it to the heatsink.
Working procedure for mounting of metal bracket:
1. Dismantle the set and take out the Power 1 Module.
2. Insert one end of the metal bracket (4822 402 10969) into the slot
provided in the heatsink.
Use a self-tapping screw D2.9x13 to mount the other end of the
bracket onto the heatsink. The bracket will press transistor and
bridge rectifier onto the heatsink for max. heat dissipation.
All sets brought in for repair must be checked if the metal bracket is
assembled!
MODEL: FW790P/22
SYMPTOM: The set switches to DEMO Mode intermittently
CURE: The set switches to DEMO Mode intermittently, when
- changing from CD to Tuner mode by remote control
- switching to Standby and then back to Tuner mode
The problem is caused by mains supply interruptions, which can lead
to a system reset. It can be solved by adding a 1000uF 6,3V elcap on
the copper side across wire jumper 9509 (+H) and 9577 (GND).
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual, partslist
CURE: 1. Service code for Rucksack of†.Power4 Modul?. should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. FW795W/37 only: Service code for item 224
(Exploded view, page 14-2) should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
During production (around July '98), elco 2891 on the CD main board is
changed from 10uF to 22uF (4822 124 81152) to solve distorted sound
during the initial 200 - 300 millisecond at the starting of the disc.
In the CD Service play test, error codes like E1003 & E1011 may be
displayed on some good sets.
This is caused by the software which checks the status of the inner
switch after some milliseconds.The bigger the capacitance the longer
the time constant.Because there is no consequence on the
performance, the service software will be adapted in the next software
release.
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
1. Service code for the Rucksack of the POWER4 MODULE should read:
4822 256 10575 Rucksack 4 Channel
2. Service code for item 224 (For FW795W/37 only) of the Exploded
view on page 14-2 of the service manual should read:
4822 454 13447 Orn Display DPL only for FW795W/37
MODEL: FW795W
SYMPTOM: To brighten up the DPL LEDs
CURE: To brighten up the DPL LEDs (NORMAL, PHANTOM, 3 STEREO),
do the following on the Front Board :-
Change 3545 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3546 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
Change 3591 from 390R to 220R (4822 117 11503)
REMARKS :
Implemented from production week 844 onwards.
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: Digital hum (whistling tone) is audible from the display
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 x 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors.
The capacitors can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front
board as indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC & CDC Module.
2) Prepare 2 sets of 2 x 4,7µF elcaps (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001978 (version 32)
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: AF6 board†. Dolby Prologic (DPL)
circuit diagram and partlist
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Change 2756 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
2757 4822 124 40746 0.22µF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change 2789 5322 122 32531 100pF 5% 50V (partslist only)
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW798W
SYMPTOM: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6
CURE: Correction of circuit drawing and partlist for AF6 Board.
For FW748P, FW768P, FW798W:
Add 45364822051200080R Jumper 0805
Change27564822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
27574822124407460,22uF 20% 63V
For FW748P only:
Change2789532212232531100pF 5% 50V
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Various parts on the front board are defective.
CURE: Resolder jumper 9357 on the power board.
REMARKS :
If jumper 9357 is poorly soldered, the diodes 6364 and 6374 are not
connected to ground.
The +5V supply will then become far above 5V.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: No EASY function of CD player.
CURE: The polarity of capacitor C2740 on the Interconnection Board in CD
players CD070, CD080 or CD091 is wrong. Also in Service Manual
4822 725 24012 on page 14, the polarization of C2740 in the circuit
diagram and the panel drawing is not correct.
This can be solved by changing the polarity of capacitor C2740.
REMARKS:
Corrective action: The polarity of capacitor C2740 is corrected
since week 9347. Modified circuit diagram and PCB will be published
in Service Information A94-250.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Using edit function, the set does not work correctly.
CURE: This fault is caused by the following reason: When the CD player
reaches the last edited track of the disc (for the side A of the
tape) it goes on PAUSE for a few seconds and than on PLAY again
before the REC/PLAYheadof the recorder has turned on to side B.
To solve this fault:
Check the masknumber of uP IC 7401 on the front panel. When it
reads CD91.1, the uP has to be replaced by a uP with masknumber
CD80.1, service code: 4822 209 31517.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Signal is clipping
CURE: A serious distortion is audible when using the DSP in position
'live' and the equalizer preset is on 'rock'.
Measurements made clear that on emitters of 7529 and 7530
(= output DSP) the signal is clipping when the 0 dB part of
testdisc 3 is played-back.
The problem can be solved as follows:
*replace resistor 3545 (2k7) by 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
*replace resistor 3546 (2k7) by 1k8 (4822 116 52249)
REMARKS:
This modification has already been built-in in FW91 sets
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Audio CD players show a focus loss caused by a specific disc error.
CURE: This fault may occur with sets with CDM12.1 mechanism and Servo
I.C. DSIC2 (TDA1301) might show a focus loss caused by a specific
disc error. This disc error is a so-called white drop-out of
roughly 100us length. Discs with this error are still within the
specification. This might lead to an unstable focus control loop.
To solve this fault an offset current is added to D1 as well as to
D2. This is done by connecting two resistors of 3M9 (4822 050
23905) between VRH (pin 4) and the pins 5 and 6 of DSIC2.
REMARKS :
This modification will only be implemented in new applications
except from the CD changers where two resistors will be added in a
changed lay-out of the Servo PCB.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The lead assy from Amplifier to CD-player and Cassette deck is
available under service codenumber 4822 321 62058. The ribbon cable
fixed on tuner FT080 reads 4822 321 61919.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
CURE: CDM12: OBJECTIVE LENS CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
-
WARNING!
PRINCIPLE: AVOID CLEANING THE LENS!
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens
is obviously polluted with fingerprints, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent. This prescription applies exclusively to
plastic lenses.
DUST PARTICLES
Dust can easily be removed by a blowbrush.
FINGERPRINTS, GREASE ETC...
Needed:
1. Cleaning solvent: e.g. Kodak lens cleaner CAT 176 7136, which
is available in most photoshops.
Cleaning solvent B4-No2 can be ordered with service
codenumber 4822 389 10024.
ALCOHOL MAY NOT BE USED for plastic lenses.
Note:Never use cleaning solvents containing isopropanol.
For that reason the fluid of the compact disc cleaning
set SBC3540 (4822 389 20036) MAY NOT BE USED to clean
the lens.
2. Absorbing paper
3. Padstick
Action:Take a padstick and immerse it into the cleaning solvent
until it is soaked. Then wet the lens surface with the soaked
padstick , rotate it slowly without force.
The solvent will dissolve fingerprints, grease etc..,
rotation will help mechanically.
Finally the lens will be filled with the dirty cleaning
solvent.
Incline the lens (CDM12 mechanism) and suck up the
solvent with the edge of the absorbing paper until the
fluid has been removed.
The remnants of the solvent will evaporate.
MODEL: FW80
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW830C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW830C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW830C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW840C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz
CURE: IRIS CODE: 113X
The problem is due to software.Although program number is not
displayed, the program number can still be selected.An improved
software (ver. 26) for uProcessor IC 7461 TMP87CS71F is available
under service code: 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz.
CURE: The problem is caused by software. Although the program number is
not displayed, the program number can still be selected.
An improved software (version 26) for microprocesssor IC 7461
TMP87CS71F is available via service code 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW850C
SYMPTOM: Mic-mixing cannot be recorded when the selected source is TAPE 1
CURE: Recording of mic-mixing with TAPE 1 source is not supported
because the set will switch automatically into dubbing mode.The
IFU (recording the mixed sound section) does caused some confusion
but will not be update because production will end in April 1999
REMARKS :
No update for IFU
MODEL: FW850C/34
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Manual
CURE: Correction of Service Manual
In the Version Variation Table on page 1-2, FW850C/34 should refer
to ECO5 Sys tuner instead of Tuner 95.
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz
CURE: IRIS CODE: 113X
The problem is due to software.Although program number is not
displayed, the program number can still be selected.An improved
software (ver. 26) for uProcessor IC 7461 TMP87CS71F is available
under service code: 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz.
CURE: The problem is caused by software. Although the program number is
not displayed, the program number can still be selected.
An improved software (version 26) for microprocesssor IC 7461
TMP87CS71F is available via service code 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW855C
SYMPTOM: Mic-mixing cannot be recorded when the selected source is TAPE 1
CURE: Recording of mic-mixing with TAPE 1 source is not supported
because the set will switch automatically into dubbing mode.The
IFU (recording the mixed sound section) does caused some confusion
but will not be update because production will end in April 1999
REMARKS :
No update for IFU
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz
CURE: IRIS CODE: 113X
The problem is due to software.Although program number is not
displayed, the program number can still be selected.An improved
software (ver. 26) for uProcessor IC 7461 TMP87CS71F is available
under service code: 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz.
CURE: The problem is caused by software. Although the program number is
not displayed, the program number can still be selected.
An improved software (version 26) for microprocesssor IC 7461
TMP87CS71F is available via service code 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: Mic-mixing cannot be recorded when the selected source is TAPE 1
CURE: Recording of mic-mixing with TAPE 1 source is not supported
because the set will switch automatically into dubbing mode.The
IFU (recording the mixed sound section) does caused some confusion
but will not be update because production will end in April 1999
REMARKS :
No update for IFU
MODEL: FW860P
SYMPTOM: Correction of Mechanical parts list
CURE: Correction of Mechanical parts list:
Pos Service code Description
349 4822 445 10768 Center Loudspeaker Box
349 4822 445 10769 Surround Loudspeaker Box
386 4822 736 15978 Portugese IFU (for /21 only)
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW870C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW870C/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW878C
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW878C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW878C/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz
CURE: IRIS CODE: 113X
The problem is due to software.Although program number is not
displayed, the program number can still be selected.An improved
software (ver. 26) for uProcessor IC 7461 TMP87CS71F is available
under service code: 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz.
CURE: The problem is caused by software. Although the program number is
not displayed, the program number can still be selected.
An improved software (version 26) for microprocesssor IC 7461
TMP87CS71F is available via service code 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW880P
SYMPTOM: Mic-mixing cannot be recorded when the selected source is TAPE 1
CURE: Recording of mic-mixing with TAPE 1 source is not supported
because the set will switch automatically into dubbing mode.The
IFU (recording the mixed sound section) does caused some confusion
but will not be update because production will end in April 1999
REMARKS :
No update for IFU
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz.
CURE: The problem is caused by software. Although the program number is
not displayed, the program number can still be selected.
An improved software (version 26) for microprocesssor IC 7461
TMP87CS71F is available via service code 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: Program number is not displayed for Tuner frequency 100.2MHz
CURE: IRIS CODE: 113X
The problem is due to software.Although program number is not
displayed, the program number can still be selected.An improved
software (ver. 26) for uProcessor IC 7461 TMP87CS71F is available
under service code: 4822 900 11253.
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: DIG flashing on the display of CDR during record from Mini System
CURE: IRIS code: 2728
FAULT DESCRIPTION:
During Digital Optical recording from Mini System to CD Recorder
(eg. FW538 and CDR538), DIG flashes on the CDR display due to
communication failure.The problem usually occurs when the
recording is made immediately after an analogue source ie. Tuner or
Tape has been selected for use.
CAUSES:
In the software of the Mini System there is a reset for the CD
part which causes a pause of about 130mSec. in the digital output
signal when source mode are changed.
SOLUTION:
Customer is advised to follow the instructions according to
newsletter AS98.08.04 for CD Recorders.
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: The cassette doors (especially left) do not close.
CURE: IRIS Code: 1615
CAUSES:
The door does not close due to:
1) Door catches dimensions may have deviated
2) Plastic brackets of the catches may be deformed causing the
push catch to fail.
SOLUTION:
The tools of the push catch & plastic brackets have been modified
and implemented into production from week 9835 onwards.
For repair they should be replaced by good ones.The service
codes are as follows:
1. For FW72C, FW530C, FW535C, FW538, FW550C, FW570C, FW575C,
FW765P, FW775P and FW795W
Pos 244 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 246 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 247 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
2. For FW346C, FW356C, FW358C, FW359C and FW388V
Pos 275 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 276 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
Pos 277 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
3. For FW850C, FW855C, FW860P, FW880P and FW880W
Pos 248 - 4822 402 10621Push Catch
Pos 249 - 4822 402 11245Bracket, Left
Pos 250 - 4822 402 11246Bracket, Right
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: CD tray moves out and in again or stops at half way.
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket.
REMARKS :
The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
X 7 6 1 IRIS CODE
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: the tray doesmove out and
immediately go in again or stops half way
CURE: When the CD tray is in motion the inside arm of the switch bracket
(pos 123) hits the micro switch earlier than the main lever.
The problem can be solved by cutting a section of the inside arm of
the switch bracket as indicated below:
REMARKS : The phenomenon can be simulated by tilting the set at either side for
1cm or more.
MODEL: FW880W
SYMPTOM: Mic-mixing cannot be recorded when the selected source is TAPE 1
CURE: Recording of mic-mixing with TAPE 1 source is not supported
because the set will switch automatically into dubbing mode.The
IFU (recording the mixed sound section) does caused some confusion
but will not be update because production will end in April 1999
REMARKS :
No update for IFU
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW890P
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Correction to Service Manual, Electrical Partslist page 11-12.
The article description of item 7930 should read:
4822 209 16166 STK407-040B
MODEL: FW890P/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter item AS99.08.03.
Although not mentioned explicitly, the EEPROM must be cleared after
hardware modification.
The complete procedure is described on the next page.
Step 5, clearing the EEPROM via the Service Test Program
“EEPROM Format Test”, has been added.
via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
• Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
• When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
• CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
• Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the deck
starts engaging and disengaging
• During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an “EEPROM Format Test” in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68½
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7k½ (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1k½ (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an “EEPROM Format Test” by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: The set behaves strangely after switching it on
CURE: Full symptom:
The set behaves strangely after switching it on via Standby button or
mains supply re-connection. Strange behaviour includes:
- Loss of Tuner preset stations or tuning grid returns to 9kHz
condition
- When changing source to Tuner the set stalls for a few seconds and
may or may not switch to Tuner mode
- CD carousel rotates or the CD tray moves outwards
Tape deck motors start to run or relay starts activation and the
deck starts engaging and disengaging
- During this strange behaviour condition the set does not go into
demo mode
CURE :
The problem is caused by corrupted data being written into the
EEPROM IC 7417 via the I2C_DATA line. The data corruption can be
verified and cleared by performing an EEPROM Format Test in the
Service Test Program.
The problem can be solved by the following hardware modification on
the front board:
1. Ensure (change if necessary) that resistor 3596 is 68 Ohm
(4822 117 12521)
2. Change resistor 3611 to 4.7 kOhm (4822 051 20472)
3. Remove SMD jumper 4455
4. Add resistor 1 kOhm (4822 050 11002) with insulated leads between
pin 37 of microprocessor IC 7413 and junction of resistors 3611
and 3613 (left solder pad of jumper 4455)
5. Clear the corrupted data in the EEPROM as follows:
a) Enter the Service Test Program by holding the PLAY 2 and AUX
button depressed while switching on the mains supply
b) Perform an EEPROM Format Test by pressing the SEARCH 5
button to reset the EEPROM to default data
c) Exit the Service Test Program by disconnecting the mains
supply
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC
(pos. 7413) to version 20.
The service code for the new IC reads 9965 000 02901.
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: Additional information to Service Newsletter
CURE: Additional information to Service Newsletter items AS99.08.03 and AS99.10.02:
The reliability of EEPROM data can be improved further by changing the value of resistor 3611 to 2.2k5% 0.1W (4822 117 11449).
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Partslist
CURE: The following flex-foils and flex-foil-connector were missing and have
been added to the partlist of the 3CDC-99 Module (chapter 10).
pos.code numberarticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
1805 2422 025 09768 Flex-Foil-Connector 19P
8001 4822 320 12232 Flex-Foil 15P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12658 Flex-Foil 19P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12659 Flex-Foil 23P 480mm
8001 4822 320 12729 Flex-Foil 23P 400mm
8005 3103 308 91820 Flex-Foil 15P 95mm
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: resistor has been changed on the front board
CURE: The following resistor has been changed on the front board to
improve the data reliability to the EEPROM:
3596 4822 117 12521 68E 1% 0,1W
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
CURE: Correction of Service Newsletter, item AS99.10.02
The correct buttons for entering the Service Test Progam are
“AUX” + “PRESET UP” instead of “AUX” + “PLAY”.
MODEL: FW898W
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual
CURE: Correction to Service Manual, Electrical Partslist page 11-12.
The article description of item 7930 should read:
4822 209 16166 STK407-040B
MODEL: FW898W/21
SYMPTOM: part has been added to the service parts list:
CURE: Pos Service code Article decription
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
386 4822 263 21092 ADAPTOR PLUG 6A 250V
MODEL: FW898W/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: FW898W/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: FW91
SYMPTOM: No EASY function of CD player.
CURE: The polarity of capacitor C2740 on the Interconnection Board in CD
players CD070, CD080 or CD091 is wrong. Also in Service Manual
4822 725 24012 on page 14, the polarization of C2740 in the circuit
diagram and the panel drawing is not correct.
This can be solved by changing the polarity of capacitor C2740.
REMARKS:
Corrective action: The polarity of capacitor C2740 is corrected
since week 9347. Modified circuit diagram and PCB will be published
in Service Information A94-250.
MODEL: FW91
SYMPTOM: CD is sticking behind the clamper as the tray is opening.
CURE: This problem only occurs with CD's with a small upright edge
outside the clamping area. The rim of the clamper sticks behind
this edge when opening the tray. To improve the functional movement
of the tray release, the clamper has been modified with a gradual
slope at the outer rim.
Replace clamper (item 108 in exploded view of loader) by a modified
clamper 4822 402 61412. The modified clamper will be on stock from
week 9406 onwards.
REMARKS:
Improvement of tray release has been introduced by lowering the
height of the sub-chassis with 0.5mm.
Introduction date: Production Hasselt from AH 9342 onwards.
Production Singapore from SV 9349 onwards.
MODEL: FW91
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The correct service code for the µP IC 7401 on the control and
display panel of CD player (CD091) reads 4822 209 33658, type
TMP87CM70F with mask CD91.1.
REMARKS :
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: FW910R
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW910R
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW910SR
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW910SR
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001676 (version 25)
MODEL: FW930
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW930
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows DISC NOT FINALIZED.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazil's Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service code for the new IC is 996500001977 (version 35)
MODEL: FW930R
SYMPTOM: CD does not play and the display shows “DISC NOT FINALIZED”.
CURE: The problem happens mainly with Brazi?.s Millennium disc and is
resolved by upgrading the software of the Front microprocessor IC.
The service codes for the new ICs are:
1. 9965 000 01676 (version 25) for FW350C, FW390C, FW391C,
FW396C, FW398C, FW910R and FW910SR
2. 9965 000 01977 (version 35) for FW545C, FW548C, FW555C,
FW585C, FW590C, FW595C, FW930 and FW930R
3. 9965 000 01978 (version 32) for FW768P and FW798W
MODEL: FW-C1
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C1
SYMPTOM: cassette door will not open completely when a cassette is inside
CURE: The capstan pin (pos. 41) of the tape mechanism will not disengage
fully from the cassette tape. The problem is caused by a combination
of the following:
a) Leaf springs (pos. 199) which are responsible to create a rotating
movement for the cassette during “door eject” are too weak to
push the cassette out of the capstan pin.
b) Mis-matched housing parts of the cassette (see fig. 1) rub/scratch
against the support ribs of the cassette door (pos. 200).
c) Uneven cassette door support ribs create an additional friction to
the rotating movement of the cassette.
The problem is resolved by:
1) Cutting 2 ribs (both sides) on the cassette door in order to enable
a bigger rotational movement for the door during eject
(see figure 2 & 3).
2) Increasing the spring force on the cassette by pulling the spring in
the direction and up to the level shown in figure 3.
Caution: Ensure that the cassette is able to smoothly slide into the
cassette door before returning the set to the customer !
MODEL: FW-C10
SYMPTOM: cassette door will not open completely when a cassette is inside
CURE: The capstan pin (pos. 41) of the tape mechanism will not disengage
fully from the cassette tape. The problem is caused by a combination
of the following:
a) Leaf springs (pos. 199) which are responsible to create a rotating
movement for the cassette during “door eject” are too weak to
push the cassette out of the capstan pin.
b) Mis-matched housing parts of the cassette (see fig. 1) rub/scratch
against the support ribs of the cassette door (pos. 200).
c) Uneven cassette door support ribs create an additional friction to
the rotating movement of the cassette.
The problem is resolved by:
1) Cutting 2 ribs (both sides) on the cassette door in order to enable
a bigger rotational movement for the door during eject
(see figure 2 & 3).
2) Increasing the spring force on the cassette by pulling the spring in
the direction and up to the level shown in figure 3.
Caution: Ensure that the cassette is able to smoothly slide into the
cassette door before returning the set to the customer !
MODEL: FWC10
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C28
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C3
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C3
SYMPTOM: cassette door will not open completely when a cassette is inside
CURE: The capstan pin (pos. 41) of the tape mechanism will not disengage
fully from the cassette tape. The problem is caused by a combination
of the following:
a) Leaf springs (pos. 199) which are responsible to create a rotating
movement for the cassette during “door eject” are too weak to
push the cassette out of the capstan pin.
b) Mis-matched housing parts of the cassette (see fig. 1) rub/scratch
against the support ribs of the cassette door (pos. 200).
c) Uneven cassette door support ribs create an additional friction to
the rotating movement of the cassette.
The problem is resolved by:
1) Cutting 2 ribs (both sides) on the cassette door in order to enable
a bigger rotational movement for the door during eject
(see figure 2 & 3).
2) Increasing the spring force on the cassette by pulling the spring in
the direction and up to the level shown in figure 3.
Caution: Ensure that the cassette is able to smoothly slide into the
cassette door before returning the set to the customer !
MODEL: FW-C30
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C30
SYMPTOM: cassette door will not open completely when a cassette is inside
CURE: The capstan pin (pos. 41) of the tape mechanism will not disengage
fully from the cassette tape. The problem is caused by a combination
of the following:
a) Leaf springs (pos. 199) which are responsible to create a rotating
movement for the cassette during “door eject” are too weak to
push the cassette out of the capstan pin.
b) Mis-matched housing parts of the cassette (see fig. 1) rub/scratch
against the support ribs of the cassette door (pos. 200).
c) Uneven cassette door support ribs create an additional friction to
the rotating movement of the cassette.
The problem is resolved by:
1) Cutting 2 ribs (both sides) on the cassette door in order to enable
a bigger rotational movement for the door during eject
(see figure 2 & 3).
2) Increasing the spring force on the cassette by pulling the spring in
the direction and up to the level shown in figure 3.
Caution: Ensure that the cassette is able to smoothly slide into the
cassette door before returning the set to the customer !
MODEL: FW-C35
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C35
SYMPTOM: cassette door will not open completely when a cassette is inside
CURE: The capstan pin (pos. 41) of the tape mechanism will not disengage
fully from the cassette tape. The problem is caused by a combination
of the following:
a) Leaf springs (pos. 199) which are responsible to create a rotating
movement for the cassette during “door eject” are too weak to
push the cassette out of the capstan pin.
b) Mis-matched housing parts of the cassette (see fig. 1) rub/scratch
against the support ribs of the cassette door (pos. 200).
c) Uneven cassette door support ribs create an additional friction to
the rotating movement of the cassette.
The problem is resolved by:
1) Cutting 2 ribs (both sides) on the cassette door in order to enable
a bigger rotational movement for the door during eject
(see figure 2 & 3).
2) Increasing the spring force on the cassette by pulling the spring in
the direction and up to the level shown in figure 3.
Caution: Ensure that the cassette is able to smoothly slide into the
cassette door before returning the set to the customer !
MODEL: FW-C38
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C39
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2418, 2420, 2476 and 2477.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F2 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Cover CDC and Front assembly.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the Front assembly and Cover CDC.
MODEL: FW-C50
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C55
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C58
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C70
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C71
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C72
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-C73
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-P73
SYMPTOM: DPL mode the volume increases spontaneously and turns back
CURE: turns back to
normal level later (especially at the center loudspeaker).
The problem is caused by insufficient current on the VOL_CLK
(DPL_V_CLK) line to drive pin 5 of the Volume IC 7712 M62429FP
on the AF board.
This is solved by changing resistor 3416 on the Front Board from
2,2kE to 680E (4822 117 10361).
MODEL: FW-P73
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound (similar to that of a clock) is audible
CURE: is audible from the center
speaker during quiet portions of music.
The problem is caused by crosstalk from flex-cable 1681 to wire
1572.
The problem can be solved by routing wire 1572 outside the wire
catches of flex-cable 1572 as shown in the right picture below.
REMARKS :
flex-cable 1681 AF6-Board
wire 1572 placed inside
the cable catches
wire 1572 placed outside
the cable catches
MODEL: FW-P73
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW-P75
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound (similar to that of a clock) is audible
CURE: is audible from the center
speaker during quiet portions of music.
The problem is caused by crosstalk from flex-cable 1681 to wire
1572.
The problem can be solved by routing wire 1572 outside the wire
catches of flex-cable 1572 as shown in the right picture below.
REMARKS :
flex-cable 1681 AF6-Board
wire 1572 placed inside
the cable catches
wire 1572 placed outside
the cable catches
MODEL: FW-P75
SYMPTOM: DPL mode the volume increases spontaneously and turns back
CURE: turns back to
normal level later (especially at the center loudspeaker).
The problem is caused by insufficient current on the VOL_CLK
(DPL_V_CLK) line to drive pin 5 of the Volume IC 7712 M62429FP
on the AF board.
This is solved by changing resistor 3416 on the Front Board from
2,2kE to 680E (4822 117 10361).
MODEL: FW-P75
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW-P75
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: FW-P78
SYMPTOM: DPL test tone is distorted (“motor-boating” & lower frequency).
CURE: The problem is caused by insufficient capacitor value at pin 1
(noise sequencer) of the DPL IC M62460FP.
It is solved by changing capacitor 2769 to 47µF 20% 25V
(4822 124 40433)
MODEL: FW-P78
SYMPTOM: high frequency pitch (around 4kHz - 5kHz) is audible from the front
CURE: The source of the noise comes from the filtering SMD capacitors
2483 - 2486 for the FTD display supply -F1 and -F2.
The problem is resolved by adding 2 elcaps of 4,7µF
(4822 124 40769) in series across the existing SMDs capacitors of
the -F1 supply line.
The elcaps can by soldered onto the copperside of the Front board as
indicated in the circuit and SMD layout view below.
Rework procedure:
1) Dismantle the Rear Cover, Cover CDC and CDC Module.
2) Prepare the 2 elcaps of 4,7µF (4822 124 40769) in series.
3) Place an insulation tape onto the Front board (area under the
elcaps) to prevent the elcaps and their leads from short-circuiting
to the surrounding SMD components and pads.
4) Position the elcaps horizontally over the insulation tape and solder
them to the copper pads as shown.
Make sure that the elcaps are close to the Front board so that
there is no contact to the moving parts of the CDC module.
5) Re-assemble the CDC Module, Cover CDC and Rear Cover.
MODEL: GENERAL
SYMPTOM: CD sound interrupts sometimes.
CURE: REF FW GENERAL ADDITIONAL SERVICE INFO
MODEL: GENERAL
SYMPTOM: IRIS CODE 313X
CURE: Further to the last Newsletter issue AS98.09.02, the clock accuracy
can also be corrected by replacing the 32.768kHz crystal by an
improved crystal.
The code for the improved crystal is 2422 543 01069.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: Open close button inoperative.
CURE: Check connector CN21.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: The CD player cannot read-in the TOC and disc speed is not constant.
CURE: Check capacitor C205.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: The CD player does not start playing.
CURE: Check capacitor C287.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: No display, only leds burning.
CURE: Check R821 on displayboard
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: The CD player skips tracks continuously.
CURE: Check R253
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: The tray belt falls out and has to be remounted.
CURE: Temporarily the inner diameter of the mounted belt has been too big.
This has been corrected by changing the diameter from 38.4mm to
37.7mm.The old belt has to be replaced by a smaller one, actual
stock of 4822 358 31223 has been corrected too.
REMARKS :
Correct belt has been used in production since week 9420.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
The correct service code should read :
D802LED green4822 130 83657
D803, D804LED red4822 130 83656.
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: Corrections to the Service Manual
-
In the exploded view diagram - cabinet, the service code for item 6
and 7 should read:
Item 6: 4822 410 63292KNOB-PLAY/PAUSE
Item 7: 4822 410 63293KNOB-STOP
MODEL: KT6100
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual:
-
The service code number of item X201, crystal 8.6436 MHz should read
4822 242 81324, instead of 4822 242 81325.
MODEL: M1432
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Styling 119 does not mention a codenumber for the control knobs.
The 2 knobs are available as one set: 4822 464 10356
MODEL: M17C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: M17C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: M17C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M17C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M17C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M18C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M18C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M18C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M25
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M25
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M25
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: M26
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M26
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: M26
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M27C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: M27C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M27C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M27C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: M27C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M28C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M28C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M28C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M37DC
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M37DC
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: M37DC
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M37DC
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M38C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M38C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M38C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M48DC
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M48DC
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M48DC
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: M6
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M6
SYMPTOM: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
CURE: Replacement of CDM12.1 for 7-Disc Changer
-
Production of CDM12.1 will stop. For service purpose CDM12.1
(4822 691 30278) will be replaced by service kit VAM1201
(4822 310 11263) when stock depletes.
For the above mentioned sets with 7-Disc Changer the new
VAM1201 does not fit.
As an alternative, the CDM12.1 can be replaced by CDM12.1/T
(4822 691 30343) without any further modifications.
MODEL: M7C
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: M7C
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: M7C
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: M7C
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: M7C
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: MC115
SYMPTOM: the following parts were added to the service
partslist:
CURE: poscode number article description
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
506 3103 304 65290 button set “power”
507 3103 304 65390 cap-IR
508 3103 304 65280 button set + cap
509 3103 304 65310 button “surround”
511 3103 304 65280 button set + cap
512 3103 304 65300 button set “volume”
MODEL: MC118
SYMPTOM: Correction to Service Manual, partslist
CURE: The codenumber of the CD Door Switch (item 1025) is missing.
The switch is available with codenumber 4822 276 13963.
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: Volume right channel too low.
CURE: Check capacitor C2550 for internal resistance.
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: Right channel crackling sound
CURE: Check C2550
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: The clock is inaccurate and runs 20 seconds too slow per day
CURE: Change capacitors 2404 and 2405 from 120pF to 15pF (5322 122 33869).
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams with cassette inside during eject
CURE: The problem is caused by deformation of the cassette door's plastic
springs.
For repair the cassette door must be replaced by an improved cassette
door.Improved casette doors can be recognized by a step at the
bottom edge of the door (see picture).
REMARKS :
Improved cassette doors have been implemented in production from week
9802 onwards (sets with serialno. MA...).
See also Service Newsletter AS97.01.17
MODEL: MC130
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: RDS information cannot be displayed in area with crowded stations.
CURE: Solution is to shift the VCO frequency of IC505 by changing the value
of the following capacitors:
C527 : changed from 82pF to 33pF (5322 122 32072)
C528 : changed from 47pF to 22pF (5322 122 32143)
Measure the frequency at pin 14 of IC505 to be within
4.33204MHz +/- 200kHz.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9749
onwards.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Hum is audible at stand-by mode.
CURE: Cut the copper track which pass through the pins of CE556.
Connect the grounding point of C523 to JP560 with a jumper wire.
Please refer also Service Information A97-588 (4822 725 25646).
REMARKS :
Modification was implemented in production from week 9742 onwards.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Sound muted or distorted at start-up when playing a CD with 2 tracks
CURE: The problem can be solved by adding a resistor of 100 kOhm
(4822 116 52234) across C445 on the CD board.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Display backlight lamps are defective.
CURE: The problem is caused by overvoltage.
Following modification on the MAIN BOARD limit the supply voltage:
Replace jumper JP626 by a diode 1N4002 (5322 130 30684) in
series with a resistor 3,3 Ohm 5% 0,33W (4822 052 10338).
- IMPORTANT INFORMATION -
As preventive action above modification must be implemented in
all sets brought in for repair!!
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Hum is audible in standby mode
CURE: In Addition to Service Newsletter AS98.01.09, mechanical noise from
power transformer might also be audible. To solve this problem,
following actions have been taken in production:
1) The construction of the power transformer has been modified.
The code number of the improved transformer remains unchanged.
It can be recognized by the metal band which is grey in colour.
2) 4 fibre washers between the power transformer and the bottom
chassis have been added. The size (id x od x t) of the fibre washer
is 4 x 8 x 1mm. It is also available from PCS via service code
4822 532 12975
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9801
onwards.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Set does not work at all
CURE: Check whether the leads of the components on the soldering side ofthe
pre-amp board are short enough.
When the PCB is bent due to mechanical tensions, the leads might
touch the metal bracket and short-circuit certain parts of the
electronics.
Also cut the leads of replaced components as short as possible.
MODEL: MC135
SYMPTOM: Correction to partslist
CURE: Correction to partslist:
-
The type number of IC200 and IC501 should be corrected to BA4558N.
Service codenumber is 4822 209 16265.
MODEL: MC136
SYMPTOM: Sound muted or distorted at start-up when playing a CD with 2 tracks
CURE: The problem can be solved by adding a resistor of 100 kOhm
(4822 116 52234) across C445 on the CD board.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
MODEL: MC136
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual
CURE: Correction to the Service Manual, Mechanical Partslist
The codenumber of the Control Panel (item 52) is wrong.
It should read 4822 426 10655.
MODEL: MC145
SYMPTOM: the following parts were added to the service
partslist:
CURE: pos code numberarticle description
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
509 3103 304 66660 button set “power”
511 3103 304 65390 cap-IR
513 3103 304 66670 button set “volume”
514 3103 304 66380 button set + cap
514a 3103 304 66380 button set + cap
516 3103 304 65310 button “surround”
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: The CD part is totally inoperative.
CURE: Check/replace C2514.
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Add to mechanical parts list:
The ordering code for Cover, Cassette door Pos. 306 reads
4822 442 00579.
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: Addition to parts list
CURE: Addition to parts list:
The service code of item 1290, Loudspeaker Socket in the chapter on
Power Board is 4822 265 10967.
MODEL: MC150
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
Pos. 1110 / 5280 transformer is 4822 146 10465
For /22 /25 /34 is 4822 146 10465.
MODEL: MC155
SYMPTOM: RDS information cannot be displayed in area with crowded stations.
CURE: Solution is to shift the VCO frequency of IC505 by changing the value
of the following capacitors:
C527 : changed from 82pF to 33pF (5322 122 32072)
C528 : changed from 47pF to 22pF (5322 122 32143)
Measure the frequency at pin 14 of IC505 to be within
4.33204MHz +/- 200kHz.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9749
onwards.
MODEL: MC155
SYMPTOM: Sound muted or distorted at start-up when playing a CD with 2 tracks
CURE: The problem can be solved by adding a resistor of 100 kOhm
(4822 116 52234) across C445 on the CD board.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
MODEL: MC155
SYMPTOM: Display backlight lamps are defective.
CURE: The problem is caused by overvoltage.
Following modification on the MAIN BOARD limit the supply voltage:
Replace jumper JP626 by a diode 1N4002 (5322 130 30684) in
series with a resistor 3,3 Ohm 5% 0,33W (4822 052 10338).
- IMPORTANT INFORMATION -
As preventive action above modification must be implemented in
all sets brought in for repair!!
MODEL: MC155
SYMPTOM: Correction to partslist
CURE: Correction to partslist:
-
The type number of IC200 and IC501 should be corrected to BA4558N.
Service codenumber is 4822 209 16265.
MODEL: MC156
SYMPTOM: Sound muted or distorted at start-up when playing a CD with 2 tracks
CURE: The problem can be solved by adding a resistor of 100 kOhm
(4822 116 52234) across C445 on the CD board.
REMARKS :
Modification has been implemented in production from week 9901
onwards.
MODEL: MC165
SYMPTOM: The CD Tray cannot be closed and the display shows “BLOCK”.
CURE: The gears of the CD loader are out of coupling because of external
force or physical block of the tray during sliding out.
If it cannot be resumed, the gears must be re-aligned as shown on
page 14-2 of Service Manual 4722 725 26195 resp. 4822 725 26213.
IRIS CODE: A562
IRIS CODE: 2351
MODEL: MC165
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: The service codenumbers of the Mains Transformers have been
mixed up. They should read:
4822 146 11104 for /01 and /11 versions
4822 146 11105 for /02, /05, /10 and /14 versions
4822 146 11106 for /37 version
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: Loudspeaker Boxes moves on smooth surface during high sound level
CURE: During high sound reproduction level, the loudspeaker moves when
placed on smooth surface due to vibration.
This problem can be resolved by adding 4 pieces of rubber foot to keep
it in position.
The service code for rubber foot is 4822 462 40683
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: Replacement of control disc (pos 25 in MC170) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
Replace the complete deck.
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should reads:
a) CWB44FR03 ......H onwards eg. CWB44FR03 6102805AH for FW395C
b) 60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards) for MC170.
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: MC170
SYMPTOM: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25187
CURE: Correction Service Manual 4822 725 25187
The service code for the Tweeter should be 4822 240 70274 instead of
4822 247 70274.
MODEL: MC172
SYMPTOM: POS stickers on cassette doors and Loudspeaker boxes cannot be removed
CURE: The stain-mark left behind from POS stickers can be removed by any
cleaning fuids that do not attact the plastic surfaces.
One effective remover is the Contact Cleaner spray available in
most service workshops, the ordering code is 4822 389 50091.
MODEL: MC172
SYMPTOM: No sound when switched on after set is switched from LW to Standby
CURE: The fault is caused by IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315).
It is resolved by the following:
a) Changing IC 7101 TEA5762 (4822 209 90315) or
b) Adding 1pF chip capacitor (4822 122 32447) across the resonator
5121 or
c) Changing the chip resistor 3162 from 150k to 270k (4822 051
20274).
REMARKS :
This problem may be present in all sets using Tuner 95 board
produced before 6th March 1997 (week 9710).
MODEL: MC172
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: MC172/30
SYMPTOM: Correction parts list
CURE: Correction parts list
-
The service code for the microprocessor should be 4822 209 15766 with
marking 170S51551 instead of 4822 209 15767 published on page 6-6 in
the Service Manual.
MODEL: MC175
SYMPTOM: The CD Tray cannot be closed and the display shows “BLOCK”.
CURE: The gears of the CD loader are out of coupling because of external
force or physical block of the tray during sliding out.
If it cannot be resumed, the gears must be re-aligned as shown on
page 14-2 of Service Manual 4722 725 26195 resp. 4822 725 26213.
IRIS CODE: A562
IRIS CODE: 2351
MODEL: MC175
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: The service codenumbers of the Mains Transformers have been
mixed up. They should read:
4822 146 11104 for /01 and /11 versions
4822 146 11105 for /02, /05, /10 and /14 versions
4822 146 11106 for /37 version
MODEL: MC175
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Frontboard
CURE: Correction to the Service Manual, Frontboard:
-
Following parts have been added/changed from production start
onwards:
Capacitor 2430 changed from 100pF to 470nF (4822 126 13482)
Jumper 9440 replaced by resistor 3525, 47 Ohm (4822 116 52195)
Resistor 3526, 680 kOhm (4822 051 20684) added
Resistor 3527, 1 MOhm (4822 051 20105) added
REMARKS :
2 3 5 C IRIS CODE
MODEL: MK2
SYMPTOM: VCR flyback lines in NTSC mode
CURE: The following production changes have been introduced in eliminate
VCR flyback lines in NTSC mode from week 9303 onwards.
Replace R3470 in the sync part by 180k (4822 116 52252)
Replace C2820 in the frame part by 3n3 (4822 122 33532)
Replace R3843 in the frame part by 9k1 (4822 116 52306)
NOTE:
In case of specific complaint affecting earlier models, these
changes can be applied as a service solution.
MODEL: MK2
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound in starting up set from stand-by
CURE: Replace 3619 by 270k (4822 116 52265)
REMARKS :
Introduced in production week 9209
MODEL: MK2
SYMPTOM: Failure of SOPS transistor at hot temperature
CURE: Replace 2143 by 270p (4822 126 11976)
REMARKS :
Introduced in production week 9217.
MODEL: MK2
SYMPTOM: Jittering and bad performance TXT
CURE: - Replace 3843 by 7k5 (4822 116 52299) in frame part 25/28
- Replace 3740 by 240k (4822 116 52262) in sync part 25/28
- Replace 7800 by PCF84C81AP (4822 209 31069) and add 2k2
(4822 051 20222) at 3850 and 3852.
REMARKS:
Introduced
MODEL: MK2
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual MK2 AB (4822 727 19786)
CURE: Correction service manual MK2 AB (4822 727 19786) and Service
Information MK2 92.02 (4822 727 19787)
-
In the service manual chassis MK2 AB (4882 727 19786) and service
information MK2 92.02 (4822 727 19787) at the electrical diagram of
the CRT panel for all 3 RGB amplifiers:
R3118 and anode D6115 should be connected to emmitters of
TS7115/7116
R3138 and anode D6135 should be connected to emmitters of
TS7135/7136
R3158 and anode D6155 should be connected to emmitters of
TS7155/7156
Please correct and inform your repair market.
MODEL: MS6050
SYMPTOM: A plop noise is recorded at the beginning and ending of a recording
CURE: The noise is caused by the time difference between activation of the
motor switch and the record switch.The record switch is adjusted to
shorten the time difference so that problem is minimised.
Situation becomes worse because the record switch can be located
afterwards.For service solution, adjust the position of the record
switch so that the switch can be activated earlier.
Add glue to protect record switch getting loose.
REMARKS :
Glue for fitting the switch has been added in production sets from
week 9542 onwards.
For long term, the location of the record switch has been changed.
It will be mounted near the middle of the record lever so that the
time difference can been further shortened.Modified mechanism has
been introduced in production from week 9621 onwards.
MODEL: MS6500
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or uses too long time to start-up (8-10 sec.)
CURE: Fault is caused by the cross-talk between track and focus servo.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Replace J112, where temporarily a 1 ohm resistor was mounted, by
a jumper wire. J112 can be found on CD Main Board (layout
diagram), near IC104 pin2. With this jumper pin2 of IC104 is
connected to ground.
2. Change R106 from 39k to 33k (4822 050 23303). One side of R106 is
connected to IC101 pin72 (HF SUM).
3. Change C108 from 330pF to 220pF (5322 122 32346). One side of C108
is connected to IC101 pin69 (BH).
After this modification:
Check the E/F balance for a value within range: 40mV plus/minus 20mV.
REMARKS :
1.This modifaction has been implemented in production from week 9546
onwards.
2.CHANGING THE COMPLETE CD-DRIVE WILL NOT SOLVE THE PROBLEM
SATISFACTORILY
MODEL: MV615
SYMPTOM: Set blocked, display dark, head disk makes small movements
CURE: Replace T7261 and T7262 on Family board
MODEL: MV615
SYMPTOM: First timer block cannot be erased, even not by a memory clear
CURE: Change EEPROM, pos 7270 on family board, 4822 209 33548.
EEPROMs with printing on IC CSi can have this fault.
EEPROMs with printing ST MAI or ATMEL are OK.
The bad ones have not been used since february 1996.
The stock in Eindhoven is OK.
MODEL: MX520
SYMPTOM: NO DISC is shown on the display when trying to play a disc.
CURE: The reason for this failure is the critical software timing control in
the slave micro-processor IC7830 (software version V76);
Service codenumber: 4822 209 33407 with printing mark CDC50763.
Under such situation the CDM mechanism is already lifted up into the
clamper before the carriage (with disc) is able to reach the play
position due to mechanical frictional forces on the moving carriage.
This problem is solved temporarily in production by adding resistor
3854: 470k 5% 0.1W; service code number: 4822 051 20474.
The resistor is mounted in parallel across resistor 3841.
This solution is implemented in production for printed circuit boards
marked .4 and onwards.
After the implementation in production of new software version V70 of
the slave micro-processor (service code number: 4822 209 90358 with
printing mark CDC50921), the resistor 3854 has been deleted again.
Therefore, one has to ensure in that case, the resistor 3854 has to
be removed too if a defective version V76 slave æProcessor has been
replaced by a new version V70 (or lower) micro-processor.
REMARKS :
NB: The point number of the printed circuit board is the last digit of
the board code number situated next to the flex cable socket 1850
on the decoder board.
The version of the slave micro-processor can also easily be read
when it is displayed during the Service test mode.
MODEL: MX520
SYMPTOM: Scratch marks found on the disc directly above the playing disc.
CURE: This fault is due to the distance between the disc stored directly
above the playing disc and the playing disc. The playing disc is
damaging that disc in the stocker.
To solve this problem the brackets (item 10 and 14) and spring (item
70) have been modified.
New item 10 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21346.
New item 14 can be ordered under service code number: 4822 404 21347.
Modified spring item 70 can be ordered with the same code number:
4822 492 42713.
Below please find the procedure to replace the brackets and spring
after removing the 7-disc changer from the set (see disassembly
drawing in the service manual).
Disassemble the top part:
1.Remove 8 screws, item 105
2.Lift the top cover assembly, item 39; CD Decoder Board, and
clamper chassis assembly, item 48 to the left side.
3.Remove the stocker assembly, item 37 (including the carriage,
item 35/36), with the help of a flat screw driver.
Replace the bracket-R, item 10 and spring, item 70:
4.Unlock the small PC Board, item 90 on the right side and remove
spring, item 70. Unlock the bracket-R, item 10.
5.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
6.Assemble the new bracket-R by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Assemble the new spring into
its position and secure it with glue before remounting the small
PC Board. Take care that switch lever item 7 is in correct
position.
Replace the bracket-L, item 14:
7.Remove 4 screws, item 105 on the left side and lift the side
chassis-L, item 13 so that bracket-L, item 14 clears the lever
carriage, item 16.
8.Unlock the bracket-L, item 14.
9.Grease the rubbing surface of the new bracket with grease,
service code: 4822 390 20139.
10.Assemble the new bracket-L by pushing it into the present slots
and sliding it towards the rear. Push the side chassis into the
bottom chassis, item 1 and remount the 4 screws.
Care should be taken to ensure that the lever carriage, item 16
is in between item 14 and item 16.
Replace the top part:
11.Re-assemble the stocker assembly unit ensuring the side pins are
properly engaged into the lever stocker, item 22/24.
12.Re-assemble the top cover assembly, decoder board and clamper
chassis assembly and remount the 8 screws.
REMARKS :
New parts are introduced from week 9518 onwards.
MODEL: MX520
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Pos 48 for the CDC mechanism is now available as service spare part.
The 12NC is 4822 401 11681Chassis clamper.
MODEL: MX520
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The following parts of the CDC-7 mechanism are now available as
service parts:
Position no. Description Service code
--
Pos 7Lever switch4822 277 11473
Pos 34 Stocker 4822 256 92294
MODEL: MX545
SYMPTOM: Various failures disappear when the set is opened.
CURE: Some connectors can cause intermittent contact.
( Valid for sets from 9646 until 9712)
The wiring assemblies are available under:
4822 232 10395 6 pins connector wire
4822 232 10395 4 + 5 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10396 5 pins connector wire
4822 323 10396 6 + 4 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 3 pins conn. wire
4822 323 10405 4 + 4 pins conn. wire
MODEL: MX545
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: MX545
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: MX545
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: MX555
SYMPTOM: Cassette door jams because R/P head is fully retracted after STOP
CURE: The is due to Cam Gear screw hole cracked.
The problem can only be solved by replacing the complete deck.
Improved tape mechanism is implemented into production from week
9743 onwards.
REMARKS :
See also newsletter information AS97.03.08 and AS97.04.07.
MODEL: MX555
SYMPTOM: The tape mechanism fails and cassette cannot be taken away.
CURE: The problem is due to Cam gear shaft which is cracked.
This causes the Cam gear not to return to its stop position.
Replacement of control disc (big gear or pos 25) is not recommended
because of critical assembly and alignment control.
For such problem the complete deck should be replaced.
(Reference: Newsletter issue AS97.03 item 03.10)
REMARKS :
Improved tape mechanism can be recognized by label on the tape
mechanism's motor.The label should read:
* For MC150, MC170, MC172:
60718xxM/C onwards (year 96, July, 18 onwards)
* For FW362, FW363, FW372C, FW373C, FW382V, FW383V, FW395C, FW710C,
FW725C, FW730C, FW745C, FW750C, FW770P, FW780P, FW783P, FW788P,
FW790P, MC150, MC170, MC172, MX545, MX555, M7C, M17C, M18C, M27C,
M28C, M37DC, M38C, M48DC:
CWB44..... ....H onwards (H and above ie. H,I,J....)
eg. CWB44FR03 7030763IO(70307 ==> 1997-March-07; prod line 63,
I=Indonesia, O=latest version)
MODEL: MX555
SYMPTOM: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
CURE: Repair hint on Tape mechanism
-
During repair or when the Tape mechanism needs to be reset for any
reason, the flywheel can be turned manually in clockwise direction
only.Turning in counter clockwise direction will dent or damage
some of the gears in the mechanism.
REMARKS :
For more details see Newsletter AS97.03 item 03.08
MODEL: MX732
SYMPTOM: Some sets are delivered with wrong AM grid 10 kHz instead of 9 kHz.
CURE: The sets can be adapted by local service workshop according following
procedures :
1. Remove jumper J284 (on Front board)
2. Add jumper J283.
MODEL: MX900
SYMPTOM: Audio Output IC TDA7262 damaged.
CURE: Replace IC TDA7262 with service codenumber 4822 209 15422.
We suggest to replace also the power transformer with a new
service codenumber 4822 146 11034.
MODEL: MX960AHT
SYMPTOM: The set does not work and display shows CHECK OWNER S MANUAL.
CURE: The connector CN808 on the CD decoder board is not properly connected.
Fix the connector properly.
MODEL: MX960PRO
SYMPTOM: The set does not work and display shows CHECK OWNER S MANUAL.
CURE: The connector CN808 on the CD decoder board is not properly connected.
Fix the connector properly.
MODEL: MX975D
SYMPTOM: broadcasting
traffic announcements, set might switch to stand-by
CURE: When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 – 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS : New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
MODEL: MX975D
SYMPTOM: Set might switch to stand-by mode for approx. 4 seconds
CURE: Complete symptom:
When the set is tuned to a station with RDS-EON, and this station
sends EON information that another station is currently broadcasting
traffic announcements TA, the set might switch to stand-by mode for
approx. 4 seconds. During these 4 seconds there is no voltage
available on the AC mains outlets.
Please note that the phenomenon can also occur when the set is
playing other sources (i.e. CD), as the tuner is continuously
monitoring the RDS and EON signal.
CURE :
The problem is solved by replacing microprocessor IC 7415 (located
on front board) by the new version v35 - 3103 308 83880.
REMARKS :
New microprocessors are used in production from week 9941
onwards. The software version can be read out via the service test
program. Versions v35 and higher are OK.
5 8 2 C IRIS CODE
MODEL: MX975D
SYMPTOM: Correction to the Service Manual, Electrical partslist
CURE: Monobard FR960 (page 13-4) and Monobard FR970 (page 14-4)
The following items should read:
pos. service codearticle description
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
3587 4822 051 20392 3.9kE 5% 0.1W
3588 4822 116 52276 3.9kE 5% 0.5W
3593 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3594 4822 051 20472 4.7kE 5% 0.1W
3597 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
3598 4822 116 52289 5.6kE 5% 1/6W
REMARKS : Electrical diagram is correct (page 10-4).
MODEL: MZ-3
SYMPTOM: No sound output, resistor 3363 is blown.
CURE: † Change resistor 3363 from 22R to a 10R NFR-type
MODEL: MZ-33
SYMPTOM: No sound output, resistor 3363 is blown.
CURE: † Change resistor 3363 from 22R to a 10R NFR-type
MODEL: MZ7/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to the default FM range of
87.5-108MHz when leaving the factory.
The lower FM1 range of 65.81-74MHz can be turned on by holding
the undermentioned keys depressed, while switching on the mains
supply:
a) “Tuner” & “Search Up” for all models except the MZ7/34
b) “Tuner” & “Next” for MZ7/34 only
The display shows “FM1 ON”.
REMARKS : By repeating the procedure the FM1 range will be switched off again.
MODEL: MZ7/34
SYMPTOM: FM 65.81-74MHz cannot be tuned on the set (IRIS CODE 121X)
CURE: All Mini Systems 1999 versions /34 are set to default FM range of
87.5-108MHz before leaving the factory.The lower FM1 range of
65.81-74MHz can be turn on by holding down the undermentioned keys
while switching on the Mains supply to the set:
a) Tuner & Search Up for all models except the MZ7/34
b) Tuner & Next for MZ7/34 only
The display will shows FM1 ON.
By repeating the procedure the FM1 will be switched off.
MODEL: N7600
SYMPTOM: Record button blocks
CURE: Check positioning of bracket for record protection.
MODEL: NC1032
SYMPTOM: The alarm time increases with two hours during adjusting.
CURE: Check clock IC.
MODEL: NC1032
SYMPTOM: Sometimes several segments of the display do not light up.
CURE: Check solder joints of the PCB.
MODEL: NC1032
SYMPTOM: During alarm time adjustment time jumps from xx:25 to xx:36.
CURE: Check clock IC.
MODEL: NC1400
SYMPTOM: The clock does not switch on the buzzer alarm
CURE: Check slodering of leg 16 of the clock IC
MODEL: NC1400
SYMPTOM: Sound level of radio and buzzer very low
CURE: Check radio IC CXA1019S.
MODEL: NC2032
SYMPTOM: Radio part can not be switched off.
CURE: Check whether there is a short circuit over switch SW3.
MODEL: NC2032
SYMPTOM: Sometimes several segments of the display do not light up.
CURE: Check solder joints of the PCB.
MODEL: NC3
SYMPTOM: +22V supply change
CURE: +22V supply change
A production change has been introduced to the +22 volt supply (see
below). Receivers affected are coded TY02 and higher.
Description old value new value code no.
R416 changed 10
MODEL: NC3012
SYMPTOM: In the off position still a weak sound is audible.
CURE: Replace Capacitor C54, value 22nF, by a better quality ceramic
capacitor (i.e. 4822 126 12147).
MODEL: NC3CR
SYMPTOM: Background whistle
CURE: On some receivers, the programme sound may be accompanied by a@whistle (about 4kHz) in the background.This can be suppressed by
increasing the value of C2327 from 4.7uF to 47uF (code no.
4822 124 22056).It is also recommended that the adjustment of
quadrature coil L5221 should be carefully checked to ensure maximum
AM rejection.
MODEL: NC3-CR
SYMPTOM: No colour.
CURE: Check/replace C2624 (12pF; 4822 122 31056). If defective it
will cause the chroma X-tal to run at the wrong frequency.
MODEL: NC3-CR
SYMPTOM: Picture upside down and inside out
CURE: Check R 3581 (3M9; 4822 116 52524) on pin 2 of Sync IC 7220-3B for
open circuit.
MODEL: ND2022
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
Item S204 (push switch) should read 4822 276 13253 instead of
4822 276 13254.
MODEL: ND2524
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
Item S204 (push switch) should read 4822 276 13253 instead of
4822 276 13254.
MODEL: ND5500
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
The correct service code should read :
J1 Socket-Ext. DC 4822 265 20685.
MODEL: ND6500
SYMPTOM: Intermittent fault of CD. Turntable does not start-up/skips tracks.
CURE: Check the copper pattern of the CD decoder board. A copper track of
the CD decoder board might be interrupted.
REMARKS :
From week 9502 onwards, the decoder board with improved copper pattern
lay-out has been used in production.
MODEL: ND6500
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks especially at the end of the disc.
CURE: Replace CD-lid by a modified type. (4822 444 60986)
MODEL: ND6500
SYMPTOM: AC cords
CURE: AC cords
For ND7500 and ND6500 series (including AZ8310 and AZ8006) the
following common AC cord sets can be used.
For Europe : 4822 321 10831
For U.K. : 4822 321 10918
For U.S.A. : 4822 321 10883
MODEL: ND6500
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In Service Information A94-576 (4822 725 25358), the test points
were erroneously not given.
Please add on page 23 (circuit diagram) the location of test points as
described below:
TP1 = junction of RV103 and JP1
TP2 = pin 18 of U101
TP3 = junction of R111 and JP1
TP4 = pin 31 (RF) of U101
TP5 = pin 1 of U101
TP6 = junction of RV104 and JP2
MODEL: ND6600
SYMPTOM: CD player inoperative. Also no display.
CURE: Power supply at CD pcb defective. Q1 is defective (BC369)
MODEL: ND6600
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: ND6600
SYMPTOM: The CD does not playback any disc, when cold.
CURE: Check capacitor C71
MODEL: ND6600
SYMPTOM: The cassette door damper gear (item 14) moves out easily.
CURE: The cassette door (item 2; 4822 443 64542) has been modified by adding
a rib to prevent the gear from moving off.
REMARKS :
New Doors are used in production with sets marked KY02 from week 9604
onwards. Consumer Service stock has been adapted.
MODEL: ND6600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Deck Mechanism and Main board are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-572
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-572
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Set sometimes stops and gives 0000
CURE: Check pin of CN4 (connector from doorswitch).
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks during moving the set just a little.
CURE: Re-adjust tracking gain potmeter P102.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: The CD part does not produce any audio signal.
CURE: Check print track near R184 for interruption.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: The CD skips tracks during any small movement of the set.
CURE: Adjust tracking gain (P102)
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: The CD player does not accept the disc and gives no disc error.
CURE: Check CD mechanism.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: CD does not read-in and gives ER, CD turns the wrong way.
CURE: Check soldering of IC101 or JM24.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: The CD skips tracks.
CURE: Re-adjust 102 (tracking gain).
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: CD does not read-in focus, CD part gives error.
CURE: Check soldering of IC102 and IC101.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: CD does not start after closing the lid.
CURE: Check/remount lid switch.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: AC cords
CURE: AC cords
For ND7500 and ND6500 series (including AZ8310 and AZ8006) the
following common AC cord sets can be used.
For Europe : 4822 321 10831
For U.K. : 4822 321 10918
For U.S.A. : 4822 321 10883
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Handle Bracket Left (4822 498 10501) is no longer available.
We suggest to use Handle Bracket Right (pos.36; 4822 498 10502) as a
substitute.The stopper end has to be cut.
REMARKS :
See also service newsletter issue PA98.05.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The CD cushion (4822 466 93447) is replaced by the following two
codenumbers :
4822 466 93498Cushion (hard)
4822 466 93499Cushion (soft)
The two cushions near the motors are harder.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Version ND7500/46 was introduced since December 1993.
For repair information please refer to service manual ND7500/48/59
(4822 725 24549) except the Cassette Door (L) which is available with
service code number 4822 444 60944.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 75 in exploded view diagram on
page 18) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: ND7500
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9510 onwards, a new CD chassis (decoder board and control
board) is used because the old CD chassis is no longer supplied.
The copper track of the CD board has been thickened to improve solder
quality. At the same time the power amplifier IC (IC7) is changed from
LA4597 to TA8238K
Service information A95-555 (4822 725 25386) is published to introduce
new circuit diagram, Printed Circuit Board layout diagram, alignment
and partslist.
REMARKS :
Modified sets can be recognized by changed factory code: KZ02
(serial number KZ029510xxxxx). This publication will be followed by
Service Information A95-555.
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: Deck B does stop winding after some time
CURE: The axle of reel (pos52) is bent. Rebend axle.
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: CD part defective. No focus, no display.
CURE: Check Q8. (4822 130 40824)
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: CD player inoperative. Does not start up.
CURE: Check/replace IC U5 (SAA7345GP; 4822 209 33339).
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
In course of production the potentiometers VR1, VR4, VR5 and VR6
have been changed. The new potentiometers are available via
following service codenumbers:
VR1 : 4822 101 11373
VR4 to VR6 : 4822 105 11133
REMARKS :
The potentiometers can be distinguished by their pin layout:
Old potentiometers : 4 pins in 1 row
New potentiometers : 4 pins in 2 rows
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Main board and CD Deck Mechanism are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-570
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-570
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
The Cassette Door is assembled of two parts :
Item 4Cassette Door Assy (R) :
4822 256 10318Cassette Door Holder (R)
4822 443 64604Cassette Door Cover (R)
Item 5Cassette Door Assy (L) :
4822 256 10317Cassette Door Holder (L)
4822 443 64603Cassette Door Cover (L)
MODEL: ND7600
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 115 in exploded view diagram on
page 15-3) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check the mains transfomer (4822 146 31113).
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: No reception in FM mode.
CURE: Check whether the radio band switch is interrupted.
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: Cassette lid does not close
CURE: Check whether cassette lid springs are bended; Rebend the springs.
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: Tape transport function buttons cannot be pushed
CURE: Check whether the auto-stop bracket is bended; Rebend the bracket.
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: The cassette-lid cannot be closed easily.
CURE: From week 9317 onwards, the shape of the spring has been changed
from a straight one to an angled one.
REMARKS:
For the sets using old springs, it is suggested to push the spring
slightly backwards.
MODEL: NR2533
SYMPTOM: Rattling sound from deck while playing.
CURE: White gear wheel mounted wrong.
MODEL: NR5100
SYMPTOM: FM inoperative.
CURE: Check coil T2.
MODEL: NR5100
SYMPTOM: Take-up reel does not wind up. No fast winding mode.
CURE: It might be that the take-up friction axle is bent.
Rebend the axle.
MODEL: NR5100
SYMPTOM: Tape transport stops spontaneously (autostop).
CURE: Check whether there is a burr or a piece of glue on the autostop
lever. Remove the burr or the glue.
MODEL: NR6100
SYMPTOM: No AC power.
CURE: This fault is caused by the unreliable thermal fuse of the
transformer. The primary side of the mains transformer has been
interrupted.
Service warehouse and production are using now transformers with
thermal fuses mounted inside which have been replaced by parts from
more reliable quality. Service ordernumber 4822 146 31114.
REMARKS:
Improved mains transformers have been introduced in production from
week 9341 onwards.
MODEL: NR6100
SYMPTOM: Speed of cassette deck is much too low.
CURE: Pressure roller not clicked in well
MODEL: NR7100
SYMPTOM: The tape transport stops spontaneously (autostop).
CURE: Check whether there is a burr on the autostop lever.
Remove the burr.
MODEL: NT1200
SYMPTOM: No battery contact when DURACELLbatteries are used.
CURE: A wrong battery contact plate was used.There should be a 0.5mm
dome at the centre of the contact plate.
For service, it is recommended to modify the plate by making a dome
by a nail, or to add a solder point on the plate.
REMARKS :
Proper contact plate is used in production from week 9516 onwards.
MODEL: NT2200
SYMPTOM: The audio signal at the output is very weak.
CURE: Resolder capacitor C11.
MODEL: NW1020
SYMPTOM: Shaving sound from player.
CURE: Lubricate white wheel on friction
MODEL: NW1020
SYMPTOM: Speed not constant.
CURE: Motor speed keeps changing constantly, motor defective.
(4822 361 21614)
MODEL: NW1600
SYMPTOM: No sound at all. Tape transport is o.k.
CURE: Check IC1 (LAG668).
MODEL: NW1600
SYMPTOM: Motor does not turn
CURE: Replace IC1.
MODEL: NW6032
SYMPTOM: Sound level one channel too low.
CURE: Check PCB solder joints e.g. nearby C303.
MODEL: NW6032
SYMPTOM: Motor speed varies
CURE: Check fixation of the motor.
MODEL: NW6032
SYMPTOM: Play knob does not lock.
CURE: It might be that the play bracket is bent. Rebend the bracket.
MODEL: NW6032
SYMPTOM: Tape deck part is inoperative.
CURE: It might be that the upper belt is loose in the set.
MODEL: Portables
SYMPTOM: Accu problems
CURE: Accu problems
-
Customer complaint ACCU becomes empty too fast.
One reason for these complaints are soiled or corrosive contacts of
the battery springs and/or contact plates of the accus. An increasing
transfer resistance and voltage loss of up to 0,2V (and more) are the
result. The built in low battery detection will switch off the set,
although the capacity of the accu (batteries) is sufficient for
further operation. In case of repair please clean the contacts.
Improvements of the battery springs (e.g. usage of non-corrosive
materials) are in investigation.
MODEL: RC1040
SYMPTOM: The radio alarm is inoperative, the buzzer is OK
CURE: Check/replace diode D6006.
MODEL: RC1040
SYMPTOM: The minutes cannot be controlled.
CURE: Check track to the wire contact of the minute switch.
MODEL: RC3040
SYMPTOM: No alarm time adjustment possible.
CURE: Check soldering of wire 3 of control panel.
MODEL: RC3040
SYMPTOM: Motor of the cassette part is continuously running.
CURE: Resistor R104 short circuited with R115. Rebend resistors.
MODEL: RC3040
SYMPTOM: The sound of the set is sometimes interrupted.
CURE: Check/replace capacitor C40.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Radio part inoperative.
CURE: Check whether radio cable is damaged by a mounting screw.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the radio unintentionally switches on.
CURE: Check C54 for internal resistance
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Sometimes no sound.
CURE: Check soldering quality of speaker wire on the PCB.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Volume continuously at maximum level.
CURE: Check earth-contact in volume potmeter for interruption.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: In the off position still a weak sound is audible.
CURE: Replace Capacitor C54, value 22nF, by a better quality ceramic
capacitor (i.e. 4822 126 12147).
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: In off position, ticking sound audible from the speaker.
CURE: Check C54.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Some segments of the display are inoperative.
CURE: Check clock IC3.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Some functions are inoperative: time/radio on/alarm.
CURE: Check IC3.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Some segments of the display are inoperative.
CURE: Check IC3.
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Some segments of the display are inoperative.
CURE: Replace display driver IC (TMS3459).
MODEL: RC3210
SYMPTOM: Radio and clock inoperative. Alarm 1-2 and : points lights up.
CURE: Check clock IC3.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Set skips tracks, buttons OK
CURE: Check focus and tracking adjustment. (readjusted with SFR5/3).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Does not start-up. Only focus operation.
CURE: Check RCD (4822 691 20792).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks.
CURE: Check radial track operation. Replace RCD (4822 691 20792).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: At high volume, left channel interrupts.
CURE: Volume potmeter VR1 defective. Replace VR1 (4822 102 10455).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. No focus operation.
CURE: Check solder connections IC4 (bad soldered).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Right channel inoperative.
CURE: Check track from C74 to IC6.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks after some time.
CURE: Check RCD. (4822 691 20792)
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: No sound of line output right channel.
CURE: Check Q3.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks.
CURE: Potentiometer SFR5 interrupted (mechanical defect).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: CD makes ticking sound.
CURE: Check free space of pos 14 of RCD (if bent, it may stuck against
pos 16).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Player stops after +/- 15 min.
CURE: Check space around flatcable RCD near the sledge.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. No display operation.
CURE: Check TR11.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Only plays the first three tracks.
CURE: Check whether the flexfoil of the RCD stucks against the laserpen.
Remount the flexfoil.
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Does not read in well. No focus operation.
CURE: Check connections IC3 (bad soldered).
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks at first tracks.
CURE: Check sledge movement (mounting of flatcable might be mechanically
blocked)
MODEL: RD1011
SYMPTOM: Player does not read discs.
CURE: Check position of pushing rod pos 04.
MODEL: RD1220
SYMPTOM: No FM reception.
CURE: Check solder joints of coil L302.
MODEL: RD2425
SYMPTOM: Does not start up discs.
CURE: Check laser output. If too low, replace RCD-assembly
4822 691 30284.
MODEL: RD2425
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
Item S204 (push switch) should read 4822 276 13253 instead of
4822 276 13254.
MODEL: RD5050
SYMPTOM: CD skips tracks especially at the end of the CD.
CURE: RCD defective.
MODEL: RD5050
SYMPTOM: Tikking sound from player, sledge does not move inside.
CURE: RCD sledge stuck (4822 361 21565).
CD mechanism defective (4822 691 20792).
MODEL: RD5050
SYMPTOM: Set totally inoperative, sometimes OK.
CURE: Check transistor Q6
MODEL: RD5050
SYMPTOM: Power consumption
CURE: Power consumption
-
At maximum volume 250mA.
Normal volume 320mA.
Pause 110mA +/- 10%.
MODEL: RD5050
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
The correct service code should read :
J1 Socket-Ext. DC 4822 265 20685.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Intermittent fault of CD. Turntable does not start-up/skips tracks.
CURE: Check the copper pattern of the CD decoder board. A copper track of
the CD decoder board might be interrupted.
REMARKS :
From week 9502 onwards, the decoder board with improved copper pattern
lay-out has been used in production.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: The recorder part produces a ticking sound.
CURE: A piece of dirt was found on one toothed wheel. Removed.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: CD part inoperative and gives indication OPEN.
CURE: Check the CD door switch and the wires to the switch.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Does not start up discs. Gives NO DISC indication.
CURE: Check laser output. If too low, replace RCD-assembly
4822 691 30318.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: The CD turns but does not read in.
CURE: Check the radial part (monitor diodes).
Replace RCD assembly 4822 691 30318.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Does not start discs and skips tracks.
CURE: Check CD-lid. Replace the CD-lid assembly by a modified type.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: CD does start up and stops playing with the message OPEN.
CURE: It might be the door switch does not switch.
Replace the door switch (4822 278 90739).
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: The CD lid does not open smoothly.
CURE: Check the CD door. It might be that one tooth of the toothed wheel
is broken. Replace the CD door (4822 444 60943).
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks at the end of a disc.
CURE: Replace CD-lid by a modified type.
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Correction
CURE: Correction
In Service Information A94-576 (4822 725 25358), the test points
were erroneously not given.
Please add on page 23 (circuit diagram) the location of test points as
described below:
TP1 = junction of RV103 and JP1
TP2 = pin 18 of U101
TP3 = junction of R111 and JP1
TP4 = pin 31 (RF) of U101
TP5 = pin 1 of U101
TP6 = junction of RV104 and JP2
MODEL: RD6050
SYMPTOM: Service Manual update
CURE: Service Manual update
-
Electrical Parts list:
The resonator of IC7, item CF1 (4Mc), is available with service
codenumber 4822 242 72527.
MODEL: RD6060
SYMPTOM: No CD function, CD part has no +5V power supply.
CURE: Problem is caused by the heat sink of Q8 which causes a short circuit
between the mass side of R6 and the collector of Q8. This fault can be
solved by removing the resistor R6 from component side to copper track
side.
This solution has been applied in production too, as a temporary
solution.
REMARKS :
This sympthom/cure is only valid for sets with production code KY00.
In these sets CDM12.1 and concerned Philips ICs have been applied.
From week 9537 onwards the printed board has been modified to locate
R6 away from the heat sink.
MODEL: RD6060
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from the right channel in cassette play mode.
CURE: Check/replace IC201 (BA3313L).
MODEL: RD6060
SYMPTOM: The cassette door damper gear (item 14) moves out easily.
CURE: The cassette door (item 2; 4822 443 64542) has been modified by adding
a rib to prevent the gear from moving off.
REMARKS :
New Doors are used in production with sets marked KY02 from week 9604
onwards. Consumer Service stock has been adapted.
MODEL: RD6060
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Deck Mechanism and Main board are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-572
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-572
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Sometimes tape deck does not record.
CURE: Check the record/playback switch.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: CD display lights up weak and complete. CD inoperative.
CURE: Check front processor IC501 (LC7081A; 4822 209 32674).
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: No recording. Record button can only be pushed half way down.
CURE: Check whether the red speaker wire is stuck between the record
button and the tape deck.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Eject inoperative.
CURE: It might be that the eject spring for eject bracket is loose.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Tape deck does not record. Erase function inoperative.
CURE: Check recording lever pos.84 (4822 522 10472)
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The CD cushion (4822 466 93447) is replaced by the following two
codenumbers :
4822 466 93498Cushion (hard)
4822 466 93499Cushion (soft)
The two cushions near the motors are harder.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From week 9510 onwards, a new CD chassis (decoder board and control
board) is used because the old CD chassis is no longer supplied.
The copper track of the CD board has been thickened to improve solder
quality. At the same time the power amplifier IC (IC7) is changed from
LA4597 to TA8238K
Service information A95-555 (4822 725 25386) is published to introduce
new circuit diagram, Printed Circuit Board layout diagram, alignment
and partslist.
REMARKS :
Modified sets can be recognized by changed factory code: KZ02
(serial number KZ029510xxxxx). This publication will be followed by
Service Information A95-555.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The Handle Bracket Left (4822 498 10501) is no longer available.
We suggest to use Handle Bracket Right (pos.36; 4822 498 10502) as a
substitute.The stopper end has to be cut.
REMARKS :
See also service newsletter issue PA98.05.
MODEL: RD7050
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 75 in exploded view diagram on
page 18) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: Error in display after starting the CD player.
CURE: Check R107 on CD board.
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: Using CD player NO in display.
CURE: Check C71 (100pF) on CD board.
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: CD player inoperative. Error in display.
CURE: Disc is rotating for a short time. Speed istoo high.
Replace IC45 (SAA7345G; 4822 209 33339)
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
The Cassette Door is assembled of two parts :
Item 4Cassette Door Assy (R) :
4822 256 10318Cassette Door Holder (R)
4822 443 64604Cassette Door Cover (R)
Item 5Cassette Door Assy (L) :
4822 256 10317Cassette Door Holder (L)
4822 443 64603Cassette Door Cover (L)
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
From September 1995 onwards, with factory code starting from KY0195,
new CD Main board and CD Deck Mechanism are used. More details are
published in Service Information A95-570
REMARKS :
This publication is followed by Service Information A95-570
MODEL: RD7060
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist
CURE: Service Manual, Mechanical partslist:
-
The CD lens cover bracket (item 115 in exploded view diagram on
page 15-3) is now available via service code 4822 402 10201.
MODEL: RP420
SYMPTOM: How to select TXT funtions on RP420
CURE: Some older TV remote controls have a key for TXT page memories,
indicated on the knob with 4 small lines and a right pointing arrow.
This function is not direct available on the RP420 but can be
programmed ont he A,B,C or D key with code 030. Also the TXT functions
memory in/out can be programmed in the A,B,C and D area for easier
acces under 028 and 029.
Read the RP420 instructions how to program and operate.
MODEL: RR1325
SYMPTOM: Headphone plug does not disconnect speaker circuit.
CURE: Switch in headphone connector is defect.
MODEL: RR1325
SYMPTOM: Set stops after some time.
CURE: Cassette lid does not close well.
Cassette spring in cassette lid is bended.
Rebend or replace the cassette spring.
MODEL: RR5010
SYMPTOM: No or bad FM reception.
CURE: Check soldering joints of L3.
MODEL: RR5010
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Check SW3.
MODEL: RR5010
SYMPTOM: No sound from cassette part. Radio O.K.
CURE: Shortcircuit between R26 and a pin of C23.
MODEL: RR5010
SYMPTOM: The tapedeck motor keeps on turning when is switched to tape.
CURE: Check source selector switch SW3 for internal shortcircuit.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check mainstransformer.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: No AC power.
CURE: This fault is caused by the unreliable thermal fuse of the
transformer. The primary side of the mains transformer has been
interrupted.
Service warehouse and production are using now transformers with
thermal fuses mounted inside which have been replaced by parts from
more reliable quality. Service ordernumber 4822 146 31114.
REMARKS:
Improved mains transformers have been introduced in production from
week 9341 onwards.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: FM inoperative.
CURE: Check soldering joints near the tuning capacitor.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check the headphone socket switch.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: Cassette deck switches often off after pressing play
CURE: Sealing wax of head screw spread over auto stop bracket.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: Very bad FM receivement.
CURE: Check transistor Q101
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: Deck button does not lock.
CURE: Check the locking lever. It might be that the lever is bent.
MODEL: RR6010
SYMPTOM: No tape transport. The take-up reel does not turn.
CURE: It might be that the take-up belt is loose.
MODEL: RT2020
SYMPTOM: No FM reception.
CURE: Check capacitor VC1.
MODEL: RT2020
SYMPTOM: FM inoperative, rest OK.
CURE: Check connection of wire of L2
MODEL: RT2020
SYMPTOM: Set sometimes does not give any sound.
CURE: Check soldering of capacitor C20.
MODEL: RT2020
SYMPTOM: Radio always gives a too low sound level
CURE: Check capacitor C26
MODEL: RW3060
SYMPTOM: No FM reception.
CURE: Check soldering of coil L3.
MODEL: RW4020
SYMPTOM: No tape transport.
CURE: Check motor.
MODEL: RW4020
SYMPTOM: One channel no sound.
CURE: Check soldering quality of C104.
MODEL: RW4020
SYMPTOM: Right channel no sound.
CURE: Check soldering quality of IC LAG665.
MODEL: RW4020
SYMPTOM: (Auto) stop function defective. Play button does not release.
CURE: Check spring from the play bracket.
MODEL: RW4020
SYMPTOM: Tape speed too low.
CURE: Drive belt might be loose from motorpulley.
MODEL: RW6202
SYMPTOM: Interrupted sound reproduction.
CURE: Check solder joints of battery spring.
MODEL: RW6203
SYMPTOM: The play bracket does not lock.
CURE: Rebend the play bracket.
MODEL: RW6203
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound. Motor noise audible in audio signal.
CURE: Check DC motor (4822 361 21613).
MODEL: RW6203
SYMPTOM: Play knob inoperative
CURE: Check play-spring.
MODEL: RW6203
SYMPTOM: Play knob inoperative
CURE: Check the play bracket.
MODEL: SBC3397
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
SBC3397 is Cordless headphone of AZ6819
Electrical partslist SBC3397
The volume potmeter 2x50k A (pos. 3206/3207) is available under
service codenumber 4822 102 10467.
MODEL: SBC3647
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The original 'CREDIT-CARD' Remote Control is not coded as a service
part. As an alternative SBC3619 is supplied with codenumber
4822 218 21045
MODEL: SBC-RP420
SYMPTOM: Missing menu off function on RP420
CURE: This function can be programmed with code 083, under key A, B, C, or D
See Manual RP420 for programming information.
More information about Philips Remote Control (RC5) codes can be found
in service information RC5, codenumber: 4822 727 19695.
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens immediately after closing.
CURE: Check leafswitch pos 15 (4822 276 13222).
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Bad sound and sometimes no sound after recording.
CURE: No oscillation signal during recording. Replace RC33 4700 pF.
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The service code of the tape deck transport is 4822 691 10453.
MODEL: SC1060
SYMPTOM: Correction electrical partslist
CURE: Correction electrical partslist
-
The service codenumber of the Volume Control VR204 should be
4822 101 11905.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: The tuner is inoperative.
CURE: Check solder joints of the Printed Circuit Board.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Noise from Communal Aerial System (cable network) FM signal.
CURE: Noise caused by the FM signal from the Communal Aerial System
(cable network) which is too strong. The set has been designed to
withstand signal up to 90dBuV.
As the service solution, a resistor of 220 ohm can be added in series
with the antenna socket.After this modification the signal to the
set will be reduced by about 10dB.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Check plug connector CN307.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: CD player totally inoperative.
CURE: Check plug and connector CN109.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative.
CURE: Check safety resistor R703 (4822 117 10744).
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: CD part inoperative.
CURE: Check cable connection to CN102.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Squeeking sound from RCD in play mode.
CURE: Check the tracking gain. If too high, readjust tracking gain.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Sound stops after some time.
CURE: Check solder connection of wire E at anode of D420.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Source selector is inoperative. One knob stuck in the front.
CURE: Remount the knob pos. 42.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: When switching to CD, the display stays blank.
CURE: Check the cable from CN109.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: No recording
CURE: No recording because the recording spring (item 38 on service
manual page 22) is bent to a sharp angle.
The spring can be re-bent to 90-95 degrees or replaced.
The recording spring is now available with service code
4822 492 42648.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Deck 1 does not record.
CURE: Check whether spring pos.32 is loose from recording switch.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Service Manual correction
CURE: Service Manual correction
-
The service code for Digital Push Knob item 12O of the Exploded View
has not been given.It should read 4822 410 62945.
MODEL: SC2050
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
Erroneously, the tape deck (4822 691 20744) on stock is without the
key assembly.It is recommended to re-use the key assembly of the to
be replaced tape deck.
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: The mains transformer is defective.
CURE: The thermal fuse of the mains transformer is blown.It is caused by
short circuit of capacitor AC31 that connects across the secondary of
transformer to ground. The problem may happen depending on the quality
of the capacitor.
After the defective transformer is replaced and whenever a set is sent
to workshop for repair, remove both captors AC31, AC32 and AC33 that
are not necessary in circuit.
REMARKS :
It is advised to remove the capacitors AC31, AC32 and AC33 in every
set brought-in for repair. From week 9540 onwards capacitors have been
deleted in production.
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: No source is selected when the set is switched on from standby mode.
CURE: Symptom is found only when the set is used for the first time.
After selecting a source the set is OK until capacitor C401 is
discharged. This defect is caused due to tolerance of C405.
Circuit has been modified by changing diode ZD401 into resistor
100 kOhm.
REMARKS :
Modification introduced in production from week 9528 onwards.
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
Mains-transformer item 84 is available with service codenumber
4822 146 31455.
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The service code of the tape deck transport is 4822 691 10453.
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of known fieldproblems (symptom) and the repair hints
are given. In case the hint has been published already the publication
has been given in column 'published'. Furthermore the survey shows the
corrective actions with their introduction dates (production week) and
the way to recognize the modified CDM (see column 'change code').
SURVEY FIELDPROBLEMS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM Sledge motor loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTFix sledge motor with double sided adhesive tape
of 0.1 mm.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Implementation of double sided adhesive tape to
glue the motor.
CHANGE CODE 1 SV03
PRODUCTION WEEK 9434
SYMPTOM Turntable loose
PUBLISHED no
SERVICE HINTReplace CDM mechanism; CDM12.1 is available with
4822 691 30278
CORRECTIVE ACTION 100% check of CDM
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9440
CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 extra buffers on top of packaging.
Gluing process improved.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
SYMPTOM Zooming sound
PUBLISHED Newsletter 54, 55, 57.
SERVICE HINT a) Replace magnet clamper by a new clamper with an
extra weight.
short loader (1): 4822 691 30358.
cd loader (2): 4822 691 30358.
cdc 5 disc changer (3): 4822 532 52655.
CORRECTIVE ACTION Introduction of clamper with additional weight.
CHANGE CODE unchanged
PRODUCTION WEEK 9445
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9506
SERVICE HINT (b)For the cdc 7 disc changer module (4) a heavier
clamper has been applied, the zooming sound
complaint is not expected. In case of zooming
sound replace CDM12.1 (4822 691 30278).
CORRECTIVE ACTION Gluing process of actuator improved.
CHANGE CODE 1 VU01
PRODUCTION WEEK 9510
(1) Applied in sets a.o. AS440, AS445, AS450, AS455, AS540, AS545,
AS550, AZ8640, CCD66, FW17, FW24, FW26, FW46,
FW47, FW68
(2) Applied in sets a.o. CD163, CD165, CD690, CD692, CD710, CD720,
CD721, CD731, CD732, CD733, CD740, CD750,
CD911, CD910, CD920, CD921, FW26
(3) Applied in sets a.o. AS640, CDC263, CDC265, CDC741, CDC745,
CDC751, CDC794, CDC796, CDC916, CDC926,
CDC936
(4) Applied in sets a.o. FW14, FW15, FW36, FW56
MODEL: SC2060
SYMPTOM: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive uni
CURE: Service hints on CDM12.1 mechanical disc drive unit (4822 691 30278)
Below a survey of other service hints to solve some symptoms are
given. A survey of a possible fault cause, how to check and solve this
fault is given.
SERVICE HINTS CDM12.1
SYMPTOM: NO FUNCTION
- gives error
- no focus
- no T.O.C.
CAUSE
grease or dirt on lens
CHECK
visual check with magnifying glass or microscope
ACTION
Clean lens, see cleaning instructions
CAUSE
dirt in airgap of actuator
CHECK
service mode 1: check actuator movement, visual check of
actuator.
ACTION
Remove dirt from airgap.
CAUSE
sledge switch (3) loose
CHECK
check if screw (4) has been tightened.
ACTION
Tighten screw.
CAUSE
Soldering on Printed Circuit Board of pick-up unit (20)
CHECK
visual check of soldering
ACTION
Correct soldering
CAUSE
dirt on flex connection (13)
CHECK
visual check of flex connection
ACTION
Clean flex connections
CAUSE
glue on slide path of pick-up unit.
CHECK
visual check of slide path.
ACTION
Remove glue from slide path.
SYMPTOM
CD STOPS IN PLAY MODE
-stops after a while
-stops playing
CAUSE
burr on gear-wheel(6)
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
NOISE DURING SLED MOVEMENT.
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) damaged.
CHECK
Visual check of gear-wheel.
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
SYMPTOM
DOES NOT PLAY END OF DISC
CAUSE
gear-wheel (6) badly moulded
CHECK
visual check of gear-wheel
ACTION
Replace gear-wheel. Service code: 4822 522 33537
CAUSE
rubber tulle (10) poorly assembled
CHECK
visual check tulle position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (12) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position.
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
glue on slide path
CHECK
visual check of slide path
ACTION
Remove glue.
SYMPTOM
NO T.O.C. (Table of contents)
RATTLING NOISE
CAUSE
rubber tulle (9) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check tulle position
ACTION
Correct position.
CAUSE
speedfix (11) poorly assembled.
CHECK
visual check speedfix position
ACTION
Correct position.
(..) : item number in exploded view of CDM.
In the next the item numbers with service codenumbers are stated.
Item Service codenumbedescription
1..204822 691 30278 CDM12.1 complete
34822 277 11466 Slide switch
64822 522 33537 gear-wheel
74822 361 30457 sledge motor
MODEL: SCA-R3.1
SYMPTOM: Codenumber correction
CURE: Codenumber correction
-
Mechanism is 4822 691 10651
MODEL: SD100
SYMPTOM: MPEG Board has been added to the service
parts list.
CURE: Pos Codenumber Article description
––—————————————————–————————
1001 3141 018 01780 MPEG Board for SD100/00M
1001 3141 018 01890 MPEG Board for SD100/01M
MODEL: SM6050
SYMPTOM: CD does not start-up or uses too long time to start-up (8-10 sec.)
CURE: Fault is caused by the cross-talk between track and focus servo.
The problem can be corrected by the following actions:
1. Replace J112, where temporarily a 1 ohm resistor was mounted, by
a jumper wire. J112 can be found on CD Main Board (layout
diagram), near IC104 pin2. With this jumper pin2 of IC104 is
connected to ground.
2. Change R106 from 39k to 33k (4822 050 23303). One side of R106 is
connected to IC101 pin72 (HF SUM).
3. Change C108 from 330pF to 220pF (5322 122 32346). One side of C108
is connected to IC101 pin69 (BH).
After this modification:
Check the E/F balance for a value within range: 40mV plus/minus 20mV.
REMARKS :
1.This modifaction has been implemented in production from week 9546
onwards.
2.CHANGING THE COMPLETE CD-DRIVE WILL NOT SOLVE THE PROBLEM
SATISFACTORILY
MODEL: SM6500
SYMPTOM: A plop noise is recorded at the beginning and ending of a recording
CURE: The noise is caused by the time difference between activation of the
motor switch and the record switch.The record switch is adjusted to
shorten the time difference so that problem is minimised.
Situation becomes worse because the record switch can be located
afterwards.For service solution, adjust the position of the record
switch so that the switch can be activated earlier.
Add glue to protect record switch getting loose.
REMARKS :
Glue for fitting the switch has been added in production sets from
week 9542 onwards.
For long term, the location of the record switch has been changed.
It will be mounted near the middle of the record lever so that the
time difference can been further shortened.Modified mechanism has
been introduced in production from week 9621 onwards.
MODEL: ST0269
SYMPTOM: Audible hum in stand-by mode.
CURE: Instead of the solution of adding a Muting PCB Assembly which has
been introduced as mentioned in service information A93-573, there
is another simpler solution.
On the Audio board, change C522 from 100µF/25V to 220µF/25V and
connect a 27k ohm resistor from C522(+) to C535(+).
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced in production from week 9340
onwards.
MODEL: ST0269
SYMPTOM: Recording/playback is poor.
CURE: On Record board:
change R403 from 270 ohm to 220 ohm
R414 and R415 from 120 kÛ to 180 kÛ
R416 and R417 from 12 kÛ to 8.2 kÛ
On remote control board:
change R288 and R289 from 56 kÛ to 47 kÛ
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: ST0269
SYMPTOM: Electrical Partslist
CURE: Electrical Partslist
Service codenumber for the lamp B1 and B201 (to lighten the LCD) is
4822 134 41138.
MODEL: ST1010
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: No reception in FM mode.
CURE: Check capacitor C212.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Crackling volume potentiometer or potentiometer interrupts.
CURE: Check Potentiometer VR101 (4822 101 21205).
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Left channel no sound.
CURE: Check capacitor C182A.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Crackling sound from the left-hand speaker.
CURE: Check volume potmeter VR101 (4822 101 21205).
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Tape deck inoperative. Motor does not turn.
CURE: Check Printed Circuit Board on the motor.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Both tape decks inoperative. Buttons do not lock.
CURE: Check whether the take-up reel of deck A is not bended.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Ticking sound from left deck.
CURE: Check the autostop bracket. It might be that the bracket stucks
againts toothed wheel from the take-up reel. Rebend take-up.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Service codenumber correction
CURE: Service codenumber correction
-
Service codenumber of L103 (bias osc coil) should read
4822 157 71062.
MODEL: ST1129
SYMPTOM: Electrical partslist
CURE: Electrical partslist
The typenumber for Q115 and Q123 is 8050D. The transistors are
available under service codenumber4822 130 63011.
MODEL: ST2010
SYMPTOM: The record player does not move.
CURE: The ON/OFF switch assembly on the record player has to be replaced
due to broken holder and oxidized contacts.The switch is known as
'SW8' in the schematic for Tuner/EQ and it is available via service
code 4822 277 11503.
REMARKS :
From week 9537 onwards, the tooling of the plastic holder of the
switch assembly had been modified.Also the surface of the contact
plate is provided with a nickel plated finishing.
MODEL: ST2010
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following assemblies are available.
4822 445 10442 Speaker Box Assembly
4822 218 10565 Remote control assembly
MODEL: ST2010
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The laser pick-up (4822 691 20795) is not available anymore.
We suggest to replace the complete CD mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 30342.
MODEL: ST2010
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: ST2157
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
Leverknob 505 (503 for FCD185) has servicecodenumber 4822 404 21069.
MODEL: ST3010
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The switch of item no. SW351 on the Record Board (page 9 of service
manual 4822 725 24535) is equal to the item no. SW3 in Circuit
Diagram (page 6) and Electrical Partslist (page 34).
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: The record player does not move.
CURE: The ON/OFF switch assembly on the record player has to be replaced
due to broken holder and oxidized contacts.The switch is known as
'SW8' in the schematic for Tuner/EQ and it is available via service
code 4822 277 11503.
REMARKS :
From week 9537 onwards, the tooling of the plastic holder of the
switch assembly had been modified.Also the surface of the contact
plate is provided with a nickel plated finishing.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Plop noise is audible during tuner preset selection.
CURE: A DC voltage of 0.3V is built up at the collectors of Q101 and Q102.
When the muting becomes active, this voltage flows through the Q101
and Q102 and causes an audio plop.
This can be solved by adding a resistor (100kê) between each collector
of transistors Q101 and Q102, and ground.
REMARKS :
Modification will be implemented at production re-start from week 9516
onwards.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The laser pick-up (4822 691 20795) is not available anymore.
We suggest to replace the complete CD mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 30342.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual 4822 725 24581
CURE: Corrections to service manual 4822 725 24581
Servicecode for transistor 2SC536-G-NP should read 4822 130 63196.
Servicecode for D701 Zener 8V2 should read 4822 130 34382.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The remote control assembly is now available under servicecode
4822 218 10565.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual:
-
The service code number of item X201, crystal 8.6436 MHz should read
4822 242 81324, instead of 4822 242 81325.
MODEL: ST4010
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: ST6139
SYMPTOM: Memory storage time
CURE: Memory storage time
-
The function of the capacitor C54 of value 3,300µF/5.5V (4822 124
80703) is to maintain the memories of the tuner stored nominally
for one week.
MODEL: ST6139
SYMPTOM: Partslist
CURE: Partslist
-
The tuner display is available under service code 4822 130 91294.
MODEL: ST6150
SYMPTOM: No sound at all.
CURE: Supply on IC 301 (+3 line) not present, cause C241 short and R233
open circuit.
MODEL: TK306
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: The CD player sometimes skips tracks and stops
CURE: Check C287.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: No sound from the left channel.
CURE: Check soldering of pins of IC202.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: CD does not start.
CURE: Check soldering of jumperwire JM224.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: CD player does not start up, gives only 0.
CURE: Check jumper JS213
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: Stops playing sometimes.
CURE: Check R221.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: The CD player sometimes skips tracks and stops
CURE: Check C287.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: The tray belt falls out and has to be remounted.
CURE: Temporarily the inner diameter of the mounted belt has been too big.
This has been corrected by changing the diameter from 38.4mm to
37.7mm.The old belt has to be replaced by a smaller one, actual
stock of 4822 358 31223 has been corrected too.
REMARKS :
Correct belt has been used in production since week 9420.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The laser pick-up (4822 691 20795) is not available anymore.
We suggest to replace the complete CD mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 30342.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual:
-
The service code number of item X201, crystal 8.6436 MHz should read
4822 242 81324, instead of 4822 242 81325.
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: Corrections to the Service Manual
CURE: Corrections to the Service Manual
-
In the exploded view diagram - cabinet, the service code for item 6
and 7 should read:
Item 6: 4822 410 63292KNOB-PLAY/PAUSE
Item 7: 4822 410 63293KNOB-STOP
MODEL: TK6010
SYMPTOM: Correction of electrical partslist
CURE: Correction of electrical partslist
The correct service code should read :
D802LED green4822 130 83657
D803, D804LED red4822 130 83656.
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Mechanical sound from turntable mechanism.
CURE: Check clamper pos 126.
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Tray does not close all the time.
CURE: Check tray switch S1813 (4822 276 13066).
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Drawer opens but closes automatically.
CURE: Check drawer switch bracket pos.132.
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Noise in sound.
CURE: Check decoder IC7031. Replace IC7031 (4822 209 30388).
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound from CDM.
CURE: Replace CDM.
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. No display operation.
CURE: Check oscillator IC6160 (4822 209 31509)
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Drawer inoperative. Does not play.
CURE: Check IC7702 (4822 209 62713).
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Drawer does not open sometimes.
CURE: Check tray switch, C2907 and C2913.
MODEL: TK603
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: TK610
SYMPTOM: Interrupting music
CURE: In case of interrupting music it is recommended to replace the
bearing of the disc hold down. After replacement of the
bearing (4822 466 92257) and the ball (4822 520 40177) should
be greased with molycote PG65 (4822 390 20139)
MODEL: TK610
SYMPTOM: Manual, Partslist
CURE: Manual, Partslist
-
Please add the following items to the manual
Item: Service codenumber: Description:
5850 4822 242 72565 Resonator 8.46 MHz
5851 4822 242 72565 Resonator 8.46 MHz
MODEL: TK610
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: TK619
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
In the Service Manual the codenumbers of items 412 and 414 have been
interchanged.
The correct codenumbers are:
item 412 4822 402 61223
item 414 4822 528 70575
MODEL: TK629
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The Transistor 2SB1013 (4822 130 62483) can be replaced by
transistor 2SA733 (4822 130 61867).
MODEL: TK689
SYMPTOM: Parts
CURE: Parts
-
The service codenumber for IC TMP47C400AF-6867 should read
4822 209 62993.
MODEL: TK689
SYMPTOM: Service Manual
CURE: Service Manual
In The Service Manual the codenumbers of items 412 and 414 have been
interchanged.
The correct codenumbers are:
item 4124822 402 61223
item 4144822 528 70575
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: CD does not turn. Gives error.
CURE: Check solder points of R99.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: The drawer does not open sometimes. Disc turns at full speed.
CURE: Check solder points of R98.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Display inoperative. No light in the display.
CURE: Replace Lamp 301.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks. Skips several seconds in a track.
CURE: Replace CDM (4822 691 20767).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks sometimes.
CURE: Replace the photo unit of the RCD (4822 218 10472).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Gives error. The RCD cannot follow the tracks.
CURE: Replace RCD (4822 691 20767).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Does not read in
CURE: Check solder connections of IC3.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: After warming up, the disc starts to turn at full speed.
CURE: Check soldering contacts of R51.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: After some time display gives half characters.
CURE: Check display (4822 130 91147).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Skips tracks sometimes.
CURE: Replace RCD (4822 691 20767).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Bad function of CD unit and error on display.
CURE: The laser pick-up does not move smoothly due to the double gear
wheel. (Item A2 of CD driver on page 14 of service manual) This
wheel has been changed into a clutch wheel.
The service code for the clutched wheel is 4822 522 33425.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-578.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Sometimes error.
CURE: Check laser output. Replace photo unit (4822 218 10472).
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the set stops playing and shows EEEE on the display.
CURE: Sometimes the set stops playing and show EEEE on the display, but
the problem is not reproduceable afterwards in the service
workshop.
This phenomenon could be caused by the fact that the set is not
sufficient immune from the strong FM signal near the 125 MHz range.
This problem can be reduced by adding a 22nF (4822 122 30103)
capacitor between the metal transformer housing and the chassis of
the CD mechanism. (See diagram in service information A93-578)
REMARKS:
Above mentioned modification has been introduced in production sets
from week 9331 onwards.
This publication will be followed by service information A93-578.
MODEL: TK699
SYMPTOM: Correction of partslist for CD deck
CURE: Correction of partslist for CD deck
-
New service codes had been assigned to the following service parts.
Item A2 (Clutch wheel) : 4822 522 33471
Item A7 (Laser pick-up): 4822 218 10544
MODEL: TK719
SYMPTOM: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD gene
CURE: Additional information to newsletter 21.06 CD general, concerning
transport keys (or transit screws).
-
In principle for all RCD disc drives (RCD1, RCD1.2, RCD2 and RCD3)
and CDM mechanisms (CDM2, CDM4, CDM9, CDM12, CDM14) there is no
additional protection necessary for transportation. The reason why
in spite of it transit screws are used in some sets is that in
these sets the tray mechanism has to be protected against shocks.
Further it is very much dependent on the behaviour of the used
packaging.
It can be assumed that sets from the refurbishing departments will
be distributed via mail in single packaging and than it will be
recommended to use the transit screws in the sets where they were
also used in the original status sent by the factory.
Partslist, manual:
CD LOADER sets Transit screw
AK601, AK630, TK603, TK306, TK610, CD162, CD1644822 535 80855
CD600, CD610, CD620, CD630, CD820, CD830, CD8404822 535 80806
CDD882, CD85, CD8804822 417 20163
CD80 4822 417 20187
AK791, AK796, AK798, FCD585, TK719 4822 502 13144
AK701, AK703, AK729, AK730, CD1552, CDC250, CDC345,4822 402 61082
CDC550, CDC552, CDC790, CDC792, CDC972 4822 402 61082
FW2017 4822 500 10471
CD640, CD660, CD670, CD770 4822 402 61082
MODEL: TK719
SYMPTOM: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
CURE: Service Manual, Partslist changermodule.
To solve problems with broken cams on item 501 and 503 these parts
once have been taken as a normal service sparepart. A limited number
of them is available under the following codenumbers:
item 5014822 443 63082
item 5034822 444 50653
MODEL: TK996
SYMPTOM: Bad function of CD unit and error on display.
CURE: The laser pick-up does not move smoothly due to the double gear
wheel. (Item A2 of CD driver on page 14 of service manual) This
wheel has been changed into a clutch wheel.
The service code for the clutched wheel is 4822 522 33425.
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by service information A93-578.
MODEL: TK996
SYMPTOM: Sometimes the set stops playing and shows EEEE on the display.
CURE: Sometimes the set stops playing and show EEEE on the display, but
the problem is not reproduceable afterwards in the service
workshop.
This phenomenon could be caused by the fact that the set is not
sufficient immune from the strong FM signal near the 125 MHz range.
This problem can be reduced by adding a 22nF (4822 122 30103)
capacitor between the metal transformer housing and the chassis of
the CD mechanism. (See diagram in service information A93-578)
REMARKS:
Above mentioned modification has been introduced in production sets
from week 9331 onwards.
This publication will be followed by service information A93-578.
MODEL: TK996
SYMPTOM: Correction of partslist for CD deck
CURE: Correction of partslist for CD deck
-
New service codes had been assigned to the following service parts.
Item A2 (Clutch wheel) : 4822 522 33471
Item A7 (Laser pick-up): 4822 218 10544
MODEL: TR5303
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: TR5304
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: TR6327
SYMPTOM: Replacement information
CURE: Replacement information
-
Because the dual alarm clock IC TMS3459B (4822 209 50572) is no
longer available, another IC LM8562 (4822 209 32851) is suggested
to substitute. LM8562 is pin to pin compatible to TMS3459B except
that one resistor for CR/OSC input port (pin 16) has to be changed.
In series a resistor (R1) of 100kOhm and a potentiometer (R2) of
50kOhm has to be connected between this pin and earth.
REMARKS :
R2 should be adjusted to obtain an oscillating frequency of 2.4 kHz
+5/-15Hz, measured on pin 16 of IC LM8562 when no AC power is
supplied. This publication will be followed by a service information.
MODEL: TR8829
SYMPTOM: Improved type of compact disc hold down
CURE: Improved type of compact disc hold down
-
In the above models the CD is clamped to the deck turntable by
means of a magnetic hold down contained in the lid to the CD deck
mechanism.
Some sets were produced with a disc hold down which contacted the
disc with a hard plastic ring.It has been found that this type of
material can cause damage to the disc.To overcome the problem a
ring manufactured from soft foam rubber is now available under code
no. 4822 529 10258.
The original ring can be replaced as follows:
1) Remove the complete lid assembly containing the hold down as
shown in the diagram.Start by gently levering the left hand
support inwards and upwards.
2) Carefully peel off the plastic ring with a sharp knife.
3) Fit a new self-adhesive foam ring.
4) Replace the lid back in the set.
MODEL: TR8837
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4
resistor R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: TR8845
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4
resistor R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: TR8847
SYMPTOM: CDM
CURE: CDM
-
If the CD-mechanism CDM2 is replaced by CD-mechanism CDM4 resistor
R565 and capacitor C554 have to be mounted.
In older sets these components may not have been mounted.
R565 51kÛCR25
C554 330nF Polyester flat foil
MODEL: TS1100
SYMPTOM: FM reception stops after half an hour. (no sound at all)
CURE: Check/replace IC1 (TA7640AP)
MODEL: TS1100
SYMPTOM: Squeaking sound from cassette part in play or wind funtion.
CURE: Mechanical sound from pos 39, add silicone grease to the axle
of pos 39.
MODEL: TS1100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: TS2100
SYMPTOM: The record player does not move.
CURE: The ON/OFF switch assembly on the record player has to be replaced
due to broken holder and oxidized contacts.The switch is known as
'SW8' in the schematic for Tuner/EQ and it is available via service
code 4822 277 11503.
REMARKS :
From week 9537 onwards, the tooling of the plastic holder of the
switch assembly had been modified.Also the surface of the contact
plate is provided with a nickel plated finishing.
MODEL: TS2100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: TS2100
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The following assemblies are available.
4822 445 10442 Speaker Box Assembly
4822 218 10565 Remote control assembly
MODEL: TS2100
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The laser pick-up (4822 691 20795) is not available anymore.
We suggest to replace the complete CD mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 30342.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. No display operation.
CURE: Check crystal pos.251 X-TAL1 of 7.2Mhz (4822 242 80992).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: CD does not produce any sound.
CURE: Check decoder IC102 (LC7860K; 4822 209 32637).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: One tape deck inoperative.
CURE: Check recording switch SW351 (4822 276 13086).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: When pushing volume up, the volume goes to maximum level.
CURE: Check capacitor 488.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: No play back of deck B.
CURE: Check soldering joint of capacitor 371.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: When using the remote control, the set comes in hang-up position.
CURE: Check soldering joints of IC453.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: CD part inoperative.
CURE: Check plug and connector CN06.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: Sometimes CD does not read in.
CURE: Check decoder IC102 (LC7860; 4822 209 32637).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: Record player inoperative.
CURE: Check whether bracket Pos 22 is bent to the chassis. Rebend the
bracket.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: CD drawer does not close.
CURE: Check whether there is a burr at the bottom of the drawer.
Remove the burr.
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: The drawer is inoperative.
CURE: Check whether the belt of the CD-drawer is slipping.
Replace the belt (4822 358 31223).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The switch of item no. SW351 on the Record Board (page 9 of service
manual 4822 725 24535) is equal to the item no. SW3 in Circuit
Diagram (page 6) and Electrical Partslist (page 34).
MODEL: TS3100
SYMPTOM: Correction to the service information A93-566
CURE: Correction to the service information A93-566
-
In sets produced after week 9314, new CDM assembly 4822 691 30333
should be used.This CDM assembly cannot replace 4822 691 20794 in
the previous production sets.
If 4822 691 20794 is not available, we suggest to repair the CDM
assembly with the service parts given on page 32 of service manual
4822 725 24131.
MODEL: TS3900
SYMPTOM: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cass
CURE: Uncomplete erase during recording of chrome cassette
During recording of chrome cassette it may happens that existing
information on the cassette tape is not completely erased.
The problem is due to not enough erase current.
To resolve this problem change capacitors 2783 from 3.3nF to
12nF, 2785 from 12nF to 15nF and 2786 from 220pF to 100pF.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: The record player does not move.
CURE: The ON/OFF switch assembly on the record player has to be replaced
due to broken holder and oxidized contacts.The switch is known as
'SW8' in the schematic for Tuner/EQ and it is available via service
code 4822 277 11503.
REMARKS :
From week 9537 onwards, the tooling of the plastic holder of the
switch assembly had been modified.Also the surface of the contact
plate is provided with a nickel plated finishing.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Plop noise is audible during tuner preset selection.
CURE: A DC voltage of 0.3V is built up at the collectors of Q101 and Q102.
When the muting becomes active, this voltage flows through the Q101
and Q102 and causes an audio plop.
This can be solved by adding a resistor (100kê) between each collector
of transistors Q101 and Q102, and ground.
REMARKS :
Modification will be implemented at production re-start from week 9516
onwards.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Modification
CURE: Modification
Because of quality improvement and logistic reasons, from week 9440
onwards, the tape deck was changed from TN21ZSW-141 to TK20FX-SW.
REMARK:
For Service information publication of new tape deck, see
service information A95-558 (4822 725 25399).
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The laser pick-up (4822 691 20795) is not available anymore.
We suggest to replace the complete CD mechanism.
Service codenumber is 4822 691 30342.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Correction service manual
CURE: Correction service manual:
-
The service code number of item X201, crystal 8.6436 MHz should read
4822 242 81324, instead of 4822 242 81325.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Corrections to service manual 4822 725 24581
CURE: Corrections to service manual 4822 725 24581
Servicecode for transistor 2SC536-G-NP should read 4822 130 63196.
Servicecode for D701 Zener 8V2 should read 4822 130 34382.
MODEL: TS4100
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
The remote control assembly is now available under servicecode
4822 218 10565.
MODEL: TS450
SYMPTOM: Spare part information
CURE: Spare part information
The clamping block (for mounting the Record Player dust cover)
service code: 4822 417 10631 previous consists of a clamping block
and hinge pen is now separated into two parts.
a) Clamping block service code: 4822 417 10631
b) Pen service code: 4822 535 93499
Due to this change the undermentioned position nos. are changed to
the new code.
Pos 446 - AS305, AS9300
Pos 439 - AS405, TS450, AS9400, AS9402, AS9410, AS9412
Pos 437 - AS505, AS9500, AS9510
Pos 443 - AS9406, AS9408, AS9416, AS9418, AS9506, AS9516
MODEL: TS510
SYMPTOM: Short mains interruption puts set from STAND-BY into RADIO mode.
CURE: Service solution.
The problem can be solved by adding an electrolytic capacitor of
33µF/16V (4822 124 40272) across pin 10 and pin 14 of IC703
(TC4013). The positive side of the capacitor has to be
connected to pin 14. IC 703 is located on the power amplifier
board.
REMARKS:
As the set is no longer in production, above mentioned solution
will not be implemented in production.
MODEL: TS510
SYMPTOM: Codenumber information
CURE: Codenumber information
LP611 Lamp 12V/60mA is available under service codenumber
4822 134 40941.
MODEL: TS610
SYMPTOM: Bad sensitivity. Tuner does not find any station.
CURE: Check T7118 (4822 130 60163).
MODEL: TS610
SYMPTOM: No sound from cassette deck.
CURE: Check solder joints of IC7701.
MODEL: TS6901
SYMPTOM: Service hint transformer connections
CURE: Service hint transformer connections
The colour of the secondary leads of power transformer
4822 146 30959 is various as below.
Original New
--
Marked :7190300002 048-01600-001
EPEC S-3228
P001 :blue blue
P002 :blue blue
P003 :blackblack
P004 :redred
P005 :redred
P006 :whiteyellow
P007 :whiteyellow
P008 :grey white
Note : P001 to P008 are the connection points number on the wiring
diagram in the service manual.
MODEL: TS6902
SYMPTOM: Audible hum in stand-by mode.
CURE: Instead of the solution of adding a Muting PCB Assembly which has
been introduced as mentioned in service information A93-573, there
is another simpler solution.
On the Audio board, change C522 from 100uF/25V to 220uF/25V and
connect a 27k ohm resistor from C522(+) to C535(+).
REMARKS :
This modification is introduced in production from week 9340
onwards.
MODEL: TS6902
SYMPTOM: Recording/playback is poor.
CURE: On Record Printed Circuit Board
Change R288 and R289 from56Kto 47K
Change R414 and R415 from120K to 180K
Change R416 and R417 from12Kto 8K2
Change R403from270E to 220E
On Remote Control Printed Circuit Board:
Change R288 and R289 from56Kto 47K
REMARKS:
This publication will be followed by a Service Information.
MODEL: TS6902
SYMPTOM: Electrical Partslist
CURE: Electrical Partslist
Service codenumber for the lamp B1 and B201 (to lighten the LCD) is
4822 134 41138.
MODEL: TS6902
SYMPTOM: Correction to the service information A93-566
CURE: Correction to the service information A93-566
-
In sets produced after week 9314, new CDM assembly 4822 691 30333
should be used.This CDM assembly cannot replace 4822 691 20794 in
the previous production sets.
If 4822 691 20794 is not available, we suggest to repair the CDM
assembly with the service parts given on page 32 of service manual
4822 725 24131.
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: Both decks will rewind for a short time by switching from stand-by.
CURE: If the set is in the stand-by mode and one switches to e.g. tuner,
both decks will rewind for a short time.
This problem is caused by the embedded software.
The service solution is:
Add 4 pieces electrolytic capacitors of 10uF/16 V (4822 124 40248)
between the base of the transistors Q230, Q231, Q232, Q233 and
ground. (See drawing in service information A93-579)
REMARKS:
Because the production of this set has already been stopped, only
this service solution can be applied.
This publication will be followed by service information A93-578.
This publication is a correction on newsletter 44.13 and 45.08
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: CD sound interrupts sometimes.
CURE: Check solder joints of IC202.
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: Hum/ noise in TAPE mode.
CURE: Replace capacitor C225 (100µF/16V) by a capacitor of 470µF/16V
(4822 124 23794)
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: Totally inoperative. No display operation.
CURE: Check crystal X-TAL1 7.2Mhz (4822 242 80992).
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: Total inoperative. Mains transformer interrupted.
CURE: Check whether two pins of flat cable connector S204 are
short-circuited.
Remove short circuit in connector S204 and replace mains
transformer (4822 146 31202).
MODEL: TS6903
SYMPTOM: Bus terminal cable
CURE: Bus terminal cable
The bus terminal cable (indicated with connector E in connection
and controls, page 1 of the service manual) is available with
service codenumber 4822 267 60346.
MODEL: VAM1201
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the objective lens
-
Before touching the lens it is advised to clean the surface of the
lens by blowing clean air over it in order to avoid that little
particles make scratches on the lens.
Because the material of the lens is synthetic and coated with a
special anti-reflectivity layer, cleaning must be done with a
non-aggressive cleaning fluid. It is advised to use lens cleaner
KODAK LENS CLEANER CAT 176 71 36, available in normal photo shops.
The actuator is a very precise mechanical component and may not be
damaged in order to guarantee its full function. It is advised to
clean the lens gently (don't press too hard) with a soft and clean
cotton swab moistened with the special lens cleaner.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : See also newsletter issues 58.01 and 96.09.01.
MODEL: VAM1201
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Tribol 9890-2 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge guidance plane (optical pick-up).
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the worm gear, idler wheel and clamping
spring.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the worm gear and the clamping
spring.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
MODEL: VAM2103
SYMPTOM: Cleaning the objective lens
CURE: Cleaning the objective lens
-
Before touching the lens it is advised to clean the surface of the
lens by blowing clean air over it in order to avoid that little
particles make scratches on the lens.
Because the material of the lens is synthetic and coated with a
special anti-reflectivity layer, cleaning must be done with a
non-aggressive cleaning fluid. It is advised to use lens cleaner
KODAK LENS CLEANER CAT 176 71 36, available in normal photo shops.
The actuator is a very precise mechanical component and may not be
damaged in order to guarantee its full function. It is advised to
clean the lens gently (don't press too hard) with a soft and clean
cotton swab moistened with the special lens cleaner.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
WARNING !
Cleaning the lens is not completely harmless. Only if the lens is
obviously polluted with fingerprints or soild, it can be cleaned with
a cleaning solvent.
The objective lens of the CD-mechanism is an optical component that is
exposed to the environment. It is clear that the environment of a
Juke-Box application is not comparable with normal home use. Permanent
dust, steam or nicotine from cigarette smoke will (sooner or later)
soil the lens and influence the playability of the system.
Cleaning of the lens becomes necessary.
Analysis of exchanged CD-drives has shown, that in a considerable
quantity of drives the malfunctions were caused by dirty lens. Before
replacing a CD-drive it is therefore recommended to clean the lens and
check the functionality of the system again.
REMARKS : See also newsletter issues 58.01 and 96.09.01.
MODEL: VAM2103
SYMPTOM: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
CURE: Cleaning and lubricating instructions
-
Lubrication of the CD-drive is needed in case of symptom skipping
tracks. The reason can be dirt which sticks to the grease or the
grease is getting aged.
Use grease Tribol 9890-2 or equivalent.
Before greasing the mechanism first remove the old grease from the
mechanism. Use a cotton swab dipped in alcohol to clean the
mechanism.
Cleaning the mechanism
1. Clean the lower and upper sledge guidance plane (optical pick-up).
2. Clean the spindle shaft.
3. Clean the area between the worm gear, idler wheel and clamping
spring.
Lubricating the mechanism
1. Put onto the upper sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
Put onto the lower sledge guidance plane one dot of grease on
each side of the sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer
position to spread the grease.
2. Put onto the spindle shaft one dot of grease on both sides of the
sledge. Move the sledge to the inner and outer position to spread
the grease.
3. Put one dot of grease between the worm gear and the clamping
spring.
4822 691 30278 CDM12.1
4822 691 30359 CDM12.3BL
4822 691 10487 CDM12.3BLC
4822 691 10615 VAM1201
4822 691 10665 VAM2103
MODEL: VAM2201
SYMPTOM: The laser diode of the VAM2201 is protected against ESD
CURE: 4822 691 10772
The laser diode of the VAM2201 is protected against ESD by a solder
joint which shortcircuits the laser diode to ground.
For proper functionality of the CD drive this solder joint must be
removed AFTERconnecting the flex foil to the drive.